sign in sign up
<<
Home , Annie Leibovitz, Central Luzon Television, EMedia Productions, Mass media in Laos, More Smiles, Peggy Mount

DOCUMENT RESUME ED 120 827 CS 501 276

AUTHOR Kennicott, 1atrick C., Ed. TITLE Bibliographic Annual in Speech Communication, 1975; An Annual Volume Devoted to Maintaining a Record of Graduate work in Speech Communication, Providing* Abstracts of Doctoral Dissertations, and Making Available Subject Area Bibliographies. INSTITUTION Speech Communication Association, Falls Church, Va. PUB DATE 75 NOTE 251p. AVAILABLE FROMSCA Business Office, 5205 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, .22441 ($8.00)

EDRS PRICE MF-$0.83 HC-$14.0. Postage DESCRIPTORS Abstracts; Bibliographies; *Communication (Thought Transfer); Cross Cultural Studies; Doctoral Theses; *Group Relations; Interpersonal Relationship; Interpretive Reading; *; Public. Speaking; *Rhetoric; Teaching Procedures; *Theater Arts IDENTIFIERS *Speech Communication

ABSTRACT The contents of this volume are "Studies in Mass Communication: A Selected Bibliography, 1974" by Kenneth J. Ksobiech; "Behavioral Studies in Communication, 1974: A Selected Bibliography" by Dennis C. Alexander; "A Selected Bibliography of Rhetorical Studies, 1974" by Michael C. Leff; "A Selected Bibliography of Public Address, 1974" by Harold Nixon and Stephen Cooper; "Bibliogrpahy of Studies in Oral Interpretation, 1974" by James A, Carlsen; "A Bibliography of Theatrical Craftsmanship, 1974" by Christian Moe and Eelin Stewart-Harrison; "Abstracts of Doctoral Dissertations in the Field of Speech Communication, 1974" by Cal M. Logue; and "Graduate Theses and Dissertations in Speech Communication, 1974." (MKM)

*********************************************************************** Documents acquired by ERIC include many informal unpublished * materials not available from other sources. ERIC makes every effort * * to obtain the best copy available. Nevertheless, items of marginal * * reproducibility ate often encountered and this affects the quality * of the microfiche and hardcopy reproductions ERIC makes available * via the ERIC Document Reproduction Service (EDRS). EDRS is not * responsible for the quality of the original document, Reproductions * * supplied by EDRS are the best that can be made from the original. * *********************************************************************** BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION U.S. OEPARTMENTOF HEALTH, EDUCATION WELFARE NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN REPRO. 1975 DUCEO EXACTLY AS RECEIVED FROM THE PERSON OR ORGANIZATION ORIGIN- ATING IT POINTS OF VIEW OR OPINIONS STATED DO NOT NECESSARILY REPRE- SENT OFFICIAL NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION POSITION OR POLICY

AN ANNUAL VOLUME DEVOTED TO MAINTAINING A RECORD OF GRADUATE WORK IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION, PROVIDING ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS, AND MAKING AVAILABLE SUBJECT AREA BIBLIOGRAPHIES

PATRICK C. KENNICOTT Editor

The Bibliographic Annual in Speech Communication is published yearly. Correspondence concerning subscriptions should be addressed to the SCA Business Office, 5205 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, Va. 22041. Correspondence concerning manuscripts should be addressed to the Editor. Annual subscription: $8.00. SCA sustaining members receive the Annual.without additional charge.

Copyright 1975 by the Speech Communication Association.

A Publication of the PERMISSION TO REPRODUCE THIS COPY- N RIGHTED MATERIAL HAS SEEN GRANTED BY SPEECH COMMUNICATION ASSOCIATION Speech Communication Association TO ERIC AND ORGANIZATIONS OPERATING UNDER AGREEMENTS WITH THE NATIONAL IN- STITUTE OF EDUCATION. FURTHER REPRO- DUCTION OUTSIDE THE ERIC SYSTEM RE- OUIRES PERMISSION OF THE COPYRIGHT OWNER." 2 EDITOR'S NOTE This volume is the sixth consecutively published Bibliographic Annual in Speech Communication. Hopefully, it reflectsour continued attempt to in- crease the scope of the Annual so as to render it directly relevant to the interests of most teachers and scholars in the field of speech communication. Since the information we report reflects a considerable diversity of special- ized interests, we have attempted to render the material more easily accessible to students andteachersbypublishingoursubject-orientedbibliographies separately as well as part of the total Annual collection. Now, individuals in- terested in only one of the six subject areas covered by the Annual may order, at a greatly reduced price, the single 'bibliography reflecting that primary in- terest. Certainly libraries and scholars will continue to profit from ordering the entire volume, but we hope our selective ordering format will encourage in- creased use of reported information by students and teachers with specialized interests. ., To develop an annual bibliography covering a field as broad and diverse as speech communication is an inherently frustrating task. The span of publi- cations relevant to the special subject areas falling under the general rubric of "speech communication" is immense and ever-expanding. Information reported in these publications clearly supports the contention that we are enveloped in an information explosion with ...., historical counterpart. Expansion and change, in the taxonomies of various subject areas, the research methodologies employed, and in the priorities emphasized, are characteristics of the field of speech com- munication today. It is therefore inevitable that some will perceive aspects of this volume or some of its components as superficial, inadequate, or at the very least arbitrary. We confess, at points, to all three charges and lament the absence of apparent viable alternatives. . The compilation of this volume has been made a pleasant and stimulating experience because of the excellent, prompt, contributions to each of the Associ- ate Editors and the indispensable technical assistance of Mrs. Carolyn Bastian of Standard Printing Company. PATRICK C. KENNICOTT Washington, D.C. June 20, 1975

3 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Published by the SPEECH COMMUNICATION ASSOCIATION

VOLUME VI 1975

Table of Conil:s

Studies in Mass Communication: A Selected Bibiography, 1974 1 KENNETH J. KSOBIECH Behavioral Studies in Communication, 1974: A Selected Bibiography 27 DENNIS C. ALEXANDER .-A Selected Bibliography of Rhetorical Studies, 1974 45 MICHAEL C. LEFF A Selected Bibliography of Public Address, 1974 61 HAROLD MIXON AND STEPHEN COOPER Bibliography of Studies in Oral Interpretation, 1974 75 JAMES W. CARLSEN A Bibliography of Theatrical Craftsmanship, 1974 81 CHRISTIAN MOE and EELIN STEWART-HARRISON Abstracts of Doctoral Dissertations in the Field of Speech Communication, 1974 109 CAL M. LOGUE Ind Graduate Theses and Dissertations in the Field of Speech Communication, 1974 197

4

1 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

VOLUME VI 1975 ANNUAL

STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION: A SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY, 1974

Kenneth J. Ksobiech Indiana UniversityBloomington

This is the third annual compilation of Studies in Mass Communication; the. procedure for the present bibliography is identical to that utilized previ- ously. A useful bibliography in mass communication is difficult to prepare because of the diversity of its intended audience. The present bibliography attempts to reach researchers/scholars in mass communication whether they be in radio- television, journalism, speech, or mass communication departments. The author relied on commonly accepted scholarly mass communications journals for all of the articles cited in the present bibliography and the bulk of the books. Other books were cited because of appearance in various monthly compilations of published books, popular press reviews or publisher promo- tional material. Unless otherwise indicated, each item cited was published during the calendar year, 1974. There was no attempt to cover unpublished materials, speeches, pamphlets, newspapers or government publications. Dissertations and theses are covered in another section of the Annual. For those interested in keeping abreast of new mass media book:, a com- mon reference source is Moss Media Booknotes, a monthly compilation available front Christopher H. Sterling, Department of Radio-Television-Film. Temple University, Philadelphia, PA 19122. For those interested in keeping abreast of mass communication articles, each journal which commonly carries such research must be examined. Addi- tionally, some current research and popular press articles are cited in annotated bibliographies in each issue of Journalism Quarterly, Gazette, and the Journal of Marketing. Obviously, common indices--for example, Psychological Abstracts and the Business Periodicals Indexare reference sources for other articles concerning the mass media. In addition to last year's Annual, persons interested in earlier research on the mass media might wish to examine some of the following bibliographies:

5 2 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Boni,Albert.Photographicliterature:1960- : A bibliography.Washington, 1970. Hastingson-Hudson, N.Y.:' Morgan and D.C.: APBE, 1971. Morgan, 1972. McCoy, Ralph. Freedom of the press: An anno- Blum, Eleanor. Bask books in the mass media: tatedbibliography.Carbondale:Southern An annotated, selected booklist covering gen- Illinois U. Press, 1968. eral communications, book publishing, broad-Price, Warren C., and Calder M. Pickett. An casting,film,magazines, newspapers, adver- annotated journalism bibliography,1958.68. tising. indexes and scholarly and professional Minneapolis: U. of Minnesota Press, 1970. periodicals, Urbana: U. of Illinois Press> 1972.RafiZadeh, Hassan. International mass com- Danielson, Wayne A., and 0. C. Wilhoit, Jr. munications: Computerized annotated bibli- A computerized bibliography of mass corn- ography. Carbondale; The Honorary Re la intinicadonresearch.N.Y.:Magazine Pub- tion-Zone, Southern Illinois U., 1972. lishers Association, 1967. Schact, J. H. A bibliography for the study of Hansen. Donald A., and J. Herschel Parsons. magazines. Urbana: Institute of Communica- Mass Communication: A researchbibliog- tions Research, 1972. raphy. Santa Barbara, CA Glendessttry Press,Sparks, Kenneth R. A bibliography of doctoral 1965. dissertations in television and radio. Syracuse: Lit h«'. Lawrence W. World and international School of Journalism, 1971.

JOURNAL ABBREVIATIONS The citations for the present bibliography were obtained from articles pub- lished or cited in annotated bibliographies in the following journals: AQ Advertising Quarterly JC The Journal of Communication AVCR AV Communication Review JMKtg Journal of Marketing CJR Columbia Journalism Review JMR Journal of Marketing Research E111: EBU Review JM Journalism Monographs FCBJ Pede..al Communications Bar N Journalism Quarterly Journal POQ The Public Opinion Quarterly rc Film Culture PTR Public Review 1,1 The Film Journal .Q.JS Quarterly Journal of Speech PI Film Quarterly Screen Screen: The Journal of the Society 6 Gazette: International Journal for for Education in Film attd Mass Communications Studies Television JA Journal of Advertising SM Speech Monographs JAR Journal of Advertising Research TVQ Television Quarterly JB Journal of Broadcasting VS Vital Sheeches of the Day

Issues 5 and 6 unavailable for inclusion 14sue 3 unavailable for inclusion

I. BOOKS The English language mass communication-oriented books are categorized as follows:

A. BROADCASTING. Includes historical and contemporary issues in commer- cial, public and instructional broadcasting both domestic and interna- tional. p. 3. B. FILM AND PHOTOGRAPHY. Includes such things as history, aesthetics, pro- duction, criticism, biographies. p. 5. C. JOURNALISM AND PRESS. Includes electronic and print journalism; photo- journalism; and other areas such as journalism history and the under- ground press. p. 7.

6 im STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 3 D. AND NEW TECHNOLOGY. Includes CATV; satellites; and alternate media. p. 9. E. MEDIA AND Socurry. Includes such things as readers in mass communica- tion; mass and popular culture; public opinion; obscenity and pornogra- phy, etc. p. II). F. COMMUNICATIONS LAW AND PUBLIC POLICY. Includes communication regu- latiou, freedom of speech, and public policy regarding mass media in both the al..d other nations. p. 10. G. lt.i,:.sF.Aacit. Includes books on communication theory, methodology and summaries-of the literature in various areas. p. 11. H. ADVERTISING. Includes material relevant to the creation, production, anti evaluation of marketingadvertising materials. p. 11. I. RITERENCE AND BIBLIOGRAPHY.Includesbibliographies,dictionaries, guides, handbooks, etc. p. 12. J.Miscrt.t..ANEous. Includes anything which was not appropriate in any of the other categories. p. 13.

I. BOOKS A. BROADCASTING EBU-25 Years. Geneva: European Broadcast Arbitron Replication: A study of the reliabil ing Union. ity of broadcast ratings. New York: American Edmondson, Madeline and David Rounds. The Research Bureau. soaps. New York: Stein and Day. Elicits, J. Harold. Models of religious broad- Bogue, Donald J. The radio audience for classi- casting. Grand Rapids, Michigan: Eerdmans. cal music: The case of station NYEFM. Chi- Evidence to the Committee on the Future of cago. Chicago: U of Chicago Community and Broadcasting. London: IBA. Family Study Center, Communication Labora The futureofbroadcasting.London:Eyre tory, 1973. Metliven. Burstein, Herntan. Questions and answers about him w cording. Blue Ridge Summit, PA: Tab Gerroid. David. The world of Star Trek. New Rooks. York: Ballantine. Governmenttelevision:notebooknine. New Canadian ownership hi broadcasting: a report York: Network .Project Columbia U. on the foreign divestitureprocess. Ott:twa: Canadian RodioTelevisinn Commission. Hayter, C. G. Using broadcasts in schools: a Cater,Douglass and Stephen Strickland. TV study and evaluation. London: BBC. violence and the child:the evolution and Head, Sydney W. (ed.). Broadcasting in Africa: fate of the Surgeon General's Report. New a continental survey of radio and teleidsion, York: Russell Sage Foundation/Basic Books. Philadelphia: Temple U Press. Caveit. Dick and Gliristopirr Porterfield. Cavett. Hilliard, RobertL. Radio broadcasting:an New York: Harcourt Brace Jrmovich. introduction to the sound medium. New York: chiidrai as viewers and listeners: a study by Hastings House. the BBC foritsgeneraladvisory council. Hoffer, Jay. Radio production techniques. Blue London: BBC Publications. Ridge Summit, PA: Tab Books. Durrell, Ron. Van Nosirand Reinhold manual Delfiner. Henry. Vienna broadcasts to Slovakia: of television graphics. New York: Van Nos- 1938-1939, a case study in subversion. New trend Reinhold. York: Columbia U Press. Draper, Benjamin (ed.). Pacific nations broadcast- ITV: Guide toindependenttelevision1974. ingIL SanFrancisco:TiroadcattIndustry London: 111A Conference, State U. - Katzman, Natan. One week of public radio: Dunn, Gwen. Television and thepre-school December 9-16, 1973. Washington, D.C. : Cop child. London: IRA, poration for Public Broadcasting.

'7 4 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUALIN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Kaiiman, Natan. The audienceof KQED's Poindexter, Ray. Arkansas airwaves. Jackson - "Newsroom." Washington, D.C.: Corporation vine, AR: KGMR-FM. for Public Broadcasting, Office of Communi Polsky, Richard NI. Getting to Sesame Street: cation Research. origins col the children's television workshop. Kaye, Evelyn. The family guide to children's Palo Alto: Aspen Program on Communica- television. New York: Pantheon Books. tions and Society. LaGuardia, Robert. The wonderful world of Post, Steve. Playing in the FM band: a per. TV soap operas. New York: Ballantine Books. l account of free radio. New York: Viking Press. Lee, S. Young and Ronald J. Pedone. Status report on public broadcasting 1973. Washing- Radio news: a primer for the smaller station. ton, D.C.: Corporation for Public Broadcast- Washington, D.C.NationalAssociationof ing. Broadcasters. Report of the Committee on Broadcasting Coy. Lesser,Cera ld S. Childrenandtelevision: lessons from Sesame Street. New York: Ran- crage. London: HMSO Cmnd. Paper 5774. dom 1- Louse. A resource for the active community. Ottawa: Liclity. Lawrence W. and Malachi Topping. Canadian Radio-Television Commission. 'Interim] broadcasting: a sourcebook in the Robinson, Joseph F. Videotape recording: theory and television. New York: and practice. New York: Hastings House, 1975. Hastings House, Robinson. Sol. Radio advertising: how to sell it and write it. Blue Ridge Summit, PA: Tab Macy. John. To irrigate a wasteland: the smug. Books. gleto shape a public television system in Rona, Edd. Dimensions of broadcasting edi- the United States. Berkeley; U of California torialiting.Blue Ridge Summit, PA: Tab Press. Books. Niarshall, Wes, E. B. Eisclein, John Thomas Duncan and Raul Games Bogarin. Fiesta: Sargent, Ralph N. Preserving the moving image. minority television programming. Tucson: U Washington,D.C.:CorporationforPublic of Ari7orta Press. Broadcasting and National Endowment for the Arts. Mi Berson, Gerald. Basic TV staging. New York: Smith, Anthony(cd.). Britishbroadcasting. ilastings House. Newton Abbot, England: David and Charles. Mitchell, Wanda. Televising your message: an Smith, Anthony. The shadow in the cave: the introduction to television as communication. broadcaster, the audience, and the state. ilkokie. IL: National Textbook Co. Urbana: U of Illinois Press. Nettcomb. Horace. TV: the most popular art.Smythe, Ted and George Nlastroianni.Issues New York: Anchor Books. 'in broadcasting: radio, TV. and cable. Palo Alto: 'Mayfield Publishing, 1975. Nielsen television. Northbrook. II.: A. C. Niel- sen Co. Media Research Division. A source for public service programming. Wash- ington, D.C.: National Association of Broad- Nishett. Alec. The use of microphones. New casters. Yolk: Hastings House. Steinberg,Charles.Broadcasting:thecritical !ordenstreng. Kaarle and Tapio Varis. Tele- challenges. New York: Hastings House. vision traffica one way street? A survey and analys,..oftelevision programme material.Tiachmatt, Gaye. The TV establishment: pro- New York: ITni Pub. Unesco. gramming for power and profit. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: PrenticeHall. Owen, Bruce M., Jack H. Beebe and Willard 26th annual report for the year ended 30 June G. Manning, Jr. Television economics. Lex- 1974. Melbourne:AustralianBroadcasting ington, MA: Lexington Books., Control Board. Patterson. Thomas E. and Robert D. McClure. Westmoreland, Bob. Teleprodnction shortcuts: Political advertising: voter reaction totele- a manual for low-budget television produc- tiledpoliticalcommercials.Princeton. NJ: tion in a small studio. Norman. OK: U of Citizens' Research Foundation. Oklahoma Press. Pauli', Burton. Radio and television broadcast- Williams, Frederick and Geraldine Van Wart. ing in Eastern Europe. Minneapolis: U of "Carrascolendas": bilingual education through Minnesota Ptess.. television. New York: Praeger Special Studies. 8 STUDIES IN MASSCOMMUNICATION 5 Williams, Raymond. Television: technology andCraig, James. Production for the graphic de- cultural form. London: Fontana/Collins. signer. New York: Watson-Guptill Publica- tions. B.FILM ANDPlicrocitart-tv Curtis, Anthony (ed.). The rise and fall of the matinee idol: past dieties of stage and screen, Adams, Ansel. Images1923.1974.Greenwich, their roles, their magic, and their worship- CT: New York Graphic Society. pers. New York: St. Martin's Press. Ante lio, Ralph. HaI in the classroom: fiction films. Dayton: Mimi/Standard. Dalton, David. James Dean: the mutant king. Appel, Alfred. Nabokov's dack cinema. New New Ywk: Straight Arrow Books. York: Oxford U Press. Di °riot Al. Little girl lost: the life and hard times of Judy Garland. New Rochelle, NY: .lanes,Ray. Film and reality:anhistorical Arlington House. survey. Baltimore: Penguin Books. Doty, Robert (ed.). Photography in America. .sli, Rene L. The motion picture film editor. New York: Random House. Nfetuchen, NJ: Scarecrow. Durgnat, Raymond. Jean Renoir. Berkeley:I' Barnoutv. Erik. Documentary: a history of non. of California Press. fiction film. New York: Oxford U Press. Durgnat, Raymond. The strange case of Alfred Barris, George and Jack Scagnetti. Cars of the Hitchcock, ortheplainman'sHitchcock. stars. Middle Village, NY: Jonathan David. Cambridge: MIT Press. Betancourt, Jeanne. Women in focus. Dayton,Eritt, Elliott. The private experience. New OH: Minim. York: Thomas Y. Crowell. Betts, Ernest. The film business: a history ofEwing, Sam and R. W. Abolin. Professional British cinema 1896-1972. London: Allen and filmmaking. Blue Ridge Summit, PA: Tab Unwin, 1973. Books. lljorkman,Stig,Torsten Manns and JonasFox, George. Earthquake: the story of a movie. Sima. Bergman on Bergman: interviews with New York: Signet Film Series. Ingmar Bergman. New York:Simon andFrischancr, Willi. Behind the scenes of Otto Schuster. Preminger: an unauthorized . New Rogda.novich, Peter. Pierces of time: Peter Bog- York: Morrow, danovich on the movies. New York: ArborFusco, Paul and Will McBride. The photo House, 1973. essay. New York: Thomas Y. Crowell. Bobker, Lee R. Elements of film (revised). NewGarhicz, Adam and Jacek lainowski. Cinema: York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. the magic vehicle. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow. Reginald (ed.). Science fiction, todayGidal, Tim N. Modern photojournalism origin and tomorrow: a discursive symposium. New and evolution, 1910-1933. New York: Mac- York: Harper and Row. millan, 1973. Bunter. John. The work of the industrial film Glut, Donald F. The Dracula book. Metuchen, maker. New York: Hastings House, 1973. NJ: Scarecrow.' Cary, John and John Kobal. Spectacular: theGout lay, Logan. Oliver. New York: Stein and story of epic films. New York: Castle Films. Da,. Grimm. Tom. The basic book of photography. Carynnyk, Marco (ed.). Alexander Dovzhenko: New York: Plume. the poet as filmmaker. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1973. Hagen, John Milton. Holly.would: New Ro- Cliancles, Sol and Albert Wolsky. The movie chelle, NY: Arlington House. makers. Secaucus, NJ: Derbibooks. Hales, John (ed.). Computer animation. New York: Hastings House. Chase, Chris. How to be a movie star or aHa Millen, Leslie. The film-goer's companion. terrible beauty is born. New York: Harper New York: Hill and Wang. and Row. Halliwell, Leslie. The filmgoer's book of quotes. Constantine, Mildred and Alan Fern. Revolt New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House, 1973. tionary Soviet film posters. Baltimore: John Happe, L. Bernard. Your film and the lab. Hopkins Press. New York: Hastings House. Corliss, Richard. Talking pictures: screenwritersHarcourt, Peter. Six European directors: essays. inthe American cinema. Woodstock, NY: on the meaning of filmstyle.Baltimore: Overlook Press. Penguin Books. Coynik, David. Moviemaking. Chicago: Loyola Harris, Warren G. Gable and Lombard. New U Press., York: Simon and Schuster.

9 6 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH COMMUNICATION Haskell, Molly. From reverence to rape: the Manvell, Roger. Chaplin. Boston: Little-Brown. treatment of women in the movies. Balti-Mark, Mary Ellen and Annie Leibovitz, The more: Penguin Books. photojournalist. New York: Thomas Y. Crow. Hawkins, Jack. Anything for a quite life: an ell. autobiography. New York: Stein and Day. Mast, Gerald and Marshall Cohen (ed.). Film Fferdeg, Walter. Photographic 74. New York: theory and criticism:introductory readings. Hastings House. _ New York: Oxford U Press. H igham, Charles. The art of the American Metz, Christian. Film language: a semiotics of film, 1900-1971. New York: Doubleday, 1973. the cinema. New York: Oxford U Press. Hoclunan, Stanley (ed.). A library of film criti- Metz, Christian. Language and cinema. The dim: American filmdirectors. New York: Hague: Mouton. Ungar. Milland, Ray. Wide-eyed in Babylon: an auto. Hoticins, Eric. Trolley to the moon: an auto- biography. New York: Morrow. biography. New York: Simon and Schuster,Monroe, Marilyn. My story. New York: Stein 1973. and Day. Johnson, Lincoln F. Film: space, time, Light, Morrow, James and Murray Suid. Moviemaking and sound. New York: Holt, Rinehart and illustrated: the comicbook filmbook. Rochelle tVinston. Park, NJ: Hayden, 1973. Kaminsky, Stuart M. Americanfilm genres: Munsey, Cecil. Disneyana: WaIt Disney col. approaches to a criticaltheory of popular lectibles. New York: Hawthorne. film. Dayton: Pflaum/Statward. Newman, Arricte- One mind's eye: the portraits Kanin, Carson. Horiywood: stars and starlets, and other photographs of Arnold Newman. tycoons and flesh-peddlers. moviemakers and New York: David R. Godine. moneymakers, frauds and geniuses. hopefuls Nowell-Smith, Geoffrey. Visconti. New York: and has-peens. great lovers and sex symbols. Viking Cinema One, 1973. New York: Viking Press. Parish, James Robert. Hollywood's great love Kauffniann. Stanley. Living images: film coat themes. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House. merit and criticism. New York: Harper and Row. 1975. Parish, James Robert. The RKO gals. New Kobal, John. 50 super stars. New York: Bounty Rochelle, NY: Arlington House. Books/Crown. Parish, James Robert and Michael R. Pitts. Kuhn William. Themes two. Dayton: Pflaum/ The great spy pictures. Metuchen, NJ: Scare. Standard. Crow. Perlmutter. Tom. War movies. New York: t.awton, Richard. A world of movies: 70 years Castle Books. of film art. New York: Delacorte Press. Perry, George. The great British picture show LeRoy. Mervyn and Dick Kleiner. Mervyn Le. from the 90'sto the 70's. New Yo*: Hill Roy: take one. New York: Hawthorne. and Wang. Levacti. Ronald. Kuleschov on film:writings Photography year. 1974. New York: Time-Life by Lev ,Kuleschov. Berkeley: U of California Books. Press. Pickard, Roy. A companion to the movies from the Lieliti. Antonin J. Closely watched films: 1903to the present day. New York: Hip- rieclioslovak experience. White Plains, NY.ii pocrene Books. International Artistic Sciences Press. Powers, Anne. Blacks in American movies: a Liniliarber, James L. Film music: from violins selected bibliography. Mctudten, N.J.: Scare- to video. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press. crow. MacDougall, CortisD. News picturesfitto enoir, Jean. My life and my films. New York: print.. .or are they: decisionmaking in Atheneum. photojournalism. Stillwater. OK: Journalistic Robinson, Jerry. The comics: an illustrated his- Services. tory of comic strip art. New York: Putnam. McCabe. John. The comedy world of Stan Laurel. New York: Putnam. Rothstein,Arthur.Photojournalism.Garden Maltzer. Milton and Bernard Cole. The eye of City, NY: Amphoto. conscience: photographers and social change.Salomon. Erich. Portrait of an age. New York: Chicago: Follett. Collier/Macmillan. Mamber, Stephen. Cinema verite in America:Schickel. Richard. Harold Lloyd:, the shape of studies in uncontrolled documentary. Cam- laughter. Greenwich, CT: New York Graphic bridge: MIT Press. Society.

10 STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION Sheppard, Dick. Elizabeth: the life and careerBarker, Ronald and Robert Escarpit. The book of Elizabeth Taylor. New York: Doubleday. hunger. New York: Uttipub, 1973, Unesco. Sitney, P. Adams. Visionary film: the AmericanBarrett, Marvin (ed.). The fifth Alfred I. Du- avant-garde. New York: OxfordUPress. Pont Columbia University survey of broad- Smyth. Peter. .A guide to marine photography. castjournalism: moments oftruth? New Nt.w York: Norton. York: Crowell, 1976. Sontag, Susan. Brother Cart. New York: Noon. Behrens, John. Reporting work text. Columbus, day Press/Farrar, Straus and Giroux. OH: Grid. Springer, John and Jack Hamilton. They had Berger, Arthur Asa. The comic-stripped Ameri- fates (hen: super stars, stars and starlets of can. Baltimore: Penguin Books. the 1030's New York: Citadel. Bernstein, Carl and Bob Woodward. All the Stegner, Wallace. The uneasy-chair. New York: President's men. New York: Simon and Schus- Doubleday. ter. Stern, Bert. The photo illustration. New York:Blanchard, Robert 0. (ed.). Congress and the Thomas Y. Crowell. news media. New York: Hastings House. Stewart, John. Fitmarama. Metuchen,NJ:Scare- Brodie, Fawn M. Thomas Jefferson: an inti- crow. mate history. New York: Norton, Stine, Wincing. Mother goddam: the story ofBrown, Lee. The reluctantreformation: on the career of bette Davis. New York: Haw- criticizing the press in America, New York: thorne. David McKay. Soil, Michael Jon. Cinema beyond the Danube: Boni, Andrew. Robert L. Vann of thePitts- the camera and politics. Metuchen, NJ: Scare- burg Courier:politics and black journalism. crow. Pittsburgh: U of Pittsburgh Press. Strait, Raymond. The tragic secret life of Jayne Cavendish, J. M. A handbook of copyright in Mansfield. Chicago: Henry Regnery. British publishing practice. London: Cassell. Syibert, Paul. Final cut: the making and break-Click, J. W. and Russell N. Baird. Magazine ing of a film. New York: Seabnry Press. editing and production. Dubuque, IA: Win. Trevelyan. John. What the censor saw. London: C. Brown. Michael Joseph, 1973. Conlin, Joseph R. The American radical press, Truitt, Evelyn Mack. Who was who on the 1880 -1960.(2vols.)Westport, CT: Green- screen. New York: Bowkcr. wood Press. Vestal. David. The craft of photography. NewCort, David. The sin of Henry R. Luce: an York: Harper and Row, 1975. anatomy of journalism. Secaucus, NJ: Lyle Vogel. Amos. Film as a subversive art. New Stuart. York: Random House, Crouse, Timothy. The boys on the bus: riding Walker, Alexander. Hollywood UK: the British with the campaign press corps. New York: film industry in the sixties. New York: Stein Random House, 1973. and Day. Crump, Spencer. Fundamentals of journalism. Walsh, Raoul. Each man in his time: the life New York: McGraw-Hill. story of a director. New York: Farrar, Straus Dam,Hari N.The intellectualodysseyof and Giroux. Walter Lippmann. New York: Gordon Press, Willis, Donald C. The film of Frank Capra. 1973. Metuchen, NJ: Satrecrow Press, Dick,RobertC.Blackprotest:issues and Willoughby, Bob and Richard Schickel. The tactics. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press. platinum years. New York: Random House. DrIssman, Evan and Edwbrd IV. Knappman Wright,Basil. The long view. New York: (ed.). Watergate and the White House, July- Knopf. December 1g73, vol. 2, New York: Facts on Yablonsky,Lewis.GeorgeRaft. New York:. File. McGrawHilll. Eastwood, Eric(ed.). The Royal Institution library of Science: . New C. Jointmusst AND PRESS York: John Wiley. .lrgyris. Chris. Behind the front page: organiza-Edwards, Thomas. Rebell a biography of Tom tiottalself- renewal in a metropolitan news- Paine. New York: Praeger. paper. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Fedler, Fred. Reporting for the print media. Babb, Laura Long ley (ed.). Of the press, by New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1973. the press, for the press (and others, too).The First Amendment and the news media: New York: Dell Books. final report of the Annual Chief Justice Earl

11 S BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

WarrenConference onAdvocacyinthe Madow, Ben. Edward Weston: fifty years. New United States. Cambridge, MA: Roscoe Pound York: Aperture Press. American Trial Lawyers Foundation. Marzio, Peter C. The men and machines of Flesch, Rudolf. The art of readable writing. American Journalism: a pictorial essay from New York: Harper and Row. the Henry Luce Hall of News Reporting. Flippers, Charles C. (ed.). Liberating the media: Washington, D.C.: National Museum of His- the new journalism. Washington, D.C.: Acrop- tory and Technology, 1973. olis Books. Merrill, John C. The imerative of freedom: a Fontaine, Andre. The art of writing nonfiction. philosophyof journalistic autonomy. New New York: Crowell. York: Hastings House. Middleton, Drew. Where has last July gone? Gltig Hone, Loren(ed.). Evaluating thepress. Southbridge, MA: New England Daily News- Memoirs. New York: Quadrangle, 1973. Mills, Nicolaus. The new journalism: an his- paper Survey, 1973. Giles, Frank. A prince of journalists: the life torical anthology. New York: McGraw-Hill. and times of Henri Stefan Opper de Blowitz. Moore, William T. Dateline Chicago: a veteran la Salle, IL: Open Court. newsman recalls its heyday. New York: Tap. Griffith. Thomas. How true: a skeptic's guide linger, 1973. NIumby, F. A. and Ian Morrie. Publishing and in believing the news. Boston: Little, Brown. hookseIling. London: Jonathan Cape, 1973. Harrison, John M. and Harry H. Stein (ed.). Murphy, Sharon. Other voices: black, chicano, Muckraking-past, present and future. Uni- and American Indian press. Dayton: Mum/ versityPark:Pennsylvania State U Press, Standard. 1973. Nelson, Jack d.). Captive voices: high school Hawke, David Freeman.Paine.. New York: journalismin. America, the report of the Harper and Row. Commission on Inquiryinto High School Huss. Richard E. The development.of printer's Journalism. New York: Schocken Books. mechanicaltypesetting methods:1822-1925. Newfield, Jack. Cruel and unusual justice. New C.Innlottesville: U Press of Virginia, 1973. York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. lug-khan, Louis E. The college and university O'Neill,CarolL.and Avima Ruder. The campus student press: an examination of its complete guide to editorial freelancing. New status and aspirations and some of the myths York: Dodd, Mead & Co. surrounding it. Terre Haute: National Council Pitts, Alice Fox. Read all about it: 50 years of ofCollegePublicationsAdvisors,Indiana ASNE. Easton, Pa.: American Society of News- State U. 1973. paper Editors. Jackson. Gregory. Getting into broadcast jour- Problems of journalism:proceedings of the nalism: a guide to careers in radio and TV. 1971 convention, American Society of News. New York: Hawthorne. paper editors. Jones. Michael Wynn. A newspaper history ofProceedings: education for newspaper journal- the world. New York: Morrow. ists in the seventies and beyond. Washington, D.C.: American Newspaper Publishers Asso- Kaplan. Justin. Lincoln Steffens: a biography. ciation Foundation. New York: Simon and Schuster. Rarick, Galen. News research for better news- Kennedy, Bruce M. Community journalism: a papers. Washington, D.C.: American News- way of life. Ames: Iowa State U Press. paper Publishers Association Foundation. Isunric. David. The early comic strip: narrative Schrag. Peter. Test of loyalty. New York: Simon strips and picture stories in the European and Schuster. broadsheet from c. 1450 to 1825. Berkeley: USchroth, Raymond A. The Eagle and Brooklyn: of California Press, 1973. a community newspaper. Westport, Conn.: Lee. Stan. Origins of Marvel comics. New York: Greenwood Press. Simon and Schuster. Shannon, William V. and Stanley Trctick. They Lewis. Paul. The grand incendiary: a biography could not trust the king. New York: Collier of Samuel Adams. New York: Dial, 1973. Books. McQuade, Donald and Robert Atwan(eds.). Sigal, Leon. Reporters and officials: the organi- Popular writing in America: the interaction zation and politics of newrmaking. Lexington, of style and audience. New York: Oxford U Mass.: D. C. Heath, 1973. Press. Singer, Samuel L. The .student journaliit and Madden,David. Remembering James Agee. reviewing the performing arts. New York: Baton Rouge: Louisiana State U Press. Richards Rosen Press. 12 STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 9 Smi.h, Anthony. The British press since the Baer, Walter S.,Michael Botein, Leland L. war, Totowa, N.J.: Rowman and Littlefield. Johnson, Carl Pilnick, Monroe E. Price and Squire, Elizabeth Daniels. Heroes of journal- Robert K. Yin. Cable television: franchising ism. New York: Fleet Press. considerations. New York: Crane, Russak and Stein, M. L. Shaping the news: how the media Co. (reissue of previous Rand reports). function in today's world. New York: Pocket CableinBoston: A basicviabilityreport. Books. Newton, Mass.: Whitewood Stamps, Inc. Stein, Ralph. The pin-up: from 1852 to now.Cable television and the university: proceedings New York: Press with Simon and of the conference. Princeton, N.J.: Educom. Schuster. Cable television: developing community services. Steinberg, S. H. Five hundred years of printing New York: Crane, Russak, and Co. (reissue (revised). Baltimore: Penguin Books. - of previous Rand reports). Stevens, George. Speak for yourself: the life of Cable television: end of a dream: notebook No. John Mason Brown. New York: Viking Press. 8. New York: Columbia' U, The Network Stone, Vernon and Bruce Hinson. Television Project. newsfilmtechniques. New York:Hastings Cabletelevisioninterconnection. Washington, House. D.C.: Cable Television Information Center. Stalai, Alexander. The United Nations and Carpenter - Huffman, Polly, Richard C. Kletter the news media. New York: United Nations and Robert K. Yin. Cable television: develop- Institute for Training and Research, 1973. ing community services. New York: Crane, Trienens, Roger J. Pioneer imprints from fifty Russak. states. Washington, D.C.: Libraryof Congress, Control of the direct broadcast satellite: values 1973. in conflict. Palo Alto: Aspen Institute Pro- Tyler, Abell (ed.). Drew Pearson diaries, 1949 - gram on Communications and Society. 1959. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. Dickson, Edward M. and Raymond Bowers. The Watergate: chronology of a crisis, Volume 2. video telephone: impact of a new era in Washington, D.C.: Congressional Quarterly. telecommunications: a preliminary technology Weber, Ronald. The reporter as artist: a look assessment. New York: Praeger. at the new journalism controversy, New York: Districting: report of the Advisory Committee Flastings House. ouCable Communications.Minneapolis: White, William (ed.). By line: Ernest Heming- Metropolitan Council. wayselected articles and dispatches of four . decades. New York: Scribner Library. Educational uses of cable television. Washing- ton, D.C.: Cable Television Information Cen- Wiener, HarveyS.and Rose Palmer. The writing Iab. Beverly Hills: Glencoe Press. ter. Williams, Sir William Emrys. Allen Lane: a Kamen, Ira. Questions and answers about pay iiersonalportrait.Levittown,N.Y.:Trans- TV. Indianapolis: Howard W. Sams & Co. atlantic Press, 1973. 1974report, to the President and Congress. Words into type. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Pren- Washington, D.C.: tice-Hall. Corporation. Wright, Benjamin Fletcher. 5 public philoso-Planning interconnection systems: options for phies of Walter Lippmann. Austin: U of the Twin Cities metropolitanarea. Wash. Texas Press, 1973. ington, D.C.: Cable Television Information Wright, Elizabeth. Independence in all things, Center. neutrality in nothing. San Francisco: MillerRivkin, Steven. Cable television: a guide to Freeman, 1973. federal regulations. New York: Crane, Russak and Co. (re-issue of previous Rand report). D. CARLE Terivroon AND New Tecruvotooy Shepherd, William G. and Thomas G. Geis. Abramson, Norman and Franklin F. Kuo. Corn- Regulation in further perspective: the little puterconsmunicationnetworks.Englewood engine that might. Cambridge, Mass.: Bat- Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1973. linger Publishing. Adler, Richard and Walter S. Baer. The elec- Thirteenth report by the International Tele- tronic boxoffice:humanities and arts on corrrtunication Union on the cable. Palo Alto: Aspen Program. and the peaceful uses of outer space. Geneva: Baer, Walter S. Cable television: a handbckir ITU. for decisionmaking. New York: Crane, Russak Wood, Fred B. The potential for congressional and Co. (re-issue of previous Rand report). use of emergent telecommunications: an ex- 13 10 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

plorritory assessment. Washington, D.C.: Kline, F. Gerald and Peter Clarke. Mass com- George Washington U., Program of Policy munications and youth: some current per- Studies in Science and Technology. spectives.BeverlyHills:SagePublications, Woodard, Charles G. Cable television: acquisi- 1973. lion and operation of CATV systems. NewMc Quail, Denis: (ed.). Sociology of mass com- York: McGraw-Hill. munications. Baltimore: Penguin Books. Mueller, Claus. The politics of communication. E. Menu AND SOCIETY New York: Oxford U Press, 1973. Alexander, Yonah. The role of communicationsNimmo, Dan D. and Charles M. Bonjean. in the Middle East conflict: ideological and Political attitudes and public opinion. New religious aspects. New Ycrk: Praeger Special York: McKay, 1972. Studies. Nordenstreng, Kaarle (ed.). Informational mass communication.Helsinki, Buttram, Keith, Harriet Cooper, Evelyn Mat lin Finland: Tammi and Kati Malioch. Basle issues in Canadian Publishers, 1973. mass communication. Montreal:McGill UOboler, Eli M. The fear of the word: censor, shipand N.J.:Scarecrow Book Store. sex.Metuchen, Pres,. Cassirer,Henry. Mass media in an AfricanPadover, Saul K. Karl Marx on freedom of the context:an evaluationofSenegal'spilot press and censorship. New York: McGraw- project. New York: Unipub, Unesco. Hill. Casty, Alan. Mass media and mass man. NewPember, Don. Mass media in America. Palo York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1973 (re- Alto: Science Research Associates vised). Prosser, Michael H. Intercommunication among Cline, Victor B. (ed.). Where do you draw the nations and peoples. New York: Harper & tine? An explorationinto media violence, Row, 1973. pornography, and censorship. Provo, Utah:Redd, Lawrence N. Rock is rhythm and blues Brigham Young U Press. (The impact of mass media). East Lansing: Davison, W. Phillips. Mass communication and Michigan State U Press. conflict resolution: the role of the informa- Rist, Ray C. The pornography controversy: tion media in the advancement of interna- changing moral standards in American life. tionalunderstanding. New York:Praeger New Brunswick, N.J.: Transaction, Inc., 1975. Special Studies. See,.Carolyn. Blue money: pornography and the pornographers. New York: David McKay. Edelstein, Alex S. The uses of communication Seiden,Martin H. Who controlsthe mass in decision-making: a comparative study of media? New York: Basic Books, 1975. Yugoslavia and the U.S. New York: Praegerservan-Schreiber, Jean-Louis. The power to,,in- Special Studies. font media: thebusiness of information. Emery, Michael C. and Ted Curds Smythe New York: McGraw-Hill. (ads.). Readings in mass communication: con-Seymour-Ure, Colin. The political Impact' of cepts and issues in the mass media. Dubuque, mass media. Beverly Hills: Sage Publications. Iowa: Wm. C. Brown (revised). Shipv, Benjamin D. Feedback and society:a English, H. Edward (ed.). Telecommunications study of mass channels for coping. Lexing- for Canada: an interface of business and ton, Mass.: D. C. Heath, 1973. government. Toronto: Methuen, 1973. Tebbe!, John. The media in America. New Fishwiek, Marshall. Parameters of popular cul- York: Crowell. ture. Bowling Green, Ohio: Bowling Green UTribe, David. Questions of censorship. London: Pnputar Press. Allen & Unwin, 1973. Harms, I.,. S. Intercultural communication. NewWells, Alan(ec:).Mass communications:a York: Harper Sc Row, 1973. world view. Pak Alto: National Press Books. Hartman, Paul and Charles Husband. Racism and tie mass media: a study of the role of F. COMMUNICATIONS LAW AND PUBLIC POLICY the mass media in the formation of white beliefs and attitudes in Britain. Totowa, NJ.: Bennett,Robert W. A lawyer's sourcebook: Rottman and Littlefield. representing the audience in broadcast pro- }Hebert, Ray, Donald F. Urupit and Thomas ceedings. New York: United Church of Christ. W. Bohn. Mass media: an introduction toFurhoff, Lan, Lennart Johnson and Lennart modern communication. New York:David Nilsson. Communication policies in Sweden. McKay. New York: Unipub.

14 STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 11 Geller, Henry. The comparative renewal processBerdie, Douglas R. and JohnF.. Anderson../.; intelevision: problems and suggested solu- Questionnaires:design and use.Metuchen;,?)*: tions.SantaMonica:RandCorporation. N.J.: Scarecrow Press. Geller, Henry. The mandatory origination re-Blumler, Jay G. and Elihu Katz. ThC uses of quirement for cable systems. Santa Monica: mass communications: current perspectives on Rand Corporation. gratifications research. Beverly Hills: Sage. Gi Ilmor, Donald M. and Jerome A. Barron.Clarke, Peter (ed.). New models for mass com- Mass communication law: cases and comment. munication research. Beverly Hills: Sage Pub- St. Paul, Minn.; West Publishing Co. lications, 1973. nobler, Herbert W. Americans...one ofCritchley, R. A. Television and media effect: your freedoms is missing: the unfairness and a review of the relevant research. London: impracticality of the equal time law and the British Bureau of Television Advertising. fairnessdoctrine. Princeton, N. J.:NassauDavidson, W. Phillips and Frederick T. C. Yu Broadcasting Co. (eds.). Mass communication research: major Hurst, Walter E. and William Storm Hale. issuesandfuturedirections. New York:

Your introduction to music record copyright, Praeger Special Studies. - contracts and other business and law. Holly-Kato, Hidetoshi. Japanese research on mass wood: Seven Arts Press, Inc. communication: selected abstracts. Honolulu: Knappman, Edward (ed.). Government and the U of Hawaii Press. media in conflict: 1970.74. New York: FactsMaranell, Gary M. (ed.). Scaling: a sourcebook on File. for behavioral scientists. Chicago: Aldine. Le Dm, Don R. Issues in broadcast regulation. Melody, William. Children's television. the ef- Washington, D.C.: BEA/National Association fects of exploitation. New Haven: Yale U of Broadcasters. Press, 1973. Lityak,,Isaiah and Christopher Mottle. CulturalMeyers, Lawrence S. and Neal E. Grossen. Be- sovereignty, the time and reader's digest case havioral research: theory, procedure, and de- in Canada. New York: Praeger Special Studies. sign. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman. Mable, Walter A. and Rolf Richter. Com- Milgram, Stanley and R. Lance Shotland. Tele- munication policies in the Federal Republic vision and anti-social behavior: field experi- of . New York: Unipub. ments. New York: Academic Press, 1973. Nelson, Harold L. and Dwight L. Teeter. In-Nugent, W. T. K. Creative history. Philadel- struction manual to accompany law of mass phia: Lippincott, 1973. communications. Mineola, N.Y.: FoundationSndmatt, Seymour and Norman, M. Bradburn. . Press. Response effectsinsurveys:a review and. Quinlan, Sterling Red. The hundred million synthesis. Chicago Aldine. dollar lunch. Chicago: J. Philip O'Hara. Usesandgratificationsstudies:theory and meth ti Stockholm:AudienceandPro- Records of the conference for revision of the gramme ResearchDepartment of Sveriges Universal Copyright Convention. New York: Radio. Unipub., 1973, Unesco. Stapleton, John. Communication policies in Ire- H. ADvERTIENG New York: Unipub. Bower, advertising Szecsko, Tamas and Gabor Fodor. Communica- Charlie. Me, and other geniuses. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday. tion policies in Hungary. New York: Unipub. Buell, Victor P. Changing practices in advertis- Taubman, Joseph. Performing arts management and law: forms books. New 'frork: Law-Arts ing decision-making and control. New York: Association of National Advertisers, 1973. Publishers. Toolicy, Daniel W., Richard D. Marks andBurton,", Philip Ward. Advertising copywriting Arnold P. Lutzker. Legal problems in broad- (3rd ed.). Columbus, Ohio: Grid. Cone, Fairfax M. The blue streak; some obser- casting. Lincoln; Nebraska- Great Plains Na- tional Instructional Television Library, U of vations, mostly about advertising.Chicago: Crain Communications, 1973. Nebraska. Daniels, Draper,Giants,pigmies, and other advertising people. Chicago: Crain Communi- G. RESEAUCH cations. Anderson, Peter J. Research guide in journal-Dunn, S. Watson and Arnold Barban (3rd ed.). ism.Morristown,N.J.:GeneralLearning Advertising:itsrole in modern marketing. Press. Hinsdale, Ill.: Dryden.

1J 12 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Evans, W. A. Advertising today and tomorrow.Gebbie Press all-in-one directory. New Paltz, London: Allen It: Unwin. N.Y.: Gebbie Press (3rd ed.).. Greer, Thomas V. Marketing inthe SovietGerlach, John C. and Lana*Gerlath. The critical ('niun. New York: Prager, 1973. index: a bibliography of articles on film in Ilinwootl,Tony. Advertisingart;time and english, 1946-1973. New York: Teacher's col- money-savingtricksofthetrade. Newton lege of Columbia U Press. Abbot, England: David & Charles, 1973. Handling, Piers (ed.). A guide to film and tele. Howard, John A. and James Hulbert. Adver- vision courses in Canada: 1973-74. Ottawa: tising and the public interest: a staff report Canadian Film Institute. to the Federal Trade Commission. Chicago:Head, Sydney W. and Lois Beck. The bibliog- Crain Communications, 1973. raphy of African broadca': an annotated :Mandell,MauriceI.Advertising. Englewood guide. Philadelphia: School of Coimminica- Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall (second edition). tions and Theatre, Temple U. Nicosia, Francesco M. (ed). Advertising, man-Henderson, Bill(ed.). The publish-it-yourself agement, and society:a business point of handbook:literarytradition and howto. view. New York: McGraw-Hill. Yonkers, N.Y.: Pushcart Press, 1973. Wright, Robin. The day the pigs refused toHorkbeimer, Mary Foley and John C. Diffor be drivento market: advertising and the (eds.). Educators guide tofreefilms. Ran- counterrevolution,NewYork:Random dolph, Wis.: Educators Progress Service, Inc. House.. Hounshcll, David A. Manuscripts in U.S. de- positories relating to the history of electrical 1. REFERENCE AND BIBLIOGRAPHY science andtechnology. Washington, D.C.: Ashe, James. Broadcast announcer 3rd dass FCC Division of Electricity and Nuclear Energy, study guide. Blue Ridge Summit, Pa.: Tab Smithsonian Institute. Books. Indextoinstructionalmediacatalogues:a BBC handbook, 1974. London: BBC, multi-indexeddirectoryofmaterialsand equipment for use in instructional programs. Beatty, Eleanor. A handbook of Canadian film. New York: Bowker. Toronto: Peter Martin Association with Take One, 1973. Jones, Glenn R. Jones dictionary of CATV Belson, William A. and Beryl-Anne Thompson. terminology.Boulder,Colo.:JonesJitter- Bibliography on methods of social and busi- national, 1973. ness research. New York: Hastead Press, 1973. Kaid, Lyttda Lee, Keith R. Sanders and Robert Bennett, Hank. The complete short wave listen- 0. Hirsch. Political campaign communication: er's handbook. Blue Ridge Summit, Pa.: Tab a bibliography and guide to the literature. Books. Mete lien, N.J.: Scarecrow Press. Bowles. Stephen E. Index to criticalfilm re. Ketnpes, 'Wolfgang. International bibliography views 1930-1972. New York: Burt Franklin. of comics literature. New York: Bowker. Bowles, Stephen E. Index to critical reviews ofKink le, Roger D. The complete encyclopedia books about film. New York: Burt Franklin. of popular music and . New Rochelle, Brown, James W. (ed.). Educational media year- N.Y.: Arlington House (Vol. I-IV). book: 1974. New York: R. R. Bowker. Lapedes, Daniel(ed.). McGraw-Hill dictionary Collins, Frederick Howard. Authors and printers of scientific and technical terms. New York: dictionary. London: Oxford U Press, 1973. McGraw-Hill. The complete guide to cable marketing. Wash- Lent, John A. Asian mass communications: a ington, D.C.: National Cable Television As. comprehensive bibliography.Philadelphia: sociation. SchoolofCommunicationsandTheatre, Danky, James Philip. Undergrounds: a union Temple U. list of alternative periodicals in libraries ofMcGarry, K. J. and T. W. Burrell. Communi- the United States and Canada. Madison, WI : :_ cation studies: a programmed guide. Hamden, Historical Society of Wisconsin. Conn.: Linnet Books. Department of Communications annual reportMoss, William W. Oral history program man- 1974/74. Ottawa: Information Canada. ual. New York: Praeger Special Studies. Diamant. Lincoln, The broadcast communica-Parish, James Robert and Michael R. Pius. tions dictionary. New York: Hastings House. Film directors: a guide to their American Field,Stanley.Professional broadcast writer's films. Metuchen, NJ.: Scarecrow. handbook. Blue Ridge Summit, Pa.: Tab Re limiter, George. Cinema booklist: supplement Books. one. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press. 16 STJDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 13

Swedlund, Charles. Photography: a handbook Hughes, Emmet John. The living presidency. of history materials, and processes. New York: New York:' Coward, McCann & Geoghegan, Holt, Rinehart and Winston. 1973. Wittich, Walter A. and Raymond H. Stinks. Kalut, E. J. The American people. Baltimore: Educators guide tofreetapes, scripts, and Penguin Books. transcriptions.Randolph,Wis.:Educators Klein, Ted andFred Danzig. How tobe Process Service, Inc. heard: making themedia work foryou. World radio and TV handbook. New York: New York: Macmillan. Billboard Publications. Koine, Sidney. Successful public relations for colleges and universities. New York: Hastings J. MtscELLANEous House. Batmash, Isadore. The world is full of it. New Lin, Nan. The study of human communication. York: DeIacorte Press. New York: Bobbs-Merrill, 1973. Brown, Robert M. Educational media: it com- law, William D. (ed.). The age of communi- cation. Pacific Palisades: Goodyear Publish- petency-basedapproach. Columbus,Ohio: Charles E. Merrill, 1973. ing. Cavert, C. Edward. An approach to the design Mamie, Larry.Clandestine and revolutionary of mediated instruction. Washington, D.C.: broadcasters of theworld:frequencylist. The Association for Educational Communi- South Charleston, W. Va.: North American cations and Technology. Short Wave Radio Association. Miller, George A. (ed.). Communication, lan- Daily, Jay E. The anatomy of censorship. New guage, and meaning. New York: Basic Books, York: Marcel Dekker, 1973. 1978. Davis, Clive and James Willwertit. Clive: inside Olson, David R. Media and symbols: the forms the record business. New York: ,Morrow. of expression, communication, and education. Davis, Flora. What we know about non-verbal Chicago: U of Chicago Press. communication. NewYork: McGraw-Hill, Osmond, Humphrey. Understanding. understand- 1973. ing. New York: Harper & Row. Davis. Robert H., Lawrence T. Alexander and Stephen L. Ye lon. Learning system design: Schicke, C. A. Revolution in sound: a biography an approach to the improvement of instruc- of therecordingindustry.Boston:Little, tion. New York: McGraw-Hill. Brown. The finances of the performing arts, New York: Schwartz, Bernard. The economic regulation Ford Foundation (2 vols.). of business and industry: alegislative his- Flower, Raymond and Michael Wynn Jones. tory of U.S. regulatory agencies. New York: Chelsea House/Bovvker, 1973. Lloyd's of London: an illustratedhistory. Snelbecker, Glen E. Learning theory, instruc- New York: Hastings House. tional theory, and psychoeducational desi,:a. Fraser, John. Violence in the arts. New York: New York: McGraw-Hill. Cambridge U Press. Studies in jazz discography I. New Brunswick, Gagne, Robert .M. and Leslie J. Briggs. Princi- N.J.: Institute of Jazz Studies, Rutgers U. ples of instructional design. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. Toffler, Alvin. Learning for tomorrow: the role Gallo, Max. The poster in history. New York: of the future in education. New York: Ran- American Heritage/McGraw Hill. dom House. Goodrum, Charles A. The . Turan. Kenneth and Stephen F. Zito. Sinema: New York: Praeger. American pornographic films and the people Criesinger, Frank K. How tocut costs and who make them. New York: Praeger. improveserviceofyourtelephone,, Welsh, Brian W. W. (ed.). Mass media manual: TWX, and other telecommunications. New a handbook of adult education broadcasts. York: McGraw-Hill. FederalRepublicof Germany:Friedrich- Gross. Martin. Nostalgia quit book No. 2. New Ebert.Stiftung, 53 Bonn-Bad Godesberg, Kol- Rochelle, N.Y.: Arlington House. ner Strube 149. Harrison, Randall P. Beyond words: an intro- Whitehouse, Roger. New York: sunshine and duction to non-verbal communication. Engle. shadowa photographic record of the city wood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. and its people from 1850 to 1915. New York: Herzog, Arthur. The B.S. factor:the theory Harper and Row. andtechniqueoffakingitinAmerica. Whole earth epilog: access to tools. Baltimore: Baltimore: Penguin Books. Penguin Books. 17 14 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION II. ARTICLES The articles have been subdivided into the following self-explanatory cate- gories:

A. Journalism and Press. p. 14. B. Commercial Broadcasting p. 17. C. Communications Law and Public Policy. p. 18. D. Cable Television and New Technology. p. N. E. Public/ Instructional Broadcasting and Broadcast Education. p. 19. F. Communication Theory and Research Methodology. p. 20. G. Sociological Aspects of Mass Communication. p. 21. H. Advertising. p. 22.

1.Mass Media in Other Nations. p. 24. J. Film and Photography. p. 25.

A. Joiners: mu AND PRESS. Brenner, Donald J. and Charles R. Mauldin. Linking conversation to mass communication: Anderson, David. Blackout in Lansing. CJR the CalIcy case. JQ 51:1, 124-9. 12:6, 26-9. Busse', Alan. The Atlanta Daily Intelligencer Anderson, DavidL. and LorenGhigIione. Criticism of the media, with the media. JM covers Sherman's march. JQ 51:3, 405.10. 32 (February), 23-32. Cagley, James W. Children'spreferencesof Anderson, Fenwick. Inadequate to prevent the selected print appeals. JA 3:4, 34-7. present:the American Mercury at 50. JQCarey, Arthur C. Effects of the pony express 51:2, 297-302. andthetranscontinentaltelegraphupon Bailey, George. The media is among us. CJR selected California newspapers. JQ 51:2, 320. 13:3. 19. 2. Bard, DaVid R. and William J. Baker. TheChaudhary, Anju. Comparative news judgment. American newspaper response to the Jamaican G 20:4, 233-47. riots of 1865. JQ 51:4, 659.63. Chaudhary, Anju and Carter R. Ryan. Mahat- ma Gandhi: journalist and freedom Propa- Barrett, Edward W. Sex, death and other trends gandist. JQ 51:2, 286-91. in magazines. CJR 13:2, 24-6. Barrett, Lawrence I. The dark side of com-Clotfelter, James and B. Guy Peters. Mass petition. CJR 13:2, 14-5. media and the military: selected ratings of Baxter, Leslie A. and John A. Bittner. High fairness. JQ 51:2, 332.4. school andcollege student perceptionsof Coldwell, Thomas. Professionalization and per- media credibility. JQ 51:3, 517-9. formance among news photographers. G. 20:2, Bishop. Robert L. Anxiety and readership of -73-81. health information. JQ 51:1, 40-6. Cole, Richard R. and Donald Lewis Shaw. Blanchard, Robert O. Congress and the press: "Powerful" verbs and "body language": does an historical sketch. JC 24:3, 78-81. the reader notice? JQ 51:1, 62.6. Bogart, Leo. Urban papers under pressure. Culbertson, Hugh M. Visual detail, sensational- CJR 13:3, 36.43. ism and perceived writer stand. JQ 5I:I, 79- Bombay, Robert P. Drugged newspapers. CJR 86. 12:6, 30-5. Cullen, Maurice R. Benjamin Edes: scourge of Bowers, Thomas A. Student attitudes toward Tories. JQ 51:2, 213.18. journalism as a career. JQ 51:2, 265-70. Cummings. Gary. The last "frontpage." CJR 13:4, 46.51. Boylan, James. Midterm elections: a CJR source .._ guide. CJR 13:1, 12.13. Davis, Junetta and Reg Westmoreland. Minority

18 STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 15 editorial workers on Texas daily newspapers. ography (JanuarrMarch, 1974. JQ 51:2, 369- JQ 51:1, 132.4. 82. Dal.ison, W. Phillips. News media and inter- Knight, Robert P. and Alfred Delahaye (eds.). national negotiation. POQ 3812, 174.91. Articles on mass communication in US. and Dennis, Everette E. The regeneration of po- foreign journals: a selected annotated bib- litical cartooning. JQ 51:4, 664-69. liography (April-June, 1974). JQ 51:3, 568-82. Diamond, Edwin. New voices on the right. CJR Knudson, Jerry W. Neruda and Picasso: a tale 13:1, 8-11. of two obituaries. Cpl. 13:4, 27-30. Diamond, Edwin. Psychojournalism: Nixon on Knudson, Jerry W. Whatever became of "the the couch. CJR 12:6, 7-11. pursuit of happiness''? G 20:4, 201-14. Diamond, Edwin. Tapeshock:theNixon Kreger, Donald S. Press opinion in the Eagle- transcripts. CJR 13:2, 5-9. ton affair. JM 35, .1-51. Dommermuth, William P. How does the me-Kriss, Ronald P. The national news Council dium affect the message? JQ 51:3, 441-7. at age one. CJR 13:4, 5141. Eberhard, Wallace B. Circulation and popu- I.aber, Jeri. The selling of Solzhenitsyn. CJR lation:comparison of 1940 and1970. JQ 13:1, 4-7. 51:3, 503-7. Lattimore, Dan L. and Opt B. Nayman. Pro- Ek, Richard A. The irony of ,Sheldon's news:. fessionalism of Colorado's daily newsmen: a paper. JQ 51:1, 22.27. communicator analysis. G. 20:1, 1-10. Erskine, Haze!. The polls:control of crime LeRoy, David J., C. Edward Wotring, and Jack and violence. POQ 38:1, 490-502. Lyle. Today in the legislature:the Florida Evarts, Dru and Guido IL Stempel III. Cover- story. JO 24:3, 92-8. age of the 1972 campaign by TV, news maga- Levy, Sheldon G. Distance of politically violent zines and major newspapers. JQ 51:4, 645-8. events from newspaper source over 150 years. JQ 51:I, 28-32. Gaziano, Cecilie. Readership study of paperLoory, Stuart H. The CIA's use of the press subsided by government. JQ 51:2, 323-5. a "mighty wurlitzer." CJR 13:3 (September/ Greenberg, Daniel S. Let's hear it for science. October), 9-18. CJR 13:2, 16-23. Gmtta, Gerald L. Prosperous newspaper in-MacDougall, A. Kent. Clay Felker's New York. dustry may be heading for decline. JQ 51:3, CJR 12:6, 36-47. -498 -502. Manheitn, Jarol B. Urbanization and differen- Grunig, James E. Three stopping experiments tial press coverage of the congressional cam- on the. communication of science. JQ 51:3. paign. JQ 51:4, 649-53. 387.99. Mann, Leon. Counting the crowd: effects of editorial policy on estimates. JQ 51:2, 278- Haskins, Jack B. and Lois P. Flynne. Effect of 85. headline typeface variation on readingin- Marquis, Arnold. Those "brave boys in blue" terest. JQ 51:4, 677-82. at Wounded Knee. CJR 13:1, 26-7. Hentoff, Nat. Lingering questions. CJR 13:2,Mencher, Melvin. Freeing the studentpress. 10-13. CJR 13:3, 49-63. Hirsh, Jeffrey L. Tocqueville and the frontierMidura. Edmund M. A J. Liebling: the way- press. JQ 51:1, 116.19. ward pressman as critic. JM 33 (April), 1-46. Howard, Herbert H. Cross-media ownership of Morris, Roger. Henry Kissinger and the media: newspapers and TV stations. JQ 51:4. 715-7. a separate peace. CJR 13:1, 14-25. Jacoubovitch, M. Daniel. Reporting multipleMurphy, JamesE. The new journalism:a signification. JQ 51:1, 129-32. critical perspective. JM 34 (May), 1-38. Kimball. Bruce A. A case study in alternate Myers, David S. Editorials and foreign affairs journalism: the Santa Barbara bribery exposé. in the 1972 presidential campaign. JQ 51:2, JQ 51:2, 303-6. 251.7, Knight, Robert P. and Alfred Delahaye (eds.). Nelsen, David R. and Kenneth Starck. The Articles on .mass communication in U.S. and newspaper ombudsman asviewed by the foreign journals: a selected annotated bibli- rest of the staff. JQ 51:3, 453.7. ography (July-September, 1974). JQ 51:4, 763- Nielsen, Richard P. and Angela B. Neilsen. 77. Communications and fatalism. JQ 51:1, 66- Knight, Robert P. and Alfred Delahaye (eds.). 61. Articles on mass communication in US. andNovic, Kenneth and Peter M. Sandman. How foreign journals: a selected annotated bibli- use of mass media affects views on solutions

19 16 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION to environmental problems. JQ 51:3, 448-Streicher, Helen White. The girls in the car- 52. loons. JC 24:2, 125-9. Offit,Sidney. The death of ID. CJR 13:3,Strentz, Herbert. The journalism educator as 20.5. critic: his contribution, concern and compe- Orwant, Jack E. and John Ullmann. Pentagon tence. JM 32, 1-12. officers'attitudes on reporting of militaryStuttaford,Genevieve. A CJR source guide: news. JQ 51:3, 463-69. occupational health and safety. CJR 13:4, 42 Parachini, Allan. Social protest hits the comic 5. pages. CJR 13:4, 4-7. Szulc, Tad. Covering SALT: loopholes, break- Payne, David E. Newspapers and crime: what throughs and official communiques. CJR 13:3, happens during strike periods. JQ 51:4, 607- 26-9. 12. Tankard, James W. and Michael Ryan. News Penrose, Jeanne, David H. Weaver, Richard R. sourceperceptionsof accuracy ofscience Cole and Donald Lewis Shaw. The news. coverage. JQ 51:2, 21915. paper nonreader 10 yearslater:a partialTaormina, Frances. Football: a fascist game? replication of Westley-Severin. JQ 51:4, 631- TVQ 11:3, 40-3. 8. Trump, Christopher G. Human kindness day: Po lich, John E. Newspaper support of press delight or disaster. CJR 13:2, 46. councils. JQ 51:2, 199-206. Turpin,WilliamH.Newspapercirculation Polich, John E. Predicting newspaper stall size growth and rise in personal income. JQ 51:3, from circulation: a new look. JQ 51:3, 515-6. 522.4. Pollock, Francis. Towards protecting consum.Van Tubergen, G. Norman and David L. ers. CJR 12:6, 22.5. Nfahstnan. Unflattering photos: how people Reuss, Carol. Better Homes and Gardens: con- respond. JQ 51:2, 31719. sistent concern key to long life. JQ 51:2, Walters, Robert. What didZieglersay, and 292.6. when did he say it? CJR 13:3, 30.5. Salado, Rodolfo N., Hadley Read, James F.Weaver, David H., W. War Hopkins, William Evans and Ana C. Kong. A successful in- H. Billings and Richard R. Cole. Quotes formation campaign on pesticides. JQ 51:1, vs.paraphrases inwriting: doesit make 91-95. a difference to readers? JQ 51:3, 400-04. Samuelson, Robert J. A CJR source guideWeaver, David H. and G. Cleveland Wilhoit. US. population: booms and busts. CJR 13:2, News magazinevisabilityofsenators. JQ 33-6. 51:1, 67-72. Samuelson, Robert J. Let them eat dogfood?Weiss, Carol H. What America's leaders read. CJR 13:3, 4.8. FOQ 38:1, 1-22. Schiller, HerbertI. Freedom from the "freeWhitehead, Ralph. Poll watching: do we really flow." JC 24:1, 110-17. know how the public feels about impeach- Schwarz lose, Richard A. Early telegraphic news ment, etc.? CJR 12:6, 3-6. dispatches: forerunner of the AP. JQ 51:4,Wilhoit, G. Cleveland and Talk Sup Ault, 595-601. Newspaper endorsement andcoverageof Sissors, Jack Z. Do youthful, college.educated public opinion polls In 1970, JQ 51:4, 6648. readers prefer contemporary newspaper de- Williams, Harold M. What do we do now, boss? signs?"JQ 51:2. 307-13. VS 40:9, 285.8. Smith,BarbaraHerrnstein. Womenartists: Wilson, C. Edward. The effects of medium on some muted notes. JC 24:2. 146-9. loss of information. JQ 51:1, 111-15. Stuck. Kenneth. Media criticism in classroom Witt. William. The environmental reporter on and community. JM 32, 13-22. U.S. daily newspapers. JQ 51:4, 697-704. Starck, Kenneth. Producer/consumer perceptions of the function of the daily newspaper. JQWitteman, Paul A. Rite of sprint covering 51:4, 670-76. Hank Aaron. CJR 13:2, 3-4. Stevens. John D. "Bungleton Green":black Wright, Donald K. Survey shows politicians comic strip ran 43 years. JQ 51:1, 122-4. favor commercial printing. JQ 51:3, 520-1. St. John, Jeffrey. The fragmentation of free- Yocum, S. Anders. Connecticut; no more cone dom. VS 40:21, 660-2. JC 24:3, 91. Stone, Vernon A. and James L. Hoyt. Effect of Yodel is, M. A. Boston's first major newspaper likability and relevance of expertness. JQ war: a 'great awakening' of freedom. JQ 51:2, .51:2. 314-6. 207-12. n0 STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 17 (Also see:28010; 28027; 28046; 28066; 28067; Hinton, James L., John F. Seggar, Herbert C. 28069;28077;28078;28083;28085;28087; Northcott and Brian F.Fontes. Tokenism 28100; 28101;28104;28116;28117;28148; and improving imageryof blacksin TV 28152;28156;28192;28194.] drama and comedy: 1973. JB 18:4, 523-32. liol !stein, Milton. Tiny Holland's mighty radio B. ComartacrAt, BROADCASTING voice. JQ 51 :3, 4869. A conversation with Steve Allen. TVQ 11:3,Kraus, Sidney, Timothy Meyer and Maurice 11.21. Shelby, Jr. 16 months after Chappaquiddick: Aronoff, Craig. Old age in primetime. JC effects of the Kennedy broadcast. JQ 51;3, 24:4, 86-7. 431.40. Boyd, Douglas A. The pre-history of the VoiceLemert, James B. Content dupliattion by the of America. PTR 2:6, 3:1-45. networksincompeting evening newscasts. Braden, Waldo W. Has TV made the public JQ 51:2, 238-44. . speaker obsolete? VS 40:16, 500-2. Leonard,Bill. CBS Re Porls: fifteen years of Brant, Billy Gene. The rebirth of radio drama. sweat, toil and glory. TVQ 12:1, 18-22. PTR 2:5, 40-6. Lichty, Lawrence W. and Thomas W. Bohn. Buckalew, James K. The localradionews Radio's March of Time: dramatized news. editor as a gatekeeper. JB 18:2, 211.22. JQ 51:3, 458-62. Buckalew, James K. The radio news gatekeeperLoud, Pat and Nora Johnson. Pat Loud: a and his sources. JQ 51:4, 602-6. woman's story. TVQ 11:3, 28-32. Lowry, Dennis T. Measures of network news Chase, Chris. Chess anybody? TVQ 12:1, 14-17. bias in the 1972 presidential campaign. JB Co lqititt, Leroy and Patric la Mazza. Conquer- 18:4, 387-402. ing '`mathophobia" throtghtelevision:the Macklin, Tom. A network executive responds. anatomy of a program. PTR 2:6, 4-7. CJR 18:2, 31-2. Dominick, Joseph R. The portable fricnd: peerMark, Norman. TV junketeers. CJR 13:2, 27- group membership and radio usage. JB 18:2, 30. 161-70. The medium takes stock. TVQ 12:1, 63-8. Downey, M. Peter. Television production capa- Monaghan, Robert R., Joseph T. Plummer, bility: a look ahead. PTR 2:5, 30.8. David L. Rarick and Dwight A. Williams. Downing, Mildred. Heroine of the daytime Predicting viewer preference for new TV pro- serial. JC 24:2, 130-7. gram concepts. JB 18:2, 131-42. Eise kin, E. B. Television and the Mexican- Nielsen,RichardP. A generalizedattitude American. PTR 2:1, 13-8. model for television programs. JB 181, 153- Fowler, Joseph S. and Stuart 'W. Showalter. 60. Evening network news selection: a confirma- Paley, WilliamS.Broadcast journalism:at tion of news judgment. JQ 51:4, 712-4. the crossroads of freedom. VS 40:19, 91-4. Frank, Robert S. The 'grammar of film' in Patrick, W. Lawrence and Herbert H. Howard. television news. JQ 51:2, 245-50. Decision making by group broadcasters. JB Fuldheim, Dorothy. What is TV really like? 18:4, 465-72. TVQ 12:1, 23-36. Pepper, Robert. Election night 1972: TV net- Greeley,Bill. Nixon `out of sync' and(at work coverage. JB 18:1, 27-38. last) off the tube. TVQ 12:1, 51-6. Pickett, Calder M. "The American Past": how Greenberg, Bradley S. and C. Edward Wotring. anaward-winningradio program evolved. Televisionviolence anditspotentialfor PTR 2:5, 11.12. 4 aggressive driving behavior. JB 18:4, 473-80. Robinson, Michael J. The impact of the tele- Griffin, Thomas. Television, the wealthy eunuch. vised Watergate hearings. JC 24:2, 17-30. TVQ I1:3, 5-13. Schary, Bore. What happened to happy end- Hanks, William and Peter Longini. Television ings? TVQ 12:1, 69.71. access:aPittsburgh experiment. JB18:3, Schlosser, Herbert S. Responsibility and free- 289-98. dom in television. VS 41:4, 119-20. Har less, James B. Mail call: a case study of aSchorr, Daniel. The FBI and me. CJR 13:4, 8- broadcast news gatekeeper. JQ 51:1, 87-90. 14. Harwood, Kenneth. On variety in broadcasts.Seiden, Martin H. Accesstothe American JB 18:3, 143-52. mind. TVQ 12:1, 5-13. 21. 18 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Shosteck, Herschel. Factors influencing appeal [Also see: 28011;28012;28013";28019;28028; of TV news personalities. JB 18:1, 63-72. 28038; 28039;2804I";28045;28065;28070; Smith, F. Leslie. "Hunger in America" contro- 28071;28072;28073;28075;28083;28091; versy. JB 18:1, 79-84. 28114;28125;28127;28128; 28130;28138; Smith, James R. and William J. Mc Ewen. 28142; 28153;28I57;28161;28162;28164; Effect of newscast delivery rate on recall 28165;28166;28171;28172;28174;28180; and judgment of sources. JE. 18:1, 7341 28181;28182;28186;28189;28191;28192.] Stewart, John G. Congress on the air:issues and alternatives. JC 24:3, 82-90. C. COMMUNICATIONS LAW ANDFumePOLICY Stone, Vernon A. Attirudes toward televisionAshforth, Peter. The "Warhol affair": a chal- newswomen. JB 18:1, 49-62. lenge in the courts to the 1BA's authority Sur lin, Stuart H. Bigotry on the Air and in over ITV screenings. EBU 25:1, 16-9. Life:theArchie Bunker Case. PTR 2:2 (April), 34.41. liagdikian, Ben H. First Amendment Revision. Sur lin, Stuart H. and Les Bradley. Ascertain- CJR 13:1, 39-46. ment through community leaders. JB 18:1, Bagclikian, Ben H. The FCC's dangerous de- 97-107. cision against NBC. CJR 12:6, 16-21. Barrow, R. L. OTP and FCC: role of the Presi- Taillefer,FrancisJ.,ErnestH.Short,J. dency and the independent agency in cont. Michael Greenwood, and R. Grant Brady. munications, U Cincinnati Law Review 43, Video .supportinthe criminal courts. JC 291-323. 24:3, 112 -28. Berman, Paul J. Computer or communications? Taylor, Arthur R. Danger in our midst. TVQ Allocation of functions and the role of the 11:3, 54-9. Federal Communications Commission. FCBJ Taylor, Ryland A. Television movie. audiences 27:2, 161-230. and movie awards: a statisticalstudy.311 Botein,Michael. The FCC'srestrictionson 18:2, 181-6. employees' publications:afailure of com- Tedesco, Nancy S. Patterns of prime time. JC munication? FCBJ 27:2, 231-50. 24:2, 119-24. Broadcast media regulation: the fairness doc- Thomas, R. E. Opportunities in adversity for trine and the First Amendment. New York media owners. AQ 39, 5-9. Law Forum 19:4, 639-52. Toogood. Alex. The gay life in television. TVQ , - Does the fairness doctrine violatetheFirst 11:3, 22-7. Throw, Joseph. Advising and ordering: day Amendment? PTR 2:6. 46-58. time, prime time. JC 24:2, 142-5. ruin-, Ernest. Protection of the right of privacy Turow, Joseph. Talk show radio as interper- and freedom of broadcasting:critical com- sonal communication. JB 18:2, 171-80. ments on the Lebach decision handed down The TV environment. Radical software2:2, by the Federal Constitutional Court. EBU entire issue. 25:3, 48-53. Ltb^11, Earl. The making of a new news. TVQ Howard, Herbert H. Multiple broadcast owner. 12:1, 57-62. ship: regulatory history. FCBJ 27:1, 1-70. Vans, Tapio. Globaltraffic,intelevision. JC Krasnow, Erwin G. and john C. Quale, As 24:1, 102-9. certainnient:the quest for the holy grail. Vidmar,NeilandMilton Rokeach.Archie PTR 2:3, 6-13. Bunker's bigotry: a study in selective per. Lawson, R. G. Some recent developmentsin ception and exposure. JC 24:1, 36-47. advertising and the law. AQ 39, 29-32. Weinthal, Donald S. and Garrett J. O'Keefe,Melody, William H, and Wendy Ehrlich. The Jr. Professionalism among broadcast newsmen vanishing policy options. JC 24:4, 113-25. in an urban area. JB 18:2, 193-210. Mendelsohn, Harold. Behaviorism, functional Whittaker, Ron. The quiet progress of AM ism, and mass communications policy. POQ stereo. PTR 2:5, 7:8. 38:3, 379-89. Winick, Charles and Mariann PezzelIa Winicic, Olsson,Harry B., Jr.Cabletelevisionthe Courtroom drama ontelevision. JC 24:4. court of appeals decision in "CBS v. Tele 67-73. prompter." EBU 25:1, 43.6. . .. Zufryden, Fred S. Optimizing local radio reach.Pool, ltbiel de Sofa. The rise of communica- JAR 14:5, 63-70. tions policy research. JC 24:2, 31-42.

22 STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 19

Regulation of televised violence. Stanford Law Klaver,Francesca,Satellites.Communication- Review 26 (June), 1291-1325. satellites and international copyright. G 20:2, Riley, Sam G. and Jack Shand Ie. Commercial 57-72. use without consent:privacy orproperty? Le Duc, Don R. Cablefranchisinginthe JQ 51:4, 718-21. United States: a pattern in emerging prob- Riley, Sam G. and Joel M. Wiessler. Privacy: lems. EBU 25:2, 47-52. the reporter and telephone and tape recorder. Le Duc, Don R. West European papers and the JQ 51:3, 5114. cable revolution. JQ 51:2, 258-64. Sadowski, Robert P.Broadcasting and state McDaniel, Drew and Lewis A. Day. INTELSAT statutory laws. JD 18:4, 433-52. and communist nations' policy on communi- Sadowski, Robert P. What the state laws say cations satellites. JB 18:3, 311-22. about noncommercial broadcasting. PTR 2:5, McLuhan, Marshall. At the moment of Sputnik 58-68. the planet became a global theatre in which Schenkkan, P. M. Power in the marketplace of there are no spectators but only actors. JC ideas:thefairnessdoctrine and the First 24:1, 48-58. Amendment. Texas Law Review 62 (April), 727.72. Nichols, Josef C. Some aspects of direct satellite broadcasting. EBU 25:3, 10.9. Schonfeld, Maurice W. The film on the cutting room floor. CJR 13:4, 62-5. Price. Monroe. The illusions of cable television. Shelby, Maurice E. Short-term license renewals: JC 24:8, 71.6. 1960-1972. JB 18:3, 277.88. Rubin, Philip A. Satellites:a statusreport. Suzith, Robert R. and Paul T. Prince. 'WHAM PTR 2:6, 29-37. the unconscionable delay. JB 18:1, 85-96. Shute, John V. Further developments on satel- Stevens,GeorgeE.Defamationofpolitical lite rates. EBU 25:4, 46-9. figures: another look at -Sullivan Taylor, Arthur R. Pay cabletelevision:the Rule. FCBJ 27.1, 99.107. public must be heard from. VS 40:7, 199-201. Stevens, George E. Journalists as plaintiffs inToward community ownership of cable tele- libel suits since 1966. JQ 51:1, 134-6. vision. Yale Law Journal 83 (July), 1708-29. Wiley, Richard. E. On the fortieth anniversaryTraynor, RogerJ.Speech impediment and of the Federal Communications Commission. hurricane Ito. VS 40:10, 317-20. FCBJ 27:2, 109-60. [Also see: 28022; 28056; 28115; 28140; 28144; Wilkes, Robert-E. and James B. Wilcox. Recent 28149; 28176; 28185; 28187.] FTC actions:"implications for the advertise ing strategist. JMKtg 38:1, 55.61. E. Pusuc/ItmaucrioNm. BROADCASTING [Also see: 28031; 28037*; 28043; 28057; 28072; AND BROADCAST EDUCATION 28075; 28086;28090;28098;28115;28143; Anderson, James A. Public television in 1976: 28179; 28181; 28188.) a projection of station operation and costs. JB 18:2, 223-45. D. CAazt TatavisioN AND Nov TECHNOLOGY Bair, George. The manager's mission: reflections Cable television option for Florida: plan -or of an "educational broker." PTR 2:6, 9-10. chaos? U of Florida Law Review 26:4. 236-Bensman, Marvin R, and James M. Futrell. 54- Broadcasting-film academic budgets updated: Cater,Douglass. The realprospectsfora 1973-1974. JB 18:3, 347-52 "communications revolution." PTR 2:2, 3-6. Borton, Terry, Leonard Belasco and Thomas Echewa. Dual audio TV instruction: a mass Johnson, RollandC. and Robert T. Blau. broadcast simulation. AVCR 22:2, 133-52. Single versus multiple-system cable television Bundy. McGeorge. You are all on the same markets. JB 18:3, $23-46. side. PTR 2:6, 26-8. Kahn, Frank J.The quasi-utilitybasis '(toeCampeau. Peggie L. Selective review of re- broadcast regulation. JB 18:3, 259-76. search on the use of audio-visual media to Katzman, Natan. The impact of communica- teach adults. AVCR 22:1, 5-40. tion technology: promises and prospects. JCCarden, John. A conversationwith Henry 24:4, 47-58. Loomis. TVQ 12:1, 37-44. Kessler, WilliamJ. Keeping intouch withCarpenter, C. R. Intercultural broadcasting: a technology. PTR 2:4, 28-33. preface to development. PTR 2:2, 9-23.

23 20 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Mit, Charles H. Viewing yourself on video- Moldstad, John A. Selective review of research tape. PTR 2:1, 19.27. studies showing media effectiveness: a primer Colton, Frank V. Effect of giving students data for media directors. AVCR 22:4, 387-408. on task completion time in a college media Paulson, F. Leon. Teaching cooperation on tele. course. AVCR 22:3, 279-94. vision: an evaluation of Sesame Street social Corning, Steve. How public broadcasting could goats programs. AVCR 22:3 (Fall), 229-46. bring congresstothe American people: a Pollock, Art. Public broadcasting and politics: modest proposal. PTR 2:3, 40-2. Florida's "Politithon "70." J13 18:1, 39-48. Dickey, J. Michael, Bruce Ga,nsneder and Earl Prange,W. Werner,JacquelineMakiand Smith. A strategy for design of ITV evalua- Joseph R. Gaunt. Denying faculty rights in tions. PTR 2:5, 9.11. recorded courseware. PTR 2:2, 24-33. Do we really need more 'communication? PTR Public broadcasting and presidential elections: 2:3, 14-21. what_ the programmers say. PTR 2:2, 42-5, Duke, Paul.Publicaffairs;the commitment Russell, Thomas L. In defense of the "big we need. PTR 2:5, 22-9. talking face." PTR 2:2, 7-8. Falcone, Lucy. How the "dismal science" came Savian, David Allen. If you take a trip, make to life on NPR: an economist's review. PTR it a good one. PTR 2:6, 10.11. 2:6. 7-8. Skornia, Harry J. Has public broadcasting lost Frey, Christer. Some experiments on the effects its nerve? PTR 2:6, 34-8. of colour television on teaching. EBU 25:1, Sterling,Christopher H, Textbooks onthe 20-29. media: a review of 1972-1973. PTR 2:1, 35- Fuller, Bucliminster. Report from planet Earth, 42. PTR 2:6, 16-24. Too hey, Daniel W. and Leonard J. flaxt. Cor- Ga ley, Minaruth and Kenneth D. George. De- porate underwriting: the rules of the game. velopment of the skills of classification using PTR 2:1, 5-12. television. AVCR 22;2, 153-66. tan Ufford, Quarles. How do we educate the Greenberg, Bradley, John D. Abel and Waiter communicators? AQ 40, 26-9. Gant?. Public awareness of new public tele- N'olotia, Thomas A. The story of "Pennsylvania vision stations. PTR 2:3, 2230. Town Meeting." PTR 2:5, 18-21. Wotring, C. Edward and David J. LeRoy. The flarpote, Charles H. aids for teachers of "elec. decline of the Watergate audience. PTR. 2:1, tric" media: an ERIC resource list. PTR 2 :2, 25-34. 52-6. 4igercll, James J. The trouble with open learn- Hoban, Dennis. Theinstructionaldeveloper. ing and what to do about it. PTR 2 :4, 34-7. AVCR 22:4, 453-66. [Also see: 28014, 28047; 28059; 28060; 28076; Inside the program cooperative. PTR 2:4, 16- 28081;28084;28089;28092;28102;28103; 97. 28118; 28124; 28134; 28139; 28149; 28183.] Katzman, Natan. The mathematics of member. ship. PTR 2:4, 38-46. . F. COMMN1CATION THEORY AND Komoski, P. Kenneth. An imbalance of product RESEARCH METHODOLOGY quantity and instructional quality: the im- perative of empiricism. AVCR 22:4, 357-86. Armbruster, Walter A. The dynamics of belief dynamics. JA 3:3, 25-34. Lucas, Robert J. The relationship of training Blair, William S. The case against magazine and experience variables to teachers' skill in audience measures. JAR 14:2, 7-10. judging the effectiveness of ITV programs. Booth, George D. and Herbert R. Miller. Ef AVCR 22:1, 79-89. fectiveness of monochrome and color presenta- McMenamin, Milton James. Effects of instruc- tions in facilitating affeet=v0 learning. AVCR tionaltelevision on personality perception. 22:4, 409.22. AVCR 22:1, 51-62. Breed, George and Victoria Colaiuta. Looking, Macy, John. Is anybody watching? TVQ 11:3, blinking, and sitting. JC.24:2, 75-81. 44.8. Buchii, Virginia and W. Barnett Pearce. Lis- Nile lke, Keith W. Decision-oriented research in tening behavior in coorienta tionaI states. JC school television. PTR 2:3, 31-9. 24:3, 62-70. Millard, Steve. Specialized audiences: a scaled-Chaffee, Steven H., Godwin C. Chu, Jack Lyle down dream. PTR 2:5, 48.54. and Wayne Danielson. Contributions of Wil- Minorities and public TV: a critical appraisal. bur Schramm tomass communicationre- PTR 2:1, 53-63. search. IM 36, 1-44. 2 4 STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 21 Cox, Eli P., W. Thomas Anderson and David fence: a theory of public opinion. JC 24:2, G. hitcher.Reappraising mail surveyre- 43-51. sponse rates. JUR 11:4, 413-7. Meek, Paul J. Direct mail and information Culbertson, Hugh M. Words vs. pictures: per- diffusion. POQ 38:4, 548-61. ceived impact and connotative meaning. JQ 31:2, 226-37. Robertson, Dan H. and Robert W. Josclyn. Crepiel, John A. Word-of-mouth processes in Projective techniques in research. JAR 14:5, the diffusion of a major technological change. 27 -82. JAM 11:2, 172-80. Savitsky,JeffreyC. and Marguerite E. Sim. Diuunick, John. The gatekeeper: an uncertain Trading emotions: equity theory of reward iheory. JM 37 (November), 1-39. and punishment. JC 241, 140-6. Donoliew, Lewis and John R. Baselteart. In-Schiller, Herbert. Waiting for orders: some cur- formatioitselectionprocesses and galvanic rent trends in mass communications research skin response. JQ 51:1, 33-9. in the United States. G. 20:1, 11-21. Mum, Theodore F. and Ruth Ziff. PREP: aSeaton, Richard. Why ratings are better than new copytcsting system. JAR. 14:5, 53-62. comparisons. JAR 14:1, 43-8. Hetcher, James E. and Harry B. Thompson.Simpkins, John D. and Jack A. Smith. Effects "1 elephoutdirectory samples and random of music on source evaluations. JB 18:8, 361- telephone number generation. JB 18:2, 187- 7. 92. Sttow, Robert P. How children interpret 1'V violence in play context. JQ 51:1, 13-21. t.otinky, Richard. How drop-outs affect on-airStephens, Edward and Thomas. Burke. Zen testing. JAR 14:5, 71-7. theory and the creative course. JA 1:2: 38- pawn, Kenneth M. Monitoring communica- 41. tion at is i ty: new techniques of observation.Strong. Edward C. The use of field experi- JQ 31;1, 47-55. mental observations in estimating advertis- Lalto:..sa, Ralph. Interpreting hieraechial mes- ing recall. AIR 11:4, 1169-78. sage structure. JC 24:2, 61-9. Tantm, Coran. Influence models or consensus

LeRoy, David J., Eugene Clam and Weninouth models in communications JA 3:2, 6-8. . Williams Jr. Use of operant methodology inTate,Eugene,Ernestfinwrishand Stanley measuring mass media effects. JQ 31:1, 102- Clark. Communication variables in jury se- 106. lection. JC 24:3, 130-9. Liebman. Leon and Edward Lee. Reach andTappen, Christopher J. S. Dimensions of com- frequency estimating services. JAR 14;4, 23- municator credibility. SM 41:3, 253-60. Williams, Patrick and Joan T. Pearce. Com- Lindley, William R. Gatekeeper's avoidance of munication as a biosystem. JC 24 :4, 13-18. group opinion sources. JQ 51:4, 7243. Williams, Raymond. Communication asCul- lynch, F. Dennis. Clozentrophy; a new tech- tural science. JC 24:3, 17-25. niqueforanalyzing3 Itdielleeresponseto Wind, Yoram and Joseph Denny. Multivariate SM 41:3, 245-52. analysis of variance in research on the effec- 3101artin,PamelaA. Across-lagtestof tiveness of TV commercials. pfR 11:2, 128 - 1.erner's model of modernization. JQ 51:1, 35. 120-0. Worth. Sol and Larry Gross. Symbolic strategies. 3farton, Katherin and Albert C. RottlolL Use JC 24:4, 27-39. tmeinterview studies with care. JAR 14:2, 35- (Also see: 28021'; 28025; 28030; 28056*; 28093: 28109;28120;28131;23132;28150;28154; Mears. Peter. Structuring toranutnication in a 28158.1 working group. IC 24:1, 71-9. Meyer, Timothy J. Media credibility: the suite G. Soctoi.oGicAL SPECCIS OF of the research. PTR 2:4, 48-52. MASS COMMUNICATION Miller, Lawrence R. Predictive powers of the esch and Bormuth readabilityformulas. Atchley, Robert C. The meaning of retirement. IQ 31:3, 508.10. JC 24;4, 97-100. Mogg, Jack M. Assessing media effectiveness via Baran. Stanley J. Prosocial and antisocial tele- network flowgraphs. JA 35-41. vision content and modeling by high and low Noclle- Neumann, Elisabeth. The spiral of si- self-esteem children. JB 18:4. 481-95. 22 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH COMMUNICATION is^

Baran,StanleyJ.Televisionasteacherof O'Kelly, Charlotte G. Sexism in children's tele- prosocial behavior: what the research says. vision. JQ 51:4, 722-3. PTR 2:3, 46-51. Plost, Myrna and Marvin J. Rosen. Effect of Baran. Stanley J. and Timothy P. Meyer. Imi- sex of career models on occupational prefer- tation and identification: two compatible ap- ences of adolescents. AVCR 22:1, 41-50, proachestosocial learning from the elec-Porter, D, Thomas. An experimental investi- tronic media. AVCR 22:2, 167-79. gation of the effects of racial prejudite and Barlett, Dorothy L.amela B. Drew, Eleanor G. Fable and Waliam A. Watts. Selective racial perception upon communication effec- tiveness. SM 41;2, 179-84. exposure to a presidential campaign appeal. POQ 38:2, 264-70, Riddleberger, H. Holt. On sex, violence, com- Berger, Arthur Ma. Secret agent. JC 24:2, 70.4. mercialsand kids. PTR 2:6, 12-3. Beuf, Ann. Doctor, lawyer, household drudge.Robinson, John P. The press as king-maker: JC 24:2, 142-5. what surveys from last five campaigns show. Busby. Linda Jean. Defining the sex-role stand- JQ 51:4, 587-94. ard in network children's programs. JQ 51:4.Rosnow, Ralph. On rumor JC 24:3, 26.38. ea-0. Rossiter, John R. and Thomas S. Robertson. bating, Alton J. Environments for the elderly. Testing the defense. JC 24:4, 137-44. JQ 24:4, 101-112. Rubinstein, Eli A. The TV violencereport: Dominick, JosephR.Children'sviewingof what's next? JC 24 :1, 80'4. crime shows and attitudes on law enforce-Schreiber, Robert. Instabilirl in media exposure ment. JQ 51:1, 5-12. habits. JAR 14:2. 13-17. Franzwa, Helen H. Working women in fact and Sexton,DonaldE.andPhyllisHabernian. fiction. JC 24:2, 104-9. Women inmagazineadvertisements. JAR Friend, Ronald M. and Michael Vinson. Lean- 14:4, 41-5. ing over backwards: Julius' responses to de-Sheikh. Ances A., V. Kanti Peasail, and Tan- fendants' attractiveness. JC 24:3, 124-0. nirti R. Rao. A review of research. JC 24:4, 126-35. Graney,MarshallJ.and EdithE.Graney. Silverstein, Arthur Jay and Rebecca Silverstein. Communicationsactivitysubstitutions in The portrayal of women in television adver- aging. JC 24:4, 88-96. tising. FCBJ 27:1, 71-98 Crunig, James E. Communication in a com-Smith, Terry and Jack Levin. Social change its munity cieveloPment ganiza don. JC 24:4, sex roles: an analysis of advice columns. JQ, 40.6. 51:3, 525-7. Hall, Stuart. Media power: the double bind. Streicher, Lawrence H. and Norman L. Bonney. JC 24:4, 19-26. Children talk about television. JC 24:3, 54- Hess. Beth B. Stereotypes of the aged. JC 24:4, 61. 76-85. Ward, Scott. TV advertising to children: a re- Hess, Sidney. W. Communicating with physi- search report from MSI. AQ 39, 24-27. cians. JAR 14:1, 13-20. Also see: 28015"; 2801710; 28020'; 28033.3 Kato,Hitietoshi.Thecit)ascommunion: changes in urban symbolism. JC 24:2, 52-60. H. ADVERTISING Kraus, Sidney. Mass communication and the electionProcess:are-assessmentoftwo Aliport, Peter W. Profess:onatism in advertis- decades of research. SM 1$:4, 427-33. ing. JA 3:4,' 18-20. Auer, Emma. The advertising-marketing union. Lone, Michele L. and Rita J. Simon. The roles JA 3:2, 34 -7. andstatusesof women onchildren andAustin, Arthur D. The credibility of a tele- family TV Programs. JQ 51:1, 107-10. vision-newspaper advertising relevant product Miller, Gerald, David Bender, Thomas Flor- market. FCBJ 27:2, 251-7(0. ence, and Henry Nicholson Real versus reel:Bloomfield, Peter. Publicrelations:the way what's the verdict? JC 24:3 99-111 ahead. AQ 39 (SPring), 34-6. Mills, Kay. Fighting sexism on the airwaves. Bowen,Lawrence andStevenH.Chaffee. JC 24:2, 150-6. Product involvement and pertinent adver-

O'Keefe, M. Thizothy and Kenneth G. Shein- tising appeals. JQ 51:4, 513-21. . kopf. The voter decides: candidate image orBrown. Robert George. Sates response to pro- campaign issue. JB 18:4, 403-12. motions and advertising. JAR 14:4, 33-40.

26 STUDIES IN MASSCOMMUNICATION *23 Callahan, Francis X. Advertising's influence on Hsia, H. J. Audience recall as tolerance toward consumers. JAR 14:3, 45-9. television commercial breaks. JQ 51:1, 96-101. Chondhury, Prav'at K. and Lawrence S. Schmid. Hutton, John. Advertising as investment ex- Black models in advertising to blacks. JAR penditure:aneconomist'sview. AQ 39 14:3, 19.22. (Spring), 14-18. Christian, Richard C. European views of ad-Jefferson,MichaelLabour'sthreattothe vertising. JA 3:4, 23.5. media. AQ 41 (Autumn), 21-5. Clarke, Neville. Broadcast advertising. A sym- Joyce, Timothy. Magazine readers ner copy. posium organizedbyBritishIndependent JAR 14:6, 21-82. Broadcasting under the auspices of the EBU. Kassarjian, Harold H. Applications, of consumer EBU 25:4, 19-22. behavior to the field of advertising. JA 3:3, Courtney, Alice E. and Thomas W. Whipple. 10-5. Women in TV commercials. JC 24:2, 110-18. Keane, John G. On professionalisri: in advertis' Devlin, L.Patrick. Contractsin presidential ing. JA 8:4, 62. campaign commercials of 1972. JB 18:1, 17-Lublin, William D. Beyend the cereal ads: 26. television as teacher of the young consumer. Dottohne, Thomas R. Impact of viewer pre- PTR 2:5, 4.6. dispositions on political TV commercials. 313 Lull, James T. Counter-advertising:persuasi- 18:1, 3.16. bility 'of the anti-Bayer TV spot. JB 18:3, Drumalbyn,Lott,.Advertisingcontrol:the 353-60. evolution of the self-regulatory system. AQLynn, Jerry R. Effects of persuasive appeals in 41, 4-8, public service advertising. JQ 51:4, 62230. Dyer. Robert F. and Philip G. Kuehl. TheLynn, Jerry R. Professionalismis a state 'of cuirective advertising" remedy of the FTC: mind. JA 3:4, 13-7. an experimental evaluation. JMKtg 38:1, 48- !4. McAleer, Gordon. Do industrial advertisers un- derstand what influences their market? JMKtg Ehrenberg, Andrew 5, C. Repetitive advertising 38:1, I5.23, and the consumer. JAR 14:2, 25 -84. McCall, David B. What agency managers want Engel, James F. Advertising and the consumer. from research. JAR 14:4, 7-10. JA 3:3, 6.9. McReynolds, William. Gene Howe's promo- Feldman. Ski and Abraham Wolf. What's tional style. JQ 51:4, 71611. wrong with children's commercials? JAR 14:1, March, Robert M. and Donald W. Swinbourne. 39.43. What is "interest" in TV commercials? JAR Fletcher, Alan D. and Paul R. Winn. An in- 14:4, 17-22. tetmagazine analysis of factors in advertise- O'Connor, James. International advertising. JA ment readership. JQ 51:3, 425.30. 3:2, 944, Gallup. George. How advertising works. JAR Parrish, T. Kirk. How much to spend for ad- 14:3. 7.12. vertising. JAR 14:1, 942. Gcnsch. Dennis H. and B. Ranganathan. Evalu- Permut, Steven E. and James E. Haefner. An ation of television program content for the approach to the evaluation of deception in purpose of promotional segmentation. JMR television advertising. JA 3:4, 40 -8. 11:4, 390-8. Perry, Michael and Amon Perry. Brand recall Gerhold, Paul E. J. Why we need a profession, in two Israeli media. JAR 14:8, 83 -40. and how to get one. JAR 14:5, 948. Pcterman, J. N. Advertising courses for whom: Gold. Bertram and William Salkind. What do advertisers or consumers? JA 3:3, 45 -8. "top box" scores measure JAR 14:2, 19-23. Grass. Robert C. and Wallace H. Wallace. Ad-Ricks, David A., Jeffrey S. Arpan and Marilyn vertising communication: print vs. TV. JAR V. Fu. Pitfalls in advertising overseas. JAR 14:5. 19-26, 14:6, 47-52. Haller, Thomas F. What students think of ad-Riesz, Peter C. and Abe Stichman. Response vertising. JAR 14:1, 83 -8. to the ADA Crest endorsement. JAR 14:1, Halter, Thomas F. What students think of ad- 21-82. veriising communication: print vs. TV. JARSanders, Marlene. Ad liberation. TVQ 11:3, 14:5, 19-26. 49-53, Howard. John A. and James Hulbert. Adver-Settle, Robert 13. and Linda L. Golden. Attri- tising and the public interest. JAR 14:6, 83- bution theory and advertiser credibility. JMR 40. 11:2, 181-6.

21 24 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH COMMUNICATION Sharpe, Louis K. and Kent L. Granzin. BrandEsposito, R. and A. Grassi. Some initial com- attributes that determine purchase. JAR 14:2, ments on the relations between the Berne 39-42. Convention and Italian law. EBU 25;1, 47 Slade, Jack. Education for marketing and ad- 51. vertising. AQ 41 (Autumn), 14-20. Fagen, Patricia. The media in Allende's Chile: Stewart, Daniel K. Advertising and consumer some contradictions. JC 24:1, 59-70. behavior. JA 3:3, 16.20. Fathi, Asghar and Carole L Heath. Group in- Sullivan, Dennis. Developments in the poster fluence, mass media and musical taste among industry. AQ 89 (Spring), 20-22. Canadian students. JQ 51:4, 705-9. Swartz, Ava. Ads for outgroups. CJR 12:6, 12- Fernandez-Shaw, Felix. The new International 15. TelecommunicationConvention(ITC)of Unwin, Stephen J. F. How culture affects ad- MalagaTorrernolinos (1973). EBU 25:2, 21-6. vertising expression and communication style. Fisher, Tony. Advertising control in Britain. JA 3:2, 24-7. AQ 40 (Summer), 5-10. Wanat, John.Politicalbroadcastadvertising and primary election voi;ng. Ill 18:4, 413-22. Golding,Peter. Media roleinnational de- Wise, Gordon L., Alan L. King and J. Paul velopment: critique of a theoretical ortho- Mercnski. Reactions to sexy ads vary with doxy. JC 24:3, 39-53. age. JAR 14:4, 11.6. Coldsborough, James 0. An American in Paris: It'right, John S. and John E. Tully. The ad- the International Herald Tribnne. CJR 15:2, vertising-marketing maricage. JA 8:2, 28.33. 37-45. Wright, Peter L. Analyzing media effects on Greenberg,BradleyS.Blitishchildren and advertising responses. POQ 38:2; 192-205. tzlevised violence. POQ 58:4, 531-47. ( ;reulich, Helmut. No cause for indiscriminate [Alto see: 28070; 28110: 28112; 28121; 28122; enthusiasm about viewer participationbut 28(46; 28170: 28178; 28180.] good results with "Direkt," the ZDF's youth magazine. EBU 25:3, 29 -81. I.MAss MEDIA IN OTHER NATIONS Hem, nus, Pertti. Propaganda and indoctrina- Adam, Kenneth. The broadcasting future for tion. G 20:4, 215-23, New Zealand. G 20:3, 162-70. Hester, Albert L. The news from Latin Ameri- Ayers, Rowan. Opening doors: a personal stir- can via a World News Agency. G 20:2, 82. vey of the BBC's venture into public access. 98. EBU 25:2/ 27-31. Hicks, Ronald G. and Avishag Gordon. Foreign Barghouti, Shawki M. The tole of communi- news content in Israeli and U.S, newspapers. cationinJordan'sntral development. JQ JQ 51 :4, 639-44. 51 :8, 418-24. If ighton,Jake.France'sgreatestnewspaper, Barr,Charles."ProjectingBritainandthe alas: a critical look at Le Mande. JQ 51:2, British, character":Ealing Studios, PartII. 326-8. Screen 13 :2, 129-63. Holmes, J. C. BBC publications, EBU 25:1, Bartol, Robert A.AlekseiStivorin:Russia's 14-15. millionaire publisher. JQ 51:3, 411-7. Hurley, Neil. Chilean television: a case study Besirogitt, Akin. Forty-eightyears of broad- ofpoliticalcommunication. JQ 51:4,685- casting services in Turkey. EBU 25:4, 21-5. 9. Brack, Hans. German radio arid television: or-Kempers, Frans. Mass communication studies ganizationand economicbasis,1969-1973. and researchinthe Netherlands. G 20:1, £131.1 25:4, 12-8. 22-35.. Chit. James C. 'V.Television in Taiwan: a Kim, Chong Lint and jin Hwan Oh. Perceptions current profile. PTR 2:5, 12-6. of professional efficacy among journalists in a Co Nevin, Gary C. Educationaltelevisionre. developing country. JQ 51:1, 73-8. search in India. PTR 2:1, 46-52. Kimball, Penn T. Britishelections:the old de Brauw, Chris. Broadcasting in the Nether- boys on the bus. CJR. 13:1, 28-31. lands:institutionalizedaccesswithlimita- Kushner, James M. African liberation broad- tions. JB 18:4, 453-64. casting. JB 18:3, 299.310. Dieureide, Henri. Broadcasting in the serviceLang, Kurt. Images of society: media research of education in Western Europe: some re- in Germany. POQ 38:3, 335-61. marks on the present situation and futureLent, John A. Mass media in . G 20:3, prospects. EBU 25:2, 12-20. 171-9.

28 STUDIES IN MASS COMMUNICATION 25

NEcRedmond,Louis.RadionaGaeltachta. Viorst, Milton. Le Monde: very serious, very Strengthening communityinIrish-speaking successful. CJR 13:3, 44-8. Ireland. EBU 25:4, 26-7. Wright, Donald K. An analysis of the level of Martin, Christopher. How international is in- professionalism among Canadian journalists. ternational? Are our festivals sure? EBU 25:4, G 20:3, 13344. 28-30. Zorzi, Alvise. Twenty yens after: the story of Masonye, Claude. International protection of Italy's contribution to the first day of Euro- intellectual property. EBU 25:2, 53-8. vision programmes. EBU 25:8, 20-2. Mitchell, Stanley. From Shklovsky to Brecht: some preliminary -remarks towards a history [Also see: 28026; 280290; 240494'; 28051; 28053; of thepoliticisation of Russian formalism. 28061;28062; 28067;28079;28080;28108; Screen 15:2, 74-80. 28109; 28123; 28133; 28155; 28169; 28175.1 Mod ley, Rudolf. World language without words. JC 24:4, 59-66. JFriarAND PHOTOGRAPHY Mond, Georges H. Press concentration in social- Atwell,Lee.Soloris:a Soviet ist countries. G 20:3, I45-6I. science-fiction Morris, Roger. Through the looking glass in masterpiece. FJ 2:3, 22-5. Chile:coverageof Allende'sregime. GIBBachmatm, Gideon. I have played Christ long 13:4, 15-26. enough! A conversation with Miklos Jalisco. Nayman, OguzB., Dan L.Lattimore and FQ 28:1, 49-53. Manuel Alers-Montalvo. A survey of journal- Barkhausen,Hans.Footnotetothehistory ists in Barcelona, Spai... problems and ex- of Riefenstahl's "Olympia." FQ 28:1, 8-12. pectations. G 20:4, 224-32. Barthes, Roland. Diderot, Brecht, Eisenstein. Screen 15:2, 33.40. O'Malley, Pat. Increasing concentration of pressBaudry, Jean-Louis. Ideological effects of the ownership in New Zealand. JQ 51:2, 329.31. basiccinematographic apparatus. FQ 28:2, Pau lu, Burton. The Prix Italia at twenty-five 39-42. years. PTR 2:2. 46.51. Bellour, Raymond. The obvious and the code. Plaisant, R. Performers' rights in France. EBU Screen 15:4, 7-17. 25:2. 43-6. Benjamin, Walter. Lefe-wing melancholy. Richstad, Jim and Michael McMillan. The Screen 15:2, 28-32. Pacific Islands press. JQ 51:8, 470-7. Biskind, Peter. Lina Wertmuller: the politics Robinson, GertrudeJoch. Mass media and of private life. FQ 28:2, 10-16. ethnicstrifeinmulti-nationalYugoslavia. Biskind, Peter. Rebel without a cause: Nicholas JQ 51:3, 490.7. Ray in the fifties. FQ 28:1, 32-8. Rosengren, Karl Erik and Gunnel Richardson. Bordwell,David.Eisenstein'sepistemological Middle East news in Sweden. G 20:2, 99-116. shift. Screen 15:4, 29-46. Rowley, John. BBC broadcasting in Wales. EMIBrewster, Ben. From SbkIovsky toBrecht:a 25:3, 23.8. reply. Screen 15:2, 81-102. Shanor, Donald R. Poland's press and broad-Brewster, Ben and Colin MacCabe. Making casting under the Gierek regime. JQ 51:2, Kuhfe Iramper an interview with George 271-7. Hoellering. Screen 15:4, 71-9. Sherman, Charles E. The International Broad-Cadbury. William. Theme feltlife, and the casting Union: a study inpracticalinter- last-minute rescue in Giiffithafter intoler- nationalism. EBU 25:3, 32-6. ance. FQ 28:1, 3948. Sherman, CharlesF..and John Ruby. TheChappell, Fred. The science-fiction Shin image. Eurovision News Exchange. JQ 51:3. 478- Fj 2:3. 8.15. .85. Stolte. Dieter. Learning to live with television. Dayan,Daniel. The tutor-codeofclassical EBU 25:2, 32-3. cinema. FQ 28:1, 22.31. Szeplaki. I.eslie. Advertising in the Soviet bine.DeCola, Joseph. In stir, with grief and camera. JAR l4:3, 13.8 TVQ 11:3, 33-9. Tal. Eliyattu. Advertising in developing coun-Eikhenbaum, Boris. Problems of film stylistics. tries. JA 3:2, 19-23. Screen 15:3, 7.34. Theophilopoulos. George. Some thoughts onEnzensberger, Maria. Osip Brik: selected writ- multinational agencies. JA 3:2, 15-18. ings. Screen 15:3, 35-119. Viorst. Milton. Egypt and Israel; two nationsGorbman, Claudia. Music as salvation: notes and their press. (IR 13:), 32-7. on Fellini and Rota. FQ 2£!2, 17-24.

29 26 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Guback, Thomas H. Film as international busi-Osgood, Charles E. Probing subjective culture/ ness. JC 24:1, 90-101. part I: cross-linguistic toolmaking. JC 24:1, 21- Hanel, Kari. The narrative text of Shock Cor- 35. ridor. Screen 15:4, 18-28. Osgood, Charles E. Probing subjective culture/ Heath, Stephen. Lessons from Brecht. Screen part 2: cross-cultural tool using. JC 24:2, 82- 15:2, 103-28. 102. Henderson, Brian. Godard on Godard: notes Rowe, Carel. Illuminating Lucifer. FQ 27:4, for a reading. FQ 27:4, 34-45. 24-33. Johnson, William, Recent Rivette: an inter-re- Salt, Barry. Siatisticat style analysis of motion view. FQ 28:2, 42-7. pictures. FQ 28:1, 13.21. Johnston, Claire and Paul Willemen. Penthe- Shaffer, Lawrence. Night for day, film for life. sUea, Queen of the Amazons, interview with FQ 28:1, 2-7. Laura Mulvey and Peter Wolten. Screen 15:3, Sliedlin, Michael. Case study vs. process study: 120-34. two films made forItaliantelevision. FQ 27:3, 27-39. Kinder, Marsha. Life and death in the cinema Sobchack, Vivian. The alien landscapes of the of outrage, or the bouffe and the barf. FQ planet earth. FJ 2:3, 16-21. 28:2. 4-9. Stewart,Garrett.The longgoodbyefrom Kinder, Marsha. The return of the outer couple. Chinatown. FQ 28:2, 25 -38. FQ 27:4, 2-10. Vaughan, Dai. The space between shots. Screen Kahle, Wampe or who does the world belong 15:1, 73-85. to? Screen 15:2, 41-73. Williams, Man. Structures ofnarrativityin Levaco, Ronald. Reflections on Eikltenbaum's Fritz Lang's Metrolsolis. FQ 27:4, 17 -28. concept of internal speech in the cinema. (Also see: 28023; 28024; 2S034; 28035'; 28048; Screen 15:4, 59-70. 28054'; 28058'; 28068; 28074; 28082; 28088; Mac Cabe, Colin. Realism and the cinema: notes 28097:28105: 28106;28107; 28111;28113: on some Brecht lan theses. Screen 15:2, 7-27. 28129:28137;28145;28147;28151;28159; Norman, Louis. Rossellini's casehistories for 28163;28167;28168;28177;28178;28190: moral education. FQ 27:4, 11-6. 28193.1

30 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION, 1974 A SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY DENNIS C. ALEXANDER University of Utah

This selected bibliography of studies in communication behavior, covering the calendar year 1974, was compiled in the following manner. First, each journal included in last year's bibliography was consulted. Second, an additional .st of journals was sought from colleagues and the University of Utah's serial listings reference, subsequently all of these relevant journals were consulted. Third, a sampling of publisher's lists and Communicontents was consulted for English language references. With regard to criteria for including an article or book, journals dealing specifically with language, linguistics, or various aspects of verbal behavior were not consulted. Consequently, the language section is limited to "non-language" journals. Because of an increase in the number of journals consulted, the cri- teria for selecting an article were more strict than in previous years. To be identi- fied, a reference had to 1) be centrally focused on our area of concern, 2) deal directly with communicative behavior, and 3) be more than a survey of general practices. Master's thesis and doctoral dissertation titles listed elsewhere in this vol- ume and particularly relevant to scholars of communication behavior are listed by identification number at the end of each subject category. Entries have been selectively cross referenced by employing a subject category code. For example, "P5" refers to the entry numbered "5" in the Persuasion (P) section. Thanks are due to my dervartment for support and aid in the completion of this task, especially the typing efforts of Diema Glass. Also, thanks are due to Thomas M. Steinfatt, the previous bibliographer.

TABLE or CONTENTS

I. CROSS CULTURAL COMMUNICATION VII.LANGUAGE (L) P. 34 (CC) p. 28VIII.NONVERBAL COMMUNICATION (NV) II.THEORY AND THEORY CONSTRUC- p. 35 TION (CT) p. 29 IX.ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION III. DIFFUSION(I)) p. 29 (0) p. 36 IV.GENERAL COMMUNICATION VARI- X. PERSUASION(P) p. 38 MILES (G) p. 30 XI.RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (RAI) V.GAMES, SIMULATION, AND CON- p. 40 FLICT (GT) p. 31 XII. SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION VI. INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION (SG) p. 41 (IP) p. 32XIII.TEACHING (T) p. 43

31 28 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

JOURNAL ABBREVIATIONS

ABS American Behavioral Scientist J1-1513 Journal of Health and Social A JP American Journal of Psychology Behavior AJS American Journal of Sociology Jal Journal of Marketing AL Adult Leadership J PE Journal of Political Economy AP American Psychologist J Per Journal of Personality ASQ Administrative Science Quarterly J Pol Journal of Politics ASK American Sociological Review JPSP Journal, of Personality and Social VCR AV Communication Review Psychology 13 Sci Behavioral Science Psy Journal of Psychology CSSJ Central States Speech Journal .14a Journalism Qttarterly HCR Human Communication Review 351 Journal of Social Issues Human Orgaptzation JSP Journal of Social Psychology HR human Relations P11 Psychological Bulletin JAP Journal of Applied Psychology POQ Public Opinion Quarterly JASP Journal of Applied Social PR Psychological Review Psychology Psy Rep Psychological Reports Quarterly Journal of Speech J11 Journal of Business QJS JBC Journal of Business Communication RS Rural Sociology SF Social Forces JC Journal of Communication SOB Small Group Behavior JCCP Journal of Cross Cultural SI Sociological Inquiry Psychology .SM .Spcech Monographs JCR Journal of Conflict Resolution SSCJ :southern States Communication JEdp Journal of Eneational Psychology Journal JESP Journal of Experimental Social ST Speech Teacher Psychology TS Today's Speech T Soc Q The Sociological Quarterly JEKP Journal of Experimental Psychology TSR The Sociological Review JCP Journal of General Psychology IYAQ Urban Affairs Quarterly JHE Journal of Home Economics WS Western Speech

I. CROSS CULTURAL COMMUNICATION (CC)

1.England, G. W.. 0. P. DItingra and N. D. telligence. JPSP 29 (March), 392-397. Agarwal, The manager and the man: a 8. McClintock, C. G. Development of social cross-cultural- studyofpersonalvalues. motives in AngloAmer;can and Mexican- Kent, OH: Kent State U Press. American children. JPSP 29 (March), 348- 2. Glenn. N. D. Recent trends in whitenon- 354. whiteattitudinaldifferences.POQ "38 9. Monahan, L.. D. Kuhn. and P. Shaver. In. (Winter). 59641. trapsychic versus cultural explanations of 3.Keegan, W. J. Multinational scanning: a the "fear of success" notice. JPSP 29 (Jan- study of information sourcesutilized by uary). 60-64. headquarterexecutivesinmultinational 10. Osgood, C. E. Probinv, subjective culture: companies. ASQ 19 (September), 411-421. part 1, cross-linguistic tool-making. JC 24 4.Klatiss, R. and B. M. Bass. Group influence (Winter), 21;part2, cross-culturaltool- onindividualbehavioracrosscultures. using .JC 24 (Sbring), 82-102. JCCP 5 (June), 236-246. 11. Patterson. D. L and S. J. Smit$. Communi- 5.Lebra, T. S. and W. P. Lebra. ed . Jap- cation bias in black-white groups. J Psy 88 anese culture and behavior: selectee read- (September), 9 -26. ing's. Honolulu: U Press of Hawaii. 12.Porter, D. T. An experimental investiga- 6, Mack, D. E. The power relationera tin tion of the effects of racial prejudice and black families and white families. 30 racial perception upon communication ef- "September). 409411 fectiveness. SM 41 (June), 179-184. 7. McClelland,L.Effectsofinterviet ,.--..e- 13.Rice, A. S., R. A. Ruiz. and A. M. Padilla. sPondent raceinteractions on hottsevold Person perception, self-identity, and ethnic interview measures of motivation and in- grout)preferenceinstiglo,Black,and 32 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 29 Chicano preschool and thirdgrade chil-17. Word, C. 0., M. P. Zanna, and J. Cooper. dren JCCP 5 (March), 100-108. The nonverbal mediation of self-fulfilling 14. Todd, J. L. and A. Shapira. U. S. and prophecies in interracial interaction. JEST' Britishself - disclosure,anxiety,empathy. 10 March), 109.120. and attitudesto psychotherapy. JCCP 5 Also see: (September), 364-369. 27863', 27899, 27920', 27946,27952,27955, l5. Triandis, H. C., D. E. Weldon, and J. M. 27984, 27830, 28024, 28052,28066,28118, Feldman. Levels of abstraction of disagree- 28120. 28178, 28197,28380',28383,28445, ments as a determinant of interpersonal 23462, 28479, 28749,23481,28503,28311, perception JCCP 5 (March), 59.79. 28514, 28557', 28561,28616,28654,28659, 16. Weber. R. A. Majority and minority per- 28712,28711,28736,28779,28804;D14, ceptions andbehaviorincross-cultural GT6, L2, 1,5, L14, L15, L33, L36, NV26, teams. HR 27 (December), 873-889. P38, T12, T13.

II. THEORY AND THEORY CONSTRUCTION (CT) 1.Bass, B. M. The substance and the shadow. available materials: a system for organizing AP 29 (December), 870-886. and presenting propositions. AJS 80 (July), ". Bonean, C. A. Paradigm regained? cogni- 1-ff. tivebehaviorismrestated. AP 29 (May), 8.Szalay, L. B. and J. A. Bryson. Psycho- 297-310. logical meaning: comparative analyses and 3. Blum, A. Theorizing. London: Heinmann. theoretical implications. JPSP 30 (Decem- 4. Cushman, D. P. and B. T Florence. The ber), 860-870. development of interpersonal cornmunica 0. Turner, J. H. Parson; as a symbolic in. thin theory TS 22 (Falb, 11.15. teractionist:a comparison of action and interaction theory. SI 44 (4), 283-ff. 5.Fait, F. E. Indeterminacy in the structure10. Weick, K.E. Middle rangetheories of of systems. B Sci /9 (November), 394-403. social systems. B Sci 19 (November), 357- 6.1 aszlo, C. A., M. D. Levine. and J. H. 367. Iiistim. A general systems framework for Also see: social systems. B Sci 19 (March), 79-92. 28035, .283830, 28414, 28510', G14, GT5, 7.Mullins, N. C. Theoty construction from GT16, IP4.

III. DIFFUSION (D)

1.Boone. L. E. Personality and innovative dicting opposition to pollution control. RS buying behavior. J Psy 86 (March), 197- 39 (Winter), 471 -If. 202.. 8. Ostlund, L. E. and B. Tellefsen. Relation- 2.1 Ierary, F. and A. J. Schwenk. Efficiency shipbetweencustomers'category width of disseminationofit:formationin one- and trial of new products: a reappraisal. way and two-way communication networks. JAP 59 (December), 759-760. II Sci 19 (March). 133-135. 9.Placek, P. J. Direct mail and information 3.Iltinsaker, P., R. G. Larson, and C. Hal diffusion: family planning. POQ 38, (Win- verson. The sandcastle exercise: a training ter), 548-1I. experienceforpotentialchangeagents. AL 23 (December), 162-ff. 10. Porter, H. 0. Legislative experts and out- siders: the two-step flow of communication. 4. Jacoby, J. The construct validity of opinion J Pol 36 (August), 703-730. leadership. POQ 38 (Spring), 81-ff. 11. Saunders,J.,F.M. Davis, and D. M. 5.Lauer, R. H. Rate of change and stress: a Monsees.Opinionleadershipinfamily test of the "Future Shock" thesis. SF r2 4> planning. JHSB 15 t(September),4217-if. (June), 510-516. 12. Schiffman, L. G. and V. Gaccione. Opinion 6.Nfurclock,S.H. and W. A. Sutton, jr. markets. JM 38 The new ecology and community theory: leadersininstitutional (April). 49.53. similarities.differences, and convergencies. RS 39 (Fall). 3I9-if. 13. Starosta, W. J. Toward the use of tradi- 7. Orr, R. H. The addii:ve and interactive tionalItntertainmentfarmstostimulate effects of powerlessness and anomie in pre- social change. QJS 60 (October), 306-312.

33 30 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

14. Sutcliffe,C.R. Achievement motivation scales useful? RS 39 (Summer), 257 -if. and economic development among peasants: 17. Ward, C. D., B. L Seboda, and V. B. an exploration of measurement problems. Morris, Jr. Influence through personal and RS 89 (Summer), 23841. nonpersonal channels ofcommunication. 15. Tichy, N. M. Agents of plannedsocial J Psy 88 (September), 135-140. change: congruence of values,cognitions,- Also see: and actions. ASQ 19 (June), 164-182. 28022, 28042, 28126, 28335, 28684, 013, 16. vonFleckenstein,F.Areinnovativeness P84, RM29, RM42, RM48.

IV. GENERAL COMMUNICATION VARIABLES (G)

1.kixen, I. .Effects of information on intei- 15. Man is, M., S. D. Cornell, and J. C. Moore. personal attraction: similarity verses affec- Transmission of attitude-relevant informa- tive value. JPSP 29 (March), 374-380. tion through a communication train. JPSP 2. Anderson, J.Visualization and verbaliza- 30 (July), 81 -94. tion as mediators of thought. SM 41 (No- 16. McCroskey, J. C. and T. A. McCain. The- vember), 408 -412. measurementofinterpersonalattraction. 3. Archibald, W. P. Alternative explanations SM 41 (August), 261-266. forself-fulfilling prophecy. HI 81(Jan- 17. Meyers, R. M. Validationofsystematic uary), 74-84. desensitization of speech anxiety through galvanic skin response. SM 41 (August), 238- 4. Baird, J. E., Jr. The effects of speech sum- 235. maries upon audience comprehensionof 18. Motley, M. T. AcoUstic correlates of lies. expository speeches of varying quality and WS 88 (Sprint, 81.87. complexity. CSSJ 25 (Summer), 119-128. 19. Mulac, A. and A. R. Sherman. Behavioral 5. Behnke, R. R.,L. W. Carlile, and H. assessmentofspeechanxiety.QJS60 of Douglas. A psychophysiological study (April), 184 -143. state and trait anxiety in public speaking. CSSJ 25 (Winter), 249-253. 20. Perry, R. P.- and J. E. Boyd. Language differencesand messagelengthasde- 6. Brent, C. TV commercials can teach nutri- terminantsincommunicating personality tion. JHE 66 (March), 21-23. judgments between people, JSP 94 (Octo- 7.Butler, R. P. and C. L. Jaffee. Effects of in- ber), 83.94. centive, feedback, and manner of present-21. Porter, D. T.Self-report scales of com- ing feedback on leader behavior. JAP 59 munication apprehension and autonomic (June), 382 -336. arousal(heartrate):atestof construct 8. Cronen, V. E. Task requirements, belief validity. SM 41 (AuguA), 267-276. salience and attitude: beyond the Hullian 22. Powell,F. A. The perceptionofself- model. TS 22 (Spring), 11.17. uniqueness as a determinant of message 9. Gormly, J. and W. Edelberg. Validity .in choice and valuation. SM 41 (June); 163- personality trait attribution. AP 29 (March). 168. 189-ff. 23. Reinsch, N. L., Jr. Figurative language and 10. Hays, E. R. and T. G. Plax. Human infor- source credibility: a preliminary investiga- mation processing infour modes of re- tion and reconceptualization. HCR I (Fall), sponse. S111 41 (June), 189-191. 75-80. IL Hogan. J. L., R. H. Risher and B. J, Mor-24. Rodrigues, A. and C. R. Ziviani. A theo- rison. Social feedback and cooperative game reticalexplanationfortheintermediate behavior. Psy Rep 34 (June, 2), 1075-1082. leveloftensionfoundinnonbalanceci 12. Kanungo, R. N. and L. Norman. Effects of P-O-X triads. J Psy 88 (September), 47-56. direct and indirect praise and blame on 25. Sloan, L. R. and T. M. Ostrom. Amount of attribution. J Psy 87 (May), 29-44. information and interpersonal judgment. 13. Kaplan, M. F. and G. D. Kemmerick. Juror JPSP 29 (January), 23-29. judgment as information integration: com-26. Tate, E., E. Hawrish, and S. Clark. Com- biningevidential andnonevidentialin- munication variables in jury selection. JC formation. JPSP 30 (October), 493-500. 24 (Summer), 130.139. 14.Kelley, R. L., W. J. Osborne, and C. Hen-27. Taylor. P. M. An experimental study in drick. Role-taking and role-playing in hu- humor and ethos. SSCJ 39 (Summer), 359- man communication. HCR I (Fall), 62-74. 366.

34 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 31

28. Thibaut, J., N. Friedland and L. Walker. 33.Willis, R. H. and T. D. G. Burgess, II. Compliance withrules: some socialde-. Cognitive and affective balance in socio- terminants. JPSP '30 (December), 702-801. metric dyads. JPSP 29 (January), 145-152. 29. Tuppen, C. J. S. Dimensions of communi- Wyer, R. S., Jr. Changes in meaning and cator credibility: an oblique solution. SNI halo-effectsinpersonality impressionin- 41 (August), 253-260. 30. Ware, P. D. and R. K. Tucker. Heckling formation. JPSP 29 (June), 820-835- asdistraction: an experimental study of35. Zillmann, D. andJ.Bryant.Retaliatory its effect on source credibility. SM 41 (June), equity us a factor in humor appreciation. 185.188. JEW 10 (September), 480-488. 31. Weeks,G.D.,M.J.Kelly,andA. Also see: Chapanis. Studies in interactive communi- 27889,27888*,27894,27895,27896,27898*, cation: V. cooperative problem solving by 27904,27913,27916*,27934,27944,27953, skilled and unskilled typists in a teletype- 27957,27973,27975,27981,27983,27837, writer mode. JAP 59 (December), 665-674. 28073,28104,28176, 28214, 28315*,28316", 32. Mice less,L.R., S. Jones, and L. King. 28319*.28323,28326,28344*,28353,28369, Effect of waiting time on credibility,at- 28420,28436,28438,28442,28450,28451, traction,hornophily, and anxiety-hostility. 28482,28489,28492,28505, 28523",28633; SSCJ J9 (Summer), 367-378. 033, T20.

V. GAMES, SIM CLAMNS, AND CONFLICT (GT) I.Ben, M. A. The effects of substantive and orientationsand differingexpectations affective conflict in problem-solving groups. aboutthepartner. JCR 18 (December). SN1 -11 (March), 19-23. 634-645. 2.11ot:bringer, G. FL, V. Zcruolis, J. Bayley, 10. Gibbs, G. I. ed. Handbook of games and ;Intl K. Bochringer. Stirling: the destructive simulationexercises.BeverlyHills, CA: application of group techniques to a con- Sage Publications. flict. JCR 18 (June), 257-275. 11. Greenwood, J.G. Opportunitytocom- 3. Brame, J. M. and K. A. Blick. Absolute municate and social orientation in imagin- and relative bidirectional transfer in verbal ary-reward barganing. SM 41 (Nfarcl. 79- conflict resolution tasks. J Psy 88 (Septem- 81. ber). 113420. 12. Cruder, C. L.Cost and dependency as 1.Cafferty, T. P. and S. Strenfert.Conflict andattitudestowardthe opponent; an determinants of helping and exploitation. application of the Collins and Hoyt atti- JCR 18 (September), 47 -485. tude change theory to groups in intcror- 13.Harris, T. E. and R. M. Smith. An ex- ganizationalconflict. 3M' 59 (February), perimental verification of Schelling'stacit 48-53. communication hypothesis. Shf 41 (Nfarch), 5:Chase, L. J. and C. W. Knetoper. A liter- 82-84. ary analog toconflicttheories:the po-14. Hinton, B. L., W. C. Hamner, end M. F. tentialfortheoryconstruction. SM 41 Pohlen The influence of reward magnitude, (March), 57-63. opening bid and concession rate on profit 6. De Vries, D. L. and K. J. Edwards. Stu- earned in a managerial negotiation game. dent teams and learning games: their effects B Sci 19 (May), 197-203. oncross-raceandcross-sexinteraction. 15.Hottcs, J.II. and A. Kahn. Sex differ- JEdP 66 (October), 741-749. ences in a mixed-motive conflict situation. 7.. Erickson, B., J. G.elm*, R.Frey, L. J Per 42 (June), 260-275. Walker, and J.. Thibaut. Functions of a third party in the resolution of conflict: 16. Johnson, D. W. Communication and the the role of a judge in pre-trial conferences. inducement of cooperative behavior in con- JPSP 30 (August), 293-306. flicts: a critical review. SM 41 (March), 64- 8. Friedland, N., S. L Arnold, and J. Tri- 78. baut. Motivational bases in mixed-motive17. Komorita, S.S. A weightedprobability interactions:theeffectsofcomparison model of coalition formation. PR 81 (May), levels. JESP 10 (March), 188.189, 242-266. 9. Garner, K. and M. Dentsch. Cooperative 18. Laing, J. D. and R. J. Morrison. Sequential behavior in dyads: effects of dissimilar goal' games of status. B Sci 19 (May), 177.196. 32 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION 19. Lehmann, T. and T. R. Young. From con- tnunication onexperimentalnegotiation. flicttheorytoconflictmethodology: an HR 27 (March), 225-234. emerging paradigm for sociology. Si 44 (1),30. Steinfatt, T. M., D. R. Seibold. and J. K. 15If. Frye. Communication :n game simulated 20. Marr, T. J.Conciliation and verbalre- conflicts: two experiments, SM 41 (March). sponsesasfunctions oforientationand 24-35. threat in group interaction. SM 41 (March),31. Touhey, J.C. Decision processes, expec- 6-18. tations, and adoptionstrategies inzero- 21. Miller, G. R. and H. W. Simons,eds. sum games. HR 27 (October), 813-824. Perspec :,ves on communication insocial 32. Vinacke W. E., R. Mogey, W. Powers, C. conflict..nglewood Cliffs,N.J.:Prentice- Langan, and R. Beck. Accomodative strat- Hall. egy and communication in a threeperson 29. Moll, K. Internationalconflict as a de- matrix game. JPSP 29 (April), 509525. cision system. JCR 18 (December), 555-577.33. Watkins, C. E. An analytic model of con- 23. Nydegger, R.V.Information processing flict. SM 41 (March), 1-5. complexity and gaming behavior: the pris-34. Western, T. E. and J. J. Buckley. Toward oner's dilemma. B Sci 19 (May), 204-210. an explanation of experimentally obtained 24. Pate, J. L., E. D. Broughton, L. K. Hall- outcomes to a simple, majority rule game. man, N. L. Letterman. Learning in two- JCR 18 (June), 198-236. person, zero-sum games. Psy Rep 84 (April), 35. Worchel, P., P. G. Hester, and P. S. Kopala. Collective protest and legitimacy of Power: 503-510. 25. Reiches, N. A. and H. B. lianal. Argu- theory and research JCR 18 (Marc[), 37-54. mentinnegotiation:atheoreticaland 36. VA], G. A. Effects of situational variables empirical approach. SM 41 (March), 36.48. and opponent concessions on a bargainer's perception,aspirations,andconcessions. 26. Saine, T. J. Perceiving communication con- JPSP 29 (February), 227-236. flict. SM 41 (March), 49-56. 37. Yukl,G.A.Effects oftheopponent's 27. Schribcr,T.J.SimulationusingGPSS. initial offer, concession magnitude, and con- New York: John Wiley. cession frequency on bargaining behavior. 28. Schultz, R. L. The use of simulation for JPSP 30 (September), 323-335. decision making. B Sci 19 (September), 344- Also see: 350. 27873, 27949, 27966, 27939, 28327, 28864; 29. Short, J. A. Effects of medium of corn- 02(1, 048, RM50, T33.

VI. INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION (IP)

1. Anthony, S. Immediacy and nonimmediacy: 9.Burgoon, M. Speech/communication. New factors in communicating interpersonal at- York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. traction. JSP 93 (June), 141-142. 10, Chaikin, A. L. and V. J. Derlega. Liking 2. Banikiotes, P. G. and S. P. McCabe. Mea- forthenormbreakerinself- disclosure, surement of self-disclosure: self-report, rat- J Per 42 (March), 117-129. ings of peers and supervisors. Psy Rep 3411. Cherry, Colin, ed. Pragmatic aspectsof (June), 754. human communication. Boston: P. Reidel. 3.Barker, L. L. ed. Communication vibrations. 12.Davis, J. D. and A. E. G. Skinner. Re- Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. ciprocityof self'disclosureininterviews: 4. Benjamin, L. S. Structural analysis of social modeling or social exchange? JPSP (June), behavior. PR 81 (September), 392-425. 779.784. 5. Hickman, L. Sex and helping behavior. 13.Delia, J. G. Attitude toward the disclosure JSP 93 (June), 43-54. of self-attributions and the complexity of C,.Bort low. A Aggression and support levels interpersonal constructs. SM 41 (June), 119- inthe dyad:clarification of a balanced 126. effect. JSP 93 (August), 299-300. 14.Delia, J. G., R. A. Clark and D. E. Switzer. 7. Brooks, W. D. Speech Communication, 2nd Cotrnitive complexity and impressionfor- ed. Dubuque, Iowa: Wm. C. Brown. mation in informal social interaction. SM 8.'Inch li, V. and W. B. Pearce. Listening be- 41 (November), 299.308. haviorincoorientationalstates. JC 24 15.Farley, F. H. Field dependence and ap- (Summer), 62-10. proval motivation. JGP 91 (July), 153-154.

3;3 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES INCOMMUNICATIM 33 16. Gilligan, J. F. Sensitivity training and self- understanding family and community re- actualization. Psy Rep 34 (February), 319- lationships. JHE 66 (March), 9-13. 325. 32. Matteson, R. Adolescent self-esteem, family 17. Hamilton, D. L. and R. D. Fa llot. Infor- communication, and maritalsatisfaction. =don salience as a weighting factor in J Psy 86 (January), 35.48. impression formation. JPSP 30 (October), 444-448. 33. Mattson, K. D. Personalitytraitsassoci- ated with effective teaching in rural and 18. Harms, L. S. Human communication: the urban secondary schools. JEdP 66 (Feb- new fundamentals. New York: Harper & uary), 123-128, Row, 31. Messick, D. M. and G. D. Reeder. Roles, 19. Harris, M. B. Mediators between frustra- occupations,behaviors,andattributions. tion and agression in a field experiment. JESP 10 (March), 126-132. JESP 10 (November), 561-570. n.).Moore, L. F. and A. J. Lee. Comparability 20.Hart, R. J. and B. L. Brown. Interpersonal of interviewer, group, and individual in- information conveyed by the content and terview ratings, JAP 5n (April), 163-167. vocal aspects of speech SM 41 (November), 371-380, 36. Mortensen, CD. and P. H. Arnston. The effect of predisposition toward verbal be- 21. Hewitt, J. and M. Goldman. Self-esteem, havior on interaction patternsindyads. need for approval, and reactions to per- QJS 60 iDecember), 421-430. sonal evaluations. JESP 10 (May), 201-210. 87. Ohlson, E. L. The effects of the female- 92.Hiliery, J. M. and K. N. Wexley. Partici- based family and birth order on the ability pation effects in appraisal interviews con- to self-disclose. J Psy 87 (May), 59-70. ductedinatraining situation. JAP 59 (April),169-171. 38. Pearce, W. B. Trust in interpersonal com- munication. SM 41 (August), 236.244. '!3. Johnson, K.G.,J.J.Senatore, M. C. Liebig, and G Minor. Nothing never hap- 39. Pearce, W. B., P. H. Wright, S. M. Sharp, pens. Beverly Hills, CA: Glencoe Press. and K. M. Slama. Affection and reciprocity self-disclosing communication, HCR I 24. Jones,S.C. and D. T. Regan. Ability in evaluation through social comparison. JESP (Fall), 5-14. 10 (March), 133-146. 40. Peterson, B. D.,G. M. Goldhaber, and 25. Kaplan, K. J., I. J. Firestone, R. Degnore, R. W. Pace(eds.)Cornunication probes. and M. Moore. Gradients of attraction as Chicago: Science Research Associates. afunction ofdisclosure probe intimacy41. Regan, D. R.,E.Straus, and R. Fazio. andsettingformality:ondistinguishing Liking and the attribution process. JESP attitude oscillation from attitude change- 10 (July), 385-397. study one. JPSP 30 (November), 638-646. 42.Ross, R. S. Speech communication: funda- 26. Knapp, M, L., R. P.Hart, and H. 5. mentals and practice, 3rd ed. Englewood Dennis. An exploration of deception as Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. a communication construct. HCR 1(Fall), 43.Sillars, A.I..Express:on and controlin 15-29; human interaction: perspective on human- 27. Konepka, G.Socialchange and human isiic psychology. WS 3$* (Fall), 269-277. values. JHE 66 (September), 12-14. 44, Smith, P. C., J. Mitchell, and J. Rollo. In- 25. Kriss, M., E. Indenbaum, -and F. Teach. fluence of varying sources of information Messagetype and status of interactants on judgments of interviews. Psy Rep 34 as determinants of telephone helping be- (June). 683688. havior. JPSP 30 (December), 856-859. 45.Sote, G. A. and L. R Good. Similarity of 29. Lom,anz, J. and A. Shapira. Communica- self-disclosure and interpersonal attraction. tive patterns of self-disclosure and touch- Psy Rep :34 (April), 491-494. ing behavior. J Psy 88 (November), 223- 46.Stewart, C. J. and W. B. Cash. Interview- 228. ing:principles andpractices.Dubuque, 30. London, M. and M. D. Hakel. Effects of Iowa: Wm. C. Brown applicant stereotypes, order, and informa- -17.Warehime, R. G., D. K. Routh, and M. L. tiononinterviewimpressions, JAP 59 Fottlds. Knowledge about self-actualization (April), 157-162. anti the presentation el self as self-actual- 31. Mannino, F. V. An ecological approach to ized, JPSP 30 (July), 155-162.

37 34 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

48. Wilmot, W. W. and J. R. Wenburg, eds., 27893,2790V, 27909*, 27912, 27919, 27925, Communication involvement: personal per- 27940.27948, 27950, 27958, 27965, 27968, spective. New York: John Wiley. 27980,27982, 28328, 28332*, 28354, 28381', Also see: 28410,28494; CC7, CC14, GT8, G79, GTI2, 27869°, 27877. 27878, 27879, 27885*. 27890*, NV}7, 036, P7.

VII. LANGUAGE (L) l.Blankenship,J. The influence of mode, Retroactive inhibition in a bilingual a-b, sub-motle, and speaker predilection on style. a-b, paradigm. JExP 103(July), 85-11. SM 41 (June), 85-118. 16. Lumsden, G., D. Lumsden, D. R. Brown, 2. Ciborowski, T. and S Choy. Nonstandard anti T. A. Hill. An investigation of differ- English andfreerecall:an exploratory encesinverbalbehavior betweenblack study. JCCP 5 (September), 271-281, and white informal peer group discussions. 3. Cole, it A. and B. Scott. Toward a theory TS 22 (Fall), 31-36. of speech perception. PR 81(July), 348. 17.kfotley, M. T. Verbal conditioning-gener- 374. alization its encoding: a hint at the struc- 4. Conville,R. L. anti V. E. erotica. The ture of the lexicon. SM 41(June), 151- effectsof negativeallectconditions and 162. concept involvement on language redun- 18.Mueller, J. H.. C. W. Hughes, and J. P. dancy. J Psy 86 (January), 03-104. Pickering. Total time and learning to learn 5.Foster, H. L. Ribbi»' jivin' and playirt' the inpaired-asociateandverbal-discrimina- dozens. Cambridge, klass:Ballinger Pub- tion tasks. AJP 87 (March/June). 107-116. lishing. 19.Maisie, A., T. D. Hanley, and D. Y. Prigge. 6. Franks, J. J. and J. D. Branford, Memory Effects of phonological speechforeigness for syntactic form as a function of semantic uponthreedimensionsofattitudeof context. JExP 103 (November), 1037-ff. selected american listeners. QJS 60 (Decem- 7.Frentz. T. S. Toward a resolution of the ber), 411-420. generativesemantics/rlassicaltheory con- 20. Nash, J. E. and J, M. Ca lonico. Sociological troversy: a psycholinguisticanalysisof perspectives inBernstein's sociolinguistics. metaphor. QJS 60 (April), 125-133. T Soc Q 15 (Winter), 81-92. 21. Nelson, K. Concept, word, and sentence: 8. Fulkerson,F.E., L.Prindabille, and J. M. Antmel. Noun imagery in verbal-dis- interrelations inacquisition and develop- crimination learning andrecall. AJP 87 ment. P12. 81 (July), 267-285. (klatch/June), 123.133 22.Pines, M. B. and K. A. Blick. Experimenter. 9. Giles, If. R. Bourhis, P. Trudgill, and A. supplied and subject-originated mnemonics I.ewis. The imposed norm hypothesis:a inretentionof word-pairs.Psy Rep 34- validation. QJS 60 (December), 405-410. (February), 99-106. 10. Gilley, H. M. and D. C. Perkins. Hostile 23. Radford, J. and A. Burton. Thinking: its verb use by youthful male prisoners with and development. New York: John Wiley & Sons. single vs. multiple offenses. J Psy 87 (May), 24.Reich, 107-110. J. W. Involvementand response II. Gollob. FL F. The subject-verb-object ap- language effectsin attitudescaling. JESP 10 (November), 572 -584. proach to social cognition. PR 81(July), 25.Reid, L.S. Toward a grammar of the 286-321. 12. Hudson, R. L., J. D. Roberts, and J. L. image. PB 81 (June), 819-334. Davis.Effects of information and cueing 26.Richards, L. G. and D. M. Platnick. Word- on recall and organization of a categoriz- recognitionthresholdsas afunction of able word list. Psy Rep 34 (February), 131- verbal ability in two experimental para- 186. digms AJP 87 (March/June), 65.70. 13. Largen, R. G. Self-embedded sentences and 27.Rotenberg,M.Self-labelling: amissing thesyllogistic form: an investigationof link in the "societal reaction" theory of their Interaction. JGP 90 (January), 17-24. deviance. TSR 22 (August), 335 -354. 14. Lopez, M. and R. K. Young. The linguistic 28. Salancik, J. IL Inference of one's attitude interdependenceofbilinguals. JF...scP 102 from behavior recalled under linguistically (June), 981.983. manipulated cognitive sets. JESP 10 (Sep- 15.Lopez, M., R. E. Hicks, and R. K. Young. tember), 415.427. 38 BEHAVIORAL STUDIESIN COMMUNICATION 35

29. Smith.E.E., E. J.Shoben, andL.J.36. Williams, F. and R. C. Naremore. Lan- Rips. Structure and processinsemantic guage attitude: an analysis of teacher dif- memory: a feature model for semantic de- ferences. SM 41 (November). 391-396. cisions PR 81 (May), 214.241. 37. Worth, S. and L. Gross Symbolic strategies. 30.Stines.sen, L. Explicit and inexplicit guid- JC 24 (Autumn), 27-ff. ancein problem solving and abilityto 38. Zimmerman, D. J. and T. L. Rosenthal. state principles. Psy Rep 34 (April), 515- Observationallearningofrulcgovented 519. behavior by children. PB 81 (January). 29- 31. &din, R. A. and D. J. Doo ling. Intrusion 42. of a thematic idea in retention of Prose.39. Zoshin, E. and P. C. Chapman. The uses JExP 103 (August), 255 -if. of metaphor and analogy: toward a re- 32. Suppes,P.The semanticsofchildren's newal ofpoliticallanguage.JPol36 language. AP 29 (February), 103. '(May), 290-326. 33. Whitehead,J.Z.,F.Williams,J.M. Also see: Civikly, and J. W. Albino. Latitude of 278360, 27852, 27899, 27929, 27970, 28066, attitude in ratings of dialect variations. SM 28302, 28371, 28387, 28407, 28428, 28437, 41 (November), 397-407. 28440, 28444, 28453, 28488, 28512, 285574, 34, Wickens, C. D. Temporal limits of human 28561, 28562', 28571*, 28572, 28576, 28588, incormationprocessing:adevelopmental 28594, 28659, 28692, 28697, 28710, 28726, study. PH 81 (November), 739-755. 28771. 28781,28811, 28814, 28822: CT3, 35. Williams,F.Communication andsocio. G20, G23, GT24, LI4,L42, P6, RM18, linguistics. JC 24 (Spring), 158.168. RM35, SG47, T12, T22, T31.

VIII. NONVERBAL COMMUNICATION (NV)

I. Austin, W. T. and F. L. Bates. Ethological 11.Ekman, P. and W. V. Friesen. Detecting indicators of dominance and territory in a deception from the body or pace. JPSP 29 human captive population. SF 52 (June), (March), 288-298. 447-454. 12.Fugita, S. S. Effects of anxiety and approval 2. Beebe, S. A. Eye contact: a nonverbal de- on visual interaction. JPSP 29 (April), 586 - terminant of speaker credibility. ST, 23 s92. (January), 21-25. 13.Gatton,'M. J. and J. D. Tyler. Nonverbal 3.Dickman, L. The social power of a uni- interviewbehavior and dependency. JSP form, JASP 4 (January). 47-11. 93 (August), 303-304. 4.Breed, G. and V. Colaiuta. Looking, blink- ing, and sitting:nonverbal dynamics in 14.Harison, R. P. Beyond words: an introduc- the classroom. JC 24 (Spring), 75-81. tionto nonverbal communication. Engle- wood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hail. 5.Buck, R., R. E. Miller and W. F. Caul. Sex,personality,and physiologicalvari- 15. Hartnett, J. J., K. G. Dailey, and C.S. ables in communication of affect via facial Hartley. Body height, position, and sex expression. JPSP 30 (October), 587-596. as determinants of personal space. J Psy 87 (May), 129-136. Chaikin. A. L., E. Sigler. and V. J. Derlega. Nonverbal mdiators of teachar expectancy 16.I'leston,J.K.Effectsof personal space effects. JPSP 30 (July). 144-149. invasion and anomia on anxiety, nonper- sonorientationandsourcecredibility. 7. Growl. T. K. and W. H. MacGinitie. The CSSJ 25 (Spring). 19-27. influence of students' speech characteristics oateachers' evaluations of_ oralanswers. 17..Jellison, J. M. and W. J. Ickes. The power JEcIP 06 (June), 304-308. of the glance: desire to see and be seen in cooperativeandcompetitivesituations. 8. Duncan,S.and G.Niederehe, On sig- nalling that it's your turn to speak. JESP JESP 10 (September), 444450. 10 (May), 234247. 18.Jurich, A. P. and J. A. Jurich. Correla- 9. Edney, J. J. Human territoriality. PH 81 tions among nonverbal expressions of an- (December). 959-973. xiety. Psy Rep 34 (Febtuary), 199-204. 10.Efran, M. G. and J. A. Cheyne. Affective 19.Laird, J. a Self-attributionof emotion: concomitants oftheinvasionof shared the effects of expressive behavior on the space: behavioral, physiological, and verbal quality of emotional expericince. JPSP 29 indicators. JPSP 29 (February), 219-227. (April), 475-486.

39 S6 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION 20. Landy, D. and H. Sigall. Beauty is talent: 28. Segal, M. W. Alphabet and attraction.. an task evaluation as a function of the per- unobstructivemeasureofthe.effectof former'sphysicalattractiveness. JPSP 29 propinquity in afieldsetting. JPSP 30 (March), 299.304. (November), 654-657. 21. Lynch, D. F. Clozentropy: a new technique 29. Siegel, J. A. Sensory and verbal coding for analyzing audience responsetofilm. strategies in subjects with absolute pitch. 41 (August), 245-252. JExP 103 (July), 37-ff. 22. Martin, R. D. Friendship choices and resi-30. Snyder, M. Self-monitoring of expressive dence hall proximity among freshmen and behavior. JPSP 30 (October), 526.538. upper year students. Psv Rep 34 (February), 31. Some, J.F. and J. J. Campos. The role 118. of expression in the recognition of a face. 25. Nevi 11,D. Experimental manipulation of dependency motivation and itseffects on AJP 87 (March /June), 71.82. eye contact and measures of field depen-32. Sundstrom, E. and I. Altman. Field study dency. JPSP 29 (January), 1249. ofterritorialbehavioranddominance. 24. Pedersen. D. M. and L. M. Shears. Effects JPSP 30 (July), 115-124 of an interpersonal game and of confine- 33. Thayer, S. and NV. Schiff. Observer judg ment on personal spaie. JPSP 30 (Decem- ment of social interaction: eye contact and ber), 838-845. relationship inferences. JPSP 30 (July), 110- 25. Rohncr, R. P. Proxemics and stress:an 114. empirical study of the relationship between 34. Weitz,S.,ed. Nonverbal communication: living space and roommate turnover. HP. readings with commentary. New York: Ox- 27 (September), 697.702 ford U Press. 26. Scherer,S.E. Proxemic behavior of pri- Also see: mary schoolchildrenasafunctionof 27872°, 27886, 27901°, 27905., 27914, 27918*, their socioeconomic class and subculture. 27923, 27924, 27931, 27941, 27947, 27963, JPSP 29 (June), 800-805. 28048, 28167, 28174, 28359. 38367*, 28432. 27. Schiavo, R. S., B. *Sherlock, and G. Wick- 28455, 28459, 28573°, 28598, 28616, 28673, lund. Effects of attire on obtaining direc- 28677, 28743, 28808; CC17, IP19, IP25, 1P29. tions. Psy Rep 34 (February), 245-246. L19, P55, RM22, T6, T13, T15, T21. IX. ORGANIZATIONALCOMMUNICATION (0) Wetter, C. P., R. E. Kaplan, and K. K. in work organizations. ASQ 19 (December), Smith. The effectivenesr of variations in 533-546. relatednessneedsatisfactiononrelated- 10. Buckley, W., T. Burns, and L. 04. Meeker. ness desires. ASQ 19 (December), 507-532. Structural resolutions of collectiveaction 2. Almaney, A. Communication and the sys- problems. B Sci19 (September), 277-297. tems theory of organization. JBC 12 (Fall), 11.Butterfield, D. A. and G. F. Farris. The 33-44. Likcrt organizational profile: methodologi- 3. Arrow, K. J. The limits of organization. calarkFIysis and test of system 4 theory New York: W. W. Norton. in Brazil. JAP 59 (February), 15-23. L Athanassiades,J.C. An investigation of 12. Contini, E. Problem-solving in the realm some communicationpatternsoffemale of urban planning. ABS 18 (November/ subordinates inhieraichialorganizations. December), 201-1f. HR 27 (March), 195-210. 13. Counte, M. A. and jR. Kimberly. Or- 5. Banos, 0. Process an outcomes of ne- ganizational innovation in a professionally gotiations. New York: Columbia U Press. dominated system: responses of physicians 6. Bclohov, J., P. Popp, and M. Porte. Com- to a new program in medical education. munication: a view from inside business. JHSB 15 (September), 188-1f. JBC 11 (Summer), 53.60. 14. Coxon, A. P. M. and C. L. Jones. Prob- 7.Bernard, H. R. Scientists and policymakers: lems in the selection of occupational titles. an ethnography of communication, HO 33 TSR 22 (August), 369-384. (Fall), 261.275. 15 Csoka, L. S. A relationship between leader 8. Blum, M. L., J. B. Stewart, and E. W. intelligence and leader rated effectiveness. Wheatley. Consumer affairs:viability of JAP 59 (February), 43-47. the corpomscrcsponse JM 38 (April), 13-19. 16. Doris, D. A. Metamotivational-Leadership: 9. Buchanan, {B II. Building organizational management's newest frontier. AL 23 (May), commitment: the socialization of managers 18-19 & 32. 40 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 87 17. Downs. C. W. and M. W. Larimer. The between sums of outcomes: B Sci 19 (Sep- status of organizational communication in tember), 326-335. speechdepartments. ST 23(November), 35. Luthans,F. andR.Kreittter,Organizta- 325-329. tionalbehaviormodification.Glenview, 18. Epstein,C.Effectiveinteractionin con- III.: Scott, Foresman. temporary nursing. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: 36,Mandel, J. F. A strategy for selecting and Prentice-Hall. phrasing questionsin an interview. JBC 19, Ealcione,R, L Creoibility:qualifier of 12 (Fail), 17-23. subordinate participation. JBC 11 (Spring),37.Mears, P. Structuring communication in a 43-54. working group. JC 24 (Winter), 71-79. 20. Fa 'clone,R. L. The factor structure of 38.Metcalfe, J.1.. Systems models, economic sourer credibility scales for immediate su- models and the causal texture of organi- periors in the organisational context. CSSJ zationalenvironments:anapproachto 25 (Spring), 63-66. macro-organizationtheory. HR 27(Sep- 21. Fodor, E. M. Group stress, criticism by a tember), 639-663. subordinate, and the use of power. J Psy 39.Miner, J. B., J. R. Rizzo, D. N. Harlow, 88 (November), 253.260. and J. W. Hill. Role motivation theory of 22. Chisel li,E.E. Some perspectivesforin- managerial effectivene-sinsimulated or- dustrial psychology. AP 29 (February). 80. ganizations of varying degrees of structure. 23. Goldhaber, G. M. G:.nmunicattali at the JAP 59 (February), 31-37. 40.Minter, R. L. Interpersonal dynamics of university: external channels. WS 3$ (Sum- organizational communication: an overview, mer), 157-161. JBC II (Summer), 40-52. 24. Grunig, J. E. Communication in a com- 41.Mitchell, T. R. Expectancy models of job munity development agency. JC 24 (Au- satisfaction,occupationalpreferenceand tumn), 40-ff. effort:atheoretical, methodological, and 25. Hall, J. Interpersonal style and the com- empiricalappraisal. 81 (December), munication dilemma: 1. Managerial impli- 1053-1077. cations of the Johari awareness model. HR 42.Mueller, C. The politicsof communica- 27 (April), 381.399. tion: a study in the political sociology of 26. Hamner, W. C. Effects of bargaining strat- language.socialization,andlegitimation. egy and pressure to reach agreement in New York: Oxford U Press. a stalematednegotiation. JPSP 30(Oc- 43.Newstrom. J. W., R. 51Moncza. and W. tohm), 458-467. E. Reif. Perceptions --A the grapevine: its 27. Henderson.G. Humanrelations:from value and influence. J10E: 11 (Spring), 1220. theory to practice. Norman, OK: Univer- sity of Oklahoma Press 44.O'Leary, V. E. Some attitudinalbarriers 28. Hickson.M.,III.Participant-observation to occupational aspirations in women. PB technique in organizational communication 81 (November), 809-827 research. JBC 11 (Spring). 37-42. 45.Paulson, S. F. Needed: an ecology of com- 29. Huegli, J. M. and H. D. Tschirgi. Com- munication, JBC 11 (Spring), 8.11. 46.Pietri,P., R. Hay, K Van Voohis, and munication skills at the entry job level. D. l'orterfield. Organintional communica- JIIC 12 (Fall), 24-29. 30. James, L. R. and A. P. Jones. Organiza- tion:anhistoricalperspective. JBC (Summer), 3-24. tional climate: a review of theory and re- 47.Pollard, H. R. Developments in manage- search. PB 81 (December), 1096-1112. ment thought. New York: Crane, Russak 31. Jake; T. H. and B. Rosen. Effects of & Co. opportunity to communicate and visibility 48.Robbins,S.P.Managing organizational of indivkinal decisions on behavior in the conflict: a nontraditional approach. Engle- common interest. JAP 59 (December), 712- wood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. 716. 49.Roberts. X. H. and C A. O'Reilly. III. 32. Landsbury, R. Careers, work and leisure Measuringorganizationalcommunication. amongthenewprofessionals. TSR 22 JAP 59 (June), 321-326, (August), 385-400. 50.Roberts, K. H., C. A. O'Reilly, III, G. E. LaRosa. R. Interpreting hierarchical mes- Bretton, and L. W. Porter. Organizational: sage structure. JC 24 (Spring), 61-69. theory and organizational communication: 34. Levi, A. M. Constructive, extensive mea- a communication failure? HR. 27 (May), surement of preference to predict choice 501.524

4 1 38 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

DI. Robertson,D.H. Communications and 57. Sussman,L.Therelationshipbetween sales force feedback. JBC 11(Winter), 3- message distortion and job satisfaction 10. a field study. JBC 11 (Summer), 25-29. 52. Rosenberg, S. L. Self-analysis of your or-58. Vickers, G. The changing nature of the ganization. Saranac Lake, NY: Amacon. professions, ABS 18 (November /December), 53. Rubin, H. J. Modes or bureaucratic com 164 -IL tnunications:examples from Thailocal 59, Williams, F. L. The 15 golden rules for government. T Soc Q 15 (Spring), 212 -230. success as a manager. JHE 66 (September), 54. Sigband. N. B. Communication effective. 30-33. nessofconsumerprotectivelegislation. JBC 12 (Fall), 7-16. Ake see: 55. Stow,B. M. Attitudinal and behavioral 27346.27864.27870 *,27881', 27882', 27887", consequences of changing a major organi 27900,27930,27933,27936, 27937,.27938. 27961, nationalreward:anaturalfieldexperi- 27972.27976,23032", 28074,28097, ment, JPSP 29 (June). 742-751. 2f.105,28109,28118,28213, 283504,28875, 56. Steers, R. M. and L. W. Porter. The role 28895,28402,28418.28430, 28452.28485, oftask-goalattributesin employee per- 28484,28485,28519',28521'; G15.G28, formance. PB 81 (July), 434-452. GT4, GT36. GT37.

X. PERSUASION (P) Abplebaum, R. L. and K. W. E. Anatol. 39 (Summer). 322-332. Strategiesforpersuasivecommunication. 11. Cooper, J J. M. Darley. and J. E. Bender. Columbus, Ohio: Merrill Publishing. son. On theeifectivenetts of deviantand 2.Barlett, D. L., P. B. Drew, E. G. Fah le, conventional-appearingcommunicators:a anti W. A. Watts. Selective exposure to a field study. JPSP 29 (June), 752-758. presidentialcampaignappeal.POQ 38 12. Cooper,J..M.P.Zanna, andG. R. (Summer), 264-If. Goethals. Mistreatment of an esteemed other 3. Baud littin, E. S. From campaign to water. as a consequence affecting dissonance re- gate:Nixon's communication image. WS duction. JESP 10 (May), 224.233. 38 (Summer), 182-189. 13. Crockett, W. Balance, agreement, and 1.llettmatt, J.R. Relationship of informa. subjective evaluations of the P0-X triads. tionprocessing attitude structures to private JPSP 29 (January), 102-110. brand purchasing behavior. JAP 59 (Feb' 14.Eagly, A. H. Comprehensibility of per. runty), 79.83. suasiveargumentsasadeterminantof G. Burgotin. M. and C. R. Miller. The effects opinion change. JPSP 29 (June). 758473. ofcottuterattitudinalcommunicationbe- 15.Fcezel, J. D. A qualified certainty: verbal havior on laiitude of rejection. J Psy 87 probability in arguments. SM 41 (Novem- (July), 319.323. ber), 348-356. 6.flurgoon, M. and L. B. King. The medita. 16, Fleshier, H., J. Hard°, and J. Demoreteky. tion of resistance to persuasion strategies The influence of field dependence, sneaker bylanguagevariablesand active-passive credibility set, and message documentation participation. }MR 1 (ali). 30-41. on evaluationsof slaker and message 7.Burnstein, E.. A. Vinokut, and M. Pichevin. credibility. SSCJ 39 (Summer), 389-402. IVhat do differences between own, admired, 17. Giesen, M. and C. Hantirick. Effects of false and attributed choices have to do with Positive and negative arousal feedback an group induced shiftsinchoice. JESP 10 Persuasion. JPSP 30 (October), 449-457. (September), 428-443. 18. Canis, P. M. and A. G. Greenwald. Is it R.Calder. B. J., C. A. Imko, and B. Yandell. time to lay the sleeper effect 10 test? JPSP The relation of cognitive and memorial 29 (January), 132439. processestopersuasioninasimulated 19. Gamily, J. A comparison of predictions jury trial, JASP 4 (January), 6241. from consistency and affecttheoriesfor 0,(link lini, R. B., S. L. Brauer, and S. K. arousal during interpeisonat tlisagTeemcnt. Lewis, Attributional bias and the easily JPSP 30 (November), 658-663. persuaded other. JPSP 30 (November), 63I- 20. Granberg, D. and E. E. Brent, Jr. Dove 637. hawk placementsinthe1968election: 10,Clark. .1. J. An exploratory study of order application of social judgment and balance effectinPersuasive communication. SSCJ theories. JPSP 29 (May), 687.695.

42 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 39 21. Green, D. Dissonance and self-perception36. McCroskey, J. C. and M. Rangoon. Estab- analyses of "forced compliance": when two lishing predictors of latitude of acceptance- theories make competing predictions. JPSP rejection and attitudeintensity:acom- 29 (June), 819-828. parison of assumptions of social judgment 22. Gross, A. E., M. J. Schmidt, J. P. Keating, and authoritarian personality theory. SM N.J.Saks. Persuasion, surveillance, and 11 (November), 421-426. voting behavior. JESP 10 (September), 451- S7. McCullough, J.L. and T. M. Ostrom. 460. Repetition of highly similar messages and 23. Hamilton, J. 0. Nlotitation and risk tak- attitude change. JAP 59 (June), 595-397. ing behavior: a test of Atkinson's theory. 38.NIcCinnies, E. and C. D. Ward. Persuasi. JPSP 29 (June), 856-864. bility as a function of source credibility 24. }legman, M. E. Thteats and promises: and locus of control:fivecross cultural reputational consequences and transfer of experiments. J Per 42 (September), 360-371. credibility. JESP 10 (July), 310 -824. 39. Munson, P. and C. A. Kies ler. The role 25. Himmelfarb, S. and D Arazi. Choice and of attributions by othersinthe accep- source attractivenesstoexposuretodis- tance of persuasive communications. J Per crepant messages. JESP 10 (November), 516- 42 (September), 453-466. :(27. 40. Newtson, D. and T. Caerlinsky. Adjustment 26.Hollander,S. W. Effects of forewarning of attitude communicationsforcontrasts factorsonpre-andpost-communication by extreme audiences. JPSP 30 (December), attitude change. JPSP 30 (August), 272-279. 829-837. 27.Infante, D. A. and J. V. Fisher. The in-41. Plummer, J. T. The concept and appli- fluence of receivers' attitudes, audience size, cation oflifestyle segmentation. JM 38 and speakers' sex on weakers' premessagc (January), 33-37. perceptions. CSSJ 25 (Spring), 13-49. 12. Powell, F. A. Cognitive Auning and differ- 28. Kanfer, F. H., P. Karol), and A. Newman. entiation of arguments in communication. Source of feedback, observational learning, CR 1 (Fall), 53-61. and attitude change. JPSP 29 (January).43. Robcrge, J. J. Effects of negation on adults' 30-3S. coinpreltensionoffallaciousconditional 29. Kaplan, K. J. and R. M. Baron. An inte- and disjunctive arguments. JGP 91 (Octo- grativebalancenotationforthe aurae- ber), 287-294, tiveness-persuasiveness relationship in per-44. Rosenfeld, L. B. and V. R. Gristle. Sex suasive cointnunicnion versus forced com- and persuasibility revisited. WS 38 (Fall), pliance. HR 27 (March) 287-301. 244-253. 30. Kaplan, S. J. and H. W. Sharp, Jr. The ef-45. Schultz, C. B Information seeking follow- fect of responsibility attributiotts on message ing the confirmation or contradictionof source evaluation Stf 4P (November), 364 beliefs. JEdP 66 (December), 903-910. 370. 46. Schultz, C. B. The effect of confidence on 31.Keasey, C.B. The influence of opinion selective exposure: an unresolved dilemma. agreemenand quality of supportive rea- JSP 91 (October), 65-70. soning in evaluation of moral judgments. 47.Steele, C. M. and T. M. Ostrom. Perspec- JPSP ' 30 (October), 477-483. tive-mediated attitude change: when is in- 32.Keating. J. P. and T. C. Brock. Acceptance direct persuasion more effective than direct of persuasion and the inhibition of counter- persuasion? JPSP 29 (June), 737-741. argumentationundervariousdistraction 48. Steinfatt, T. M., G. R. Miller, and E. P. tasks. JESP 10 (July), 301-309. Bettinghaus, The concept of logical am- 33. kelman, H. C. Attitudes are aliveanti biguity and judgments ofsyllogistic va- well and gainfully employed in the sphere lidity. SM 41 (November), 317-328, of action. AP 29 (May), 311g. 49. Ward, C. D. and E. NfcGinnies. Persuasive 34. King, W. R. and D. 1. Cleland. Environ- effects of early and late mention of cred- mental informatiOn systemsforstrategic ible and noncredible sources. j Psy 86 marketing planning. JM 88 (October), 35- (January), 17-24. 40. 50, Widgcry, R. N. Sex of receiver and physical 35. Lynn, J.R. Effects of persuasive appeals attractiveness of source as determinants of in public service advertising. J(I 51 (Win- initial credibility perception. WS 38 (Win- ter), 622630. ter), 13-17.

43 40 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION 51. Whee less,L. R. Attitude and credibility as a function of behavioral direction and in prediction of attitude change: a regres- freedom: reactance in the eye of the ob- sion approach. SM 41 (August), 277-281. server. JESP 10 (September), 399-414. 32. Whecless, L. R. The effects of attitude,at. Worchell, S. and S. E. Arnold. The effect credibility and homophily on selective ex- of combined arousalstateson attitude posure to information. SM 41 (November), change. JESP 10 (November), 549-560. 329.338. 53. Wheeless, L. R. Effects of explicit credi-58. Zillman, D. and J: R. Cantor. Rhetorical bilitystratcments by more credible and elicitation of confession in persuasion. JSP less credible sources. SSCJ 39 (Fall), 33-39. 94 (December), 223-236. 54, Wheeless, L. R. The relationship of atti- Also sec: tude and credibility to comprehension and 27897',27902',27903',27908,27911, selective exposure. WS 38 (Spring), 88-97. 27915',27921, 27922, 27956, 27960,27964. .):).Wise, G. L. Differential pricing and treat- 27971,27974,27977, 28018', 28027,28045', ment by new-car salesmen: the effects of 28062',28334,283386, 28341, 28349,28355, the prospect's race, sex and dress. JB 47 28356,28360,28378*, 28386, 28392,28399, (April). 218-230. 28401,28441,28478, 211490, 28493,28517', Worchcl, S., C. A. insko, V. A. Andre° li, 28520',28524',28526; D8, IP27. L13, L28, and D. Drachmae. Attribution of attitude SG14, SG53.

XI. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (RM) I,Albrow,M.Dialecticalandcategorical 13. Fishbcin, M. and I. Ajzen. Attitudes to- paradigms of a science of society. TSR 22 ward objects as predictors of single and (May), 183-202. multiple behavioral criteria. PR 81 (Jan- <).Alwin, D. F. and R. C. Tessler. Causal uary), 59-74. models, unobserved variables, and experi- 14.Fuller, C. H. Comparison of two experi- mental data. AJS 80 (July), 58-ff. mental paradigms as tests of Heider's bal- 3. Anderson, J. and B. C. Hansford. An infor- ance theory. JPSP 30 (December), 802-805. mation processing procedure: Hander's in- 15. Glenn, N. D. Recent trends in intercategory teractionforscoringanalysiscategories. differencesinattitudes. SF 52(March), JEE 3 (Fall), 6-10. 395-400. 4. Appelbaum, M. I., and E. M. Cramer.16. Granberg, D. andL.Steele.Procedural Smite problems in the nonorthogonal anal- considerationsinmeasuring latitudesof ysis of variance. PB 81 (June), 335.343. acceptance, rejection, and non-commitment. 5.1/1a1otk, H. M., Jr., ed. Measurement in SF 52 (June), 538-542. I ie social sciences: theories and strategies.17. Guilford. J. P. Rotation problems in factor Chicago: Aldine. analysis. BP 81 (August), 498-501. 6. Broedling, L. A. On more reliably employ- 18.Guildford, J. P. and R. E. Pandey. Abil- ing the concept of reliability. POQ 38 ities for divergent productions of symbolic (Fall), 372-ff. and semantic systems. JGP 91(October), 7.Carlson, J. E. and N. H. Timm, Analysis 209-210. ofnonorgothogonalfixed,effecisdesigns. 10. Guion, R. M. Open a new window: va PB SI (September). 561-570. lidities and values inpsychological mea- R. Cfma, B.On commitmentstoethno- surement. AP 29 (May). 287-ff. methodology. SI 44 (4), 241-11. 20. Gulliksen, H. Looking back and ahead in 9.Convillc, R. L. The limas switchback de- psychometrics. AP 29 tApril), 2514f. sign. CSSJ 25 (Summer) 151. 21. Hannah, E. J. Implications of a nonsignifi- 10.Dziuban, C. D. and E. C. Shirkey. When cant statistic. JGP 90 (April), 161-162. isacorrelationmatrbc appropriatefor 22. Harrison, P. R. A technique for analyzing factor analysis? Some decisionrules. PB thedistance between organismsinob- 81 (June), 358-362. servational studies. JGP 91 (October), 269- 11.Fairer, P. R. Representative design and the 272. general linear model. SM 41 (June), 127-23. Havlicek, L. L. and N L. Peterson. Ro- 138. bustness of thettest:a guide for re- 12,Farley, F. H. and A. Cohen. Common-item searchers on theeffectof violations of effects and the smallest space analysis of assumptions. Psy Rep 34 (June, 2),1095- structure. PB 81 (November), 766-772. 1114. 44 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION 41 24. Hendrick, C. and B. A. Seyfried. Assessing38. Perinbanayagara, R. 5. The definition of the validity of laboratoty-produced attitude the situation: an analysis of the ethno- change. JPSP 29 (June), 865-870. methodological and dramoturigicalviews. 25. Herbat, P. G. Socio-technical design: stra- T Soc Q 15 (Autumn). 521-541. tegies in multidisciplinary research. London: 39.Petelle,J.L. and R. Maybee. Items of Tavistock Publications. information retrieved as a function of cue 26. Holmes, D. S. and D. H. Bennett. Experi- system and topical area. CSSJ 25(Fall), ments to answer questions raised by the 190-197. use of deception in psychological research: 40. Quereshi, M. Y. Purposes and procedures 1, role-playing as an alternative to decep- of validation. J Pay 88 (September), 77-90. tion;II,effectivenessof debriefing after 41.Itiecken, H. W. and R. F. Boruch, eds. a deception;III, effect of informed con- Social experimentation: a method for plan- sent on deception. JPSP 29 (March), 358- ning and evaluatingsocialintervention. 367. New York: Academic Press. 27. Horn, J.L. andJ.R. Knapp. Thirty42. Rogers, D. L. Sociometric analysis of inter- wrongs do not make aright:replyto organizationalrelations:application of Guilford. PB 81 (August), 502-504. theory and measurement. RS 39 (Winter), 2$. Humphreys,L.G. and A.Fleishman. 487-ff. Pseudoorthogonal and other analysisof 43. Rosenthal, R. and R. L. Rosnow. The variance designs involving individual-differ- volunteersubject. New York:Wiley-In- encesvariables. JEdP 66(August), 464- terscience. 472. 44. Rosnow, R. L. and R. Rosenthal. Taming 29. Hunter, J. E. and R. L. Shot land. Treat- of the volunteer problem: on coping with ing data collected by the "small world" artifacts by benign neglect. ,JPSP 30 (July), method as a Markov process. SF 52 (March), 188-190. 321-332. 45. Rubin, D. B. Estimating causal effects of 30. Jones, F. N., et. al. Psychophysical judg- treatments in randomized and nonrandom- ment and measurement. New York: Aca- ized studies. JEdP 66 (October), 688-701. demic Press. 46. Schelleriberg, J. A. The effect of pretesting ;IL Keselman, H. J. and E. Murray. Tukey upon the risky shift. J Psy 88 (November), tests for pair-wise contrasts following the 197-200. analysis of variance:isthere a type 1V47. Schneider, W. Issues, voting, and cleavages: error? PB 81 (September), 608-609. a methodology and sometests. ABS 18 32. Lindman, H. R. Analysis of variance in (September/October), 111 -if. complex experimentaldesign. 'SanFran- 48. Shively, W. P.' The craft of political re- cisco: W. H. Freeman. search. Englewood Cliffa, NJ: Prentice-Hall. 33. alacCallum, R. C. Relations between factor 49. Signore lli, A. Statistics:toot or master of analysis and multidimensional scaling. PB the psychologist? AP 29 (October), 774-777. Si (August), 505-516. 50. Smith, R. M. Toward measurement of 34. Maher, B. A. ed. Progress in experimental humancommunicationthroughsimula- personalityresearch,vol.7. New York: tions. TS 22 (Fall), 17-24. Academie Press. 51. Stevens, S. ed. by G Stevens. Psycho- 35. McHugh, P.,et. at. On the beginning of physics:introductiontoitsperceptual, social inquiry. Boston: Rout ledge & Kogan nueral, and socialprospects. New York: Paul. Wiley-Interscience. 36. afereatoris,M. and W. E.Craighead. 52. Vaught, R. S. A semimperimental design. Effects of nonparticipant observation on PB 81 (February). 126-129. teacherandpupilclassroombehavior. Also see: JEdP 66 (August), 512519. 27868, 27941, 28331, 28376, 28404, 28491, 37. Myers, L. S. and N. E. Grossen. Behavioral 28504*, 28543; CCIO, DIfi, GT19, IP2, IP21. research:theory,procedure, anddesign. L24, NV2S, 011, 028, 049, SG2, 5G4, SG6, San Francisco: W. H. Freeman. 5G55, TIO.

XII. SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION (SG) I. Angell, D. L. and G. T. De San. Rare dis of group problem-solving conditions. SGB cordant verbal roles and the development 5 (February), 45.55.

45 42 111BLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH COMMUNICATION

2. Archer, D. Ethical problems in small group communicationandthegroup process. - observation. SGB 5 (May), 222-243. New York: McGraw-Hill. 3.Baird, J.E., Jr. A comparison Of distri- 18. Gerard, H. B. and M. F. Hoyt. Distinctive-, butional and sequential structureinco- 'less of socialcategorisationand attitude operative and comparative group discus- toward ingroup members. JPSP 29 (June), sions. SM 4l (August), 226232. 8364142. 4.Baron, P. FL, R. S. Baron, and C. Roper. 19. Godwin, W. F. and F. Pestle. The road to External validity and the risky shift: em- agreement:subgrouppressuresinsmall pirical limits and theoretical implications. groupconsensusprocess.JPSP 30(Oc- JPSP 30 (October), 538545. tober), 500-509. 5. Baron. R. S., G. Roper, and P. H. Baron.20. Good, L. R, and K. C. Good. Similarity to Groupdiscussionandthestingyshift. a group and desire for . leadership status. JPSP 30 (October), 538-545. Psy Rep 34 (June), 759-762. 6. Bochncr, A. P. Task and instrumentation21. Graham, W. K. and P. C. Dillon. Creative variables as factors jeopardizing the valid- supergroups: group performance as a func- ity of published group communication re- tion of...individual performance on brain- search. 1970-71. SM 41 (June), 169-178. storming tasks. JSP 93 (June), 101406. 7.Bouchard, T. J., Jr., J. Barsalottx, and C.22. Gray, L. N., B. H. Mayhew, and It. Camp- Drauden. Brainstorming procedure, group bell. Communication and three dimensions size, and sex as determinants of the prob- of power: all experiment and simulation. lem-solving effectiveness of groups and in- 3011 0 (August), 289.320. dividuals. JAP 59 (April), 135-138. 23. Grofman, P.. Helping behavior and group 8.Burgoon, J. K. and M. Burgoon, Unwill- size:some exploratory stochasticmodels. ingness tocommunicate,anomia-aliena- B Sci 19 (July), 219-224. don, and communication apprehension as 24.lirycetiko, I. and H. L. Minton. Internal- predictors of small gr-ittp communication. external control, power position, and satis- J Pay 81. (September), 3138. factionIntask-oriented groups. JPSP 30 9. Cooper. M. R. and M. T. Wood. Effects (December), 871.878. of member participation and commitment 25. Johnson,N.R.CoBectivebehavior as ingroupdecision making on influence, group-induced shift. ST 44 (2), l05-ff. satisfaction. and decision riskiness. JAP 59 26. Ingham, A. G., G. Levitiget. J. Graves, and (April), 127.134. V. Peckham. The vingelmann effect: studies 10. Crawford, J. L. Task uncertainty, decision of group size and group performance. JESP importance, and group reinforcementas 10 (July), 371-384. delerntinants of communicationprocesses 27. Kimball, R. K. and P. P. Hollander. In- in groups. JPSP 29 (May), 619-627. dependence in the presence of an experi- II. Dar ley, J. M., T. Moriarty, S. Dar ley,S. enced but deviate gron, member. JSP 93 and E. Bcrschcid. Increased conformity to (August), 281-292. a fellow deviant as a function of prior28. Kingdon, D. R. Team or group develop- deviation. JESP 110 (May), 211-223. ment:thedevelopment ofdyadicrela- 12.Dawes, R. M. and B.Corrigan. Linear tionships. HR 27 (February), 169-178. models in decision making. PB SI(Feb- 29. Kochen, M. and A. N. Badre. Questions and roan), 91-106. shifts of representation in problem solving. 13. De Laninter,J. A definitionof "group." A JP 87 (September), 369-383. SCB 5 (February), 30-31. 30. Kruglanski, A. IV. and M. Cohen. Attribu- 14.Ebbesen, E. G. and P.. J. Bowers. Pro- ting freedom in the decision context: effects portion of risky to conservative arguments of choice alternatives, degree of commit- ina group discussion and choiceshift. ment and pre-decisionuncertainty. JPSP JPSP 29 (March), 316-327. 30 (July), 178-187. 13. Enr le, M. E. and B. J.Morrison. Com-31. Loeb, R. A tentative classification of de- munication of intentions and requests, and cision making. SI 44 (1), 41 -if. theavailability of punitive power ina 32. Lumsdcn, G. An experimentalstudy of mixed-motive situation. Psy Rep 34 (Julie), the effects of verbal agreement on leadership 899-905. maintenance in problem-solving discussion. 16. Feldman. R. A. An experimental study of CSSJ 25 (Winter), 270-276. conformitybehavior asasmall group 33. Maitland, K. A. and J. R. Goldman. Moral phenomenon. SGB 5 (November),' 404.426. judgment as a function of peer group in- 17.Fisher, B. A. Small group decision making: teraction. JPSP 30 (November), 699-704.

4 6 BEHAVIORAL STUDIESIN COMMUNICATION 43

34. McCroskey,1.C.,P.R. Hamilton, and Fleitas. The relationship of personality and A. N. Weiner. The effects of interaction decisional structureto leadership SGB 6 behavior on source credibility, homophily, (February), 3.22. and interpersonal attraction HCR 1(Fall), 46. Seidman, M. L., J. F. McBrearty, and S. L. 42-52. Seidman. Deification of marathon encounter 35. Mc Murrain, T. T. and G. M. Garda. Ex- group leaders. SGB 5 (February), 80-92. tendedgroupinteraction:'interpersonal47. Shanteau. 1. Component processes in risky functioningasadevelopmentalprocess decision making. JExP 103 (October), 680-ff. variable. SGB 5 (November), 393-403. 48. Street, W. R. Brainstorming by individ- 36. Myers, D. G. and P. 1. Bach. Discussion uals, coacting and interacting groups. JAP effects on militarismpacifism: atest of 59 (August), 433-436. the grouppolarizationhypothesisJPSP 30 (December), 741-747. 49. Tajfel, H. and M. Bil lig. Familiarity and 37. Nelson, W.. 1. 7.. Pete lie, and C. Monroe. categorization of intergroup behavior. 1L5P A revised strategy for idea generation in 10 (March), 159.170. small group decision making. ST 23 (Sep-50. Valentine, K. B. and B. A. Fisher. An tember), 191-196. interactionanalysis ofverbalinnovative deviance in small groups. SM 41 (Novem- 38.Rol;bie, 1. M., F. Benoist. H. Oosterbaan, and L. Visser. Differential power and effects ber), 413-420. of expected competitive and cooperative51. Van Gigch, 1. P. Applied general systems intergroup interaction on intmgroup and theory. New York: Harper & Row. outgroup attitudes. 1FSP 30 (July), 46.56. 52. Vidmar, N. Effects of group discussion on 39. Reingen, P. H. Phenomena of shifts along category width judgments. JPSP 29 (Feb- arisk dimensiontestedwith established ruary), 187-195. groups. 15P 94 (December), 295.296. 53. Vinokur, A. and E. Burnstein. Effects of 40. Runyan, D. L. The group risky-shift effect partially shared persuasive arguments on as a function of emotional bonds, actual group-inducedshifts: 1, groupproblem- consequences, and extent of responsibility. solving approach. JPSP 29 (March), 305- JPSP 29 (May), 670-676. 315. 41. Saine, T. 1. and D. G. Bock. The effects of54. 8-raa, C. W. Emotional climate as a func- reward criteria on the structure of inter- tion of group composition. SGB 5 (Feb- action in problem-solving groups. SSCJ 39 ruary), 105-120. (Fall), 55-62. 55. Wabrman, R. Some observations on sensi- 42. Saine, T. J., L. S. Schulman, and L. C. tivity research. SGB 5 (August), 321-330. Emerson The effects of group size on the56. Walker, T. G. The decision-making super- immure of interaction in problem-solving iority of groups: a research note. SOB 5 groups. SSCJ 39 (Stammer), 333-345. (February), 121-128. 43, Schoner, B., G. C. Hoyt. and G. L. Rose.Also see: Quality of decisions: individuals versus real 27865*, 27866, 27867, 27871, 27874, 27875, and synthetic groups. JAP 59 (August), 424- 27883, 27392. 27907, 27910, 27932, 27936. 432. 27939, 27945, 27951, 27962, 27967, 27969, 44. Schultz,B.Characteristicsofemergent 27978, 27979, 28368*, 28427, 28434, 28446, leaders ofcontinuing problem-solving 28468, 28487, 28525; CCI, CC2, CC4, CC11, groups.. 1 Psy 88 (November), 167-174. D15, Gil, GT1, GTI7, OT18, GT20, 015, 45. Scioli, F. P., Jr., 1. W. Dyson, and D. W. P22, RM46.

XIII. TEACHING (T) 1. Adams. G. R. and A. S. Cohen. Children's functionofscalecomplexity andrater physical and interpersonalcharacteristics training? CSS1 25 (Winter), 277-281. that effectstudent-teacherinteractions. 4. Arnold, D. S., R. K. Atwood, and V. M. OE 43 (Fall), 1-5. Rogers. Questions and response levels and 2. Alexander, D. C., D. F. Fatties, and D. M. lapse time interval. JEE 43 (Fall), 11-15. Jabusch. The effects of basic speech course training on ability to role-play, an employ- 5. Bochner, A. P. and C. W. Kelly. Inter- ment interview.CSS1 25(Winter),303- personal competence: rationale, philosophy, 306. and implementation of a conceptual frame- 3. Appibaum, R. L. Intra-rater reliability: a work. ST 23 (November), 279-301.

4,7 44 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

.6. Borges. M. A. and B. K, Saywers. Common21. Nelson, T. 0., J. Metzler, and D. A. Reed. verbal quantifiers:usage and interpreta- Role of details in the long-term recogni- tion JExP 102 (Februnt y), 335.337. tion of pictures and verbal descriptions. 7. Coke. E. U. The effect:, of readability on JExP 102 (January). 184-186. ontl and silentleading rates. JEdP 6622. Nelson, D. L., J. W. Wheeler, R. C. Dordon, (June), 406-409. and D. H. Brooks Levels of processing and 8.Cronett, V. E. and W. K Price. Class year, cuing:sensoryversus meaningfeatures. dimensions of student judgment, and use JExP 103 (November), 971-ff. of course evaluationinstruments, ST 2323. Neujahr, J.L. Analysis of teacher-pupil (January), 34-39. interactionInindivictualizedinstruction; 9. Downs, C. W. The impact of laboratory rolevariationand instructionalformat. training on leadership orientation, values, AVCR 22 (Spring). 69. and self-in:age. ST 23 (September), 197-205. 24.Ochocki, T. E., D. D. Cotter, and F, D. 10. Doyle, W. and J. M. Redwine. Effect of Miller. Verbal reinforcement combinations. intent - action cliscrepaitcy and student per- task complexity, and overtraining on dis- formancefeedbackonteacherbehavior crimination reversal learning in childrett. change. JEcIP 66 (October), 750 -755. JGP 90 (April), 213-220, 25. Rollins, H.A..B, R. McCandless,NI. 11. Gardiner. j. M. and P. C. Cameron. Change Thompson, and W, R Brassell,Project inspeaker'svoice and release from pro- success environment: extended application activeinhibition. JExP102(May),863- of contingency management ininner-city 867. schools, JEdP 66 (April), 167.178 12. Grieshop, J.I. and M. B. Harris. Effects26. Rogers, C. A. Feedback precision and post- of mode of modeling, model age, and feedbackintervalduration.JExP 102 ethnicity on rule-governedlanguagebe- (April), 604-608. haviors. JEdP 66 (December), 974-980. 27. Schmcck, R. R. A tendency toward error 13. Jensen, M. and L. B. Rosenfeld. Influence repetition produced by previous experience of mode ofpresentation, ethnicity, and withinconsistent feedback. JGP 91(Oc- social class on teachers' evaluations of stu- tober), 221-230. dents. JEdP 66 (August). 640-548. 23. Smith, C. B. and L. R Judd. A study of 14.Kulhavy, R. W. and J.R. K. Heinen. driables influencing self concept and ideal Mnemonic transformations andverbal self-concept among students inthe basic coding processes. JExP 102 (January), I73- speech course. ST 23 (September), 215-221. 175. 29. Sobel, R. S. The effets of success, failure. 15. Massaro, D. W. Perceptual units in speech and locus of control on postperformance recognition. JExP 102 (February), 199-208. attribution of causality. JGP 91 (July), 29 16. May, W. W. A re-examinationofthe 34. hierarcItyofclifficulty fading tinder condi- 30. Taffel, S. J., K. D. O'Leary, and S. Armel. tions of reduced within-task interference. Reasoning and praise: their effects on aca- JGP 91 (October), 237-244. demic behavior. JEdP 66 (June), 291-295. 17. McCroskey, J. C., W. E. Hoidridge, and J,31. Tulving,E.Recallandrecognitionof K. Toomb. An instrument for measuring semanticallyencodedwords,JExP 102 the source credibility of basic speech com- (May), 778-787. munication instructors. ST 23 (January), 26-32. Wade, T. C. Relative effects on perform- 33. ance and motivation of self-monitoring cor- lg.Nailer, J. and C. Hylton. Teacher-student rectpod incorrectresponses. JExP103 communication patterns. WS 38 (Summer). (August), 245-254. 146-156. 33. Weaver, R. L., II. The use of exercises and 19. Moore, J. W. and S. Holmes. The effects of games. ST 23 (November), 302-311. verbally controlled success failure conditions Also see; of persistent behavior JEE 43 (Fall), 70-74. 27822°27826,278280,27831°,27834,27849, 20. hfulac, A. Effects of three feedback con- 27876,27942,27943,27959,28016*, 28179, ditions employing videotape and audio tape 28329,28836,28372*,28419,28447, 28467, on acquired speeds skill. SM 41 (August). 28545°,28655:11333,L14, L15, L18, L31, 205-214. 017. RM3, SG37.

43 A SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORICAL STUDIES, 1974 MICHAEL. C. LEFF University of California, Davis Several changes in the format appear in this edition of the rhetoric bibli ography. The bulk of the material falls under two main-headings, "History of Rhetoric," and "Contemporary Rhetorical Theory." These headings are sub- divided along lines suggested by last year's bibliography, but entries are no longer catalogued under the names of individual rhetorical theorists. Instead, the entries in each section are arranged alphabetically by the name of the author of the article or book. Reference to particular theorists is provided by the index of names at the end of the bibliography. There is also a short index of subjects (e.g. political rhetoric, metaphor). This index lists a few important subjects that appear frequently but do not warrant a discrete classification within the body of the bibliography. A separate section lists some important bibliographic resources. All entries are designated by letter and number ac- cording to the model established by Thomas Steinfatt in last year's bibliography of behavioral studies in communication. The letters refer to the various sections and the numbers to the position of the entry within a section. For example, "L6" refers to the sixth item in the section entitled Language/Style/Semantics. This bibliography was based on the resources of the Indiana University Library. The compiler surveyed all available journals published in the year 1974 in the areas of speech communication, literature, philosophy, and intel- lectual history. In addition, he consulted selected periodicals in the social sci- ences (especially in the area of social psychology). Book references were derived mainly from the review sections of relevant periodicals. Unless otherwise indicated, all entries cited were published in the calendar year 1974. Selected references to titles of doctoral dissertations appear through- out the bibliography. References are made by citing the title identification number. The complete citation appears in the "titles" section of the 1975 Bibliographic Annual.

TABLE OFCONTENTS

I.HISTORY OF RHETORIC D.Communication Theory A.Ancient (A) p. 46 (C) P. 54 B.Medieval and Renaissance E.Theory of Criticism (T) p. 56 (MR) p 48HI.BIBLIOGRAPHY (B) p. 57 Iv. INDEX C.Modern (M) p. 49 A.Individual Theorists p. 57 II. CONTEMPORARY RHETORICAL THEORY 1.Ancient p. 57 A.General/Theoretical (G) p. 50 2.Medieval and B.Logic and Argumentation Renaissance p. 57 (LA) p. 50 3.Modern p.58 C.Language /S tyle/Sernan tics 4.Contemporary p. 58 (L) p. 51 B.Selected Subjects p. 59

49 46 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

JOURNAL ABBREVIATIONS CCC College Communication and JMRS The Journal of Medieval and Composition Renaissance Studies CGS] Central States Speech LEC Les Etudes Classiques Communication Journal M H Medievalia et Humanistica CIS Cahiers Internationaux de NLH New Literary History Symbolisme P &R Philosophy and Rhetoric G RBS Greek, Roman, and Byzantine QJS Quarterly Journal of Speech Studies SM Speech Monographs ETC ETC: A Review of General SSCJ Southern Speech Communication Semantics Journal JAAC Journal of Aesthetics and Art TS Today's Speech Criticism WS Western Speech

I. HISTORY OF RHETORIC A. ANCIENT (A) socialforceof logography inancient Greece. CSSJ 25, 4-10. 1. Boyance, P.Etudesstirl'humanisme ciceronien. Brussels: Collection Latomus, 14. Erickson, Keith V., ed. Aristotle: the class- 1970. ical heritage of rhetoric. Metuchen, NJ.: 2. Brink, C. 0. Horace on poetry. The 'Ars Scarecrow Press. poetics.' Cambridge: Cambridge U Press, 15. Fuhrman,Manfred.Einf6hrungindie 1971. antike Dichtungstheorie. Darmstadt: Wis- 3. Cairns,Francis.Genericcompositionin senchaftliche Buchgesellschaft. 1973. Greek and Roman poetry. Chicago: Al- 16.Geffcken, Katherine A. Comedy in the Pro dine Publishing Co., 1972. Caelio with an appendix onthe In 4. Clarke, M. L.Higher educationinthe Clodium et Curionem. Mnemosyne Suppl. ancient world. Albuquerque: U of New 50. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1973. Mexico Press, 1971. 17. Gluckner,J.Some passagesinCicero's 5. Chroust,Anton-Herman.Aristotle:new Orator. Giornale Italian° di Filologia 5, light on his life and on some of his lost 170-8. works. 2 vols. Notre Dame, Ind.: Notre 18.Gross, Nicholas. Alcestis and the rhetoric Dame U Press, 1975. of departure. QJS 60, 295-305. 6.Costa, C. D. N., ed. Horace. London: Rout- 19. Grube, G. M. A. Greek historians and ledge & Kegal Paul, 1973. Includes an Greek critics. Phoenix 28, 75-V. :ssay on the Ars hoelov by D. A. Russell.20. Gyekye, Kwanc. Aristotle on language and 7. Dorter,Kenneth.Socrates'refutationof meaning. International Philosophical Thrasytnachusandthetreatmentof Quarterly 14, 71.8. value. P&R 7, 25-46. 21. Hamilton, William, tr. Plato, Pliacdrus and 8. Douglass, Rodney B. An Aristotelian orien- seventh and eighth letters. Hammonds. tation to rhetorical communication. MR worth, Eng.: Penguin, 1973. 7, 80-88. 22. Harding, Harold F., ed. Speeches in Thy. 9. Denomm6, J.M. Le choix des mots dans les cydides.Lawrence,Kansas:Coronado discours d' Is& LEC 42, 127.48. Press, 1973. 10. De Romilly, J. Gorgias et le pouvoir de in23. Highet, Gilbert. The speeches of Virgil's poetic. The Journal of Hellenic Studies Aetteid.Princeton,N.J.:Princeton U 93 (1973), 155.62. Press, 1972. 11. Dieter, Nom Divisio und Partitio. Bermer-24. Hunger, FL Aspectedergriechischen kungen zur r6msihen Rechtsquellenlehre Rhctorik von Gorias bis zum Untergang undzurantikenWissenschaftthcorie. von Byzanz. Vienna: Milan, 1972. : Schweitzer, 1972. 25. Johnson, W. R. Luxuriance and economy: 12. Dahamel, P. Albert. Mimesis and persua- Cicero and the alien style. Berkeley: U sion from Aristotle through the eigh- of California Press, 1971. teenth century: some recent studies. MB96. Landfaster, Manfred. Ftinktion und Tra- 4 (1973), 195-202. dition bildlicher Rede in der Tragodien 13. Enos, Richard Leo. The persuasive and Senecas. Poctica 6, 179-204.

50 BEHAVIORAL STUDIES INCOMMUNICATION 47

27. Lang, Beret. Presentation and representa- 47.Sacerdoti, Nedda. ed. Quintiliano. 'agini tioninPlato's Dialogues. ThePhilo. pedagogiche. Milan: Mursia, 1969. sophical Forum 4 (1972.73), 22440. 18.Salvaneschi, E. Le nozioni di segno 28, Lanigan, Richard L. Enthymeme: the rhe- e di struttura net filosofi geed. torical form of Aristotle's syllogism. SSCJ Annali dellaScttola Normale Superiore 39, 207.22. di Pisa. Classe di Lettere e Filosofia 4, 211. Larkin, Mariam Theresa. Language in the 1-56. philosophy of Aristotle. Paris: Le Haye, 49.Sarri, F. Isocrate come testimone del mes 1971. saggio socratio. Revista di Filosofta Nco- 3(1.Lohnnann, Dieter.Die Komposition der Scolasnen 66, 40-58. Reden in der Dias.Berlin: Walter de 50,Scaglione, A. D. The classicaltheory of Gruyter, 1970. composition: from its origins to the pres- 31.Loss:i ti, Man f red. Der a ristotel ische Cryllos ent.ChapelHill,N.C.: U of North antilogoisit. Pliilologits 118,12-21. Carolina Press, 1972. 32. Lynch, John Patrick. Aristotle's school: a study of a Greek educational instittitibn. 51.Schryvers, P. H. La pens& du Lucrece sur Berkeley: U of California Pros. 1972. l'origine du langage. Mnemosyne 27, 337- 64. 33.'Macleod, C. W. Form and meaning in 52.Scott, WilliamC. The oralnatureof the Melian Dialogue. Historia. 23, 3 &5- Homeric simile. MnemosyneSuppl. 28. 400. Leiden: E. J. Brill. 3t. McNally, J. R., and R. W. Wilkie. Is Kroll 53.Soraliji,Richard,Aristotleon memory. indispensable? QJS 60, 102-4. 31. Madder, Herwig. Menander rhetor and Providence, R. I.: Brown U Press, 1972. Alexander Claudius in a papyrus letter. 54.Stern, Harold. Plato's funeral oration, The GRBS 15, 305-12. New Scholasticism 48, 503-08. 36. Manzo, Antonio. 11 'de rim' di Quintiliano 55.Stokes, Michael C. One and many In preso iielcontesto retorica antica. Rendicoriti cratic Philosophy. Cambridge. Mass.: Har- dell'Instituto Lombardo, Academia di vard U Press, 1971. Scienze e Lettere 107 (1973), 73-107. 56.Tarim, Sonya Lida. Aristotle,Rhelotic32- 37. Michel, Alain. Cicero]] et les grands 7: an analysis. GRBS 15, 6572. ants de laphilosophic antique:prob- 57.Threet. Douglas. Rhetoricalfunctions of lemes eneraux (1960-70).Lustrurn16 Ciceronian probability. SSCJ 39, 309-21. (1971.72), 58.Trimpe, Wesley. The quality of fiction: the 3'i.Michel, Main. Ciceron ct les Problemes de rhetorical transmission of literary theory. la culture. Acta Antigua Academiae Sci- Traditio 30, 1-118. entarum Hungaricae 20 (1972), 67-76. 59.Turner. Frederick. Alcidamas: an early ra- 39. Nfichel, Main. L' originalite deI'id6a1 tionale for extemporaneous interpersonal oratoire tie Ciceron. LEC 39 (1971), 311- communication. SSCJ 89, 223-32. 28. 60.Versenyi, Laszlo. Man's measure: a study 10.Miller, Arthur B. Aristotle on habit (ethos) of the Greek image of man from Homer and character (ethos):implicationsfor to Sophodes. Albany, Stale U of New theRhetoric. SU>41, 309-16. York Press. 41. Oscanyaii, Frederick. On six definitions of 61.Vicaire, Patti, tr. Platon. Phidre traduction the sophist:Sophist221C-231C. The Phil- avec une introductionetnotes.Paris: osophical Forum 4 (1972.3), 241.59. Societed'Edition]esBellesLcttres, 42. Fame, Morriss Henry. Plato on the rhet- 1972. oric of poetry. JAAC 33, 20S-12. 62.Weische, Alfons. Ciccros Nachahmung der 43. Quimby, Rollin W. The growth of Plato's attischenRedner.Heidelberg:Winter, perception of rhetoric. P&R 7, 71-9. 1972. .14. Raphcal, Sally. Rhetoric, dialectic and syl- 63.Williams, W. Caracalla and the rhetori- logistic argument. Aristotle's position in cians:a note on the cognitlo de Go- Rhetoric141. Phronesis 19, 153-67. hariceis. Latomus 33, 663-67. 45. Rossetti,Livio. Therapcia inthe minor 64.Zuccitelli, B. II destine e la providenza in Socratics. ThetaPi 3, 145-57. Paideia 29, 3-18. 46. Rttether. Rosemary 'Radford. Gregory of Also see: Nazianzus: rhetor and philosopher. Ox- MR2, MR10, MR24, M36, MR42, MR43, ford: Oxford U Press, 1969. L31, T29.

51 48 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

B. Memel/ At. AND RENAISSANCE (MR) Maria Egipciaca." Anuario de Estudios Medievales 8 (1972-73), 467-80. 1. Mud, Guy-H. Le ContraGentiles' at le 18.Knapp, F.P. Vergleich und Exempel in modele rhetorique. Laval Theologique at der lateinischen Rhetorik und Poetik von Philosophique 30, 237-50. der Mite des 12 bis Mitte 13 Jahrltun- 2. Azibert, Mireille Marie Louise. L'influence derts. Studi Medievali 14, 443-512. d'Horace et de Ciceron sur les arts de 19.Kristeller, Paul Oskar. Medieval aspects of rhetorique premiere et seconde sur les renaissance learning: three essays. Ed & poetiques du seizieme siccle en France. tr. Edward P. Mahoney. Durham, N.C.: Pau:ImprinterieMarrimpouezJenne, Duke U Press. 1972. 20.Kuspit, Donald B. Melanchthon and Durer: 3. Bunker, James R. The ars distaminis and the search for the simple style. JMRS 3 rhetorical textbooks at the Bolognese uni- (1973), 177.202. versity in the fourteenth century. MH 5, 21.Kustas, G. L. The function and evolution 153-68. of byzantine rhetoric. Viator 1 (1970), 4. Beck, HansGeorg. Das literarische Schaf- 55.73. fen der Byzantiner. Wege an seiner Ver- 22.Lawler, Traugott, ed.,tr. The Parisian standnis, Vienna: Mime. Poctria of John of Garland: edited with 5. Bogges, William F. Hermannus Allemanue introduction, translation, and notes. New rhetoricaltranslations. Viator 2 (1971), Haven: Yale U Press. 227.50. 23.Leff, Michael C. Boethius and the history 6. Bonnebakker, S. A. Aspects of the history of medieval rhetoric CSSJ 25, 134-41. of literary rhetoric and poetics in Arabic 24.Loi, V. Structure e "topoi" de panegirico literature. Viator 1 (1970). 75-96. dassko net sermons de sanctis di S. 7. Consolino, F. E. Codice retorico e manier- Agostino. Augustinian= 14, 591.604. ismo stilisticonella poetica di Sidonio 25.McAlindon, T. Shakespeare and decorum. Apollinare. Anna li della Scuola Norma le New York: Barnes and Noble, 1973. Superiore diPisa. Ciasse di Lettere e 26.McFarland, RonaldE. The rhetoricof Filosofia 4, 423-60. optics in Lord Herbert's poems to Diana 8. Delcorno,Carlo. Giordano de Pisa ela Cecil. MH 5, 215-28. tecnica del sermone medievaie. Giornale 27.McGowan, Margaret. alontaigne's deceits: Studio della Letteratura 151, 321.56. theartof persuasioninthe' Essays'. 9. Delcorno,Carlo.Rhetorica e fuzionalita London: U of London Press. nelli "Introduzione" di Fra Giordano da 28.Merriam, Allen H. Rhetoric and the Islamic Pisa. Lettere Italiane 36, 141-64. tradition. TS 22, 43-9. 10. Deneef, A. Leight. Epideictic rhetoric and 29.Murphy, James J. Caxton's two choices: the renaissance lyric. JMRS 3 (1973), 203- "modern" and "medieval"rhetoricin 32. Traversagas Novaritetoricaandthe 11. Gavrc, Mark. Hobbes and his audience: anonymous Court of Sapience. MH 3 thedynamicsoftheorizing.American (1972), 241-55. Political Science Review 63, 1542-56. 30.Murphy, James J. Notabilia de Rhetorica. 12. Giacone, R. Arti liberaii at dassificazione Mimeo: Department of Rhetoric, U of Belle scienzi: l'esempio di Boezio e Cassi- California, Davis. odoro. Aevum 18, 52.72. Summary of proceedings of conference 13 Clay, Floyd. Montaigne and Sebond: the on medieval rhetoric held at Kalama- rhetoric of paradox. French Studies 28, zoo Michigan, May, 1974. 134.45. 31.114*,-r4y. James J. Rhetoric in the middle 14.Hailer, Robert S., cd., tr. Dante Alighierl. ages: a history of rhetorical theory from Literary criticism. Lincoln, Nebraska: U St. Augustine to the renaissance. Berke- of Nebraska Press, 1973. ley: U of California Press. 15, Hardison, 0. B. The orator and the poet: 34.Sanders, Barry. Chaucer's dependence on thedilemmaofhumanistliterature. sermon structure in the Vife of Bath's JMRS I(1971), 33.44. "prologue" and "tale'. Studies in Medi- 16. Jennings, Margaret. The art of the pseudo- eval Culture 4, 43745. Origen homily on De Maria Magadalina. 35.Scattergood, V. J. The Maniple's manner MH 5, 139.52. of speaking. Essays in Criticism 24, 12447. 17.Kassier, Theodore L. The rhetorical de- 36.Schneider,Bernd.Diemittelalterlichen vices of the Spanish "Vide de Santa griechiscfi-lateinischen Uebersitrzungen der

52 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORICAL STUDIES 49

Aristotelischen Rhetorik, Berlin: Walter. 3.Barbour,BrianM.Emerson's"poetic" de Gmyter. 1971. Prose. Modern Language Quarterly 35, 37. Sloan, Thomas 0. and Raymond Waddings- 157-72. ton, eds. Rhetoric of renaissance poetry. 4.Benzie, W. The Dublin orator: Thomas Berkeley: U of California Press. Sheridan's influence on eighteenth cen- 3S. Sloan, Thomas 0. Rhetoric and meditation: tury rhetoric and belles-lettres. Menston, three case studies. J&IRS 1 (1971), 45-58. : Scolar Press, 1972. 39. Smith, Margery H. Some humanist libraries 5.Bevilaoqua, Vincent M. Vico,"PrOcess", inearly Tudor Cambridge. The Six- and the nature 'rhetorical investigation: teenth Century Journal 5, 15-34. an epistemological perspective. P&R 7, 40. Trinkhaus, Charles. In our image and like- 166-74, ness: humanity and divinity inItalian 6.Brooks,GarryH.Rhetoricalformof humanist thought. 2 vols. Chicago: U of Carlyle's "Sartor Resartus." Berkeley: U Chicago Press, 1970. of California Press, 1972. 41. Vos.Alvin.TheformationofRoger 7.Deely. John N. The two approaches to Ascham's prosestyle.StudiesinPhil- language:philosophicalandhistorical ology 71, 844 -70. reflections on the point of departure of 2. Ward, J. 0. The date of the commentary Jean Poinsot's semiotic. The Thomist 38, on Cicero's De invention by Thierry of 856-907. Chartes (ca.1095-1160?) and the Corni- 8.de Man, Paul. Nietzche's theory of rhet- fician attack on the liberal arts. Viator oric. Symposium 28, 33-51. 9.Gray, James. Johnson's sermons. Oxford: 3 (1972), 21974, 43. Wetherbee, Winthrop. Platonism and poetry Clarendon Press, 1972. in the twelfth century: the literary in- 10.Johnstone, Christopher. Thoreau and civil fluence of the school of Chartes. Prince- disobedience: a rhetorical paradox. QJS ton, N.J.: Princeton U Press, 1972. 60, 313-22. 44. Wheelock, James T. S. The rhetoric of 11.Juliard,Pierre. Philosophies of language polarity In Decameron III, 3. Lingua e in eighteenth century France. The Hague: Stile 9, 257-74. Mouton, 1970. 12.Kenclell. Kathleen Eclgertora and Jeanne Y. -15.Wieruszowski, Helene. Politics and culture inmedievalSpainandItaly.Rome: Fisher. Francis Wright on women's rights: Edizioni di storia c letteratura. 1971. eloquence versus ethos. QJS 60, 58-68. Collection of essays. including "Rhet- 13.Kincaid. James R. Dickens and the rhetoric oric and the classics in Italian educa- oflaughter.Oxford:ClarendonPress. tion of the thirteenth century." 1971. 46. Wietoff,William E. Machiavclli'sThe 14.King, Andrew. Thomas De Quincey on Prince:rhetoricalinfluencein civil rhetoric and national character. CSSJ 25, Philosophy. WS 33, 98-107. 128-34. 47. Winegard, De lys. Language as theme and 13.Lessenich, Roiph P. Elements of pulpit image in the Essais of Montaigne. Sym- oratoryin eighteenth cen wry England posium 28, 274-83. (1660-1800). Cologne: BOhlaci, 1972. 43. Verbraken, P. Les fragments conserves de 16.Midgeley,Graham. Thelifeoforator sermons perdus de saint Augustin. Revue Henley. Oxford: Claredon Press, 1973. Benddictine 84, 245-70. 17.McGuinness, Arthur. Henry Home, Lord 49. Zinn, Grover A. Hugh of Saint Victor and Karnes. New York: Twayne, 1970. the art of memory. Viator 5, 211-34. IS.Perkinson,HenryJ.GiambattistaVico: Also see: philosopherofeducation.Paedagogia Al2, A24, MO, .N58, L31, 28318, 28377, Historca 14, 404-33, 28389, 28398*, 28404*, 19.Rasmussen, Karen. Inconsistency in Camp- bell's 'rhetoric: explanation and implica- tions. QJS 60, 190-200. C. MODERN (M) 20.Ranter, Herbert. Die Sprachaulfassung der 1. Adams, Larry L. Edmund Burke: the psy- englischen Vorromantik inihrerBed- chology of citizenship.Interpretation 3 cuttingfurdieLiteraturkritikand (1973), 191-204. DichningstheoriederZeit.Homburg: 2. Arlington, David. A squire's examples: the Max Gehlen, 1970, persistent persuasion of Edward J. Little- 21.Ray. John W. The moral rhetoric of Franz ton. WS 38, 162.69. Theremin. SSCJ 40, 33-49.

5 3 50 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

22. Ray, Roberta K. The role of the orator 27.Watson,George. The Englishideology: in the philosophy of Ralph Waldo Emer- studiesinthelanguageof Victorian son. SM 41, 215-25. politics. London: Allen Lane, 1973. 23. Shero, Elliott M. Intonation in nineteenth. 28.Wenzel, Joseph NV.Rhetoric, andanti- century fiction: the voices of paraphrase. rhetoric in early American scientific so- QJS 60, 289-95. cieties. QJS 60, 328-36. 24. Sobonl, A.Egalite. Du pouvoir etdes 29.White, Eugene. Puritan rhetoric: the issue dangers des mots. Anna les Historiques de of emotion in religion. Carbondale, ID.: la Revolution Francaisc 46, 371-9. Southern Illionis U Press, 1972. 25. Spence, Patricia R. Sympathy and propriety in Adam Smith's rhetoric. QJS 60, 92-99. 30.Zimmerman, Everett. Gulliver the Preacher. 26. Wallace, John M. "Examples are the best Proceedingsof the Modern Language precepts":readers andmeanings in Axsociation 89, 1024-32. seventeenth-centurypoetry.CriticalIn- Ago see: quiry 1, 273-90. Al2, A50. CIS, T1, T11, 28255°,28104'.

IL CONTEMPORARY RHETORICAL THEORY

A. GANERAL/TtrzoarrteAL (G) 16.Jamieson, Kathleen M. The quagmire of 1. Abbot, Don. The jurisprudential analogy: translation: a case study. SM 41, 357-63. argumentationandthe newrhetoric. 17.Johannesen Richard L. Attitude of speaker CSSJ 25, 50-55. toward audience: a significant concept for 2. Abbott, Don. Marxistinfluences on the contemporary rhetorical theory and cri- rhetorical theory of Kenneth Burke. P&R eism. CSSJ 25, 95.104. 7, 217-33. 18.Kneupper, Charles W. Direction for con- 3. Armbrester.Roy.Identificationwithin: temporary rhetorical theory. TS 22. 31-8. KennethBurke'sview of the uncon- 19.Marder, Daniel. The spectrum ofrhet- scious. PM 7, 205-16. oric. CCC 25, 181-5. 4. Blankenship, Jane, Edward Murphy. and 20.Miller. James E. Rediscovering the rhetoric Marie Rossenwasser. Pivotal terms in the of imagination. CCC 25, 360-67. early works of Kenneth Burke. PS:R 7, 21.Schajowiez, Ludwig. El resurgir de las soils. 1-24. tica. Dialogos ICI, 63-94. 5. Booth, Wayne. Kenneth Burke's way of 2'2.Smith. William, and Raymond D. Lied knowing. Critical Inquiry 1, 1.22, Clash. Rhetoric fortoday. New York: 6. Bosmajian, Haig A., ed. Dissent: symbolic Harcourt Brace. behavior and rhetorical strategies. Bos. 23.Wilkie, Richard W. The Marxian rhetoric ton: Allyn & Bacon, 1972. of Angelica Balabanolf. QJS 60, 450-8. 7. Burke, Kenneth. Communication and the Also see: human condition. Communication 1, 135- A8, T6,28317, 28324°,28337,28340, 52. 28360°, 28365', 28373. 28391, 28394. R.Burke, Kenneth. InresponsetoBooth: dancing with tears in my eyes. Critical %bil.jI, LoomAND ARCUMENTION(LA) Inquiry 1, 23-32. 9. Burke,Richard.Rhetoric,dialecticand 1. Aquilla, Richard E. Emotions, objects and force. PRA 7, 151-65. causal relations. Philosophical Studies 26, 10. Cousigny,Scott.Rhetoric anditssitua- 279-86. tions. PM 7, 175-86. 2. Ayer, A. 3. Probability and evidence. New 11. Czubaroff,Jeanine.Intellectualrespecta- York: Columbia U Press, 1972. billiy: a rhetorical problem. QJS 60, 155- 3,Brock, Bernard L. et al. Public policy de- 64. cision making: systems analysis and com- 12. Dykeman. Therese B. The physics of rhet- parative analysisdebate.NewYork: oric. CCC 25, 382.87. Harper and Row, 1973. 13. Gronheck. Bruce E. Rhetorical timing in 4.Burrell, David. Analogy and philosophic public communication. CSSJ 25, 84.94. language. New Haven:Yale U Press, 14. Harrington, 3. The rhetoric of film. New 1973. York: Holt, Rhinehart & 'Winston. 5.Castafieda, Hector Neri. The acceptance of 15. Hairston. Maxine. A contemporary rhet- theories, conceptual analysis and other oric. Boston: Houghton-Miffiin. minds. Philosophical Studies 26. 301-12. 54 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORICAL STUDIES 51 6. Cresswell, M. J. Logic and languages. Lon- Also see: don: Metheun, 1973. A28, A44, A67, MR23, L88, C23, T6, TO, 7. Ehninger, Douglas.Influence, belief, and G9, 28358, 28391. argument. Glenview,III.:Scott,Fores- man. C.LarmuAoe/STYLE/SettanTres (L) 8.Feezel,JerryD. A qualifiedcertainty: verbal probability in arguments. SM 41, 1.Apostel, Leo. Symbole et parole. CIS 22-23 348-56. (1973), 5-24. 0. Felkenes.George T. .Rulesof evidence. 2. Bausinger, Herman. Heutize Sprachmoden Albany: Delmar Publishers. turd ihre gesellschaftliehe Funktion. Uni- 10. Graham, Keith, Belief and the limits of versitas 9, 953-66. irrationality. Inquiry 17, 815-26. 3. Bernard, Charles A. Panorama des etudes II. Hare, R. M. Practical inferences. London: symboliques. Georgianum 55, 379-92. MacMillan. 1971. 4. Bivens, William P. Abstract noun phrase 12. Houston,B. KentandMarshaOlson case schemes in the deep structure of Warner. Reducing stress by counter-atti- poems. Style 8, 305-21. tudinal advocacy. Journal of Research in 5. Binkley,Timothy. On thetruth and Personality $, 350.60. probity of metaphor. JAAC 33, 171-80. 13. lseminger, Gary. Successful argument and 6. Blankenship, Jane. The influence of mode, rational belief. MR 7, 47.57. submode, and speakerpredilection on 14. Keeton,RobertE.Trialtacticsand style. SM 41, 85.118. methods. Boston: Little Brown, 1973. 7. Maus, Bernhard. Der structuralistnus als 15. Klumpp, James F.. Bernard L. Brock, Jack Element geistlicher Ithetorik. Zeitschrift W. Chesbro. and John F. Cragen. lin Pli- ffirReligionsand Geistescgscichte 26, cations of a systems model of analysis on 361.3. argumentationtheory.Journalofthe 8. Bouchard, Guy. Esthetique et semiologie. American Forensics Association 11, 1-7. Laval Theologique et Philosophique 30, 16. Kruger, Arthur N. Debate and speech com- 63-80. munication. SSCJ 39, 23340. 9. Buck, Gertrude. The metaphor: a study in 17.Lincicotte, David. Logic and rhetoric. Meta- thepsychologyofrhetoric.Folcroft, philosophy 5, 266-75. Penn.: Folcroft Library Editions. IS. Willem, J. J. Moral arguments and moral 10. Buckalew, M. W. Democratic socialco- beliefs. Logique at Analyse 17, 209-17. hesion: a general semantics perspective. 19. Nowak, Kjell, and Bjorn Stott. The effect ETC 31, 119-27. of strength of cognitive linkages on atti- tude change in a communication situa- 11. Canavan, P. Joseph. Rhetoric and litera- tion. European Journal of SocialPsy- ture. New York: McGraw Hill. chology 4, 159-78. 12. Carson. Julie.Properstylistics.Style8, 20. Peter, John. Toposforschung: eine Doku- 290-304. mentation. Athenfium: Frankfurt. 1972. 13. Chatunatt, Raymond. Linguistics and liter- 21. Palmer, Melvin. Mundane reasoning. Phi- ature: an introduction to literary stylis- losophy of the Social Sciences 4, 35-54. tics.Totowa,N.J.:Littlefield,Adams, 22. Relates, Nancy A., and Harriet B. Tiara'. 1973. 'Argument in negotiation:a theoretical 14. Chat lesworth, Maxwell John, ed. The prob- and empirical approach. SM 41, 36-48. . fentofreligiouslanguage. Englewood 23. Sackstcdcr, William. The logic of analogy. Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall. P&R '7, 234-52. 15. Clyne, M. Einige. tlberlegungun an einer 24. Steinfatt, Thomas M., Gerald R.Miller, LinguistikderIronic.Zeitschriftfdr and Erwin P. Battinghaus. The concept Deutsche Phile_ogie 93. 343-55. of logical ambiguity and judgments of 16. Cohn, Robert G. Symbolism. JAAC 33, 181 syllogistic validity. SM 41, 317.28. 92. 25. Swinburne, Richard, ed. The justification 17. D'Angelo, Frank J. A generative rhetoric of induction. London: Oxford U Press. of the essay. CCC 25, 388.96. 26. Wason, F. C. and P. N. Johnson. Psychology 18. D'Angelo, Frank J. Sacred cows make great and reasoning:structure and content. hamburgers: the rhetoric of graffiti. CCC Cambridge, Mass: Harvard U Press, l972. 25, 173-9. 27. Woods. John and Douglas Walton. Argu- 19. D'Angelo, Frank. Style as structure. Style menium ad verecundiam. P&R 7, 135-53. 8, 322-64.

5 5 52 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

20. Dante. Arthur C. Historical language and 39.Fodor, Jerry A., T. G. Better, and M. F. historical reality. Review of Metaphysics Garrett. The psychology of language. Mc- 27 (1973). 219-59. Graw-Hill. 21. Delany,Sheila. Politicalstyle/political 40.Frentz, Thomas S. Toward a resolution stylistics. Style 8, 437-51. of the generative semantics /classical 22. Dieterich, Daniel J. Public doublespeak: theorycontroversy: apsycholinguistic Leaching about language in the market analysis of metaphor. WS GO, 125-33. place. College English 36, 477-81. 41.Gary, Peter. Style inhistory. New York: 23. Deese, James. Mind and metaphor: a com- Basic Books. mentary. NLH 6, 211.18. 2.Glasser. Theodore L. Semantics of an al- 24. Derrida, Jacques. White mythology: meta- ternative: language of the underground phor in the text of philosophy. NLI-I 6, press. ETC 31, 201-4. 5-74. 43.Greimas, A. J., et. al. Essais de semiotique Eaton, Trevor. Theoreticalsemics. The poetique. Paris: Larousse, 1972, Hague: Mouton, 1972. 44.Crimshaw, Allen D. On language fr.so- 26, Ede line, Francis. Mediation rhetorique et ciety: Part II. Contemporary Sociology 3, formation di' symbole. CIS 26, 27-38. 3-11. 27. Edelman, Murray. The political language 5.Hamon, Philippe, Narrative semiotics in of the helping professions. Politics and France. Style 8, 34 -46. Society 4, 295-310. 46.Hatzlield, Helmut. The leading French 28. Edge. David. Technological metaphor and stylisticiansofthetwentiethcentury. social control. NI,H 6. 135-48. Style 8, 3-17. 29. Embler We ler. The metaphors of mystic- 47. Haskell, F. Art and the language of poll- ism. ETC SI, 272-87, tics. Journal of European Studies 4, 215. 30. Enkvist, Nils Erik. Linguistic stylistics. The 32. Hague: Mouton, 1973. 48. Hawkes,Terrence.Metaphor.London: 31. Enkvist, Nils Erik. Stilforskning och stil- Methuen, 1972. tcorie. Lund:C. W. K. Gleerup Bor. -19, Henry, Albert. Metonymicet metaphore. Rir lag. Paris: Klincksiedt, 1971, Includes summary analysis of classical, 50. Herzog, Arthur. The B.S.factor:the medieval and renaissance theories of theory and technique of fakingitin rhetorical style. America. New York: Simon and Shuster, 32. Eroms, Hans-Werner. Asymmetrische Kom- 1973. munikation. 7.ur 7unktion von Abstrak- 51. Flyrnes,Dell.Linguistics,language and tem und Konkretemin politischer communication. Communication 1, 37-56. spracite. Sprache in Tcchnischen Zeitalter 52. Janik, Dieter. Die Kummunikationsstruk. 52, 297.318. cur des Erzahlwerks: eien semiologisches 33. Erotns, Hans-Werner. Zu Analyse politi- Modell. Bebenhausen: Rotsch, 1973. scher Sprache. Linguistik und Didaktik 53. Kehl, D. G. Writing in the apocalypse: 17, 1-16. rhetoricallessons from Walter Tilburg 34. Farb, Peter. Word play:what happens when people talk. New York: Knopf. Clarke. CCC 25. 34-41. 35. Firth,Raymond. Symbols:publicand 54. Kintgen, Eugene R.Istransformational private. Ithaca, N. Y.: Cornell U Press, stylistics useful? College English 35, 799- 1973. 823. 36. Fischer,HansDieter, und Horst Uerp- 55. Kochmnn, Thomas, ed. Rapin' and stylin' mann. Vom nichtssagcnden Reden. Ma- out:communicationinurban black nipulation lurch Sprache oder: Bemer- America.'Urbana,Ill:.U ofIllinois kungen zttr Sprache der Diplomatic. Mut- Press, 1972. tersprache 84, 57-72. . 56. Kres-Rosen, Nicolle. The analysis of the 37. Fishman, Joshua A., ed. Advances in the speech event in stylistic theory. Style 8, sociology of language. New York: Hu- 46-55. manities Press, 1972. 57. Lange, Gerhard. Unterstichungen zu Sprach- 38. Fishman. Joshua. The sociology of lan- undSprechstilvonHelmut Schmidt. guage: an interdisciplinary social science Muttersprach 85 (1975), 11-24. approach to language in society. Rowley, 58. Lanham, Richard. Style: an anti-textbook. Ma.: Newbury House. 1972. New Haven: Yale U Press.

56 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORICAL STUDIES 53

39. Laroche, Maxima lian. Image du Ogre et 80.Piatigorsky, A. M. On some theoretical rhetorique clan la Iitterature haitienne. presuppositions of semiotics. Semiotics 12, Etudes Litteraires 7, 291-8. 185-88. 60. Lawler, Justus George. Politics and the 81. Pohl, Jacques. Qualm types fondamentaux American language. College English 35, de syniboles et l'atte de communication. 750.4. CIS 26, 67 -82. 61.i.eGuern,Michel.Semantique dela 82.Pollio,Howard R. The psychology of metaphore et in metonymie. Paris: La- symbolic activity. Reading, Mass.: Addi- rousse, 1973. son Wesley. 62. Levine, George. Politics and the form of 83. Probert, Walter. Law, language and com- disenchantment. College English 36, 422- munication. Springfield,Ill., Charles G. 35. Thomas, 1972. 63. Linn, George B. General semantics and 84. Quirk, Randolph. The English language Skinner's verbal behavior theory. ETC and images of matter. London: Oxford U 391-98. Press, 1972. 61. Loewenberg, Ina. Identifying metaphors. 85. Ricoeur, Paul. Metaphor and the main Foundations of Language 12, 315-38. problem of hermeneutics. NHL 6, 95-110. 65.Lohrrnan, Johannes. Le rapport de l'hom- 86. Riffaterre, Michael. Essais de stylistique mes occidental au language(conscience structurale. Paris: Flammarion, 1971. et forme into tsciente du discours). Revue 87. Salzinger,Kurt.Studiesinverbalbe- PhilosoPhique de Louvain 72, 721-66. havior:anempiricalapproach. New 66. Lotman. Ju. M. The sign mechanism of York: Pergamm Press, 1973. culture. Semiotica 12, 301-6. 88. Schneider, ClarenceE.,ed. Syntax and 67. Lumby, Malcolm E. Linguistic relatively style. San Francisco: Chandler and Sharp. revisited. ETC 31, 385.90. 68. Martin, Richard Milton. Toward a sys- fl9. Sebeok. T. A. Problems in the classifica- tematicpragmatics.Westport,Conn.: tion of signs. Acta Linguistica Academlae Greenwood Press. Hungariciae 23, 7-18. 60. May, Rollo. Language, symbols, and vio- 90. Sherry, Roger ,W. and Ralph W. Fasold, lence. Communication 1, 213-22. eds. Language attitudes: current trends 70.Mettheier, Klaus J. Sprache als Barriere. and prospects. Washington: Georgetown Deutsche Sprache 3, 213-32. V Press, 1973. 91. Shopen,Timothy.Somecontributions 71.Metz, Christian. Film language: a semio- tics of the cinema. Tr. Michael Tay- from grammar to the theory of style. lor. New York: Oxford U Press. College English 35, 775 -98. 72. Meun'er, Jean-Guy. Language et ideologic. 92. Sparshott, F.E. "As" or thelimits of Dialogue:CanadianPhilosophicalRe- metaphor. NI.H 6, 75-94. view 13, 283-98 . 93. Stiker, Henri-Jacques. Le langage integre, 73. Migne lez. Roberto. Theorie du discourse lasernantiquechez Roman Jakobson. et theorie de l'histoire. Dialogue: Can- Archives de Philosophic 37, 601-66. adian Philosophical Review 13, 53-70. 94. Tilghman. Benjamin R., ed. Language and 74. Moran. Terrence P. Public doublespeak: aesthetics. Lawrence, Kansas: The U of on communication and pseudo-communi- Kansas Press, 1973. cation. College English 36, 112-18. 95. Todorov, Tzventa. On linguistic symbol- 75. Mueller, Claus. The politics of communi- ism. NLH 6, 111-34. cation: a study in the political sociology 96. Turner, G. W. Stylistics. Hammondsworth. of language, socialization, and legitima- Eng.: Penguin, 1973. tion. New York: Oxford U Press, 1973. 97. \Toledo. Paul. The art of syntax and its 76. Nash, Walter. What Simon says: a note history. Lingua e Stile 9, 1-30. on the semantics of authority. ETC 31, 98. Wienold, Gotz. SemiotikderLiteratur. 149-57. Frankfurt: Athentittna, 1972. 77. Nattier, J. J. Pour une definition de la 99. Worth, Sol. Seeing metaphor as caricature. semiologie. Languages 8, 33-14. NLH 6, 195-210. 78. Nowakowska, Maria. Language of motiva- 100. Worth, Sol, and Larry Gross. Symbolic tion and language of actions. The Hague: strategies. Journal of Communication 24, Mouton, 1973. 27.39. 79. Pausch, Holger. Die Metapher. Wirkendes 101. reager, Faye A. Linguistic analysis of oral Wort 24. 56-69. edited discourse. TS 22, 29-36.

57 54 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

102 Zashin, Elliot andPhilipC. Chapman., 14.Dommerrnuth, William P. How does the The uses of metaphor and analogy: to- medium effectthe message? Journalism ward a renewal of politicallanguage. Quarterly 51, 441.7. The Journal of Politics 36, 290-326. 15.Duke. Charles. Nonverbal behavior and the 103. 'Mika, J. The structure of meaning. Acta communication process. CCC 25, 397-403. Littguistica Academiae Hmtgariatc 23, 19- 16.Dyson, James W. and Frank P. Scioli, Jr. 50. Communication and candidate selection: Also see: relationships of information and personal A2, A3, A6, A9, AlO, A20, A25, A29, characteristics to vote choice. Social Sci- A48, A52, A56, A62, MR2, MR4, MR5, ence Quarterly 55, 77-90. MR14, NIR20, MR22, MR25, MR37, MS, 17.Eiser, Rihard and Camilla J. Mower White. M7, M24. T7, LA4, 28320, 28325, 28338', The persuasivenessoflabels:attitude 28851. change through definition of the attitude continuum. European Journal of Social D. CommtitocAnow THEORY (C) Psychology 4, 89-92. I. An trey,Robert.Noncotntnunicatio»: a Is.Ekman, Paul, ed. Darwin and facial ex- natural history of human misunderstand- pression: a century of research in review. ing. Communication 1, 153-68. New York: Academic Press, 1973. 2.Averill, James R. An analysisofpsy- 19.Gerbner. George. Communication: society chophysiological symbolism anditsin- is the message. Communication 1, 57-66. fluence on .theoriesoftheemotions. 20.Ginsberg, Mitchell. Action and communi- Journalforthe Theory of Social Be- cation. The Human Context 6, 81.102. havior 4, 147-90. 21.Goldhaber, Gcratd M. Organizational com- 3. Baker, Martyn. The psychology of con- munication. Dubuque, Iowa: Wiliam C. version. Faith and Thought 101, 127-41. Brown. 4. Baud Intin,E. Scott. A general semantics 22.Gordon,GeorgeN. Communication(?). systems model of communication. ETC Communication 1, 85.96. 31, 415-24. 23.Goss,Patricia.Communicationsresearch 5. Badura. Bernhard, Bedilrfnisstruktur und and the rule of law: an opportunity for politisches System:Macht, Kultur und access to judicial decision making. TS 22, Kummunikation in plitralistischen gesell- 47-58. schaften. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer, 1971. 24.Gumperz, John J. Linguistic anthropology 6.Becker, Ernest. An antiidealist statement in society. American Anthropologist 76, oncommunication. Communication1, 785-98. 121-3. 25.Gurtmerz, John J. and Dell Hymes. cds. 7.Behnke, Ralph R., tarry W. Car lile and pirections in sociolinguistics:the ethn- Douglas H. Lamb. A psychophysiotogical ology of communication. New York: Holt, stud) of trait anxiety in public speaking. Rhinehart and Winston, 1972. CSSJ 23, 249-53. 26.Givanson, Guy E. The primary process of 8.Bois, J. Samuel, Disturbing thoughts about groups, its systematics and representation. thinking and communicating. ETC 31, Journal for the Theory of Social Behavior 231-7. 4, 53.70. 9. Chase, Lawrence J. and Charles W. Knepp- 27.litnde,Robert A.etl.Non-verbal com- per. A liierary analog to conflict theories: munication. Cambridge: Cambridge U the potential for theory construction. SM Press, 1972. 41. 57-63. 10. Clark, Anthony J. An exploratory study of 28.Harrison Randall P. Beyond words; an in- order effect in persuasive communication. troduction to non-verbal communication. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice Hall. SSC1 40, 322.32. 1 1.Cush man. Donald P. and B. Thomas Flor- 29.Hickson, Mark. A receiver's view of the ence. The development of intrapersonat communicative context' a general seman- communication theory. TS 22. 11-16. tic's model. ETC 31, 377-80. 12. Trask,Flora.Insideintuition:what we M.Hoffer, Thomas William. Nguyen Van Be know about non-verbal communication. as propaganda hero of the North and New York: McGraw -Hill, 1973. South Vietnamese governments:a case I.3.Deutsch, Morton. The resolution of conflict. study of mass media conflict. SSG] 40. New Haven: Yale U Press, 1973. 63-80.

58 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORICAL STUDIES 55' 31. Jaffe. David L. The impact of the mass49. Phillips, Cerald M., David E. Butt, and media on source commitment. CSSJ 25, Mary J. Metzger. Communication in ed- 264-69. =don: a rhetoric of schooling and learn- 32. Joitannesen, Richard L. The functionOf ing. New-York: Holt,Rhinehart and silence:aplea for communicationre- Winston. search. WS 38, 25-35. 50. Poulakos, John. The components of dia- 33, Johnson, David W. Communication and the logue. WS 38, 199-212. inducement of cooperative behavior in 51. Rich, Andrea L. Interacial communication. conflicts: a critical review. SAf 41, 64-78. New York: Harper and Row, 1973. 34. Kaplan, Stuart J. and Harry W. Sharp, jr. Rosenfeld,LawrenceB., and VickieR. The effect of responsibility attributions Christi. Sex and persuasibility revisited: on message source evaluation. SM 41, WS 38, 224-53. 364-70. 53. Rosie, Aeneas Murdoch. Information and 33. Krallman, Dieter. Gesellschafturic( Infor- communication theory. London: Van Nos- mation: Unuersuchung zu zeichengebtin-, trand Reinhold, 1973. denenInteraktionspmzessenmid Kum-34. 'Rossiter, Charles M. Instruction in meta- muntkationsstruk wren in socialen Syste- communication. CSSJ 25, 36-42. men. Stuttgart: Kohlhanirner, 1973. 35. Rotenberg, Mordechai. Self-labeling: a rais- 36. Krames, Lester, Patricia Miner and Thomas ing link in the 'societal reaction' theory loway, eds. Nonverbal communication. of deviance. The Sociological Review 22, New York: Plenum Press. 335-68. 37,Kraus, Sidney.Mass communication and56. Ruesch, Jurgen. An outline of social com- theelectionprocess:a review of two munication. Communication I, 67-84. decades of research. SM 41, 427-33. 57. Seri, Giacomo. Canali di comrnunicazione 38. Larson, Charles V.Persuasion:reception politicaeorieutamentidell'elettorato. and responsibility. Belmont, Calif.: Wads- RevistaItalianadi Schwa Politica4, t%orth. 1973. 371-86. !Ifl.Lewis, Philip W. Educational implications 58. Scheflen,AlbertE.,andAliceScheflen. of nonverbal communication, ETC 31. Body language andthesocialorder. 371-5. EnglewoodCliffs,N.J.:PrenticeHall, 10. Lynn. Jerry R. Effects of persuasive ap- 1973. peals in public service acIvertisitig. Journ- 59. Schramm,Wilbur.Men,messagesand alism Quarterly 51, 622-30. media: a look at human communication. 1. Mc Lillian, Marshall, and Barrington Nevitt. New York: Harper and Row, 1973. Medium meaning message. Communica- Shandy, HarleyC. Graspingthenettle: tion 1, 27-36. reflections on psychiatry and communica- 42.Miller,GeorgeA.,ed.Communication, tion. Communication 1, 97-120. language, and meaning. New York: Basic61. Sillars,Alan L. Expression and control Books, 1973. in humaninteraction:perspective on 43. Mortensen, C. David, and Kenneth Sererto, humanistic psychology. WS 38, 269-77. eds. Advances in communication research.62. Starosta, William J. Toward the use of New York: Harper and Row,I973. traditional entertainment forms to stim- 44. Muller, Herbert J. Some questions about ulate social change. QJS 60; 306-12. the peculiar problems of communications.63. Taylor, Pat M. An experimental study of Communication 1, 169.92. humor and ethos. SSW 40, 359-66. 45,Nie, Norman H., and Kristi Andersen. Mass64. Thayer, Lee, ed. Communication: ethical belief systems revisited: political change and moral issues. London: Gordon and and attitude structtire. The Journal of Breach Science Library, 1973. Politics 36, 540.91. 65. Tudor, Henry. Political Myth. New York: 6. Nirenberg, Gerald I., and Henry H. Calero. Praeger, 1972. Meta-talk: guide to hidden mailings in66. Turner, Howard M. The people motivators. conversations. New York: Trident Press. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1973. 47. Olson, David R., ed. Media and symbols:67. Vickers, Geoffrey. Levels of human com- the forms of expression, communication. municition. Communication 1, 7-26. and education. Chicago: U of Chicago68. Ware, P. Dale, and Raymond K. Tucker. Press. Heckling as distraction: an experimental Parisi, Domenico, Due modi di cotnmuni- study of its effect on source credibility. cue. Lingua e Stile 9, 201-22. SM 41, 185.88. 56 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION 69. Watkins, Charles E. An analytic model of communication. Winnepeg: U of Manni- conflict. SM 41, 1-5. toba Press, 1972. 70. Whitehouse, Frank. Systems documentation: 14.Cathcart, Robert S. The problems of audi- techniques of persuasion in large cor- ence-centered criticism. TS 22, 42-4. porations. London: Business Books, 1973. Review of Arnold's Criticism of oral 71. Whiteside, Robert T. Face language. New discourse. York: F. Fell Publishers. 15.Claussen, E. Neal, and William R. Brown. 72. Williams,Patrick,and Joan T.Pierce. Making present the poll public address Communication as biosystem. journal of history. QJS 60, 235-40. Communication 24, 13-8. Reviews of Holland's America in con- 73. Williams, Raymond. Communication as cul- troversy. tural science. Journal of Communication 16.Cox, J. Robert. Perspectives on rhetorical 24, 17-25. criticism of movements: antiwar dissent, Also see: 1964-70. WS 38, 254-68. G7, C17, L10, L32, L33, L36, 1.37, L38, 17.Cox, J. Robert. The rhetoric of child labor L44, 1.51, L55, L57, 1.62, L66, L67, L68, reform; an efficacy-utilityanalysis. QJS L75, L102, 28263, 28314, 28316', 28341, 60, 359-70. 28349, 28350, 28352, 28355, 28356, 28364, 18.de Man, Paul. Blindness and insight: essays 28367,28369',28378*,28383,28392, in the rhetoric of contemporary criticism. 28401'. New York: Oxford U Press, 1971. 19.Detlev, Griesivelle. Propaganda der Fried- E. THEORY OF CRITICISM (T) losigkeit; eine Studie zu Hitters Rbetorik 1920 bis 1933. Stuttgart: Ferdinand Enke. 1. Andrews, James R. Spindles vs. acres: rhe- 1972. toricalperceptions on the Britishfree 20.Devlin, L. Patrick, The influences of ghost- trade movement. WS 38, 41-52. writing on rhetorical criticism. TS 22, 7- 2, Arnold, Carroll C. Criticism of oral rhetoric. 12. .. Columbus, Ohio: C. E. Merrill. 21.Fisher, Jeanne Y. A Burkean analysis of 3. Barton, Stephen Nye, and John B. O'Leary, the rhetorical dimensions of a multiple The rhetoric of the rural physician pro- murder and suicide. QJS 60, 175-89. curement campaign: an application of 22.Fisher, Jeanne. Rhetoric as more than just Tavistock. QJS 60,144-54, a well man speaking: a rejoinder. QJS 60, Z1-4. 4. Benson,Thomas.Conversationwitha ghost a postscript. TS 22, 13-16. 23.Fisher, Walter R. Rhetorical criticism as 5. Benson, Thomas. Rhetoric and autobiog- criticism. WS 33, 75-80. 24.Funk. Alfred A. A Durkheimian analysis raphy: the case of Malcolm X. cos 60, of the event at Masada, SM 41, 339-47. 1-13. 6. Booth, Wayne C. Modern dogma and the 25.Hillbruner, Anthony. Archetype and signa- rhetoric of assent. Chicago: U of Chicago ture: Nixon and the 1973 inaugural. CSSJ Press. 25, 169-81. 7. Booth, Wayne C. A rhetoricofirony. 26.Hite, Roger W. "Stand still and see thy Chicago: U of Chicago Press. salvation": the rhetorical design of Mar- tinDelany'sBlake.JournalofBlack 8. Brake, Robert J. Acoustic archeology: ex Studies 5, 192-202. periments in sound recovery. QJS 60, 100- 27.Ivie, Robert L.Presidential motivesfor 02. war. QJS 60, 337-45. 9. Brockrcidc. Wayne. Rhetorical criticism as 28.Kail,F. M. What Washington said:ad- argument. QJS 60. 165-74. ministration rhetoric andthe Vietnam 10.Burgess, Parke G. Murder will outbut as war, 1949-1969. New York: Harper and rhetoric? QJS 60, 225-31. Row. 11. Campbell. John Angus. Charles Darwin and oa,Mohrmann, G. P., and Michael Leff. Lin- and crisis of ecology. QJS 60, 442-49. coln at Cooper Union: a rationale for 12.Campbell. Karlyn Kohrs. Carol C. Arnold: neo- classical criticism, QJS 60, 459-67. two views of criticism. TS 22, 89.41. 30.Moore, Arthur K. Contestable concepts of Review of Arnold's Criticism of oral literary theory. Baton Rouge: Louisiana discourse. State U Press, 1973. 13. Carney, Thomas F.Contentanalysis:a Includes the essay "Rhetoric's IVrung technique for systematic inference from Neck." 60 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHFTORICAL STUDIES 57

31. Payne, Michael. Origins and prospects of 36.Rosenfield, Lawrence W The experience myth criticism. Journal of General Ed- of criticism. QJS 60, 489-96. ucation 26, 37-44. 37.Stuart, Charlotte L. The Constitution as 32. Rader, Ralph W. Fact, theory, and literary "summational anecdote." CSSJ 25, 111-8. explanation. Critical Inquiry 1, 24572. 38.Vogel,Dan. Alexiconrhetoricaefor journey literature.CollegeEnglish 26, 33. Raum, Richard D., and James S. MeaselL Wallace and his ways: a study of the 185-9. 39.Zeman, Zbynek.NaziDroPaganda. New rhetoricalgenre ofpolarization. CSSJ York: Oxford U Press, 1973. 25. 28 -35. 40.Zyskind, Harold. Bryant's Rhetoricaldi- 34.Reinsdorf, Walter D. "This nationwill mensions in criticism. P&R, 253-68. remain neutral": Franklin D. Roosevelt Also see: usesinclusive and exclusivetermsto .43, A19, A23, M6, M9, M10, M12, M13, justify a policy. 'TS 22, 17-22. MI5, MIl, M27, 3429, GIO, G13, G17, 35. Richter, David H. Pandora's box revisited. L20, 28220, 28234, 28244, 28246, 28249, Critical Inquiry 1, 453-78. 28257, 28320, 28342*, 28343', 28345', Review essay on genre theory. 28408, 28409',

III. BIBLIOGRAPHY (B) I.Bailey, Richard W. et.al. Annual bibli- literature. New York: Scarecrow ography for 1972. Style 8, 155-207. Press. 2. Doak, Robert W. Color and light imagery: 5.Kruger, ArthurN.Argumentationand an annotated bibliography. Style 8, 208- debate: a classified bibliography. 2nd ed. 59. New York: Scarecrow Press. 3.Harari, Josue. Structuralists and structural- O.Towns, Stuart, and Churchill L. Roberts. isms: a selected bibliography of contem- A bibliography of speech, theatre, and poraryFrenchthought.Ithaca,N.Y.: broadcasting in the South for the year Diacritics, 1971. 1973, SSCJ 40, 81-93. 4.Kaid, Lynda Lee, Keith P., Sanders, and 7.Yoos,George.Currentbibliographyof Robert 0.Hirsch.Politicalcampaign hooks on rhetoric. Newsletter: Rhetoric communication: a bibliography and guide Society of America 4, 11.18.

IV. INDEX A. 'Ilmosits Ts AND PRACT1ONEERS ISOCRATES. A49. 1.Ancient (to A.D. 400) LUCRETIUS. A I .0 DA M AS. AM. A52. MENANDER RHETOR. ARISTOTLE. A35. A5, M, Al2. A14, A20. A23, A29, A31, QUINTILAN. A52, A40. .444, 1153. A56, MR5, MR18, A36, A47, A64. M R36. PLATO. CICERO. AT, A21, A27, AM, A43, A54, A61, MR43. Al. A16, A17, A25, A37.A38, M9, A51,SENECA THE YOUNGER. A62. MR2, MR42. A26. EURIPIDES. THUCYD1DES. A18. A22. A33. GORGIAS. VIRGIL. MO, A24. A23. GREGORY OF NAZIANZUS. MO. 2. Medieval and Renaissance (to A.D. 1600) HOMER. AMBROSIUS SPEIRA. A30. A52. MR33. ISAEUS. AQUINAS. A9. MR32.

61 A 511 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

ASCHAM. LITTLETON, EDWARD. MR41. M2. AUGUSTINE. NIETZCHE, FREDRICH. MRE MR24, MR28. M8, BOETHIUS. POINSOT, JEAN. MR12, MR23, M7. CAXTON. SHERIDAN, THOMAS. MR29. M4, CHAUCER. SMITH, ADAM. MR34. MR35. M25. DANTE. SWIFT, JONATHAN. NIR14. M30. GIORDANO DE NSA, THEREMIN, FRANZ. MR8, MR9, M21. HERMANNUS ALLEMANLIS. THOREAU, HENRY DAVID. MR5. M10. FIOBBES. VICO, GIAMBATTISTA. MRII. M5, MI8. 111:6H OF ST. VICTOR. WRIGHT, FRANCIS. MR49. 11112. JOHN OF GARLAND. MR22. 4. Contemporary MACHIAVELLI. ARNOLD, CARROLL. NIELANCTHON. "12, T12, T14, MR20. BALABA NOFF, ANGELICA. MONTAIGNE. G23, NIR13, MR27, MR47. BOOTH, WAYNE. SHAKESPEARE. G5,G5 C8, TG, TI. MR25. SIDONIT'S APOLLINARIUS. BRYANT, DONALD C. MR7. T40. TFIIERRY OF CHARTES. BURKE, KENNETH. G2. G3. G4, G5, G7, G8, TIO, T2I. T22. CLARK. WALTER TILBURG. 3. Modern (to A.D. 1900) L53. BURKE, EDMUND, DELANEY. MARTIN. T26. 1%11. CipIPBELL, GEORGE. DURKHEINE EMILE. M19. T24. CARLYLE, THOMAS. HITLER; ADOLPH. MG. T19, T39. DARWIN, CHARLES. MC LUHAN, MARSHALL. C18, TI I, C14, CM. DE QUINCEY, THOMAS. NIXON, RICHARD. M14. T25. DICKENS, CHARLES. PERELMAN, CHAIM. M13. GI. EMERSON, RALPH WALDO. ROOSEVELT. FRANKLIN A, &1S, M22. T34. HOME, HENRY (LORD KAMES). SKINNER, B. F. MI7. L63. JOHNSON. SAMUEL. TOULMIN. STEPHEN. M9. GI. LINCOLN, ABRAHAM. WALLACE. GEORGE. T29. T38. 62 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RHETORICAL STUDIES 59

B. Selected Subjects T25, T27, T28, T29, T33, TM, T37, T39. NON-VERBAL COMMUNICATION. RELIGIOUS RHETORIC. C12, C15, C18, C27, C28, C36, C39, C46, A46, MRI, MR8, MR9, MR16, MRI7, C54, C58, C71. MR24, MR48, M15, M29, L7, L14, L29. LEGAL RHETORIC. RHETORIC AND POETIC. A9, All, A16, Cl, 149, LA14, L80, C23. A2, A3, A6, AIO, Al2, A15, A18, A19, METAPHOR. A23, A26, ASO, A42, A58, MR2, MRG, A52, A56, L5, L9, L23, 1,24, L28, L29, MR7, MR10, MR14, MR115, MRI8, MR22, L64, L79, L84, L85, L92, L99, L102. MR25, MR26, MR34, MR35, MR37, POLITICAL RHETORIC. MR38, MR43, MR44, M3, M23, M26, T7, A33, M46, M27, G6, LA3, L10. L21, L22, T30. L27, L32, L33, L36, 1.47, L57, L60, L62, SEMIOLOGY. L72, L74, L'75, C5, C16, C30, C37, C45, M9, MR7, L8, L25, L43, L45, L46, L48, C57, C65, T1, T4, T. T17, T19, T20, L66, L77, L80, LS6, L89, LOS.

63 A SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PUBLIC ADDRESS, 1974 HAROLD MIXON and STEPHEN COOPER Louisiana State University

The following bibliography indexes books and periodical literature of interest to students of public address. The entries are drawn from speech com- munication, history, political science, economics, philosophy, and law. Unless otherwise indicated, all entries are for the year 1974. The identification num- bers in the "See" and "Also see" listings refer to theses and dissertations listed elsewhere in the Annual; asterisks following the numbers indicate that abstracts appear in the "abstracts" section of this volume.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I. BIBLIOGRAPHY: GENERAL p. 61 II.CRITICISM; ORATORY p. 63 III.ARGUMENTATION; LOGIC; DEBATE p. 65

IV. PRACTITIONERS AND THEORISTsGENERAL A.American p. 67 B.International p. 71

V. RELIGIOUS COMMUNICATION A.General Background and Pulpit Address p. 72 B.Practitioners and Theorists p. 73

JOURNAL ABBREVIATIONS

AH R The American Historical Review (2.1s The Quarterly Journal of Speech CSSJ Central States Speech Journal SAQ The South Atlantic Quarterly CWH Civil War History SEL Studies in English Literature JA FA Journal of the American ForensicSM Speech Monographs Association SSCJ The Southern Speech JA H Journal of American History Communication Journal JIM-N Journal of the Illinois State ST The Speech Teacher Historical Society MLQ Modern Language Quarterly TS Today's Speech NEQ The New England Quarterly WS Western Speech P&R Philosophy and Rhetoric WMQ The William and Mary Quarterly

I'L 1, BIBLIOGRAPHY: GENERAL Achtert, Waiter S. and Mackay. Eileen M., bibliography and historiography. Albion 5, compils.igys MLA abstracts of articles in 274-78. scholarly journals. New York: Modern Lan- AmericanPresbyterian and Reformed life guage Association. selected 1973 periodical articles. Journal of Albanese, Catherine.Requiem forNfernorial Presbyterian History- 52, 275-8l. Day; dissent in the redeemer nation. AmQ 26, Arvillo, Philip J., Jr. Phantom radicals: Texas 366-98. Republicans inCongress,1870-1873. South AlIhnir, Josef L. Victorian England 1837.1901: West Historical Quarterly 77, 431-44.

64 62 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Ashworth,E.J. Some additionstoKisses Eaton affair.Journal of PresbyterianHis- Bibliograpliia Logica. Journal of the History tory 52,137-155. of Philosophy 12, 361-65. De Pauw, Linda Grant, et al., eds. Documen. Bailey, Richard W., et al. Annual bibliography taryhistoryof thefastFederal Congress for 1972. Style 8, 155-207. of the United States of America, March 4, Baptist biography and history .inperiodicals, 1789-March 3, 1791. Vol. 2, Senate Executive 1973. Baptist Historical Heritage 9, 247-60. Journal and related documents. Baltimore: Barnett, Steven G. Collecting manuscripts in Johns Hopkins U. Morn= history. Manuscripts 26. 159 -70. Doenecke, Justus D. Isolationists of the 1930s Barzman, Sol. Madmen and geniuses: the vice- and 1940s: an historiographical essay. West presidents oftheUnitedStates.Chicago: Georgia Collection of Studies in the Social Follett Publishing Co. Sciences 13 (June), 5-39. Body, Alexander C. Annotated bibliography ofburden, Robert F. The gtay and the black: bibliographies on selected government pub- theConfederatedebate onemancipation. lications and supplementary guides tothe Baton Rouge: Louisiana State U Press, 1972. Superintendent of Documentsclassification Ellis,L.Tuffly, and Stockley,BarbaraJ., system. 4th supplement. Kalamazoo, Michi- complis. and eds. A checklist of theses and gan: Alexander C. Body. dissertationsinTexasstudies,1964.1974. Bowie, Chester W. The Wisconsin historical South West Historical Quarterly 78, 183-98, recoilssurvey,thenand now. American Floridahistoryinperiodicals.FloridaHis- Archivist 37, 247-61. torical Quarterly 53, 74-78. Biocklebank-Powler, Christopher. Parliament atFoner, Eric. The causes of the American Civil Westminsterimage and reality.Parliamen- War: recent interpretations and new direc- tarian 55,13-16. tions. CWH 20, 197.214. Blown, Dorothy M. and Duncan. Richard itFreeman, Ronald E., ed. Victorian bibliography A selected bibliography of arictes on Mary- for 1973. Victorian Studies l7, 453-54. land history in other journals. Maryland His- Geary, James, compil A bibliography of Civil torical Magazine 69, 300-16. War articles: 19'73. CWH 20, 324-63. Burkholder, Donald R. The caretakers of theGiola, Louis L. Bibliography of editions and presidential image. Michigan Academician 6, translationsinprogress of medievaltexts, 445-67. Speculum 49, 178-93. Burson, George S., Jr. The second reconstruc- tion:ahistoriographicalessay onrecent Hall, AlvinL. Politics and patronage:Vir- works. Journal of Negro History 59, 322.36. ginia's senators and the Roosevelt purges of Campbell, Ann M. In nineteenth century Ne- 1930. Virginia Magazine of Historical Biog- vada: federal records as sources for local his- graphy 82, 331-50. tory. Nevada Historical Society Quarterly 17,Hernon, Peter. State publications: abibliog- graphic guide for reference collections.Li- 145-51. brary Journal 99 (November 1), 2810-19. Casterline, Gail Farr, compiL Sources and liter- ature for western American history: a list ofHoward. Victor B. Negro politics and the suff- dissertations. Western Historical Quarterly 5, rage question in Kentucky, 1860.1872. The Register of the Kentucky Historical Society 72, 319-34. A checklist of scholarship on southern litera- 111.83. ture for 1973. Mississippi Quarterly 27, 225-Kaminski, John P. Controversy amid consensus: 71. the adoption of the federal constitution in Clarke, Isabel V., compil.. and Andrews, Patricia Georgia. Georgia Historical Quarterly 68, 244- A., ed. Writings on archives, historical manu- 61. scripts, and current records: 1972. American King, Kimball, et al., compile Articles on Amer- Archivist 37, 435-57. ican literature appearing in current periodi- Cox, Richard J.Public recordsincolonial cals. Al 45, 639 -52; 46, 132-39, 250-66, 430-49. Maryland. American Archivist 37, 263-75. 610.19. Curry, Richard 0. The Civil War and recon- .Research in progress. AL 45. 638; struction, 1861.1377:acriticaloverview of 46, 131, 248.49, 428-29, 609. recent trends and interpretations. CWH 20,Language and language behavior abstracts, 8. 215-38. Ann Arbor, Michigan: U of Michigan. Dahl, Curtis. The clergyman, the hussy andLewalski, Barbara K. Recvnt studiesinthe old hickory: Ezra Stiles Ely and the Peggy English Renaissance. SILL l4, 139.75.

65 At BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 63 Mackey, Philip English. An all -star debate on Redmond, James, et al., eds. The year's work in capital punishment, Boston, 1854, In- English studies. Vol. 53, 1972. London: John stitute Historical Collection 110, 181.99, Murray. . "The result may be glorious"anti Roberson, Jere W. The hfemphis Commercial gallows movement in Rhode Island 1838-1852. Convention of1853:scuthern dreams and Rhode Island History 33 (February), 18-31. "young America." Tennessee Historical Quar- Magdol, Edward. Local black leaders in the terly 83, 265-78. South, 1867-75: an essay toward the recon-Rodabaugh, Karl Louis. The Alliance in poli- struction of Reconstruction history. Societas tics:the Alabama gubernatorial election of 4, n.p. 1890. The Alabama Historical Quarterly 36, Meserole,HarrisonT.,compil.1972 MLA 54-80. international bibliography of books and ar- Southern history in periodicals, 1978: a selected ticles on the modern languages and litera- bibliography. JS14 40, 245-78. tures. New York: Modern Language Associa- Sponholtz, Lloyd L, Harry Smith, Negro suffrage tion of American. and the Ohio constitutional convention: black Nlooner. James E.. compil. and ed. Loyalist mi- frustration in the Progressive era. Phylon 35 printsprinted in America, 1774-1785. Pro- (Summer), 165-80. ceedings of the American Antiquarian So-Stanley, Gerald. Racism and the early Repub. ciety 84, 105-218. licattparty:the1856Presidential election Morrison, Theodore. Chautauqua: a center for inCalifornia, Pacific Historical Review 43, education, religion, and the arts in America. 171-87. Chicago: U of Chicago Press. Stewart, WilliamJ.,compil.and annotator, %me. Claude. Athens in decline. 505.80 B.C. with the assistance of Schauble. Jeanne. The Tr. by Jean Steward. Boston: Rout ledge and eraof FranklinD.Roosevelt:a selected Kegan Paul, 1973. bibliographyof periodical,essay, and dis- Pctervon. Trudy Huskamp. The Iowa historical sertationliterature,1945-1971. Hyde Park, records survey, 1936-1942. American Archivist N.Y.: Franklin D. Roosevelt Library, National 37. 223-45. Archives and Records Service, General Serv- Proud', Williams S.,compil. North Carolina ices Administration. bibliography 1972.1973. North Carolina His- St. Hilaire, Joseph M. The Negro delegates in torical Rcview 51, 215-23. theArkansasconstitutionalconventionof Nice. Glanville. ed. The years work in modern 1868:a group profile.Arkansas Historical language studies. Vol. 35, 1973. London: The Quarterly 33 (Spring), 38-69. Modern Humanities Research ASSOci7tion. Storey, Brjt Allan, compil. The Colorado chron- Radoff, Morris L. The Maryland records in icle of recently published articles. Colorado the Revolutionary War. American Archivist Magazine 51, 233-36. 37. 27745. Towns, Stuart and Roberts, Churchill L., eds. Its cent articles. JAR 60, 1219-50. A bibliography of speech, theatre, and broad- Recent articles. Western Historical Quarterly 5, casting in the South for the year 1973. SSCJ 371-90, 495-508. 40, 81-93. Recently publishedarticles. AUR 79, 284-91,Turner, E. G. Greek manuscripts of the ancient 937.1062, 1326-1441. world. Princeton: Princeton U Press,mt.

II. CRITICISM: ORATORY Authors, James R. Spindles vs. acres: rhetorical speeches; 1973-1974. New York: H. W. Wilson perspectives on the British free trade move- Company. ment. WS 38, 41-52. Brockriede, Wayne. Rhetorical criticism as ar- Barrington, Hugh. Backbench opinioninthe gument. QJS 60, 165-74. House of Commons. London: Pergamon Press. Brownlow, Paul C. The northern protestant pulpit and Andrew Johnson. SSCJ 39, 248-59. Bloom, Melvyn H. Public relations and presi- Buchanan, Jerry A. and Pruett, Robert E. A dential campaigns:acrisisindemocracy. descriptive study of the lawyer's perception New York: Crowell, 1973. of persuasive appeals used in Georgia court- Bosmajian, Haig A. The abrogation of the suff- rooms. Georgia Speech Communication Jour- ragists'first amendment rights. WS 38, 218- nal 5 (Spring), 72-91. 32. Camp. L. Raymond. Dimensions of contempo- Braden. Waldo. ed.Representative American rary political campaigning: the nonpaid ern-

63 64 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION ployment of public media. North Carolina Matthews, JohnMichael, The dilemma of Journal of Speech and Drama 8 (Fall), 23-30. Negro leadership in the new south: the case Campbell, Karlyn Kohrs. Criticism: ephemeral ofthe Negro Young People's Congress of and enduring. ST 23, 9-14. 1902. SAQ 73, 130-44. Cox, J. Robert. Perspectives on rhetorical criti-May, John D. American problems: what should cism of movements: antiwar dissent,1964- be done? Debates from the advocates. Palo 1970. WS 38, 254-68. Alto, Calif.: National Press Books, 1973. . The rhetoric of child labor reform: Merriam, Allen H. Rhetoric and the Islamic an efficacy-utility analysis. QJS 60, 359-70. tradition. TS 22 (Winter), 43-49. Devlin, L. Patrick, The influences of ghost- Moltrinann, G. P. and Leff, Michael C. Lincoln writing on rhetorical criticism, TS 22 (Sum at Cooper Union: a rationale for nco-classical mer), 7-12. criticism. QJS 60, 459-6, Dorgan, Howard. A case study in reconciliaMoriarty, Thomas F. The Irish absentee tax lion: General John B. Gordon and "The Last controversy of 1773: a study in Anglo-Irish Days of the Confederacy." QJS 60, 33.91 politics on the eve of the American Revolu- Enos, Richard Leo. The le-ersuasive and social tion.Proceedings ofthe AmericanPhilo- force of logography in ancient Greece. CSSJ sophical Society 118, 370-408. 25, 4-10. Newell, Sara Arendall and King, Thomas R. Fisher, Walter R. Rhetorical criticism as criti- The keynote address of the Democratic na. cism. WS 38, 75.80. tional convention, 1972: the evolution of a Gelb. Joyce and Sardell, Alice. Strategies for speech. SSCJ 39, 346.58. the powerless: the welfare rights movement in New York City. American Behavioral Sci- Rosenfield, Lawrence W. The experience of criticism. QJS 60, 489-96. entist 17, 507-30. Glenn, Ethel. A case for analyzing presidential Schlesinger. Arthur, Jr. Politics and the Amer- nominating rhetoric. North Carolina Journal ican language. American Scholar 43, 553-62. of Speech and Drama 8 (Saring), 3-14. Schroeder, John H. Mr. Polk's war: Anicrican Graham, John, ed. Great American speeches, opposition and dissent, 1846-1849. Madison: 1898-1963, NewYork:Appleton- Century V of Wisconsin Press, 1973. Crofts, 1970. Shields. Evelyn. The rhetoric of emerging na- Griffith, Francis, Daniel O'Centtell's most famous tionalism: a case study inIrishrhetorical case: the trial of John Magee, July 26, 1813. failure. CSSJ 25, 225-332. Eire-Ireland 19 (2), 90-106. Smith. Wade. The role of the private attorney. Gross, Nicholas P. Alcestic and the rhetoric of Popular Government 40 (Fall), 32-35. departure. QJS 60, 296-305. Hauling, H. F. The speeches of Thucyclitles.Sochen, June. Nfovers and Shakers: American women thinkers and activists, 1900-1970. New Lawrence, Kansas: Coronado Press, 1973. York: Quadrangle Books, 1973. Heath, Robert L. Common Cause and non-Sumner, G. V. The orators in Cicero's Brutus: partisan influence in political campaigns: a prosopography and chronology. Toronto: U vase study. CSSJ 25, 18249. Hull, A. V., Jr. The eagle and the vulture: of Toronto Press,1973. changingattitudestowardnationalismin_Stacker, Philip A., ed. The speeches in 'flinty- Fourth of July orations delivered in Charles- dides: a collection of original studies with :t ton, 1778-1860. SAQ 73, 10-22. bibliography. Chapel Hill: U of North Caro- Isle, Robert L. Presidential motives for war. lina Press, 1973. QJS 60, 337-45. Thompson, Jack. The solicitor:his influence ,johannecen, Richard L. Attitude of speaker to- and power. Popular Government 40 (Fall), ward audience: a significant concept for con- temporaryrhetoricaltheory andcriticism. Valley,-3. David11, .Sign Ulan) ttharacierisikv or CSSJ 25, 95.104. Democraticpresidentialnominationaccen. Kali. F. M. What AVashingion said. New York: tante speeches. CSSJ 25, 56-62. Harper and Row. 1973. Vatz, Richard E. and Windt, Theodore Otto, King. Andrew A. Thomas DeQuincey on rhetoric Jr. The defeats of Judges Haynesworth :Ind and national character. CSSJ 2.5, 128-34. Carswell:rejection of Supreme Court nom- Kramer, Cheris. Women's speccb: separate but inees. QJS 60, 477-88. equal? QJS 60, 14.24. IValcot, P. The funeral weed:: a study of Logue.CalM.Gubernatorialcampaignin values. Greece and Romc 20 (October, 1973), Georgia in 1880. SSCJ 40, 12-32. 111-21. 67 .. % BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 65 Walwik, Theodore J. and Cripe, Nicholas M. Yeager, Fay A. Linguistic analysis of oral edited Luther Martin and a strategy of defence discourse. TS 22 (Winter), 29-36. against impeachment. Speaker and Gavel 12,Also sec:28195, 28196, 28197, 28199, 28202, 17-22. 28207, 28208, 28210, 28212, 28214, 28215, 28221, 28222, 28224, 28225, 28231, 28232, Wavetz, Zvi. Existimatio, fame, and the ides of 28233, 28235, 28237, 28238, 28242, 28246, March. Harvard Studies in Classical Philology 28249,28253,28254,28259,28261,28265, 78. 35-65. 28271, 28274, 28278, 28281, 28285, 28287.

ILL ARGUMENTATION; LOGIC; DEBATE Abbott, Don. The jurisprudential analogy: ar- Corcoran, John. Aristoteliansyllogisms:valid gumentation and the new rhetoric. CSSJ 25, arguments or true universalized conditionals? 50-55. Mind 83, 278-81. Agassi, JOseph. Criteria for plausible arguments. Cox, J. Robert. A study of judging philosophies Mind 83, 406-16. of the participants of the National Debate Althnnt, J. E. J. The logic of plurality. London: Tournament. JAFA 11, 61-71. Methuen, 1971. Cresswell, M. J. Logics and languages. London: Anderson, Betty and NfatIon, Irene. A descrip- Methnen, 1973. tion of high school forensic programs. JAFA Danner, G. Richard. Debate in faculty forums 10, 121-26. as viewed by a former intercollegiate debater. Anderson, Kenneth E. A ctitical review of the Indiana Speech Notes 8 (September), 5.7. behavioralresearchinargumentation and'Decker, Warern D. Toward a humanistic re- forensics. JAVA 10, 147-55. sponse to the information explosion. Speaker Ayer, A. J. Probability and evidence. The John and Gavel 12, 13-14. Dewey Essays in Philosophy, 2. New York: Dobosz, Glep T. and Guse, Dennis A. A suney Columbia ITPress, 1972 of Indiana forensics. Ipdiana Speech Notes Bond, Byron. Attitudinal 8 (September), 1-4. inherency:attitude Douglas, Donald. The status of historical re- primer. Indiana Speech Notes 8 (November), search In argumentation. JAFA 10, 156-74. 11-13, Midges, Dick, A. and Reinhard, John C., Jr.Dubarle, Dominique and Doz, Andre. Logique Librairie The effects of refutatioual techniques on atti- etdialectique.Paris: Laroussc, tude change. JAFA 10, 203.12 1972. Durnittiu,Anton. Teorialogicii.Bucharest: Brock. Bernard I.., et al, Public policy decision- Eilitura Acadcmici Rcpublicii Socialiste Ro- making:systemsanalysis andcomparative manic. 1973. advantages debate. New York: Harper and , Wittgenstein's solution of the para- Row, 1973. doxes and the conception of the scholastic Brody, B. A. Logic:theoretical and applied. logician Petrus de AIlyaco. Jourv.-1of the Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1 -973. History of Philosophy 12, 227-37. Carney, J. D. and Scheer, R. Fundamentals Durnntett, M. A. E. The justification of deduc- of logic. 2nd ed. New York. Macmillan. tion. Oxford U Press. Clark, Malcolm. I.ogic and system. The Hague:Fay, Thomas A. Heidegger on logic: a genetic Martinus Nijhoff,1971. study of his thought on logic. Journal of Clarke, D. S. Deductive logic: an introduction the History of Philosophy 12, 77 -94. to evaluative technique and logicaltheory. Fisher, Randall and Kovaicheck, Kassian. To- Carbondale: Southern Illinois U Press. 1973. ward humanizing debate. Speaker and Gavel Cohen, L. J. The implications of induction. 12, 4-5. 1.ondon: Methuen, 1970. Goodnight. Tom. Balthrop, Bill, and Parson, Donn W. The problem of inherency: strategy Cole. Richard. Causality and sufficient reason. and substance. JAFA 10, 229.40. Review of Metaphysics 28, 3-23, Goodwin, Fred B. and -Harte, Thomas B. What Conw il, R. J. Logical analysis: a new approach. makes an affirmative' case topical? Missouri Edina. Minn.: The Print Shop, 1073. Speerh Journal 5, 6-16, Copi. Irving M. Introduction to logic. 4th ed.Gottlieb, Dale. Foundations of Logical theory. New York: Macmillan, 1972. Amen= Philosophical QuaneitlyI t, 337-43. .Spriboliclogic. 4thed.London; Grandy, Richard E. Some remarks about logical Collier-Macmillan, 1973, form. Nous 8, 157.63.

68 fit/ IIIBLIOGRAMIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Graves, JohnC. Uniformity andinduction. Matthews,Gareth. Paradoxicalstatements. British Journal for the Philosophy of Sci- American Philosophical Quarterly 11, 133-39. 4. nce 25, 301-18. McGlone, Edward L. The behavioral effects of Gustason, W. and Ulrich, D. E. Elementary forensics participation. JAFA 10, 140.46. symbolic logic. New York: Holt, Rinehart Meikle, Scott. Reasons for action. Philosophical and Winston, 1973. Quarterly 24, 52.66. Henry, D. P. Medieval logic and metaphysics.Milligan, D. E. Reasons as explanations. Mind London: Hutchinson U Library, 1972. 83, 180-93. Hill, Sidney R., Jr. Scoring differences in the Montgomery,CharlesL. Non-SCONPOfor- use of alternate debate ballots. JAFA 10, 213- ensics. Speaker and Gavel 12, 6-8. 16. Nufio, Juan. Elecentos de logicaformal. Ca- llocutt. Max. Aristotle's four becbuses. Philos racas:UniversidadCentraldeVenezuela, ophy 49, 385-99. 1973. Hughes, G, E. and Cresswell M. J. An intro. Palmer, H. Analogy. London: Macmillan, 1973. ductionto modal logic. New York: HarperPearce, W. Barnett. Attitudes toward forensics. and Row, 1972. JAFA 10, 134-39. Hunter, Geoffrey. Metalogic: an introductionPietarinen, Juhani. Lawlikeness, analogy, and tothe meta theory of standardfirst order inductive logic. Amsterdam: North-Holland, logic. London: Macmillan, 1971. 1972. illtam, Dilman. Introduction and deduction: a Pospcsel, Howard. Introduction to logic: pro- studyinWittgenstein. New York:Barnes positionallogic. Englewood Cliffs,N.J.: and Noble, 1973. Prentice-Hall. fsctninger, Gary. Successful argument and ra- Quine, W. V. Methodsoflogic.rev.ed. tional belief. P &R 7, 47.57. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Ishiguro, Hide. Leibnitz's philosophy of logic Radford, Colin. On subject terms. Mind 8$. and language. London: Duckworth, 1972. 161-79. Jackson, Herb. The townmecting and the fu-Reflections on judging NFL debates. Indiana ture of forensics. Speaker and Gavel 12,10- Speech Notes 8 (September), 23. 1 Q. Reiches, Nancy A. andHarral,HarrietB. Kell,CarlL.Philosophy and rhetoric:the Argumen: in negotiation: a theoretical and enigmaof argumentation.GeorgiaSpeech empirical approach. SM 41, 36-48. Communication Journal 5 (Spring), 92-98. Rieke,Richard D. Collegeforensicsinthe Keller,Paul W. Where has alltheconflict United States-1973. JAFA 10, 127-33. gone? Indiana Speech Notes 8 (November). Ritter, Kurt. Recapturing the rhetorical dimen- 1.5. sion:debating in campus forums. Speaker Kim, Jaegwon. Noncausalconnections.Notts and Gavel 12, 1.3. tt, 41-52. Rives, Stanley G. 1974 National Debate Tourn- Klumpp, James F., Brock, BernardL. et al. ament final debate: should the federal goy-. Implications of a systems model of analysis ernment control the supply and utilization on argumentation theory. JAFA 1 t, 1.7. of energy in the United States? JAFA 11, 16-45. Kruger, Arthur N. Debate and speech corn. Sacksteder.William. Thelogicofanalogy. itinnication. SSCJ 39, 233-40. P &R 7, 234-52. Leblanc, Hugues. and Wisdom, William A. De- Salmon, Wesley C. Logic. 2nd ed. Englewood ductive logic. Boston: Allyn and Bacon, 1972. Cliffs. NJ.: Prentice-Hall, 1973. Lehrer, Keith. Truth, evidence, and inference. Sanford, David II. Classical logic and inexact . American Philosophical Quarterly 11, 79-92. predicates. Mind 83, 112.13. 1 ozi. Walter Logic and metaphysics in Aris- Snyder, D. P. Modal logic and its applications. totle. Pado.a: Editrice Aitenore, 1970. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1971. locket Don:. Reastins, wants, and causes. Amer. Solomon, R. C. Reasons as causal explanations. ican Philosophical Quarterly 11, 169-79. Philosophy and Phenomenological, Research Lyon, Ardon. Criteria and evidence. Mind 83, 34, 415 -28. 211-27. Sosa, Ernest. On our knowledge of matters of Makinson,D.C.Topicsinmodernlogic. Fact. Mind 83, 388-405. London: Methuen, 1973. Spmttle, J. Michael. Constructing, implementing Matlon. Ronald J. and Shoen. Richard L. Ad- and evaluatingobjectivesforcontestde- ministration of summer high school debate bating: acritique of ctitiques on debate. workshops: a national pnll. JAFA 10, 217-28. JAFA 11, 8-15.

69 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 67 Swain, Marshall, ed. Induction, acceptance, and Wason, P. C. and Johnson, P. N. Psychology rational belief. New York: Humanities Press, of reasoning:structure and content. Cam- 1970. bridge, Mass.: Harvard U Press, 1972. Swinburne, R-. ed. The justification of induc- Water low, Sarah. Backwards causation and con- tion. Oxford U Press. tinuing. Mind 83, 372.87. Towne, Ralph. Rata- tat -tat. Speaker and Gavel Woods, John and Walton,Douglas.Argu- 12, 8-10. mentum ad verecundiain. P&R 7, 185 -53. Valentine, Robert A. Tournament debate: to Zabeeli, Farhang. Avicenna's treatise on logic. speak,perchancetowinwhat?Kentucky The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff, 1971. Journal of Communication Arts 5 (Fall), 4-Zttckert, Michael P. Fools and knaves: reflec- 7. tions on Locke's theory of philosophical dis- ton Wriht, Georg Henrik. Explanation and course. Review of Politics 86, 544-64, understanding. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell U Press,Zarefsky, David and Mincberg,Elliot.The- 1971. oretical issues in academic debate:the ob- Wallace, William A. Aquinas on the temporal stacles to discussion. Speaker and Gavel12. relation between cause and effect, Review 15-16. of Metaphysics 27, 569-84, Also see: 27816. 27817, 27818, 27819, 27820.

IV. PRACTITIONERS AND THEORISTS

A. AMERICAN Breckenridge: her role in the Kentucky sof- ADAMS, JOHN. Reid, John Phillip. A lawyer frage movement, 1908-1920. The Register of acquitted: John Adams and the Boston mas- the Kentucky Historical Society 72, 342-63. sacre trials. American Journal of Legal His-BRECKENRIDGE, ROBERT JEFFERSON, tory 18, 189-207, Gilliam, Will D, Robert Jefferson Breckin- AGNEW, SPIRO T. Chesebro, James W. and ridge, 1800-1871. The Register of the Ken- Hamsher, Caroline 0. Pte concession speech: tucky Historical Society 72, 207.33; 319-36, the MacArthur -- -Agnew analog. Speaker andBROWN, JOHN. Nelson, Thomas. The Old Gavel 11. 39-51. Man: John Brown at Harper's Ferry, New Also see: 28206, 28244, York: Holt, 1973, MASSEY, SAUL. Hickson, Mark, III. A method BRYAN, WILLIAM JENNINGS. Birchler, Allen, and ethic of confrontation as persuasion: the The anti-evolutionary beliefs of William Jen- case of Saul Alinsky. Georgia Speech Com- nings Bryan. Nebraska History 54, 545,60. munication Journal 5 (Spring), 58-71. BUCKLEY, WILLIAM F., JR. Hammerback, ASHLEY, JAMES M. Horowitz, Robert F. James John C. William F. Buckley, Jr., on Firing M. Ashley and the presidential election of Line: a case study in confrontational dialogue. MI6, Ohio History 83, 4-16. TS 22 (Summer), 23-30. WSTIN, WARREN. Potter David L. SenatorBYRD, HARRY FLOOD. Hawkes, Robert T., Warren Austin and theneutrality act of Jr. The emergence of a leader: Harry Flood 1939. Vermont History 42. 228-38. Byrd. governor of Virginia, 1926-1930. Vir- ginia Magazine of History and Biography 82, 11,1111, BIRCH. Hawley, Diane Wright and 260-81, Scheele, Henry Z. A fieldinvestigation of the BirchBay]) and William RuckelshansTarter, Brent. A flier on the national scene: U.S. Senate campaign speechesat Purdue Harry F. Byrd's favorite-son presidentialcan- I7iiiversity, Indiana Speech Notes 8 (April), didaey of 1932. Virginia Magazine ofHis- 1 -6. tory and Biography 82, 282-305. BENIGN, THOMAS HART. Say les, Stephen.CHANDLER, ALBERT B. See: 28226. Thomas Hart Benton and the Santa Fe trail. CHISHOLM, SHIRLEY. See: 28276. Missouri Historical Review 69, 1-22. CLAY, HENRY. Hopkins, James F. et al., eds. BIBB. HENRY. Hite, Roger W. Voice of a The papers of Henry Clay. Vol. 4, Secretary fugitive: Henry Bibb and ante-bellum black of State, 1825. Lexington: U Press of Ken- ,eparation. Journal of Black Studies 4, 269- tucky. 1972. 84, Also see: 28241. BLAINE, J.AMES G, See: 28485. CLEMENT, FRANK. Boyd, Stephen D. Delivery BRECKENRIDGE, MADELINE MCDOWELL. in the campaign speaking of Frank Clement. Porter,MelbaDean.NiadelineMc'Dowell 5SCJ 39, 279-90.

70 fi8 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION (OLLINS, LEROY. See: 28250. Lyon, Peter. Eisenhower: portrait of the hero. CRITTENDEN, JOHN J. Kelly, Jack. John J. Boston: Little, Brown. CrittendenandtheConstitutionalUnion Also see: 28446. party. Filson Club History Quarterly 48, 265-EMERSON, RALPH WALDO. Ray, Roberta K. 76. The role of the orator in the philosophy of DARROW, CLARENCE. See: 282286. Ralph Waldo Emerson. SM 41, 215-25. Rosa, Alfred F. Emerson and the Salem Lyceum. DAVIS, HENRY WINTER. Henry,Milton Essex Institute Historical Collections 110, 75- Lyman, Jr. Henry Winter Davis: border state 85. radical. Louisiana State U: Ph. D. disserta-FORD, GERALD. Farrell, Thomas B. The tion. rhetoric of temporary relief. Exetasis 1 (Au- DAVIS. JEFF. Ledbetter, Cal. Jr. Jeff Davis and gust 16), 22-31. the politics of combat. Arkansas Historical FRANKLIN, BENJAMIN. Willcox, William IL Quarterly 33 (Spring), 16-37. el al., eds. The papers of Benjamin Franklin. Also sec: 28260. Vol.16, January 1 through December 31, DAVIS, JEFFERSON. See: 28283. 1769: vol. 17. January 1 through December DOUGLAS, STEPHEN A. Greernan. Elizabeth 81, 1770. New Haven: Yale U Press, 1972. Dix. Stephen A. Douglas and Herchel V. 1:11.1EDAN, BETTY. See: 28282. Johnson: examples of national men in the HAMILTON, ALEXANDER. Syrett. Harold C. sectional crisis of 1860. Duke U: Ph.D. dis- el al., eds. The papers of Alexander Hamil- sertation. ton. Vol. 18, January 1795-July 1795; vol. 19. joharmsen, Robert W. America's little giant: :-July 1795-December 1795. New York: Colum- Stephen A. Douglas. Civil War Times Illus- bia U Press, 1973. trated 13 (April), 18-29., HARDING, WARREN G. Potts, Louis W. Who Stephen A. Douglas. New York: was Warren G. Harding? Historian 36, 621 - Oxford U Press, 1973. 4v. ,igelschilfer,Saul. The Americanconscience: HARGIS, BILLY JAMES. See: 28277. the drama of the Littcoln,Douglas debates. HAY. JOHN. Kushner, Howard I. "The strong N.ov York: Horizon Press. 1973. god circumstance":the politicarIcareer of Waller. Robert A. How Stephen A. Douglas ex- John Hay. JISHS 67, 36244. plainedhis criticism of Vermont. Vermont HAYS. WILL. See: 282176. Ifistory 42. 201-3. HENRY, PATRICK. See: 28251, 28272. DOUGLASS. FREDERICK Van De Burg, Wil- liam L. Frederick Douglass: Maryland slaveHOOVER, HERBERT. Gripe,NicholasM. Hes bertHoover:thereluctantcampaign to religious liberal. Maryland Historical Mag. speaker of1932.Indiana SpeechNotes 8 a/itie 69 (Spring), 27-43. Fulkerson. Gerald. Exile as emergence: Fred- (February), 8-16. Rottman. Richard N. The Hoover-Bennett meet- crickDouglass in Great Britain,1845-1847. (VS 60, 69-82. ing of 193l: mismanaged summitry. Annals of Iowa 42,(Winter), 205-21. Also see: 28213, 28247, 28268. HOWELL, WILLIAM DEAN. Eschholz, Paul A. DUBOIS, W. E. B. Aptheker, Herhert, ed. The The landlord at lion's head: Wiliam Dean correspondence of W. E. IL Dubois. Vol,1, Howell'.. use of the Vermont scene. Vermonr selections.1877-1954. Amherst: U of Massa- History 1(Winter), 44-47. chusetts Prem. 1973. 1-It'NIPFIREY, HUBERT FL See: 28220*. Tuttle. William M.. Jr. W. E. B. Dubois' con- HUTCHINSON, ANNE. Newcomb, Wellington. horn:Won with white Pberation during the Aline Hutchinson versus Massachusetts. Amer- Progressive era: a Phylon document. Phylon ican Heritage 25 (June), 12-15, 78-81, 35, 241-1$. JACKSON. HENRY.Goldberg,M.Hirsh. DWIGHT. THEODORE. Good,I..Douglas. Jackson: the presidential image grows larger. Theodore Dwight:Federalistpmpagandist. The Connecticut Historund Society Bulletin Times of Israel 1 (August), 20-25. JEFFERSON, TFIOMAS. Malone, Dumas. Mr. 39. 87-96. Jefferson'sprivatelife.Proceedings ofthe FGLETON, THOMAS F. Sec: 28435. Amerion Antiquarian Society 84. 65-72. EISENHOWER. DWIGHT DAVID. Litfin, A.JOHNSON, ANDREW. Brownlow. Paul C. Sat. Nan?. Eisenhower on the military-industrial "Criticism ; Oratory" subra. complex:critiqueof arhetoricalstrategy. Kurtz, Henry I. The impmchment of Andrew CSSI 25, 198209. Johnson. History Today 24, 299-305. 396-405. 71 BIBLIOGRAPHY OFPUBLIC ADDRESS 69 Wisconsin provided leadets for both sides of Turner, John J., Jr. and D'Innocento, Michael. Johnson impeachment. Wisconsin Then and The president and the press: Lincoln, James Now 20 (April), 4-7. Cordon Bennett and the election of 1864. JOHNSON, LYNDON. Baker, James T. Lyndon Lincoln Herald 76 (Summer), 63-67. Johnson: America's Oedipus? Southern Hu- Also see: 28241, 28288. manistic Review 8 (Spring), 127-39. LOWDEN, FRANK 0. See: 28219. Benson. Thomas W. Convetsation with a ghost: LUTHER, SETH. Gersuny, Carl. Seth Luther- :t postcript. TS 22 (Slimmer), 13-15. the road from Cepachet. Rhode Island Ris Also see: 28319*, 28293. tory 33, 47-55. KELLEY, WILLIAM DAR RAH. Greco, Michael LYNCH, JOHN RAY. Mann, Kenneth Eugene. Robert. WilliamDarraltKelley:the ante- John Ray Lynch:U.S.congressmanfrom bellum years. Johns Hopkins U: Ph.D. dis- Mississippi. Negro History Bulletin 39, 238-40. sertation. 111GARTHUR., DOUGLAS. Schonberger, How- KENNEDY. JOHN F. Fuchs, Lawrence H. The ard B. The general and the presidency: Doug- senator and the lady. American Heritage 25 las MacArthur and the election of 1948. Wis- (October), 57-61, 81 -83, consin Magazine of History 57 n-13- Grontyko, Anatolit Andriesich. Through RussianMACLAY, WILLIAM. Alberts, Robert C. The eyes: President Kennedy's 1036 days. Washing- cantankerous Mr. Maclay. American Heritage ton: International Publishers, 1973. 25 (October), 48-50, 84-89. Also see: 23227*, 28257, 28472. MADISON, JAMES. Sec: 28272. KENNEDY, JOHN PENDLETON. See: 28230. MANN, HORACE. Messrli, Jonathan. Horace Mann: a biography. New York: Knopf, 1972. KATHRYN. Sec: 28255. AlAYHEW, JONATHAN. See: 28223. KISSINGER, HENRY. Kalb, Marvin and Kalb, Bernard. Kissinger. Boston: Little, Brown. McGOVERN, GEORGE, Hynes, Thomas J., Jr. Kushner, Rose. In search of the real Henry "McGovern, come down"; an analysis of Sen- Kissinger. Times of Israel 1 (October), 16-24. ator George McGovern's confrontation' with Ltittwak, Edward N., and Laqucur, \Vatter. dctnonstrators, Doral Beach Hotel, July 12, Kissinger and the yont kippur war. Commen- 1972. SSCJ 39, 269-78. tary 58 (September), 33-40. Trent, Judith S. and Trent, Jimmie D. The rhetoric of the challenger: George Stanley Also sec: 28248. McGovern. CSSJ 25, 11-18. KINSTLER, WILLIAM M. Reynolds; Beatrice Also see: 28258, 28273. K. An interview with William M. Kunstler: rebel rhetor. TS 22 (Fall), 97-46. MUSKIE, EDMUND. See: 28252. 1,AAR, L. Q. C. Murphy, James B. L. Q. C. NIXON, RICHARD M. Barber, James David. Lamar: pragmatic patriot. Baton Rouge: Lou- President Nixon and Richard Nixon; char- acter trap, Psychology Today 8 (October), 113- isiana State U Press, 1973. 18. LEWIS, JOHN L. Sec: 28211. Brock, Bernard and Klumpp, James F. Richard LINCOLN, ABRAHAM. Boric, G. S. Lincoln's Nixon's anti-impeachment campaign: Ameri- opposition to the Mexican war. JISHS 67, 79. ca's Paradise Lost. Exetasis 1 (May I), 1-16. 100. Carptenter, Ronald H. and Seltzer, Robert V. Davis, Michael. The image of Lincoln in the Nixon, Patton and a silent majority sentiment South. Knoxville: U of Tennessee Press, 1971. about the Viet Nam war: the cinematographic Eiscudrath, Joseph I. Lincoln's first appearance bases of a rhetorical stance. CSSJ 25, 105-10. onthe national scene. Lincoln Herald 76 Freeman,' William. 'Maudlin Friday' revisited: (Summer), 59-62. Nixon's farewell address to his staff, August Leif,IficlutelC. and islolirmann, Gerald P. 9, 1974. Exetasis 1 (August 16), 15-21. Lincoln at Cooper Union; a rhetorical anal- Gibson. James W. and Felkins, Patricia K. A ysis of the text. QJS 60, 946-58. Nixon lexicon. WS 98, 190-98. Nelson. Patti David. From intolerance to moder- Greeley, Bill. Nixon-'out ci sync' and (at last) ation:the evolution of Abraham Lincoln's off the tube. Television Quarterly 12 (Fall), racial views, The Register of the Kentucky 51-55. Historical Society 72, 1-4. Hillbruner, Anthony. Archetype and signature: Sigetschilfer, Saul. .r.v. "Douglas, Stephen" supra. Nixon and the 1978 inaugural. CSSJ 25, 169- Sweeney, Martin A. The personality of .Lincoln 81. the war president. Social Studies 65 (April),James, Judson Lehman and James, Dorothy 164-67. Beckton. Lessons of Watergate: the Nixon 70 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION campaigns Current History 67 (July), 31.33, Young, Lowell, T. Franklin D. Roosevelt and 38. the expansion of the Monroe doctrine. North Jampol, Kenneth. 'I shall resign the presidency.' Dakota Quarterly 42, 22-32. Exetasis 1 (August 16), 3-11. Also see 28292. Novak. Michael. Choosing our king: powerful ROOSEVELT, THEODORE. Fischer,Robert symbols in presidential politics. New York: and Gay, James T. A post-mortem of Theo- Macmillan. dore Roosevelt in historical writings,1913- Also see: 28204*. 28259. 1929. Mid-America 56, 189-59. PHILLIPS, WENDELL, Ruchames, Louis, Wen- RUCKELSHAUS, WILLIAM. Hawley, Diane dell Phillips' Lovejoy address. NEQ 47, 108- Wright and Scheele, Henry A. s.v. "Bayh, 17. Birch' suPra. I'OWDERLY, TERENCE V. Bloch, Herman D. SMITH, ELLISON D. Cade, Robert Burr. Elli- Terence V. Powderly and disguised discrim- son D. "Cotton Ed" Smith: a Carolina per- ination. American Journal of Economic So- suader. North Carolina Journal of Speech t iology 33 (April), 145.60. and Drama 8 (Fall), 13-22. Fabone, Vincent J. Terence V Powderly: poli-SPOONER, JOHN C. Parker, James R. Patern- ticianand progressive mayor of Scranton, alism and racism: Senator John C. Spooner 1878-1884. Pennsylvania History 41, 289 -309. and American n.inorities, 1897-1907. Wiscon- POWELL, JOHN ENOCH. See: 28236. sin Magazine of History 57. 195-200. STEINEM, GLORIA. See 28264. R.ANK1N, JEANETTE. Harris, Ted C. Jeanette STEVENSON. ADLAI. Brownlow, Paul C. and Rankin in Georgia. The Georgia Historical Davis,Beth. "A certainty of honor":the Quarterly 18, 55-78. eulogies of Adlai Stevenson. CSSJ 25, 217-24. RAYBURN, SAM. Brown, D. Clayton. SamJohnson. Walter, ed., and Evans, Carol, assist. Rayburn andthedevelopmentof public ed. The papers of Adlai E. Stevenson. Vol. 8, power inthe Southwest. South West His- Governor of Illinois, 1949-1953. Boston: Little, torical Quarterly 78, 140.54. Brown, 1973. REMOND. SARAH PARKER. Bogin, Ruth,Johnson, Walter, Evans, Carol, and Scars, C. Sarah Parker Remond: black abolitionist from Eric, eds. The papers of Adlal E. Stevenson. Salem, Essex Historical Collections 110, 120 - Vol. 4,"Let'stalk sense to the American 50. people," 1952-1955. Boston: Little, Brown. RF.STON, JAMES B. See: 24198. STOWE, HARRIET BEI:CHER. Trautmann, RIVERS. I. MENDEL. See: 28294*. Frederick.HarrietBeecher Stowe'spublic ROCKEFELLER, NELSON. Conncry, Robert H. readings in New England. NEQ 47, 279-87. Nelson Rockefeller as governor. ProceedingsSTRONG, JOSIAH. See: 28266. of the Academy of Political Science 31 (May), TENNEY, JACK B. Scobie, Ingrid Windier. 1.15, Jack B. Tenney and the "parasitic menace": ROOSEVELT, ELEAN.OR. Fuchs, Lawrence. s.v. anti-communist legislation in California 1940- "Kermedy, John F." supra. 1949. Pacific Historical Review 43, 188-211. ROOSEVELT, FRANKLIN D. Fricdcl, Frank.THOMAS, NORMAN. Durham, James C. In 1:r.roklin1),Roosevelt: launching the New defense of conscience: Norman Thomas as Devi. Boston: Lir tic, Brown, 1973. an exponent of Christianpacifism during Kimball, Warren F. Churchill and Roosevelt: World War I. Journal of Presbyterian His- the personal equation. Prologue 6, 169.82. tory 52 (Spring), 19-32. Reinstlorf, Walter D. "This nation will remain Rosenberg, Bernard. The example of Norman neinial"; Franklin D. Roosevelt uses inclusive Thomas. Dissent 21, 225-34, arid exclusive terms to justify a policy. TS 22TRUMAN, HARRY S. Hamby, Alonzo I., ed. 'Summer}. 17-21. Harry S. Truman and the fair deal. Lexing- Siltocil.J.Christopher. Missouriprogressives ton, Mass,: D.C. Heath. and the nomination of F.D.R. Missouri His- Haynes, Richard F. The awesome power: Harry torical Review 68 (April), 269-79. S. Truman as commander in chief. Baton Skim, George H. Franklin D. Roosevelt and Rouge: Louisiana State U Press, 1973. the expansion of presidential power. Cur-Hazel, Harry C., Jr. Harry Truman: practical rent History 66, 246-48; 274-75. persuader. TS 22 (Spring), 25-31. Steele. Richard W. The pulse of the people: Also see: 28201, 28429. Franklin D. Roosevelt and the guaging ofTWAIN, MARK. Bray, Robert. Mark Twain American public opinion. Journal of Con- biography: entering a new phase. Midwest temporary History 9 (October), 195-216. Quarterly 15, 286-301.

73 . BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 71 Krauth, Leland. Mark TO in: at home in theX, MALCOM. Benson, Thomas W. Rhetoric gilded age. Georgia ROteiv 28 (Spring), 105- and autobiography: the case of Malcolm X. I 3. QJS 60, 1-13. Weaver.Bill. The Twain-Cablelecturesin Kentucky,1884-1885. The Registerofthe B.INTERNATIONAL Kentucky Historical Society 72, 134-42. VORYS, JOHN M.Porter,DavidL.Ohio ARISTIDF-S, Behr, C. A., trans. Panathenaic representative John M. Vorys and the arms oration and In Defense of Oratory. Vol 1. embargo in 1931. Ohio History 83, 10313. LoebClassicalLibrary.Cambridge, Mass.: WALLACE, GEORGE CORLEY. Raum, Rich- Harvard U Press, 1973, ard D. and Measel, James S. Wallace and hisBRIGHT, JOHN. Reid, Loren. John Bright: ways:a study of the rhetorical genre of spokesman for America. WS 38, 233 -43. polarization. CSSJ 25, 28-35. Also sce: 28243. Also see: 28205. BURKE, EDMUND. Bryant. Donald C. Rhe- WALLACE, HENRY A. Nlatkowitz, Norman D. torical dimensions in Criticism. Baton Rouge: The rise and fall of the people's century: Louisiana State U Press, 1973. Henry A. Wallace and American liberalism,Dreyer, Frederick. Edmund Burke: the philos- 1941-1948. New York: Free Press, 1973. opher in action. Studies in Burke and His WALLS, JOSIAH T. Ktingman, Peter D. Josiah Time 15, 121-40. T. Walls and the black tactics of race inHill, B. W. Fox and Burke: the Whig party post-civil war Florida. Negro History Bul- and thequestion of principles,1784-1789. letin 37, 242-47. English Historical Review 89 (January), 1-24. WARREN, EARL. See: 28203. Kramnick, Isaac, ed. Edmund Burke. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: PrenticeHall WATTF.RSON, HENRY C. See: 28234. Staulis, Peter J. A preposterous way of reason- WASHINGTON, BOOKER T. Hawkins, Hugh, ing: Frederick Dreyer's Edmund Burke: the ed. Booker T. Washington and hiscritics: philosopher in action. Studies in Burke and black leadership in crisis. 2nd ed. Lexington, His Time 15, 265.75. Masi.: D. C. Heath. BYRON, LORD. See: 28229*. King, Andrew A. Booker T. Washington and the myth of heroic materialism. QJS 60, 323- CATO. Haworth, Marcus A.Cato:modern 27. rhetoric and modernpoliticsinancient W'IGFALL. LOUIS T. Ledbetter, Billy D. The Rome. r:Iassical Bulletin 50, 44-45. election of Louis T. Wigfall to the United CHURCHILL, WINSTON. Kimball, Warren F. States Senate, 1859: a reevaluation. Southwest s.v. "Roosevelt, Franklin D." suPre. Historical Quarterly 77 (October), 241-54. Kitten LaurenceS.WinstonChurchill:po- WILKIE, WENDELL L. See. 28292. litician around the clock.AerospaceHis- WILSON, WOODROW. Kaufman, BurtonI. torian 21 (March), 23.35. Wilson's "war bureaucracy" and foreign tradeWilkins, Wynona H. Two if by sea: William expansion, 1917-21. Prologue 6 (Spring), 19- Langer's private war against Winston Chur- 31. chill.North DakotaHistory41(Spring), Link. Arthur S.elat, eds. The papers of 20-28. Woodrow Wlison. Vol. 14, 1902-1903. Prince- CICERO. M. T. Lintott. A. W. Cicero and ton: Princeton U Press. 1972. Milo. Journal of Roman Studies 64, 62.78. . The papers ef Woodrow Wilson.CLEMENT OF ALEXANDRIA. See: 28270. Vol.17, 1907-1908. Princeton: Princeton U DEMOSTHENES. Burke, Edmond M. A fur- Press. ther argument on the authenticity of Demo- McFarland. C. K., and Neai, Nevin E. The re- sthenes 29. Classical Jottrnal 70 (December- luctant reformer: Woodrow Wilson and wom January), 53 -56. an suffrage, 1913-1920. Rocky Mountain States DICKENS, CHARLES. Troutmann, Frederick. Social Science Journal II (April), 33-43. Philadelphia bowled dean over: public read- Also see: 28267. ings by Charles Dickens. Pennsylvania Maga- WIRT, WILLIAM. See: 28209. zine of History and Biography 98. 456 -68. WRIGHT, FRANCES. Kendall, Kathleen Ed- EBAN, ABBA. See: 28262. gerton, and Fisher, Jeanne Y. Frances Wright ELEAZAR BEN YAIR. Funk, Alfred A. A on women's rights: eloquence versus ethos. Durkheimian analysis of the event at Masada. WOODHULL. VICTORIA C. See: 28216, 28269. SM 41, 339-47.

7,1 72 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION ELIOT, T. S. Schuchard, Ronald. T. S. Eliot Morgan, Kenneth O., ed. Lloyd George family as an extension lecturer, 19164919. Review of letters, 18854936. New York: Oxford U Press, English Studies 25, 163-73. 1973. FOXE, JOHN. McNeill, John T. Joins Foxe: Ward, Alan J. Lloyd George and the 1918 Irish historiographer,disciplinarian,toierationist. conscription crisis. The Historical Journal 17, Church History 43, 216-29. 107-29. GLADSTONE, WILLIAM E. Machin, G. I. T. MACAULAY, THOMAS BABBINGTON. Clive, Gladstone and nonconfolmity in the 1860s: John. Macaulay: the shaping of the historian. she formation of an alliance. The Historical New York: Knopf, 1973. Journal 17, 347-64. OCTAVIAN. Lacey, W. K. Octavian inthe R.ACC H US, TIBERIUS. Briscoe, John. Sup- senate. January 27 B. C. Journal of Roman porters and opponents of Tiberius Gracchus. Studies 64, 176-84. Journal of Roman Studies 64, I25-135. PITT, WILLIAM. Jarrett,Derek.Pittthe GREGORY OF NA'LIANZUS. Ruether, Rose- younger. New York: Charles Scribuer's Sons. mary Radford. Gregory of Nazianzus: rhetor Mensal, James S. William Pitt anti suspension and philosopher. Oxford' Oxford U Press, of habeas corpus. QJS 60, 468-76. 1969. PLATO. Stan, Herold S. Plato's funeral ora- HITLER, ADOLF. Bosmajian, Haig A. The tion. The New Scholasticism 48, 503-8. sources and nature of Adolf Hitler's tech- RALEIGH, SIR WALTER. Greenblatt, Stephen niques of persuasion. CSSJ 25, 240-48. J. Sir Walter Raleigh: the Renaissance man HUXLEY, THOMAS. Baker, William J. Thomas- and hisroles. New Haven: Yale U Press, Huxley in Tennessee. SAQ 73, 475-86. 1973. Smith, James M. Thomas Henry Huxley in Nashville. Tennessee Historical Quarterly 33,SHERIDAN, RICHARD BRINSLEY. Durant, Jack D. Prudence, providence, and the direct 191-103; 322-41. K'ANG-1-1S1. Spence, Jonathan D. Emperor of road of wrong: The School for Scandal and China: self-portrait of K "ang -hsi. New York: Sheridan's Westminster Hall speech. Studies Knopf. its Burke and His Time 15, 241.51. LITTLETON, EDWARD J. Arlington, David. STEED, MICHAEL. Steed, Michael. My own . squire's examples: the persistent persua- by-election. Government and Opposition9, sion ol Edward J. Littleton. WS 38, 162-69. 345-58. LLOYD GEORGE, DAVID. Egerton, George W.THACKERAY, WILLIAM MAKEPEACE. Suth- The Lloyd George government and the crea- erland, J. A. Thackeray'c election speeches at tion of the League of Nations. AHR 79, 419- Oxford. Notes and Queries 21 (January), id- 44. le. Koss, Stephen. Lloyd George and nonconformVERGIL. Highet,Gilbert. The speechesin its: the last rally. English Historical Review Vergil's Aeneid. Princeton: Princeton Ti Press, S9 (January), 77-108. 1972.

V. RELIGIOUS COMMUNICATION

A. GENERAL. BACKGROUND AND PULPIT ADDRESS Kiemp, Alberta H. Early Methodism inthe Bell, Marion. Religious revivalism in Phila- New Madrid circuit. Missouri Historical Re- delphiafrom Finney to Moody. Temple U: view 59, 23-47. Ph.D. dissertation. Lerner, Robert E. A collection of sermons given Foster, Mary C. Theological debate in a revival in Paris c.1267, including a new text by setting:Hampshire countyintheGreat St. Bonaventura on the life of St. Francis. Awakening. Fides et Historia 6 (Spring), 31- Speculum 49, 466-98. 47. Lundeen, Lyman T. Risk and rhetoric in re- Craves, Michael P. A checklist of extant Quaker ligion: Whitehead's theory of language and sermons, 1650-1100. Quaker History 63, 53- the discourse of faith. Philodelphia: Fortress 57. Press, 1972. Hammond, John L. Revival religion and anti- Mueller, Sister Mary Magdeleine, trans. Saint slaverypolitics.AmericanSociological Re- Caesarius of Arles, sermons, III. Washing- -ft view 39, 175 -86. ton: Catholic U of America Press, 1973. Hitchcock, James. The evolution of the Amer- ian Catholic left. American Scholar 43, 66-Ong, Walter J., S. J. Gospel, existence, and 84. print. MLQ 35, 66-77.

75 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 73 Perrin, Norman. Eschatology and hermaneutics: Charles G. Finney and the great "western" reflections on method inthe interpretation revivals. Fides et 14istoria 6 (Spring), 13-30. of the New Testament. Journal of BiblicalHILL. ROIVLAND, See: 282186. Literature 93, 3-14. HOPKINS. SAMUEL. Knapp, Hugh H. The Ramio, John William. Spiritual harvest:the early career of Samuel Hopkins. and the end Anglo-American revivalin Boston,Massa- of the awakening style. The Connecticut His- chusetts, and Bristol, England, 1739-1742. U torical Society Bulletin 39, 54-64. of Wisconsin: Ph.D. dissertation. KING, MARTIN LUTHER, JR. Sec: 28449. KNOX, JOHN. Reid, W. Stanford. John Knox B.PRACTITIONERS ANC THEORISTS and hisinterpreters.Renaissance and Re- BEECHER, HENRY WARD. Elsmere, Jan formation 10, 14-24. Shaffer. Henry Ward Beechet:the IndianaLUTHER, MARTIN. Reinke, Darrell R. From years.Indianapolis:Indiana Historical So- allegory to metaphor: more notes on Luther's ciety, 1973. hermanetttical shift. Harvard Theologies! Rc. BLAIR, JAMES. Rouse, Parke, Jr. James Blair view 66 (1973), 386-93. ofVirginia.HistoricalMagazineofthe Also sec: 28256, Protestant Episcopal Church 43, 189-0. NIACARTNEY, CLARENCE E.Russell.C. BULKELEY, EDWARD. Poteet, James M. A Allyn. Clarence E. Macartncy-fundamentalist homecoming:the Bulkeley familyin New prince of the pulpit. Journal of Presbyterian England. NEQ 47, 30.50. History 52 (Spring), 33.5F. BUSHNELL, HORACE. Barnes, Howard A. TheSEIPEL, IGNAZ, VoitKlemperer,KIemens. ideathat caused awar: Horace Bushnell Ignaz Seipcl: Christian statesman in a time versus Thomas Jefferson. Journal of Church of crisis. Princeton: Princeton 1J Press, 1972. and State 16 (Winter) 73-83. SPIERA, ANIBROSIUS, Rentner, Ronald M. CALVIN, JOHN. Tylenda. Joseph N. Calvin Abmbrosins Spiera: a fifteenthcentury Italian and the Avignon sermons of John XXII. Irish preacher and scholar. Church History 43, 448- Theological Quarterly 41 (January), $7-52. 59. FOSDICK, HARRY EMERSON. Mc Nab, John WESLEY, JOHN. Baker, Frank. The real John E. Fosdick at First Church. Journal of Pres- Wesley. Nfethodist History 12, 183-97. byterian History 52 (Spring), 59-77. WHITE, GILBERT. Sell, AlanP.F. Some COUGHLIN, CHARLES EDWARD. Davis, sermons of Gilbert Whitc, Philosophical Jour- Richard Akin. Radio priest: the public career na II (January), 10.18. , of FatherCharles Edward Couglhin. 15 ofWOOD, SAMUEL SIMPSON Lambert, James North Carolina at Chapel Hill: Ph.D. disser- H. The Reverend Samuel Simpson Wood, tation. BA, MA: a forgotten notable, and the early EDDY, MARY BAKER. See: 28284. Anglican church in Canada. Journal of Can- FINNEY. CHARLES G.Johnson, James E. adian Church History lb illarch), 2 -22.

7 j BIBLIOGRAPHY OF STUDIES IN ORAL INTERPRETATION, 1974 JAMES W. CARLSEN University of Washington

As with previous editions, this bibliography records a selective collection of books and articles gathered from a broad spectrum of published materials relative to the oral interpretation of literature. Unless otherwise indicated, each citation was published in 1974. Publications from ancillary fields of study such as drama, literary criticism, aesthetics, linguistics, psychology, and education are included if there are important implications for the scholar in oral interpre- tation. Theses and dissertations are listed elsewhere in this volume with refer- ence; to appropriate graduate studies by title identification number indicated at the end of pertinent subject area categories. (If the title identification number is followed by an asterisk, the graduate study has been abstracted.) The listings do not include book reviews, reproductions of earlier printings, or convention papers. The Table of Contents and the use of cross-references among subject areas provide the reader with a classification of entries. A recently published journal, Critical Inquiry, which describes itself as "a voice for reasoned inquiry into significant creations of the human spirit"is recommended by the author as yet another illuminating resource for the inter- pretation scholar. Volume I, Number 1 of this journal commenced publication in September, 1974. Unlike previous editions which listed abbreviations for alI of the journals examined, this bibliography lists only those journals which have been cited within the contents of this issue. The author invites any suggestions from read- ers as to significant items which have been overlooked or comments for future bibliographic efforts.

TABLE OF CONTENTS .

I.BIBLIOGRAPHY p 76 C.Poetry p. 78 Ii.THEORY p. 76 D. Drama p. 78 III. HISTORY p. 77 VII.CRITICISM AND AESTHETICS .. p.79 IV.PERFORMANCE p. 77VIII.RHETORICAL ANALYSIS OF LITERATURE p.. 80 V. PEDAGOGY p. 77 QUANTITATIVE STUDIES p. 80 VI,ANALYSIS OF LITERATURE p. 77 IX. A.General p. 77 X.READERS THEATRE AND CHAMBER B.Prose p. 77 THEATRE p 80

JOURNAL ABBREVIATIONS BJA British Journal of Aesthetics CD Comparative Drama CSSJ Central States Speech Journal CE College English CCC College Composition and CI Critical Inquiry Communication CQ Critical Quarterly

77 6 1?Q.

76 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

C:QLA Criticism: A Quarterly for PMLA Publications 'f the Modern Literature ail(' An Language Association DR Drama Review QJS Quarterly Journal of Speech ETJ Educational Theatre Joutnal RW Reading World EJ English Jottroal SFQ Southern Folklore Quarterly Int Interchange SSCJ Southern Speech Communication JAAC Journal of Aesthetics and Art Journal Criticism SD Speech and Drama KJCA Kentucky Journal of SM Speech Monographs Communication Arts ST Speech Teacher LP Literature and Psychology MD Modern Drama TS Today's Speech NLH New Literary History WSC Western Speech Communication NCJSD North Carolina Journal of Speech (Formerly Avcstern Speech) and Drama YR Yale Review

I. BIBLIOGRAPHY Car Ism James W. Bibliography of studies in EJ 63 (January), 64-67. oral interpretation, 1973. Bibliographic an- Sandoval, Ralph and Mien P.Nilsen. The nualinspeechcommunication-1974,ed. Mexican-Americanexperience. EJ 63(Jan- Patrick C. Kennicott. New York: Speech Com- nary), 61-63. munication Association, 103-111. Smith, William F., Jr. American indian litera- Doll, Howard and Paul Blondes, eds. A bibli- rure. E..1 63 (January), 68.72. ography of oral interpretation studies for the Towns, Stuart and Churchill L. Roberts. eds. rats 1967,1968, and i971. NCJSD 6,39- A bibliography of speech, theatre, and broad- 5.I. casting in the south for the year 1973. SSCJ Dybek, Caren. Black literature for adolescents. 40, 81-93.

II. THEORY Hinkley, Timothy. On the truth and probity Howarth, William L. Some principles of auto - of metaphor. JAAC 33, 171-180. biography. NLH 5, 363 381. Booth, Wayne C. See VIII. Jams, Hans Robert. Levels of identification of Burke, Kenneth. The philosophy of literary hero and audience. NLH 5, 283-317, form:studiesin symbolic action. 3rd ed.Kellogg, Robert. Oral literature. NLH 5, 1973, Berkeley: U California Press. 55-66. Chase. Laurence J. and Charles W. Kneupper. Lee. Richard R. Behavioral analysisin oral A literary analog to conflict theories: the po- interpretation. SSCJ 39, 379-388. 'voila' for theory construction, SM 4!, 57 -68. Long, Chester Clayton. The liberal art of in- Cixons, Mem. The character of "character", terpretation. New York: Harper and Row. NIJI 5, 383-402. Martin,Wallace,ed.Language,logic,and Cohen, Edwin. The role or the interpreter in genre: papers from the poetics and literary identifying the concept of "folk". WS 38, theory section, Modern Language Association. 170-175. Lewisburg, Pa.: Bucknell U Press. Cohn, Robert G. Symbolism JAAC 33, 181-192. Mt:Cc:ever, Charles J. and William E. Rickert. Ellis.A. J.Intention and interpretationin A pre-functional entelechy for oral interpre- literature. BJA 44, 315-325. tation. Int 4, 7.9. Espinoia. Judith C. The nature, function, and Page, William D. Are we beginning to under- performance of indirect discourse inprose stand oral reading? RW 13, 161-170. fiction. SM 41, 193-204. Fish, Stanley E. How ordinary is ordinary lan- Wendt, Ted A, Literary criteria in the claim guage? NLH 5, 1973, 41-54. . ation of oral interpretation. KJCA 5, 16-17. Haas, Richard H. and David A. AVil Barns, eds. Yeager, Fay A. Linguistic analysis of oral edited The study of oral interpretation: theory and discourse. TS 22, 29-36. comment. Indianapolis: BobbsMerrill, Inc. Sec also: 27986, 28850.

78 BILIOGRAPHY OF STUDIES IN ORAL INTERPRETATION 77 III. HISTORY sit Goldin, Frederick. Lyrics of the troubadors and Hoffman, Alice M. Reliability and validity in trouveres: an anthology and a history. Garden oral history. TS 22, 23-27. City, N.Y.: Anchor Books, 1973. Ponce, Morris Henry. Plato on the rhetoric Hall, Robert W. Plato's theory of art: a re- of poetry. JAAC 33, 203-212. assessment. JAAC 83. 7312. See also: 28008.

IV. PERFORMANCE ENpinola, Judith C. See II. Post, Robert M. Ensemble oral interpretation. Overstreet,Robert. The accentualfallacyin ST 23, 151455. Povenmire, E. Kingsley. Choral speaking and interpretation. ST 23, 257-259. theversechoir. South Brunswick:A.S. Parrella, Gilda. Through the'I' of the be- Barnes. holder:arationaleforphysicalizationin Whitaker, Beverly. See V. performance of narratives. CSSJ 25, 296.302, See also: 27997, 28003.

V. PEDAGOGY Boyce, Sandra. Oral interpretation in the high Miller, James E., Jr. Rediscovering the rhetoric school curriculum. NCJSD 7, 15-23. of imagination. CCC 25. 360.367. Burton, Dwight L. Well, where are we in Posner, Stephen. Mime: silence speaks at Hill- teaching literature. EJ 63 (February), 28-33. crest High School. ST 23, 346-347. Carlsen, James W., La Donna McMurray, and Post. Robert M. StoW. Judith Wells. Oral interpretation in under- Skull, John. The neglect of spoken language graduate education: a survey. ST 23, 156-158. in the classroom and in research: a survey. SD 23, 13-15. Crump, Geoffrey. Reading aloud. SD 23, 24-Stranger, David. Teaching poetry:notesto- 26. ward an integrative rationale. CE 36, 40-45. Lee, Richard R. The modifiedtutorialap- Urquant, Helma. Talking books for students. proach in teaching psychomotor skills for oral SD 23, 18-20. interpretation. ST 23, 60-63. Whitaker, Beverly.Cognition andtheaudi- 'Smellier, Ruth. The poetry of childhood. EJ ence in :t performance class. ST 23, 63-66. 63 (March), 89.93. See also: 27856, 28005.

VI. ANALYSIS OF LITERATURE

A. GENERAL Scholes,..Robert E. Structuralism in literature: an introduction. New Haven, Conn.: Yale U Ingarden, Roman. The cognition of the literary Press. work of art. Evanston, Ill.: Northwestern U Press. B. PROSE . The literary work of art: an in- vestigation on the borderlines of ontology, Bryan, James. The psychological structure of logic, and theory of literature. Evanston, Ill.: The Catcher in the Rye.P414LA 89, 10654074. Northwestern U Press, log, Espinola, Judith C. See II. Knickerbocker, Kenneth Leslie and H. Willard Ferrara, Fernando. Theory and model for the Reisinger,eds. Interpretingliterature:pre- structural analysis of fiction. NUT 5, 245- liminaries to literary judgment, 5th ed. New 268. York: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston. Hagman, David and Eric S Rabkin. Form in Linda tier,Martin S. The psychological study fiction: an introductiontothe analysis of of literature:limitations,possibilities, and narrative prose. New York: St. Martin's Press. accomplishments. Chicago: Nelson-Hall. McGuire, Richard L. Passionate attention: an Halperin, John, ed. The theory of the novel: introductiontoliterary study, New York: new essays. New York: Oxford 11 Press. Norton Co., 1973. Iscr, Wolfgang. The implied reader: patterns Perrine, Laurence. Literature: structure, sound, of communicationinprosefictionfrom andsense, 2nd ed. New York:1- farcourt, Bunyan to Beckett. Baltimore: John Hopkins Brace, Jovanovich, Inc. U Press.

79 78 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Kernode, Frank. Novels: recognition and de-Kennedy, X. J. An introduction to poetry, 3rd ception. CI I, 103.121. ed. Boston: Little, Brown, and Co. McConnell, Frank D. Toward asyntaxof Loeffler, Ruth. See V. fiction. CE 36, 147.160. McKay, D. E. Aspects of energy in the poetry McKenzie,Barbara. The process offiction: of Dylan Thomas and Sylvia Plath. CQ 16, contemporary stories and criticism, 2nd ed. 53-67. New York: Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich, Inc. Miles, Josephine. Poetry and change: Donne, Norris, Margot C. The language of dream in Milton, Wordsworth and the equilibrium of Finnegan Wake. LP 24, H. the present. Beikeley: U California Press. Miller, Lewis H., Jr. The poet as swinger: fact Parre lla, Gi Ida. See IV. and fancy in Robert Frost. C:QLA 16, 58-72. Perrine, Laurence. Story and structure, 4th ed. Mowbray, Allan. T. S. Eliot s impersonal theory New York: Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich, Inc. of poetry. Lewisburg, Pa.: Bucknell U Press. P:Alipson, Morris. Mrs. Da 1:away: "What's theMonaco, Richard and John Briggs. The logic sense of your parties?" CI 1, 123-148. of poetry. New York: McGraw-Hill, Inc. Scher°,Elliot M. Intonationinnineteenth- O'Connell, Daniel. Poetry and the national centuryfiction:thevoicesof paraphrase. standpoint. JAAC 33, 323-329. OJS 60, 289-296. Quinn, Maire A. The personal past in the To liver, Harold E. Animate illusions: explora- poetry o ThomasHardyandEdward dons of narrative structure. Lincoln:IT Ne- Thomas. CQ 16, 7-28. braska Press. Rodgers, Aubrey T. Dance imagery inthe Weinstein, Arnold L. Vision and response in poetry of T. S. Eliot. C:QLA 16, 23-38. modern fiction. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell U Press. Ryley, Robert M. Hermeneutics in the class- Sec also: 27992*, 28001. room:E.D. Hirsch, Jr. and a poem by Housman. CE 36, 46-50. C. POE net Swanger,DavidJ.The poemasprocess. Beach man, Walton. The meaning of poetry: NewYork:Harcourt,Brace>, Jovanovich a guide to explication. Boston: Allyn and Inc. Bacon. . See V. Blessing, Richard Allen. Theodore P 'thke'sWallace, John M. "Examples arebestpre- dynamicvision.Bloomington:Indi. .a U cepts": readers and meanings in seventeenth. Press. century poetry. CI I, 273-290. Burns, Gerald L. Modern poetry and the idea See also: 27994*, 27998, 28005, 28009. of language: a critical and historical study. New Haven, Conn.: Yale U Press. D. DaAst* Buehler, Justus. The main of light: on theBertboff, Warner, "Our means will make us concept ofpoetry. New York: Oxford U means": character as virtue in Hamlet and Press. AlFs Well. NLH 5, 319-351. Ellis, .1. J. See II. Brawer, Robert A. The middle englishre- Estrin,BarbaraL.Alternating personaein surrection play and its dramatic antecedents. Yeats' "Lapis Utzuli" and "Crazy Jane on CD 8, 77-100. the Mountain." C:QLA 16, 13-22. 13ttrack, Abraham Saul and B. Alice Crossley, Everett, Barbara.A.visitto Burnt Norton. eds.Popular playsfo:classroomreading. CO. 16, 199-224. Boston: Plays, Inc. . In search of Prufrock. CQ 16, 10E- Cutts, John P. Evidence for ambivalence of 121. motives in Murder in the Cathedral. CD 8, Fujiintara, Thomas H. The personal element 199-210. in Dryden's poetry. PMLA 89, 1007-1023. Davidson, Clifford. Medieval drama: diversity Ilill, John M. Middle English poets and the and theatricality. CD 8, 5-12. word: notes toward an appraisal of linguis-Dukore, Bernard F. Dramatic theory and criti- tic consciousness. C:QLA 16, 153-169. cism: Greeks to Grotowski. New York: Holt, Hollander, John. The poem in the ear. YR 62 Rinehart, and Winston. (1973), 486-506. Dinka, JoAnna. Mysteries, minstrels, and music. Jacobus, Lee A. and William T. Moynihan. CD 8, 112-124. Poems incontext. New York:Harcourt,Edwards, Robert. Techniques of transcendence ,Brace, and Jovanovieb. in medieval drama. CD 8, 157-171. 8Q Im BILIOGRAPHY OF STUDIESIN ORAL INTERPRETATION 79 Fairer, Richard. Oedipus at Colon us: a crisis out to play tennis: Kelpies debt to Chekov. in the Greek notion of diety. CD 8, 328346. TS 22, 19-23. Gillespie, Pattie P. The bells: a re-appraisal. Salmon,Eric. HaroldPirtter'sear. MD 17, CSSJ 25. 363-375. Gore lik,Mordecai. On Brechtian acting. QJS Seligman, Kevin L. Shakespeare's use of eliza- 60, 265-278. bethan dress as a comedic device in The Mudford, P. G. T. S. Eliot's plays and the tra- Taming of the Shrew: "Something mechanical dition-of 'high comedy'. CQ 16, 127-140. encrusted on the living." QJS 60, 3944, Nichols, Harold J. The prejudice against native Sperry, Stuart M. Bryon and the meaning of american drama from 1778 to 1830. QJS 60, "Manfred." C:QLA 16. 189-202. 279-288. Spingler,Michael. Anouilh'slittleAntigone: Pow lick,Leonard. A phenomenologicalap. tragedy, thcatricalism. and the romantic self. proachtoHarold Pinter's A Slight Ache. CD 8, 228-238. QJS 60, 25.32. See also: 27985, 27989*. 27995*, 27999. 28863, Rinear, David L. The day the whores came 28886, 28939.

VII. CRITICISMAND AESTHETICS Battin, M. Pabst. Aristotle's definition of tragedy Jobes, James. A revelatoryfunction ofart. in the Poetics. JAAC 33, 155-170. BJA 14, 124-133. Bayley,John.Characterandconsciousness. Kernan, Alvin B. The idea of literature. NCH NLH 5. 226-236. 5, 1973, 31-40. Bell,Barbara Currier andCarolOhmann. Kcrnode, Frank, See VI. B. Virginia Woolf's criticism: a polemical pref- Krieger,Murray.Fiction,history,and em- ace. CI 1, 361-371. pirical reality CI 1, 335.360. Booth. Wayne C.Kenneth Burke's way of Kuntz, Paul Grim ley. Art as public dream: knowing. CI 1, 1-22. the practice and theory of Ana 'is Nin. JAAC Bruns, Gerald L. See VI. G. 33, 525-537. Burke, Kenneth. Dancing withtearsin my Lang, Besot The intentional fallacy revisited. eyes. CI I, 23-31. BJA 14, 306-314. Butler, Christopher. What is a literary work? NLH 5, 1973, 17-29. Margolis, Joseph. Works of art as physically embodied and culturally emergent entitles. Charlton, William. Is philosophy a form of BJA 14, 187-196. literature? BJA 14, 3-16. McGregor, Robert. Art and the aesthetic. JAAC Dundes, Alan. The Henny-Penny phenomenon: 33, 549-559. astudy of folkphonological estheticsin Meyer, Leonard B. Concerning the sciences, the american speech. SFQ 38, 1.9. artsAND the humanities. CI 1, 163-217. Ellis, John M. The theory of literarycriti- Mcvnell. Hugo. Aesthetic satisfaction. BJA 14, cism:alogical analysis. Berkeley: U Cali- 115-123, fornia Press. Mowbray, Allan. See VI. C. Crobman, N. R. Adam Ferguson'sinfluence Novelle, Michael R. Kant's characterization of on folklore research: the analysis of mythol- aesthetic experience. JAAC 83, 198202. ogy and the oral epic. SFQ 38, 11-22. Norris, Margot C. See VI. B. Handy, WilliamJ. and Max Westerbrook, eds. Twentieth century criticism: the major O'Connell, Daniel. See VI. C. statements. New York: Free Press. Olson, Elder. On value judgements in the arts. Harrison, John L The justificationofart: CI 1, 71-90. some myths BJA 14, 66-64. Prizel,. Yuri. Evolution of a tale: from literary Hill, John M. See VI. C. to folk, SFQ 38, 211-222. Hinden, Michael. Ritual and tragic action: a Rader. Ralph W. Fact, theory, and literary synthesis of current theory. JAAC 33, 367- explanation. CI I, 245272. 373. Rader, Melvin. The imaginative mode of aware- Hirsch. E. D., Jr. "Intrinsic" criticism. CE 36, ness. JAAC 33, 131-137. 446-457. Richards, Ivor Armstrong. Beyond. New Horn, Andras. The concept of 'minesis'in Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich. - Georg Lukacs. BJA 14, 26-40. Ricoeur, Paul. The model of the text: mean- Ingarden, Roman, Psychologism and psychology ingful action considered as a text. NLH 5. in literary scholarship. NLH 5, 213-223. 1973, 91-117.

81 80 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Roberts, Thomas J. The network of literaryStrauch, Edward H. A philosophy of literary identification: a sociological preface. NLH 5, criticism: a method of literary analysis and 1973, 67 -90. interpretation. Jericho, N.V.: Exposition Press. Shapiro, Gary. Intention and interpretation in Trvetan, Todorov. The notion of literature. art: a semiotic analysis. JAAC 33, 33.42. NLH 5, 1973,5.16. Smith, Grove-, T. S. Eliot's poetry and plays: Wigwam W. K., ed. Literary criticism: idea and a study in sources and meaning, 2nd ed. Chi- act. Berkeley: V California Press. cago: U Chicago Press. Sec also: 27990*, 27993, 227996, 28850.

VIII. RHETORICAL ANALYSIS OF LITERATURE Booth, Wayne C. A rhetoric of irony. Chicago:Pearse, James A. Scene-act ratio as a rhetorical U Chicago Press. aspect of Sergei M. Eistenstein's montage: .Modern dogma and the rhetoric The OdessaSteps'from The Battleship of assent. Chicago: U Chicago Press. Potemkin. KJCA 5, 18-20. Partee, Morris Henry. See III. Sec also: 28001, 28878.

IX. QUANTITATIVE STUDIES Brooks, Keith and Josh Crane. See X. Ramsey, Ben. Appliedliterature: an experi- Carlsen, James W., et al. See V. mental attempt to quantify the persuasive Lazier, Gil, Douglas Zahn and Joseph Belling- effects of a program of antiwar readings. SD hien:. Empirical analysis of dramatic struc- 23, 9-12. ture. Sill 41, 381-390. See also: 27987, 27988, 28002,-28006, 28009.

X. READERS THEATRE AND CHAMBER THEATRE Brooks, Keith and Josh Crane. Semantic agree- (December), 22-35. ment in readers theatre. WS 38, 124-132. Kirby, Michael. On literarytheatre. DR 18 Brown, Wi Mara R., Joseph Epolito, and Nancy (June), 103-113. Stump. Genre theory and the practice ofPost, Robert M. Readers theatre as a method readers theatre. ST 23, 1-8. of teaching literature. EJ 63(September), Callahan,DanielJ.The Japanesenational 69-72. Kabuki acting school.. some observations. ST Rea, Charlotte. Women for women. DR 18 23, 351-352. (December), 77-87. Elygren, Gillette A., Jr. Documentary theatreZanger, Jules. The minstrel show as theatre of at Stoke-on-Trent. ETA 26, 86-98. misrule. QJS 60, 33-38. Kirby, E. T. Indigenous africa theatre. DR 18See also: 27991, 28004.

82 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP, 1074

CHRISTIAN MOE and EELIN STEWART HARRISON Southern Illinois University, Carbondale

This index represents the third year of an annual bibliography focusing on theatre production (live performance) and techniques rather than on dramatic theory and criticism or theatre history. Regrettably, the future of the bibliogra- phy for a fourth year and further hangs in the balance, since the Bibliographic Annual of Speech Communication ceases publication with this issue. It is hoped thatthe American Theatre Association will assume responsibilityfor the 4 index's continued publication. The need still exists in the field for an annual bibliography of this bent. To be sure, the newly inaugurated Theatre (Drama and Speech Index does encompass periodical items relating to the theatre crafts, but it is too expensive to be afforded by many libraries of modest size and it is rather difficult to use. The point here, of course, is not to minimize the sizeable contribution that the above index with its comprehensive scope has made since its birth in 1974, but merely to stress that room and need still exist for a small annual bibliography devoted to theatrical craftsmanship that will serve as an inexpensive and handy reference for those who labor in the vine- yards of theatre and its related arts. The 1974 "Bibliography of Theatrical Craftsmanship" maintains its lin- inediate predecessor's existing areas: administration and management, acting, directing, design and technology, playwriting, production reports and reviews. In 1974 the number of articles treating education, creative dramatics, and children's theatre continued to grow, while those relating to Black theatre and socio-politicaltheatre somewhat diminisned. Other areas tended to remain constant. A continuing development has been the enlarging number of produc- tion reports that are truly reports rather than reviews. Such articles are placed in those theatre art areas (directing is a frequent receiver) which the individual report appears to emphasize. However, a subsequent bibliography might do well to distinguish reports from reviews by means of a separate sub-category under "production reports and reviews." Similar to last year's index, .t listing is made at the end of each category of 1974 theses and dissertations concerning related subject matter and identified by number. The full description of such studies appears elsewhere in the Annual. Individual entries chiefly have been taken from well-known and obtainable English language periodicals and journals. Of the 1973 bibliography's list of thirty.eight periodicals, six have been deleted (largely owing to cancellation or lack of relevant subject matter) and sixteen have been added. The latter include: African Arts, Comparative Drama, Icarbs, Mime, Modern Drama, Modern In- ternational Drama, 19th Century Theatre Research, Restoration and 18th Cen- tury Theatre Research, Sangeet Natak, Speech and Drama, Theatrefacts, The-

83 82 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION care Notebook, Theatre Studies, Writer's Digest, The Writer, and Western Speech. The bibliographical information for each entry includes month or season (when m* consecutively paginated or an annual issue). An exception to this form will be found under "Production Reports and Reviews" where articles, with individual titles eliminated, are listed alphabetically (by author) under the appropriateplay. Space limitations hale kept cross-references to a minimum. The year of the publication is only cited in those cases where the issue date spans 1973 or 1975 or in the specific instance of one journal omitted last year whose 1978 issues have been picked up. Play reports and reviews relating to a specific play appear under the play title hi a continuous sequence sparated only by periods rather than as separate listings. The same punctuation is followed with standard reports whose titleis repeated in several issues of the same periodical, e.g. "First Nights." The editors wish gratefully to acknowledge the collaboration of Kathy Kennedy and the assistance of Humanities Librarians Alan Cohn, Kathleen Eades, and Jean Zapp, all four of Southern Illinois University at Carbondale. The past invaluable contribution of former co-editor Jay E. Raphael is also noted with deep appreciation.

TABLE OFCONTENTS

L AND VII. PRODUCTION REPORTS AND MENT: REVIEWS: p. 95 A. American and Canadian II. EDUCATIONAL/CHILDREN'S Theatre: p. 95 THEATRE: p. 85 I. Individual Play Reviews: p. 95 M. ACTING: ..p. 87 2. Black Theatre:....p. 100 3. Educational /Children's IV. DIRECTING: p. 89 Theatre: p. 100 4. Social-Political

V. DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY: . . p. 90 Theatre:...... p. 101 B. International Theatre:p. 101 VI. PLAYWRIT t NG : ..p. 92 C. Theatre Season Reviews: p. 106

JOURNAL ABBREVIATIONS AA African Arts ICAR Icarbs CDR Creative Drama IODN Institute of Outdoor Drama COMD Comparative Drama Newsletter CTR Children's Theatre Review MD Modern Drama I)QTR Drama: The Quarterly MID Modern International Drama Theatre Review MIM Mime NITR 19th Century Theatre Research DRAM Dramatics NYT New York Times (Arts and DT Drama and Theater Leisure Section) ENC Encore NYTCR New York Times Theatre ERT Etnpirical Research in Theatre Critics Review ET' Educational Theatre Journal NYTM New York Times GAM Gambit (Magazine Section)

8,4 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 83 PAC Performing Arts in Canada TC Theatre Crafts PERF Performance TOR The Drama Review (formerly Players Magazine Tulane Drama Review) PP Plays and Players TOT Theatre Design and Technology QJS Quarterly Journal of Speech TFAC Theatrefacts RECR Restoration & 18th Century TN Theatre Notebook Theatre Research TP Theatre en Pologne SAN Sangect Natak TQ Theatre Quarterly SD Speech and Drama TS Theatre Survey SOT Southern Theatre TST Theatre Studies SS Shakespeare SUrvey T74 Theatre74 SSCJ .Southern Speech WRIt) Writer's Digest Communication Journal 1VRI The Writer ST Speech Teacher WS 1Vestern Speech TABS Tabs YD Young Drama TAN Theatre Annual YT Vale Theatre

I. ADMINISTRATION AND MANAGEMENT Adkins, Joseph. About NADSA. ENG, 3-4. Brownstein, Oscar L. The Duke's Company in American Conservatory Theatre, The. PERF 8, 1677. TN 1, 18.23. 18-19. Brnstein, Robert. Broadway and the nonprofit ,Angotti, Vincent L. and Herr, Judie L. Etienne theatre a misalliance. NYT 2 (August 4),1, Dccroux and the advent of modern mime. 33. TS 1 (May), 1-17. Bryan, George. Dean Winston's clever mother: Ansorge, Peter. Upstairs downstairs at the Court. Lady Randolph Churchill and the National P1' 4 (January), 28-29. Theatre. TS 2 (November), 143-70. Producing the goods: Michael Co-Common Glory,The. IODN(March), 1 -2. eliac) and Ray Cooney in the West End. PP TOON (April), 2. 11 (August), 20-23. Competition 1973. AA 2 (Winter), 8.11. Notes from the underground. T74,Conrad, David. The arts and you: conference 107.17. in Alberta. PAC 3 (Fall), 39-40. Bar las, Chris. Business gambit. GAM 25, 105-6.Cross and Sword. IODN (February), 1. Damnol, William J. and Hilda. 'What ails the Cushman, Robert.PeterHall ininterview. fabulous invalid?It's not what you think! PP II (August), 14-19. NVT 2 (June 2), 1, 22. D'Arcy, Ita. Opinion forum: what can we do to Berkvist, Robert. The stages are being set. NYT get the CBC moving again? PAC, 3 (Fall), 38. 2 (September 8), 1, 3. Etlinborough, Arnold; After five years the Na- Bicentennial World TheatreFestival. IODN tional Arts Center has finally made it. PAC (April), 1. 2 (Summer), 21.24. Billington, Dare. Festival Lennoxville:festival How theChalmersFoundation where? PAC 2 (Summer), 28-31. makes a little go a long way. PAC 1(Spring), Billington,Michael. The NationalTheatre: 11.13. Olivier's final year. T74, 49-59. Edwards, Sydney. The new man atthe Na- Bongartz, Roy. Huffing and puffing Broadway tional. T74, 60-64. through the summer doldrums. NYT 2 (July Fedapt. IODN (August), 28), 1, 20. Gelb, Barbara. A mint from the Misbegotten. Blackwell, Florence King. Puppetry is much too NYT 2 (May 5), I, 33. good to be wasted on the young, PAC 3Gooch, Steve. The year of the Half Moon. 'PP (Fall), 16-18. 4 (January), 40-43. Brandreth, Gyles. Cinderella of the arts? SD 3 Grace,Nicolas. An up-to.date man. DQTR (Autumn), 10-11. 113 (Summer), 18-19. Brown, Donald.DallasTheatreS. PM 3-4tiregory, Andrew. The uptown theatre project. (Spring), 89-94. DRAM 4 (January), 26-28. Brown, Kent P. Oklahoma Theatre Center. Hatfieldsand McCoys. LOON(January),I. PM 1-2 (Fall), 6-11, IODN (August), 1. 84 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Higgins, John. Opera: London lacks a team. Gilbert & Sullivan in a church base- T74, 167-73. meet /LightoperaofManhattan. TC 2 fill, Phillip C. Preview of the Cincinnati con. (March/April), 18, 33.35, vention, SOT 2 (Winter), 5-7. .From theattic of BAM/Chelsca Horn in the 11'est.IODN (June), 1. Theatre Center. TC 2(March/April), 1(1, Hughes, Alan. 'rite Lyceum stall: a Victorian 39-41. theatrical organisation. TN 1, 11-17. A new home ott cast 13th street: Hughes, Alan. Henry Irvings finances: the Ly- theCSC Repertory. TC 2(March; April), mum accounts, 1878-1899. NITR 2, 79-87. 1,5 30. Lust Colony, The. IODN (December), 2. IODN Hurren, Kenneth. Quarter. DQTR 112 (Spring). (January), 2. IODN (May), 2. IODN (June), 69-71. DQTR 113(Summer), 20-23. DQTR I. IODN (July), 2. 114(Autumn), 13.16. DQTR 115(Winter), Louisiana Outdoor DramaAssociation. 1ODN 15.18 (Nlvember), 1. In Freedom We'll Live. IODN (January),1. Lucas, Walter. Ivor Brown and Drama. DQTR MON (March), 1. IODN (June), 2. 113 (Summer), 16.18. Is all well at Stratford? DQTR 115 (Winter), 13. Marcuso.trank. Enter the dramaturg. PP 12 Kapica, Jack. Jeannie Beatibien sits on a multi-__.(September), 12-13. cultural powder-keg. PAC 3(Fall), 25-26. Major, Leon. The St. Lawrebee Center: Leon Kareda, l'rjo. Canada's new playwrights have Major replies. PAC 2 (Summer), 14.16. found a Lome at home. NYT 2 (November Managers Conference. IODN (August), 3. 24), 7. Miles, Bernard. Jottings from Puddle Dock. Kerr, Walter. Lately, the playhouse is the thing. T74, 13-24. NYT 2 (June ?Al, 1, 3. Mills, John A. The modesty of nature: Charles Broadway, the exhibitioncenter. Pechter's Hamlet. TS I(May), 59-78. NYT 2 (April 1), I. MacKay, Patricia, A rare breed of theatre in the Broadway's coming up roses! NYT golden west. TC l(January /February), 13-17, 2 (December 8),I, 5. 34-37. I1'hatdoesittaketo succeed? Anotherturn' oftheBroadway Money. NYT 2 (May 12), I, 8, 16. screw. TC 2 (March /April), 7, 24-29, Kilker, James A. and Marie J. The Onion af- Radio City Music Hall. TC 5 (Oc- fair: a documentary. ETJ 3, 365-76. tober), 6-13, 28-32. Landesinan, Rocco. A report on a free-for-aIl McDermott,Douglas.Touringpatternson called the First Annual Congress of Theatre California'stheatricalfrontier, l849-1339. at Princeton. NYT 2 ?Jun n 16), 1, 6. Ts 1 (May), 18-28. Legend of Daniel Boone, The. IODN (May), 1. Morely-Priestman, Anne. Community theatre. Levetnan, Cecile. Theatre off the beaten path. DQTR 15 (Winter), 19-20. at PERF 3, 45, 47. Moss, Arnold. The guestat list program Little, Stuart W. Il'hat makes off off broadway American colleges and universities: ETJ 2, off off? NS'T 2 (December 22), 1, a. 231-41. Loney, Clem' M. Classics in a Chinatown loft/Moyer, Phoebe. How to start your own mime The Shade Company. TC 2 (Marcbppril), troupe. DRAM 6 (March), 12.15. 14, 42,43. Nelcon, Alfred L. and Cross, Gilbert B. Aut Drama in a supermarket basement/ Caesar ant Nulitts: Edmund Kean's articles The Ronlidahon°. Theatre. TC 2(March/ of agreement, 1825. NITR 2 (Autumn), 63.73. April), 12, 1' -N. New groups make plans. IODN (July), 1-2. ()ter'tsect nd avenue shop /The New Jersey Bicentennial Celebration Commis- Negro FitsPit,ble c.o.npany. TC 2(March/ sion. IODN (September-October), 2. April), 10.11, 29 39. North, Mary. Opinion forum: to pay or not to . Off off broadway on broadway/ pay. PAC 4 (Winter), 34. CircleRepertory Theatre Company. TC 2 Opinion forum: should culture be- (March/April), 8, 36.37. come multi. PAC I(Spring), 29.30. The New Phoenix Repertory Com-Oregon ShakespeareanFestival. IODN (De- pany onfire. TC 6 (November/December), cember), 2. IODN (May), 1. IODN (August). 12-17, 29.32.45 -46. 2 The mother of them all/La Manta Polsky, Milton. Allan Albert talks about im- etc. TC 2(March/April), 20, 43.47. provisation. DRAM 7(April), 16.19, 29. 86 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 85

Portman, Jamie. Calgary expands itstheatre Trewin, J. C. A man of his word. DQTR 113 horitons. PAC 1(Spring), 25-27. (Summer), 13-16. Ramona. IODN (February), 1. Trumpet in the Land. IODN (February), 2. Rich, J. Dennis and Seligman, Kevin L. The IODN (June), 1. New Theatre of Chicago, 1906-1907. ETJ I, Tecumseh. IODN (November), 1. X3-68. Tenth Anniversary Conference features John Romero, George. Suring people to death on a Houseman. IODN (February),1. shoestring. %MID 7Only), 24-26. Tenth Anniversary Conference anti Auditions. Rosenfeld,Sybil. Some experiments of Beer- IODN (January), I. bohm Tree. NITR 2 (Autumn), 75-83. Texas. IODN (May), 2. Rough and Ready. IODN (April), 2. Thomas, Dorothy. The high cost of a cultural Ralf, Loren K. Joseph Harper and Boston's white elephant. PAC 1(Spring), 22.24. Board Alley Theatre. 1792.1793. ETJ 1, 45-51. Unto These Hills. IODN (March),1. IODN Sawn, Ernestyne. Thank God the chickens go (April)2. IODN (August), 2. :o roost. DRAM 5 (February), 20-21. Walk Toward the Sunset. IODN (April), 2. Saxon, A. H. The tyranny of charity: Andrew Welsh, Wi Mar& The Hilherryz-Sheatre. PM 34 Durow in the Provinces. NITR 2 (Autumn (Spring), 54.57. 1973). 95-105. Wi Big, Nancy Tobin. Aripark: a new state park Shafer, Yvonne B. American Shakespeare The- for the a.ts. NYT 2 (August 4), 1, 19. atre. PP 5 (Summer), 108-11 Wilderness Road. IODN (July). 2. Wings of the Morning. IODN (Jane), 1.2. Shepherd of the hilts. The. LOON (June).1. Shorter, Eric. Quite anice run. DQTR. 112Wong, Norma. To bein Hawaii. DRAM 6 (March), 10 -11. (Spying), 51-33. Smokr Mountain Passion Play. IODN (Febru- lYoolgar.Matt. ThoughtsafterPammenter. ar9. 2. DQTR 113(Summer), 24-25. Sottlitastern Shakespeare Company. IODN (De- Wright,Robert. Community theatreinlate cember), 1. medieval East Anglia. TN 1. 24-39. Stephen Foster Story, The. IODN (January), 2. W3man, Max. Take alittle theatre with your lunch. PAC 4 (Winter), 20-21. Sword of Peace, The. LOON (March). 1. IODN Young, B. A. Window dressing. PP 6 (March), (Ma)), 2. 101)N (June),1. IODN (July). 2. 12-13. infis %Vest. IODN (September-October). 1. The West End: 1973-4. T74, 58-48. Trewin, Ion. Big businessor show business. Alsosee:28833,28842, 28845, 28892, 28898, '114.23.37. 28964,28968,29048,29061.29116,29147, Send out a searchparty. PP 7 29148,29154,29156,29158.29163,29164, (April). 12-15. 29178. 29212.

II. EDLICATIONAL/CFIILDREN'S THEATRE

Alberts. David. Mite: art and artist. DRAM 1 pression for the under ten year olds. GDR. 6 (September /October), 30-31. (Autumn), 4-6. Addingtott;David W. Varieties of audience re-Broadinan, Mutiel. Children's theatre in New search: seine prospects for the future. ETJ 4. York: the off - Broadway scene. CTR 2, 5-6. 82-87, Byron, Ken. Dramasubject or method? YD 1, Adland. David. The mask of drama. YD 1, 3-12. 29-33,43, Barker, Clive. The dilemma of the professional Carpenter, Charles A. Modern drama studies: inuniversitydrama. TQ 16(November- an annual bibliography. MD I(March), -67- January 1975), 5578. 120. Barker, Marjorie.Learning, language and Corey. Orlin. Theatre for childrenkid stuff or dramainthe infants'school.CDR 6 theatre? CTR 1, 14-15. (Autumn), 13-15. Cornelison,GayleL.Drama/theatreframe- Rehm. Tom. Creative dramatics survey. CTR 3, workforCaliforniaschoolsispublished. 1-2. (*Zit 3.7. Bellew. Leighton N. The ATA production lists Day. Christopher. Town meets country. YD project survey, 1972-73. ETJ 3, 377-86. 109-11, Breitenbach, N. Some thoughts on dramatic ex- Dinges, Susan S. Teens on tour. CTR 1, 8-9.

87 86 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH COMMUNICATION N Dodd, Dorothy. Rcynard is alive. CTR 4, 4-5. Lunz, Mary E. Creative dramatics and corn- Dunstcr, Herbert. Bristol riots: a primary school ntunication effectiveness. CTR 3, 3.6. drama project, YD 1, 21.24, Malkin, Michael R. Characterization. 'DRAM Edinborough, Arnold. Wititc-faie, the new hope 1 (September/October), 24.26. for young actors and young audiences? PAC Minneapolis CTC. Opens. TC 6 (November/ 3 (Fall), 48.49. December), 2. Eduardo, Leigh. The Vic voluntaries, YD 3, Pick, John. Words and actions: crisis and reso- 118-20, lution. YD 1, 25-28. Eyre, Pat and Merrifield, Jeff. Startlers. YD 1, 17-19; YD 2, 67.68; YD 3, 112-13. Plescia, Gillian L. Theatre in the schools: real- Fnegi, John. Toward a theory of dramatic lit - izing the potential of in-school theatre pres- era ture for a technological age. ETJ 4, 433-40. entation. CTR 2, 1244. Fulmer, Raymond E., Jr. Alice: an experiment Polsky, Milton. An interview with Allen Albert, increative ensemble technique. DRAM 1 director of the Proposition Circus. CTR 2, 2-4. (September/October), 37-38. An interview with Judith Martin of Gag liano, Frank. Children's theatrevcodayall it the Paper Bag Players. CTR 1, I-3. needs now isfirst-rateliterature. CTR 2, An Interview with Marjorie Sigley, 6-12. artistic director of the Young People's The- Goodridge, Janet. Paul Baker. YD 2, 54-63. airc of City Center. CTR 4, 10-13. Grimsted, David. An idea of theatre history: an Reiss,Chris. Classroomrole- playing andthe informal plea. ETJ 4, 425-32. . gypsy child. CDR 6 (Autumn), 25-29. Hayman, Ronzi Id. Comments. I'D 1, 39.42, YD 2, Richards, Michael. UK University drama; facts. 84-86, YD 3, 128-30. figures,and facilities.TQ 15 (August- Hill, Philip G. Evaluating the performance: a October), 55-63. guest critic program. SOT 4 (Summer - Fall), Rockwood, Jerome. Can colleges 'teach theatre: 16-18. SOT 2 (Winter), 37-40. Hirvela, DavidP. Beginning acting and the Rowe, David. Dramaturgy or turgid? YD I, non-major, PM 1-2 (Fall-Winter 1975), 34-37. 104.7. Hobbs,Gary.Participatorychildren'splays. Samar, Devi Lai. Traditional Indian puppetry. DRAM 7 (April), 11-12. SAN 30 (October-December. 1973), 38-44. Johnson, Albert E. Doctoral projects in pro- Schmitt, Natalie Crohn. Academic theatre: a re- gress in theatre arts, 1974. ETJ 2, 242-48. sponse to the annual survey of college pro- Kartak, Thomas C. Nashville children's theatre ductions. ETJ 3, 387-88. experience. CTR 1, 5-6. Keeley, ,Martin. Cultural sodhusting by the trav- Seeley, John. The assessment of drama and CSE. elling citadel. PAC 4 (Winter), 38.39. VD 3, 01-103. Kelly, Frank. Creative and dramatic play, I'D 1, Recording the tlratna lesson. SD 3 13.16. (Autumn), 18-23. Improvisadoti. VD 3, 114-17. Selb, David. School is an uncertain place. YD The secondary school child. I'D 2. 2, 64-66. -, 69.73. Sharpham, John R. Creative drama at Illinois Kelly, Genevieve. The drama of student life in State University. CDR 6 (Autumn), 16-18. the German renaissance. ETJ 3, .291-307. Soncek, Carol. Festivalfillscampus, hearts of Kilker, M. J. Children's theatre' in France. CTR children. CTR I, 4. . 4, 14.15. Spalding,Peter. Dramasubject and method. Kiralyblni, Bela. Lnkacs: a matxist theory of YD 2, 74.77. the aesthetic effect. ET] 4, 506-11. Spalding, Sharon Brown. Teaching high school Kohl, Helen. Clowns. PAC 4 (Winter), 2740. theatre with behavioral objectives: the Sky- Koste, Virginia, The crossing: dramatic educa- line Career Development Center. ST 4 (No- tion. CTR 3, 10.13, vember), 348-50. Lasky, Michael and Kramer, _Roslyn. Gaining State University of New York at, Albany Chil- the trust of a child. WRID 3 (March), 12-13. dren's Theatre performs in , U.S.S.R. LloYdEvans. Gcrainc Drama and the instant CTR 2, 4-5. present. VD 3, 121-23. Steele, Mike. On the road with children's the- Crossroads for drama. YD 2, 78-80. atre. CTR 1, 12-11 Lottcriburg,Linda. A useforsocial drama. Swatninaihan, Mina. Creative drama for young CDR 6 (Autumn), 1942. adults. CDR 6 (Autumn), 7-12.

88 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 87

Sipe I, Wojciech, Jasinski and the Teatre STU, Young, William C. Scholarly works in progress. TP 191(July), 24-27. ETJ 3, 389.91, 11'i they, Joseph A. An annotated bibliography Alsosee:27835, 27845, 27987, 27991,28835, of the theatre of Southeast Asia to 1971. ETJ 28849,28861,28869,28871,28873,28878, 2, 209-20. 28888,28924, 28938,28941,28956,28965, Wittig, Susan. Toward a semiotic theory of the 28987,29000,29003,29019,29022,29033, drama. ETJ -1, 441-54. 29046,29053,29071,29082, 29095,29098, Woods, Alan. John McDowell. TST 20(1973- 29106,29117,29131,29175,29179,29196, '974), 5-8. 29201, 29206,

III. ACTING

Albert, Allan. Notes on the proposition. IT 2 Harrison Rex: a transatlantic reign. (Spring), 90.92. PP 6 (March), 14.17. Alberts. David. Mime: art and artists. DRAM Palladium Nights. PP 12 (Septem- 2(Nos-ember/December), 29-30. ber), 38. .thare/. A. Scenes from an actress' life. NYTM, Cranerle, Maria. Pen-portrait of an actor: Jan 1:1. Swiclerski, TP 191(July), 7-9. Anderson, Michael. Peter O'Toole in interview. Elsom, John. Beating the ritual drum. PP 8 PP 5 (February), 11-17. (May). 10-12. Amstar, Peter. Ott( of the ashes. PP 6 (March). Halley, Guy. Front baseball hero to hustler, 22-24. Michael's a hit. NIT 2 (January 27), 1. 9. and Cos eney,Michael.National Ford. John. Remember the people show. PP 8 service: the new recruits. PP 8 (May), 13-17. (May). 20-21. Balls, Clarence W. and Miller, Keith A. Director Frith, Nigel. Use all gentlyfor God's sake. T74, expectancy andactoreffectiveness. ERT 894)8, (Summer), 6073. Gelb. 13arblra, Jason Jamie Robards Tyrone. NITM (January 20), 14, 64-68, 72.74. Kuthet Joan. A 'cat' in search of total ap- proval. NYT 2 (September 22), 1, 3. Gielgitc!'s Shakespeare, 1929-74. PP 12 (Septem- What makes Jim Dale run and ber), 14-15. Gilbert, W.Stephen. National service. PP 7 jump and skid and dance? NIT 2 (June 30), (April), 19.21. 3. Glackin, William C. In San Francisco, the en- Chang. Donald,NIfitchell, John D. and Yen, semble's the thing. NYT 2 (July 7),1, 5. Roger. How the Chinese actor trains. ETJ 2. ltr.-91. Gordon, Mel. Meyerhold's biomechanics. TOR 3, 73-88. Gbase, Chris. Colleen has Broadway moon-struck. Gorelik, Mordecai. On Brechtian acting. QJS NrI' 2 (February 17).1,3. 3 (October), 265-78. How's a girl get to be a Goddess? Gow, Gordon. Ian McKellan in interview. PP NIT 2 (February 3). 3, 15. 12 (October), 15-17. . Tandy and Cronyn are wed to the Feeling famous: the currentbio- theatre. too. NYT 2 (March 24). 1, 3. graphical vogue. PP 12 (September), 16-20. Coleman, Janet. Variations on a theme. VT 2 Five la difference? Geraldine Mc- (Spring), 10-25. Ewan andElizabethSpriggsininterview, Comer, James B. Where's Marcus Welby when PP 6 (March). 18 -21. you really need him? NIT 2 (January 6), 3. Gruen, John. ''Equtts" makes a star of Firth. Coseney, Michael.Dancelittlelady:Ana NIT 2 (October 27),1. 5. Stubbs and Marti Webb in interview. PP 11 Harbin, Billy. John Hodgkinson in the English (August), 24.26. provinces. 1765-92. TN 3. l0646. Danny LaRue in interview. PP 4 Hecht, Werner and the Duna Chemical Work- (January), 24-27. ers. The workers talk to the Berliner ensem- Diana Dors and Peggy Mount in ble:theatre and the art of living. TQ 13 interview. PP 10 (July), 14-17. (February-April), 39-54. Doing what comes naturally. PP 9 Holbrook, Anthony and Howard, Patricia Cliff. (June), 20-23. Manipulation and measurement of vocal fre- 89 88 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

quency of student actors. ERT (Slimmer), 2I- ary), 16-17. 34. Posner, Stephen. Mime: silence speaks at Hilt- Hurst, Gregory S. Space exploration at Valley crest High School. ST 4 (November), 346-47. Studio. DRAM 7(April), 26-28. Powers, Edward Carroll. Tonunaso Salvini: an Joyce, Roberta. Hollywood in wax. PERF 6, 6-8. American devotee's view. TS 2 (November), Kerr, Walter. A 'Richard' etched in steel and 130-42. just as cold. NYT 2 (January 20), 1, 4. Rolle, Bari. Mime in America. M1M 2, 2-12. "Holiday"Were we so young? NYT Saraceni, Gene Adam. Herne and the single 2 (January 6), 1, 8. tax: an early plea for an actor's union. ETJ It's a rich play, richly performed: 3, 315-25. Moon for the Misbegotten. NYT 2 (January Shaw, John. Mary Anderson's Stratford produc- 13), 1,4. tion of "As You Like It'. TAN, 40-58. The performance is perfect: Fonda Shorter, Eric. Grand dames and grand guignol. as Darrow. NYT 2 (April 7), 1. DQTR 113(Summer), 26-30. The Imam means transformation. Sills, Paul and Davis, R. G. A dialogue. YT 2 NYT 2 (Dine 9),1, 6. (Spring), 26-55. Landestuan, Rocco. A conversation with David Staub, August W. Moving. DRAM 6 (March). Shepherd. VT* 2 (Spring), 56-65. . 22-24. Interview: Theodore J. Flicker. YT , and de hIeu, Kay. Movement: more 2 (Spring), 66-81. and merrier. DRAM 2 (November/Deceen- Langosch, Sydney. Acting isacting isn't. her), 32-34. DRAM 4(January), 20-21. Moving ... thefirst steps. DRAM Lassclle, Michael. Improvising Aeschylus. YT 2 8 (May), 27.29. (Spring), 120.27. Movingsonicmorefirststeps. Law, Alma. Mcycrhold speaks: observation on DRAM 1(September/October), 27-29. acting and directing. 'CDR 3. 108-12. Stokes, Sewell. That burning question. T74, 216- Lcabhart, Thomas. An interview with Decroux. 26. MINI 1, 26-37. Swift, Clive. A Proteus at the Bea: acting with' Lloyd Evans, Gareth. Judi Deitch talks. SS 137- BBC radio rep. TQ 13 (FebritaryApril). 5-11. 42. URTA Auditions. IODN (December), 1. London Theatre Critics Awards. PP 4 (Janu- Walker, Gerald. The flowering of Vincent Gar. ary), 14-23. &ilia. NYT 2 (December 8), 5. Lust.Annette.ElienneDecroax:fatherof Warner, Frank L. Recorded original perform- modern mime. MINI Z 14-25. ances from the American theatre priorto -',- Malkin, Michael R. Characterization. DRAM 1 1943. ETJ 1.101-7. (October 1973), 24-26. Wesley, David C. Praying the minor role. DRAM Facing a character. DRAM 8 (May), 8 (May), 30-32. 24-26. Wilion, John S. Bel him they're slid schon. Marrone-Clementi, Carle. Cominedia and the NYT 2 (April 28), 1, 3. actor, TDR 1Nardi), 59-64. Wilson, M. Glen. Charles Kean: tragedian in Nick-ter, Paul. The many faces of Paul Gatlin. transition. QJS 1, 44-57. PAC 1(Spring), 47-49. Winter. Marion Hannah. The Prices --an Anglo Meredith, Burgess. A Marchbanks fondly recalls conditional theatrical dynasty. TN 3, 117-23. his Candida. NYT 2 (June 19), 3. Wysinska, Fizhieta. Around die press. TP 185 Nedungaid. T. M. B. The divine actor. SAN 29 (January). 29-31. (jnlySeptemher 1973), 53.56. Yasuji, Honda. Yamabuslii Kagura andbait- Noell, Mac. Some memories of a medicine show gaku: performance in the Japanese middle performer. TQ 11(May-July), 25-32. ages and contemporary folk performance. ETJ Olf, Julian M. The actor and the magician. 2. 192-208. MR 1(March), 53-58. Also see:27988, 27997,28006, 28009,28815. The man;marionettedebatein 28836,28837,28852,28885,28897.28904,289:%, modern theatre. ETJ 4, 488-94. 28943,28946,28970,29004,29010.29013,29044. Polsky, Milton. Alan Albert talks about improvi- 29052,29057,29058.29059,29060,29065,20069, sation. DRAM 7 (April), 16-19. 29070,29076,29081,29089,29100,29104,29122, Twists and turns. DRAM 4 (Janu 29140,29144,29149,29157,29172,29209,29214, BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 89 IV. DIRECTING Ansorge, Peter. The svitards of oz, PP 9 (June), Hiley, Jun. Dial M for Mersey. PP 9 (June), 14-19. 12-13. Argela»der, Ronald. Charles Lud lam's Ridicu- Hudson, Roger. Followthrough. TQ 15(Au- lous Theattical Co. TDR 2 (June), 81-86. gnstOctober), 97-98. Phololocumenunion. TDR 3 (Sep-Jackson, Allan S. The Max Reinhardt Archive, tem.ber), 51-58. Binghampton, New York, TST 20 (1973-74), Balls, Clarence W. and Nfi Mr, Keith A. Director 50-56. expectancy andactoreffectiveness. ERT Kelera, Jozet. Grotowski in Free Indirect Speech (Summer), 60-73. (a recording recounted). TP 10 (October), 9- Bluntenthal, Eileen. The presence of the (liar- 20. arter; the Robert Montgomery, Joseph Chai- Kirby, Michael. Criticism: four faults. TDR 3 kin 'Elmira'. I(Fall), 98.108. (September), 59-68, Borowski, Wieslaw, Tadeusz Kantor's produc- Electra. TDR 3 (September), 127. tion of 'Los lies and Dowdics' at the Cricot Kirby, Victoria Nes. The creation and develop- theatre in Cracow. TP 185 (January), 841. ment of People Show #52. TDR 2 (June), Bosniak,Sloaneand Hans-Gert,Pfafferodt. 8-66. Buchner's 'Leoncc and Lena' at the Arena Klossowicz, Jan. Swinarski, commentator of Ro- Stage, Vitshington. TQ 16 (November-Janu- manticism. TP 196 (December), 5.6. ary), 79-90. Law, Alma. Meyerhold speaks: observations on Brydcn, Ronald. Burrowing out Shakespeare's acting and directing. TDR 3(September), subtext itt 'The Shrew', NYT 2 (July 21).3. 108-12. Chaikcit, Joseph. Closing the Open Theater. Meyerhold's. Woe to Wit(1928). TQ 16 (NovemberJamtary), 36-42. TOR 3 (September), 74-107. Chubb, lamed). Fruitful difficulties of directingLester, Elcnore. The holy foolery of Charles Shepard. TQ 15(August-October), 17-25. Ludlam. NYT 2 (July 14),I. Chyttowski, Pawel and Kcicra, Jozcf. I arrive to- Marker, Use-Lone and Marker, FrederickJ. morrow by Henryk Tomaszcwski at the Wro- William Bloch and naturalism in the Scanda- claw Pantomime Theatre. TP 10(October), navian theatre. Ts 2 (November), 85-104, 21-30. Morawicc, Elzbieta. 'Dante' based on 'The Di- Cohn,Ruby. Seeds ofAtreusonmodern vine Comedy' at the Teatre Studio of War. ground. ETJ 2, 221-30. saw. Ti' 11(November), 10.18. Cook, Judith. King John Barton, PP 9 (June). Morrison, Hugh.Berlin'sdemocratictheatre 24-27. and its 'Peer Gym'. TQ 13 (February-April), Coveney, Michael, Sons and mothers. PP 5 15.38. (February), 20-23. Mullin, Michael. Augurts and understood rela- Davy, Kate, Foreman's PA1N(T) and vertical tions: Theodore Kommissarjeysky's Macbeth. 'nobility. TDR 2 (June), 26-37. ETJ 1, 20-30. Donohue, Walter. Genet's 'The Screens' at Bris- Novick, Julius. When total environment `is the tol. TQ 13 (February-April), 74-90. best part of the evening'. NYT 2 (August II), Eddy, Bill. 4 directors on criticism. TOR 3, (September), 21 ?3. Oliver, William I. Him-a director's note. ETJ The Trojan Women atLanni's'. 3.327.41. TDR 4 (December), I I 2.1 Pilikian,IlovhannessI.The swollen-footed Fik, Marta, Pert-portrait of adirector:Jerzy tyrant. DQTR 113 (Summer), 31. Jarocki. TP 192 (August), 7-10. Pointer, Michael. The faces of Sherlock Holmes. Flatley. Guy, He tvon'tkick his bad habits. PP 5(February), 48-49. NYT 2 (March 10), 1. Robertson. Tony. Liberating Shakespeare. France, Richard. The 'voodoo' Macbeth of Or- DQTR. 112 (Spring). 65-68. son Welles. VT 3 (Summer). 66-78. Schwartz. Paula. The flexible director. DRAM 7 Fulmer, Raymond E. Alice: an experiment in (April), 24-25. creative ensemble techniques. DRAM 1(Sep- Shepard, Sam. Metaphors, mad dogs, and old tember/October). 37-38. time cowboys. TQ 15 (August-October), 3-16. Pilo.. Directing Pinter. TQ 16 (Novetn- Shorter, Eric. Crawl dames and grand guignol, ber-January 1975), 4-17. DQTR 113 (Summer), 26.39. Rath E. Goodman Theatre, PM 1-2 Timor of Paris. DQTR 115 (Win- (Fall/Winter 1975), 4-9. ter), 21-27,

91 90 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Stein, Jurgen. Erwin Piscator Checklist. IGAR Willett, John. Piscator and Brecht: closeness 2 (SpringSummer), 95.120. through distance. 1CAR 2 (Spring-Summer), Sullivan, Patrick J. Strumpet Wind-the Na 79.94. tional Theatre's Merchant of Venice. ETJ 1, Wright, Edgar F. As I liked it. ETJ 1, 99.100. 31-44. Szczepanski,JanAlfred,A monographon Alsosee:28002, 28832, 28844, 28847, 28859, Brecht. TP 10 (October), 35-88. 28866, 28886, 28900, 28901, 28906, 28909, 28917, Viswanathan, S. Notes and comments: the seating 28918, 28922, 28927, 28928, 28931, 28932, 28935, of Andrea's ghost and revenge in The Spanish 28937, 28942, 28944, 28945, 28948, 28949, 28953, Tragedy. TS 2 (November), 171-76. 28953, 28959, 28960, 28969, 28971, 28980,28983, Wearing, J. P. John Neville in Canada. DQTR 28988, 28994, 28995, 28998, 28999, 29001, 29005, 113 (Summer), 37-38. 29009, 29011, 29014, 29017, 29027, 29028, 29093, Wesker, Arnold. The playwright asdirector. 29099, 29109, 29110, 29112, 29114, 29120, 29124, PI) 5 (February), 10-12. 29132, 29137, 29139, 29142, 29145, 29151, 29159, Whitney, Helen. Max Reinhardt: one of the 29161, 29165, 29169, 29173, 29176, 29177, 29182, first directors and one of the greats. NYT 2 2(1187, 29188, 29192, 29195, 29198, 29203, 29207, (June 2), 3. 29210, 29212.

V. DESIGN ANDTECHNO LOGY

Actor'sTheatre,Lottiss We, Kentucky. The Children's Theatre Company/Minneapolis, The. TOT 37 (May), 12-13. TC 4 (September), 10, 27-28. Ahlons, Tony. Three theatres in ORC. T74, 65- Cot eney, Michael. How to make light work: 73. Nick Melton and Mich Hughes in interview, Anderson, Bob. Peter Harris-TM 1. TABS PP 2 (December), 14-17. (April), 5.9. DaSilva, Frank. Lighting design for puppet the- Awasthi, Suresh. The scenography of the tra- atre. TABS 2 (Autumn), 3-4. ditional theatre of India. TOR 4 (December), Dawe, Ray. Lighting on the move. TABS 2 36-46. (Autumn), 8-9. Baldwin, Chris. Scala Barcelona. TABS 2 (Au- Dircs, Michael. Theatre of the universe. TABS tumn), 17. 2 (Autumn), 18-20. Balicki, Stenislaw. A Dionysus from the Tatra Edinborough, Arnold. After five years, the Na- foot hills: Andrzej Stopka (1904-73). TP 187 tional Arts Center has finally made it. PAC (March), 7-9. 2 (Summer), 21-24. Barlas, Chris. The twittering machine. TQ (Au- Edwin, J. Thomas Hail /Akron. TC 4 (Septem- gust-October), 94.96. ber). 14, 32. Belsey, Catherine. The stage plan of the Castle Fisher, Jules. Shadows in the light. TC 1(Jan- of l'erserverance. TN 3, 124.32. nary/ February), 19-81. Benson, Alan W. Intercommunications in the- Fuller, Frank, Jr. Richmond's 1starshall Theatre: atre. DRAM 7(April),38-41, DRAM 6 a brief summary of its history. SOT 4 (Sum (March), 26-28. nicr'Fall), Black, George. From college stage to Kennedy Hannah Playhouse. The. TABS 2 (Autumn), 21. Center. TC 3 (May-June), 14-17, 48. He Who Gets Slapped. TC 5 (October), 2. Blood Wedding at UC San Diego. TC 6 (No- Jaffe, Christopher. Design considerations for a vemberDecember), 2, 46.47. demountable concertenclosure(symphonic Briitsh theatre season at BAM. TC 2 (March- shell). TOT :16(February), 17-26. April), 2. JosephE. Levine Theatre/New York. TC 4 Brokaw, John W. An inventory of gas lighting Oeptember), 22, 48-52. equipment in the Theatre Royal, Hull, 1877. Kerr, Walter. A Richard etched in steel and TS 1(May), 29-37. just as cold. NYT 2 (January 20), 1, 4. Buchman, Herman. Creating the illusions of 'Holiday'-Were we so young? NYT age. DRAM I(September/October), 12-19. 2 (January 6), 1, 8. Burgess, John. Roger Planchon's 'The Black Pig' It's a rich play, richly performed: at Villeurbanne. TQ 14 (JulyMay), 56-86. Moon for the Misbegotten. NYT 2 (January Challener, Robert. Rear projection of scenery 113), 1, 4. using overhead projections. DRAM 1(Sep- Kirby, E. T. Masks with movable jaws for Ubu tember/October), 40.42. Rol. TC 3 (May-June), 10-12.

92 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 91

Kohl, Helen. Getting your head together for Polsky, Milton. Say it with shadows. DRAM S the stage. PAC 4(Winter), 40.41. (May), 18-21. Lager, Louis A. Tools you need when you havePowell, Arnold. The -Southern Col- none. DRAM 4 (January), 33-35. lege Theatre after five years. TDT 36 (Febru- and Wagner, Joe. This projector ary), 7-8. makes scene painting easy. DRAM 5 (Decem- Reid, Francis. Getting organized. TABS 2 (Au- ber), 26. tumn), 5.6. Lee, Brian and Hatnor, Pierre Pane, late 18th The first 10 spots. TABS 1(April), century lighting innovator. TS 2 (November), 20-21. l77-83. The memory revolution. TABS 1

Legge, Brian. Adam Smith Centre. TABS I (April), 17.18. (April), 10. Rose, Philip and Levy, Charles. Thanks for the Levy, Mickey. Mnintnensehanz masking. TC 6 memory. TC 5 (October), 24.27, 39-43. (Novembe-December), 18-21. 34.35. Russell,Wallace.Lighting memory systems. Lines, Harry. Creating theatre in a glorified PAC 2 (Summer), 46. gymnasium. DRAM 7(April), 20.21. Loney, Glenn M. American Place Theatre/New Seeman, Bettie andLit, Mildred, A toybox Yolk. TC 4 (September). 20. 4447. Comedy of Errors. TC 5(October),16.17, , The ittilIard Theatre Complex/New 34-37. York, TC 4 (September). 18, 47-48. Seligman. Kevin L. Shakespeare's use of Eliza- New London Theatre: a West End bethan dress as a comedic device inThe answer to the Iris and the Minskoff? TDT Taming of the Shrew'. QJS 1, 39-44. Sievert. Cathy, The Power Center/Anne Arbor. 37(May),7-11, Stage blood and desert sand. TC 3 TC 4 (September), 16, 37-42, (May-June), 20.23, 4447. Signorelli, Phil. Designing animal faces for peo- ple. TC 5 (October), 14, 37-39, Lorenzen, The Playhouses of Tottenham street, Sprague, Arthur Colby. Monsieur Marcade. TN 1772-1969. TST 20 (1973.1974), 37-49. 3, 102-5. MacKay, Patricia. Costumes by Carrie Robbins. Sprinchorn, Evert and Gesek, Thaddeus. The TC 1(January-February), 6-11, 38-40. Bailie Flanagan Davis Powerhouse Theater at Mack and Mabel. TC 6 (November- Vassar College. TDT 37 (May), 15.18, 37. December), 6-1I, 26-28. Stave, Holger. Constructing a variable effeC(s Theatre architecture in the seven- projector. TC 3 (May-June), 19. ties. TC 4 (September), 7, 30-31, Steiner, Jill. A trip to San Francisco Opera's Trinity Squares Lederer theatre/ scene shop. PERF 8 (August), 21-22. Providence. TC 4 (September), 12, 41-44. Steil, W. Joseph. Control for projections in the Markus, Tom andHale,David."Theatre theatre. SOT 4 (Summer-Fall), 20-28. Three" Temple University. TDT 37 (May),Sultan, Jeffrey. Spiral stairdesign and con- 19-21. struction. TC 6(November-December), 22- Masa, Miloslas. Reconstruction of the Smetana 23, 44. Theatre: Prague. TUT 37 (May), 23-28. SUNY Theatre "D"/Purchase. TC 4 (Septem- Micsle, F. I.ee. Schreiber's Kinder Theatre. TST ber), II, 31, 55-56. 20(1973-1974). 24-36. The Minskoff Theatre:New York. TC 4(Sep- Tawil, M. N. and Cramer, Men. Memory as- tember), 24. 26, 52. sisted lighting control systems. TC 6(No- Montilla, Robert. The building of the 1,afayette vember-December), 24.25, 35.44. Theatre. TS 2 (November), 105-29. Tees, Arthur. Photographing the stage prochic Ornbo, Robert. Opening light in Sydney. TABS tion. ST 1(January), 66-68. I (April), 11-14. UMass Fine Arts Center/Amhost. TC 4 (Sep- Ono, Fret! B. and Cyrus, Edgar A. An inex- tetnber), 9, 28-30. pensive multiscrene preset system for Edko- Uris Theatre/New York, The. TC 4 (Septem- non dimmers. TC 3 (Ma) June), 18, 46. ber), 23, 84 -36. Over Hens! TC 3 (May/June), 6-9. Varadpande, M. L. Nagarjunkonda Amphithe- Pilbrow, Ricpard. Travels of alightingde- atre. SAN 30 (OctoberDecember 1973), 26-37. signer. TABS 2 (Autumn), 10-16. Walne, Graham. Smile please and cue one go. P )lanky, jonell and Shuske, Robert A. Syn- TABS 1(April), 4. thesized s)stCins for the performing arts. TDT Watson, Leonard C. Techniques of set photog- 36 (February), 1145. raphy. TDT 36 (February), 27-29.

93 92 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

ll'eltlIntrg,Alhcrt F.C. Itisbetter upside Alsosee:28840, 28841. 28851, 28858,28867, down. PM 3.4 (April-May). 60. 28887,28894,28890,28910,28915,28921,28947, Vesleyan Center for the Arts; Middletown. TC 28950,28952,28954,28963,28966,28972,28976, 4 (September), 8, 32-34, 28977,28979.28981.28985,28990,28991,28992, Williams. Henry B. Shinto-sponsored theatre, 29006,29012,29016,29018,29039.29042,29043, the Farmers' Kabuki. ETJ 2, 175-82. Wilson, g. Glen. The Wife's Secret: history of a 29045,29050,29056.29063,29067,29077,29087, Victorian play. TST 20 (1073- 1974), 9-23. 20093,29/02,29103.29111,29115,29119,29125, Wyman, Max. Cost low, quality high in East 29126,29130,29131,29133,29134,29135,29136, Vancouver. PAC 1(Spring), 28. 29146,29150.29152,29166,29168,29170,29183, Voting. Douglas M. The Springer Opera House: 29184,291 o,,,'. 03,29197,29200,29202,29204, Columbus, Ga. SOT 2 (Winter), 8-10. 29211,2' 'i ,

VI. PLAYWRITING

Anvorge. liter. Children at the Mermaid. PP 8 Bush, Stephen. Once a Giant, a play for young ('day), 22-23. and not-so-young people. PAC 2 (Summer), Current Concerns. PP JO (July), 18- 47-50. 22. Cannibal, Ken. The Great Caper: playtime. PP Peter 'Person and Michael Croft in 12 (October), 51-58. PP 2 (November), 44.50. interview. PP 12(September), 24 -25. Gamut Dennis. Ktunti Kalma: an approach to The wickedest man in the world: alternative theatre in Hawaii. PM 1.2(Fall- . Sitoo Wilson on Thr Beast. PP 2 (December), Winter), 36-46. 36-38. Clopper, Lawrence M. Mankind and its audi- . Gorky today a»d yesterday: Jeremy ence. COMD 4 (Winter 1974.75), 347.55. Brooks in interview. PP - (October), 12-14. Cole, Charles W. and Franco, Carol /. Critical Argetsinger, Gerald. Dunlap's Andre: the be- reaction to Tennessee Williams in the mid- ginning of American tragedy. PM 3.4 (Febru- 1960's. PM 1-2(Fall-Winter), 18-23. ai y 'March, April.May), 62-64. Cone, Thomas. N'eils: playtext. PAC 1(Spring). Bailey, Patti. A Worthy Guest: playtext. PP 1.0 40-46. (July). 55-65. Coveitey,Michael.KenCampbellandIon Bar las,Chris. John Fletcher's Wandering In Alexis Will in interivew. PP 2 (November), Lien: A firstradio play for stereo. TQ 15 12.16. (August- October), 64-92. Taking Ott: London's newest sexual Bayer. William. Fi intwriting. WRID 2 (Febru- musical. PP 12(September), 21.23. ary), 44-45. Crawford, Jerry. The Auction Tomorrow: play- Bewitched. The: an introduction. PP 8 (May), test. SOT 3 (Spring), 3-15. SOT 4 (Stiminer- 18-19. Fall), 3-4. Minns, Amanda. Popular theater and politics in Daws, Peter. Coming again. like Parkin. DQTR the French Revolution. TQ 16(November- 115 (Winter), 28-32. January), 18-35. Dennis, Ellen D. I'm Nobody, a one-act play. Bolt, Carol. Maurice: playtext. PAC 4 (Winter), DRAM 8, 8.16, 52.51, Donohue, Walter. American graffiti:the world leradby. David. Theatre checklist No. 1: Arthur of Sam Shepard. PP 7(April). 14-18. Adamov. 'MAC 1(February), 3-14. Dukore, Bernard J. The Pinter collection. ETJ Brown, JantesOliver. How to get an agent. 1.81.85. %MI to (October). 17-19. Ehrinann, Hans. Neruda's Only Play: playtext. Ilryden.Ronald.InLondon, John Gie Ignel MID 1(Fall). 5-10. plays a suicidal William Sitakespease. NVT Elson, John. The liberal revival. PP 3 (Decent. 2 (Antis( 25). 2. bcr), 8-9. Playwright PeterNichols: the Elvgren, Gillete A. jr. Documentary theatre at comic laureate of had taste. NYT 2 (Novem- Stokc-on-Trent. Eti 1, 86-98. her 10). S. Essiin. Martin. Ode to a nightingale. PP H (Au- Bulgakov, Mikhail A. Ivan Vasilievich: playtext. gust), 12-13. NIID 2 (Spring), 49-83. Playwrights and their critics. DQTR letirgharde,Lorraine Hail. Game Playing in 114 (Autumn),, 32-34. Three by Pinter. MOD 4(December). 377- Fletcher, John. Pop culture for radio 3. TQ 15 83. (Attgust- October), 93-94.

94 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 93

Garcia, Jesus Campos. The Marriage of Drama Jurak, Mirko. Commitment and character por- and Censorship: playtext. MID 1(Fall), 11-42. trayal in the British politicopoetic drama of Gaskill, William. Introduction to the speakers. We 1930's. ETJ 3, 342-6]. GAM 25, 7-0. Kanfer, Stefan.Perels of wisdom before an Gerould, Daniel. The playwright as a child: the °penning. NYT 2 (November 3), 1. IVitkiewicz childhood plays. YT 3 (Summer), Kerr, Walter. A 'Devil'sDisciple' unencum- 6.9. bered by Shaw. NYT 2 (August 18),I. Lawn, W. Stephen, Ken Dodd and Max Wail: A musicalfeastnamed Sammy An appreciation. PP 2 (December). 10-13. Calm. NYT 2 (April 28), 1. There goes the West End: a playlet. All playwrights are frustrated crit- PP 2 (November), 22-23. ics. NYT 2 (June 2), 1. Gooch, Steve. Female Transport: playtext. PP 4 It's1950'stheatre, butit works, (January). 31-37. PP 5 (February). 31-37. NYT 2(September15),1, Gorsky, Susan R. A ritual drama: Ycat's play fot. Our plays are tamer than reality, dancers. MD 2 (June), 165.78. NYT 2 (June 23), I. GrahamWhite, Anthony. Yoruba Opera: devel- Playwrights, take heed and heart. oping a new drama for the Nigerian people. NYT 2 (March 31), I. TQ 14 (May-July), 33-42. Theatre: there is no time for Aris- Green. Benny. Golden oldies. PP 10 (July), 23- tophanes. NYT 2 (June 30),1. 25. Three plays in search of a plot. Gross. Roger. The play as a dramatic action. NYT 2 (May 5), 1. PM 1*-2(Fall - Winter), 32-35. Two more from Britain: not good Gueritcy, N. R., Jr. atildreit: playtext. PP 8 theatre. NYT 2 (October 20), 7. (thii), 57.65. PP 9 (June), 61-65. Klossowicz, Jan. The theatre and drama. TP Halter:oil, Bruce. Butterfly Buffet, a children's 186(February), 9-13, one-att play. DRAM 7 (April), 4.10. Lester. Elettorc. I am in despair about South Hammond, Jonathan. Against the liberal grain. Africa. NYT 2 (December 1), 5. P1' 2(November), 10-11. Loeffler, Donald L. Coming out 1950-1970. SOT Harding, John. Setting off down the golden 4 (Summer/Fall), 33-38. pathway, PP 11(August), 27-29. Major, Mike. Chalk and Slate, a oneact play. and Burrows, John. The Golden DRAM 5 (February), 6-12. Pathway Annual: playtext. PP II(August), 3741. Pr 12 (August), 61.58. Marlowe, Dave and Waalewijn, Mies. A method Hawaii Bicemcnnial Contest. IODN (Decem- in the madness, WRI 4 (April), 26-27. ber). 2. Matalon, Vivian. Noel Cowardafter the joking Hat man, Ronald. Bumping our noses on the was over. NYT 2 (February), 1. ohs ions. DQTR 114 (Autumn), 21.26, Matilla, Lnis. Post Mortem: playtext, MID 2 Ilearon, Shelby. Method-acting, the first person (Spring), 23-47. story. IVRI 8(August), 10-13. McGrath, John. The year of the cheviot. PP 5 1 leifetz, Harold. The creative process, WRI 4 (February), 24-30. (Apil). 11-12, 46. McNally, Terence. Theatre isn't all Broadway. Ilemoff,Nat. Pincro:'Iwanted to survive!' NYT 2 (April 28), I. NV' I* 2 (May 5), 1. litcNamara, Brooks. Medicine shows: American IIirsch, Foster. Women were his heaven and his vaudeville in the marketplace. TQ 14 (May- hill. NYT 2 (March 31), 1. July), 10-24, Whitson. John. The Ritual: playtext. PAC 3 MeWhintile, Donald. Comic Mask, Cruel (l 811), 43.46, World: the plays of Giles Cooper. TQ 16 Ill.Ilya and Petrov, Evgcny. The Power of (NovemberJanuary 1975), 51-54. Love: playtext. MID I(Fall), 71.85. Meehan, Barry. Mrs. BcIllore. a one-act play. Jars is.Sally. How to save money ontaxes. DRAM 4(January), 7-13. WRID 9 (September), 13-14. Meserve, Walter J. and Ruth I. Uncle Tom's Johnson, Albert E. London Assurance and its Cabin and modern chinese drama. MD 1 notorious controversy. SOT 2 (Winter), 27-33. (March), 57-66. Jong, Erica. From a writer's notebook. WRI I1 Miller, Mary Jane. Pinter as a radio dramatist. (November), 23. MD 4 (December), 403.12. Jornet, Joseph Beneti. The Ship: playtext. MID Miller, Tice L. Alan Dale: the Hearst critic.

1 (Fall), 43-70. ETJ 1, 69-80.

93 94 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH 'COMMUNICATION Morowitz, Charles. The importance of under- Singer, Isaac Bashevis. 'I would like to see a standing Heatbcote Williams. NYT 2 (July revival of . NYT 2 (April 7),I. 21). 3. Sokol, Lech. Witkacy in American style. TP Nightingale, Benedict. Round and round the 198 (September), 28-30. critics. PP 10(July), 12.13. Witkacy in World Theatre, I. On Novick, Julius. 11.ananta rekindles the fitte fire European stages. TP 185 (January), 16-21. of ancient Greek drama. NYT 2 (November 17), 5. Witkacy in World Theatre, II. In O'Farrell, George. How to save money on post- America, TP 186 (February), 26-29. age. WRID 9 (September), I1-13. Solorzano, Carlos.The Puppets: playtext. Paul Green on outdoor drama. IODN (April), 1. MID 2 (Spring), 7-19. Paul Green receives award. IODN (December), Spriatchorn, Evert. 'The Zola of the Occult': 1. Strindberg'sexperimentalmethod. MD S Plancbon, Roger. 'Blues Whites and Reds*, the (September), 251.66. humours of a history play. TQ 15(August- Stafford-Clark, Max. Rtnnbling at the ramparts. October), 27-31. PP 4 (January), 12-13. Play Competition. IODN (August),1. IODNStoppard, Tom. Ambushes for the audience: (September-October),2. IODN(November), towards a high comedy of ideas. TQ 14 (May- 1.2. July), 3.18. Pia) ntattusctipt preparation. ENC, 24-25. Taikelf, Stanley. Solo Recital, a one-act play. Powlick,Leonard. Aphenomenologicalap- DRANI 6, 3-6. proach to Harold Pinter's 'A Slight Ache'. 'font Stoppard Interview. PERF 12, 25. QJS I(February), 25-32. Van !milk, Jean-Claude. 'The First Fool'. TQ Popkin. Henry, Canada's best-known, and angri 16 (Not ember-Jantiary 1975), 49. est playwright is coming to Ibutalway. NYT Weaver, Richard A. The Adding Machine: ex- 2 (October 13), 1. emplar of the ludicrous. PM 5 (Summer), 130. Ribalow, Meir Zvi. Where are all the new play- 33. wrights; il*riting plays. NYT 2(December Wesker, Arnold. The playwright as director. PP 29), 5. 5 (February), 10-12. Rogels, Richard and fiatumeatein, Oscar II. About the ling and I. PERF 7, 8M. Wheeler. Richard P. The king and the physi- Rosen. Carol C. The language of cruelty in cian's daughter: 'All's Well That End Well' Ford's 'TisPity She's a Whore'. COMD 4 and thelate romances. COMD 4 (Winter (Winter), 356-68. 1974.75), 311-27. Ruder, Avima. Deep inthe heart of taxes. Where to Sell Manuscripts. WRI 11(Novem- ber), 31-46. 11'R1D 1(lanuary), 9-14. Rudkin, David. Ashes: playtext. PP 6 (March), White, George. The O'Neill experience; it plat- 57.65. PP 7 (April). 63-65. tical experiment in helping new writers. TQ Rush, bat id. The playwright as puppet. WRID 15 (AngustOctober), 32-53. 4 (April), 18-2L Wilkinson, J. Norman. The white-haired girl: Ryan, Randolph. Theater Checklist2:Tont from Yangko to revolutionary modern ballet. Stoppard. TFAC 2 (May-July), 110. ETJ 2, 164.74. Salmon, Eric. Harold Pinter's Ear. MD 4 (De- Williams,Heathcote.Speakingout. PF 6 mnlier). 363-76. (March), 25. Searle, Judith. Four drama critics, TDR 3 (Sep- Wilson, Snot). The Beast: playtext. PP 2 (De- tember), 5-23. centlwr), 39-50. Seymour, Alan, Critical reactions. PP 12(Oc- Wright, David. Priestly and theart ofthe tober), 10-11. dramatist. DQTR. 112 (Spring), 49-51. Shafer,Yvonne. Theliberatedwomanin Wylie, Betty PIM Auttunn arts in the Soo. PAC American plays of the past. PM 3.4 (Spring), 4 (Winter). 33. 95.100, Young, Douglas M. Miss Doris Anderson: play- Slick,Ben. Quebec's nets' playwrights go na- text. SOT 2 (Winter), 11-26. tional. PAC 2 (Summer), 19-20. Alsosee:27985,28850, 28868, 28872, 28877, Shepard, Sam. Metaphors, mad dogs. and old 28879, 28891, 28916, 28986, 28929, 23930. 28934, dine cowboys. TQ 15 (August-October), 3-16. 28940, 28974, 28982, 29007, 29025, 29026, 29029, Shyer, Marlene Fanta. Dialogue that speaks vol- 29051, 29062, 29078. 29097, 29118. 29127, 29128, umes. W'RI 3 (March), 13-14, 27. 29144, 29162, 29171, 29174, 29205.

93 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 95

VII. PRODUCTIONAND PLAY REVIEWS A. AUFRICAN AND CANADIAN THEATRE NYTCR 16, 215. Kerr, Walter, NYT 2 (Oc- 1. individual Play Reviews tober 27), 5. Mancini, Joseph. NYTCR 16, ,Mistird Person Singular. Barnes. Clive. NYTCR 214-15. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 16, 213. 15, 224. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 15, 226-27. Broadway. PERF 4, 21-28. Collins.Pat. NYTCR 15,228.Gottfried, Buttey, Favorini, Attilo. ETJ 1, 115-17. martin. NYTCR 15, 225. Kaient,T.E. Candide. Barnes, Oise. NYT 2 (February 17), NYTCR 15, 227. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (0c- 5. NYTCR 6, 338. Beaufort. John. NYTCR 6, :ober 20), 1, 7. Kroll, Jack. NYTCR 15, 227.28. 939-40. Berkvist, Robert. NYT 2 (February NfeLean.Keitha.NYTCR 15,226.Probst, 24). I, 4. Eddy, Bill. TDR 3 (September), 134- Leonard NYTCR. 15, 228.Watt, Douglas. 35. Gottfried, Martin.NYTCR6. 337-38. Har- NYTCR IS, 224-25. Wilson, Edwin, NYTCR. ris, Leonard. NYTCR 6, 340. Kerr, Walter. 15. 225-26. NYT 2 (February 17). 5. Marx, Robert. YT 3 Admirable Basin.' Ile, The. Kerr, Walter. NTT (Summer), 104.8, Morrow, Lance.NYTCR 2 'August 18). 5. 339. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 6, 339. Watts, Alchemist. The, Sherman, Dorothy. ETJ 1,11 1- Richard. NYTCR 6, 937. 12. Cat on a Hot 'Fin Roof. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR All Over Town. Barnes, Clive, NYTCR 2-1, 106. 13, 242. Collins, Pat. NYTCR 13, 246. Gott- Beaufort. John. NYTCR 24. 109. Collins, Pat. fried, Martin. NYTCR 13, 243. Kalcm, T. E. NYTCR 24, 109. Gottfried, Martin. NYTCR NYTCR 13, 245. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (Oc- 24. 106.7. Kalem, .r. E. NYTCR 24, 109, Kroll, tober 6), 1, 3. Kroll, Jack. NYTCR 13, 245. tat k. NYTCR. 24, I07. McLean,Keitlia. Novick, Julius. NYT 2 Oily 28), 3. Probst, NYTCR 21,108.Probst, Leonard. NYTCR Leonard. NYTCR 13, 246, Sharp, Christo- 24. 106-7. Kalcm, T.E. NYTCR.24, 109. Kroll, pher.NYTCR 13, 244.Snyder, Louis.NYTCR %% -ikon. Edwin. NYTCR 24, 118. 18. 244.45. Watt. Douglas. NYTCR 13, 242-43. An American Millionaire. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR. Wilson, Edwin, NYTCR 13, 249-44. 9, 395. Beaufort, JThn. NYTCR 9, 305. Gou- Cherry Orchard, The. PERI' 4_ 26. t') ied. Mattin. N'YTCR 9, 306. Harris, Leon-Chez Notts. Brytlen, Ronald. NYT 2(March ard. NYTCR 9. 307. Kerr, .Walter. NYT 2 17). 5. (Mat 3). 1. 3. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 9, 906-7. Circle, The. Barnes, Clive. NYT 2 (May 26), 6. Watts. Richard. NI-TC11. 9, 304. NYTCR 10, 281-82. Beaufort, John. NYTCR America Piece, Deak, Frantisck. TDR 4 (De- 10. 284. Gottfried, Martin.NYTCR 10,283. tember), 110-11. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 10, 282. Watts, Rich- Anton 11. Loney, Glenn Ai, TC 3 (May(June), ard. NYTCR 10, 282-83. 2. Clarence Darrow. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR. 6. 332- As Thu LikeIt.Dames, Clive.NYTCR.20, 33. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 6, 335. Gottfried, 1.:6-67. Beaufort, John.- NYTCR 20, 167-68. Itartin. NYTCR 6, 993-34. Harris, Leonard, Gottfried, Martin. NVTGR 20,167.Kissel, NYTCR6, 336. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (April Howard. NYTCR 20,168.Sanders,Kevin. 7), 1, 15. Kroll, Jack. NYTCR 6, 335-36. Mor- NYTCR 20. 168. Watt, Douglas.NYTCR 20, row, Lance. NYTCR 6, 936. Sanders, Kevin. 166. NYTCR 6, 336. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 332. Bad Habits. Barnes, Clive. NYT 2 (February Watts, Richard. NYTCR 6, 333. Wilson, Ed- 17), 6. Gottfried, Martin. NYTCR 3, 375, Gus- win. NYTCR 6, 334. sow, Mel. NYT 2 (February 10). 4, 12, Kerr.Come Into the Carden Afaud. Barnes, Clive. Walter.NYT 2 (May 12),3, Sanders, Kevin. NYT 2 (March 17).17. Kerr, Walter, NYT NYTCR 3, 376. Walt, DOuglas. NYTCR 3, 2 (March I0). 1, 16. :174. Edwin. NYTCR 9, 374. Contractor, The. Brockway. Jody. TC 1clan- Barbary Shore. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (January nary(February), 2. 20), 4. Creeps. MacKay, Patricia. TC 1(January/Feb- Battle of the Angels. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (No- ruary), 2. vem her 17). 5, Crucible, The. Wickstront, Gordon. ETJ4, Beard, The. Aaron, Jules. ETJ 2, 256.57. 530. Black Crook. Slow, William L. PM 1.2(Fall- Cyrano de Bergerac. PERF 11, 32. PERF 4, 24. Winter 1975), 16-19. Da. Power, Victor. ETJ 3, 397.98. Bread. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (February 3), 5. Dance of Death, The. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 7. BriefLives. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 16,214. 322. NYT 2(April14),7. Beaufort, John. Beaufort. John. NYTCR 16, 215. Collins, Pat. NYTCR 7, 325. Gottfried, Martin. NYTCR 7,

97 96 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION 323.24. Harris, Leonard. NYTCR 7, 326. Kerr,Freedom of the City, The. Gottfried, Martin. Walter. NYT 2 (April 14), 1, 14. Kroll, Jack. NYTCR 4, 360-1. Harris, Leonard. NYTCR 4, NYTCR 7, 326. Morrow, Lance. NYTCR 7, 361. Power, Victor. ETJ 1,113-14. Sanders, 326. Sherman, Dorothy. ETJ 1, 110-11. Watt, Kevin. NYTCR 4, 361. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR Douglas. NYTat. 7, 322-23. Watts, Richard. 4, 359.60. Watts, Richard. NYTCR 4, 360. NYTCR 7, 323. Wilson, Edwin. NYTCR 7, Funny Farm. Kaufer, Stefan. NYTCR 3, 373. - 324-25. Watts, Richard. NYTCR 3, 373. Dear Nobody. Barnes, Clive. NYT 2 (March 3), 8, 12. Geography of a Horse Dreamer. Schechter, Joel. Devil's Disciple. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (August ETJ 3, 401-3. 18), 1. God's Favorite. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 22, 146. Donner Party,ItsCrossing, The. Dickinson, Beaufort, John. NYTCR 22, 147.48. Collins, Hugh. ETJ 4, 525-27. Quinn, Robert S. ETJ Pat. NYTCR 22, 149.Gottfried,Martin. 4, 527-29. NYTCR 2,148. Kalem, T. E. NYTCR 22, Dreyfus. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 16, 210, Beau- 149, Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (December 22), 5, fort, John. NYTCR 16, 212-13. Collins, Pat. Kissel, Howard. NYTCR 22, 145, Kroll, Jack. NYTCR 16, 213. Gottfried, Martin. NYTCR NYTCR 22, 146-47. Probst, Leonard. NYTCR 17, 211. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (October 27), 5. 22, 150. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 22, 145. Kissel!, Howard. NYTCR 16, 212. Watt, Doug-Good News. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 24,111. las.NYTCR 16,210-11.Wilson,Edwin. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 24, 112. Gottfried, NYTCR 16, 211-12. Martin. NYTCR 24, 111.12. Kanfer, Stefan. Dubarry Was a Lady. TC 5 (October), 4. NYTCR 24, 113. Kissel, Howard. NYTCR 24, Electra. Novick, Julius. NYT 2 (November 17), 113. Kroll, Jack. NYTCR 24, 12-13. Probst, 5, 7. Leonard. NYTCR 24,114. Sanders, Kevin. Equus. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 17, 204-5. Beau- NYTCR 24, 114. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 24, fort, John. NYTCR 17, 202. Gifford, Sanford. 110. Wilson, Edwin. NYTCR 24, 118. PERF NYT 2 (December 15), 1, 5. Gottfried, Martin. 6, 17-32. NYTCR 17, 206. Kalem T. K. NYTCR 17, 205- Grease. PERF 8, 12-17. 6. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (November 3), 1, 5.Great MacDaddy, The. Barnes, Clive. NYT 2 Kissel, Howard. NYTCR 17,203-4.Kroll, (February24),7,30.Gottfried,Martin. Jack.NYTCR 17,205.Probst,Leonard. NYTCR 3, 365-66, Morrow, Lance. NYTCR 3, NYTCR 17, 207. Sanders, Kevin. NYTCR 17, 366. Riley, Clayton. NYT 2 (March 3), 3, Watt, 207. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 17, 201-2. Wilson, Douglas. NYTCR 3,364, Watts, Richard. Edwin..IlYTCR. 17, 203. NYTCR 3, 364.65. Fame. Barnes, Clive, NYTCR 19, 180.81. Gott- Gypsy. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 13, 250-51. Col- fried, Martin. NYTCR '9, 180. Probst, Leon- lins, Pat. NYTCR 13, 251-52. Gottfried, Mar- ard. NYTCR 19,182.Sharp, Christopher. tin. NYTCR 13, 247. Kalem, T. E. NYTCR NYTCR 19, 181. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 19, 13, 249. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (September 29), 181. 1, 31. Kissel, Howard. NYTCR 13, 249. Kroll, Fashion. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 10, 295. Beau- Jack. NYTCR 13,251.Probst,Leonard. fort, John. NYTCR 10, 295. Gottfried, Mar- NYTCR 13, 252. Snyder, Louis. NYTCR 13, tin. NYTCR 10, 290. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 248. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 13, 250. Wilson, (March3),3. Morrow, Lance. NYTCR 10, Edwin. NYTCR 13, 247-48. 295. Tallmer, Jerry. NYTCR 10, 294. Watt. Gyubal, Wahazar. TC 4 (September), 2. Douglas. NYTCR 10, 294. Father's Day. Ralson. Albert E. ETJ I, 114-15. Holiday. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (January 6),1, Find Your - Way Home.Gottfried,Martin. 3. NYTCR 1, $99. Harris, Leonard. NYTCR I, Horatio. Novick, Julius. NYT 2 (July 14), 3. 400. Kalem, T. E. NYTCR 1, 399. Kerr, Wal- PERF 11, 36.44. PERF 12, 32, ter. NW 2 (January 13), 3. Sanders, Kevin.Hosanna. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 16, 217, Beau- NYTCR I, 400. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 1, fort, John. NYTCR 16,217.Collins,Pat. 398. Watts, Richard. NYTCR I, 398. NYTCR 16, 218. Gottfried, Martin. NYTCR Flowers.Barnes,Clive. NYTCR 15,229-30. 16, 216. Probst, Leonard. NYTCR 16,218. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 15, 231. Collins, Pat. Sharp, Christopher. NYTCR 16, 217. Watt, NYTCR 15, 231. Gottfried, Martin. NYTCR Douglas. NYTCR 16, 216-17. 15, 230. McLean, Keitha. NYTCR 15, 230. Hot Ice. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (March 10), 3. Probst,Leonard. NYTCR 15,231.Watt, Hot L Baltimore. Cussow, Mel. NYT 2 (May Douglas. NYTCR 15, 229. 12), 1, 6.

98 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 97

In Celebration. Novick, Julius. NYT 2(July 14), (February3), 1,5. Kroll, Jack.NYTCR I, 396. 3. 97. Sanders,Kevin. NYTCR 1,397. Watt, In Praise of Love. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 22, Douglas. NYTCR 1, 394.Watts, Richard. 151. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 22,153.Gott- NYTCR 1, 394. Wilson, Edwin. NYTCR I, fried. Martin. NYTCR 22, 150. Ka lem, T. E. 396. NYTCR 22,152.Kerr, Walter. NYT2(De- Love for Love. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 18, 193. cember22), 5.Kissel, Howard. NYTCR 22, 94. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 18, 194. Gottfried, 152.Kroll,Jack. NYTCR 22. 151. Probst, Martin. NYTCR 18,191.92.Kalem, T. E. Leonard. NYTCR 22,154. Watt. Douglas. NYTCR 18,192.Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (No- NYTCR 22,153.Wilson, Edwin. NYTCR 22, vember17), 5.Kissel, Howard. NYTCR 18, 154. 192. Probst, Leonard. NYTCR 18, 194. Watt, Island, The. Barnes. Clive. NYTCR20, 169. Douglas. NYTCR 18,193. Beaufort,John. NYTCR20,170-71.Gott- Macbeth. Hill, Holly. ETJ 3, 403.4. fried, Martin. NYTCR 20,170.Watt. Doug-Mack and Mabel. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 14, las. NYTCR 20,169. 236-37. Collins, Pat.NYTCR 14, 238.Gott- Jumpers. Barnes, Clive. NYT 2 (May 5),7. fried, Martin. NYTCR 14, 235. Ka lem, T. E. NYTCR 9, 298-99. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 9, NYTCR 14,235.Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (Octo- 301.2. Foote, Timothy. NYTCR 9,302.Gott. ber 13),1,3.Kroll, Jack. NYTCR 14,234. fried, Martin, NYTCR9. 300.Harris, Leon- Probst,Leonard.NYTCR 14,238,Watt, ard. NYTCR 9. 303. Kerr, Walter, NYT 2 Douglas. NYTCR 14, 234. (May 5), 1, 3. NYT 2(March3), I, 18.Kroll, A Mad Man a Mad Giant a Mad Dog a Mad Jack.NYTCR 9, 303. Sanders, Kevin. NYTCR Urge a Mad Face. Wittenberg, ClarissaK. 9, 304. Watt. Douglas. NYTCR 9, 298. Watts, TDR 3 (September). 128-29. Richard. NYTCR 9,299.Wilson, Edwin. . NYTCR 9, 301. PERF 12, 30. Magic Show, The. Barnes, Clive.NYTCR 12, 254. Beaufort, John. NYTCR12,256. Gott- Juno and the Paycock. Farber, Stephen. NYT fried, Martin.NYTCR 12,255-56. Ka lem T. E. 2 (November 24), 7, 32. NYTCR 12, 257. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (June Killdeer, The. Barnes. Clive. NYTCR 10, 278. 9). 1. 6. Kroll,Jack. NYTCR 12, 256-57. Watt. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 10, 281. Gottfried, Douglas. NYTCR. 12, 254-55. Watts, Richard. Martin.NYTCR v,280.81.Kerr,Walter. NYTCR 12. 255.Wilson, Edwin.NYTCR 12. NYT 2 (April 7), 3. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 257. 10, 278-79. Watts, Richard. NYTCR 10, 279.Mahogonny Songplay, The. Aaron, Jules. ETJ Wilson, Edwin. NYTCR 10, 279.80. 1, 112. Novick, Julius. NYT 2 (February 17), 7, King and L The. PEItF 19-32. I, 12. KingLear.Sharp,Christopher. NYTCR 3,Madness of God, The. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 367.68. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 3, 366-67. (May26), I,3. Watts, Richard. NYTCR 3, 367. Measures Taken, The. Aaron, Jules. ETJ 1, 113. Knots. Gottfried, Martin. NYTCR3, 369. Shep- ETJ 4, 53I. Barnes, Clive.NYTCR 23,133. pard, R. Z. NYTCR 3, 369. Wickstrom, Gor. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 23, 135. Gottfried, don M. ETJ 2,254. Martin.NYTCR 23, 134. Kroll, Jack. NYTCR Let Mt;People Come. Gussow, Mel, NYT 2 23, 135.Watt,Douglas. NYTCR 23, 134. (May 26), 6. Klemcsrud, Judy. NYT 2(Sep- Medea. Novick, Julius. NYT 2 (November 17), tember 15;, 3. 5, 7. Little Night Music, A. PERI' 10, 26-43. Medea and Jason. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 14, London Assurance. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR21, 239. Gottfried, Martin. NYTCR 14, 240. Ster- 16061. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 21, 162. Col- ritt, David.NYTCR14,239.Watt, Douglas. lins. Pat. NYTCR 21, 164. Gottfried, Martin. NYTCR 14, 240. NYTCR21, 161.Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (De- Alert and Phil. Barnes, Clive.NYTCR 17, 199. cember 15), 5.Kissel, Howard. NYTCR 21, Beaufort, John. NYTCR 17, 200. Gottfried, 160.Kroll. Jack. NYTCR 21,163.Probst, Martin. NYTCR 17,198.Kalem, T.E. Leonard. NYTC1t 21,164. Sanders,Kevin. NYTCR 17, 201. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (No- NYTCR 21, 164. Watt, Douglas. Nl'TCR 21, vember 10), S. Kroll, Jack, NYTCR 17, 200. 159. Wilson, Edwin, NYTCR 21, 162-63. Probst,Leonard. NYTCR 17.201. Sharp, Lorelei. Duffy. Martha. NYTCR 1,396.Gott- Christopher. NYTCR 17,200.Watt, Douglas. fried, Nfartitt.NYTCR 1,395. Harris, Leon- NYTCR 17, 198. Wilson, Edwin.NYTCR i7, ard.NYTCR 1, 396-97.Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 199.

99 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION 11erry Wives of Windsor, The. Novick, Julius.Oedipus at Colonus. Forrer, Richard. CONfD 4 NYT 2 (August 11), 3. (Winter 1974.75), 328-46. Mintier, The. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (DecemberOf Mice and Men. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 22, 1, 5. 138.39. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 22, 141. Gott- 310onchildren. Wickstrom, Gordon W. ETJ fried, kfartin. NYTCR 22, 139. Fattier, Stefan. NYTCR22, 141. Probst, Leonard. NYTCR 22, Moon for the Misbegotten, Kerr, Walter. NYT 142. Sharp, Christopher. NYTCR 22,140. 2 (January 13), l. 4. Tribby, William L. ETJ Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 22, 138. Wilson, Ed- win. NYTCR 22, 139-40. 3, 394. Optimism: or, The Misadventures of Candide. More Than You Deserve. Gottfried, Martin. 'rribby, William L. ETJ 4, 524-25. NVIC11. 3, 383-84. Kalem, T. E. NYTCR 3, Over Here. Barnes. Clive. NYTCR 5, 347-48. 384. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2(January 13), 3. Sanders, Kevin. NYTCR 3, 384. Watt, Doug- Beaufort. John. NYTCR 5, 349. Gottfried, 350.Harris, Leonard. las. NYTCR 3, 383. Watts, Richard. NYTCR Martin. NYTCR 5, NYTCR 5, 351. Km11, Jack. [NYTCR 5, 351. 3. 382. Morrow, Lance.NYTCR 5.348. Sanders, Kev- 31ourning Pictures.NY 18,l95. Ettorre, Ilarlyara. NYTcR. 18, 195. Gottfried, Martin. in. NYTCR 5, 552. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 5, 347. Watts, Richard. NYTCR 5, 348. Wilson, NYTCR 18, 196. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR l8, Edwin, NYTCR 5,34950.Wilson, John. 196. My Fat Friend. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 7, 328. NYT 2 (April 2S), 1, 3. NYT 2 (March 24), 6. Pillars of the Community. PERF 11, 33. PERF NYT 2 (April 7), 6. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 12, 09. 7,329.Gottfried,NIurtin. NYTCR 7. 327. Pretzels. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 23, 120. Beau- Harris, Leonard. NYTCR 7. '330. Kerr, Walter. fort, John. NYTCR 23. 122. Gottfried: Martin. Nrr 2(April14),.14. Morrow,Lance. NYTGR 7. 329. Sanders, Kevin. xr-rot 7, NYTC11 23, 121. Sharp, Christopher. NYTc11. 23, 121-22. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 23,120- 330. Watt, Douglas. ,NYTCR 7, 328. Watts, 21. Richard. N1'-rcR 7, 327. Prodigal Sister. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 23, 124. My Shier. My Sister. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR it, Beaufort, John. NYTCR 23, 125. Etturre, Bar- 276. Beufort. John. N1"1C11 11. 275. Cott- bara. NYTCR 23.125.Gottfried,Martin. fried. ,Nlartin. NYTCR 11, 275. Harris, Leon- NYTCR 23, 129. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 23, ard, NVTGIL II, 276. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 124. (Ma 12), 3. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR II, 274. Rainbow Jones. Gottfried, Martin. NYTGR. 2, Watts, Richard. NI"rcit i i. 274. 391. Harris, Leonard. NYTCR 2, 391. Watt, Music! Music!Barnes, Elite. NYTCR 8. 314. Douglas, NYTCR 2,390.Watts.Richard. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 8, 315-16. Gottfried. NYTCR 2, 390. Matti]. MICR 8, 316. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 Richard II. Gottfried, Martin. NYTCR 3, 38l- (April 21), 1,SS. Sanders, Kevin. NYTCR 8, 82. Kalem, T. E. NYTCR 3. 380. Kroll, Jail:. 317. Wall Douglas. NYTCR 8, 314. Watts, NYTCR 3, 381. Milliner, J Try. NYTCR 3, 579. Richard, NYTCR 8, 315. Watt,Douglas. NYTCR 5, 379. Wilson, Edwin, Naomi Court. Kerr, \Vatter. NYT 2 (September NYTCR 3, 380. PERF l t, 3031. PERF 12, 27. 15). I, 17. Richard III. Barnes. Clive. NY 1'CR 23, l29-30. National Health, 'Flit. Barnes, Cite. NYTCR Beaufort, John.NYTCR23, 131. Collins, Pat. 16,220.Beaufort, John. NYTCR 16, 219. NYTCR 23, 133. Gottfried, Martin.NYTCR Collins, Pat. NYTCR 16, 222. Gottfried, Mar- 23, 131. Kalem, T. E. NYTCR 23, 130. Kerr, tin. NYTCR 16, 221. Kalem, T. E. NYTCR Walter. NYT 2 (January 20),1, 4. Sharp, Hi, 220. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (April 14), 14. Christopher. NYTCR 23, 132. Stein, Rita. ETJ Probst. Leonard. NYTCR 16, 222. Sanders, 2,261-62. Watt,Douglas. NYTCR23,130. Kevin. NYTCR 16, 221-22. 'Shafer, Yvonne. IVilson, Edwin, NYTCR 23, 132. Ell 3,400-1. Sharp. Christopher. NYTCR Ride the Winds. Cussow, Mel. NYTCR 12, 261i. 16, 219. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 16, 218-19. Harris, Leonard. NYTCR 12, 268. Leogrande, Noel Coward in Two Keys. Gottfried, Martin. Ernest. NYTCR 12,267.Watts,Richard. Nrrat 4, 3i$7. Harris, Leonard. NYTCR 4, NYTCR 12, 267. 359,Kroll. Jack, NYTCR 4,358. Morrow, Rip Van Winkle. Novick, Julius. NYT 2 (Au- Lance.NYTCR 4,358.Sanders,Kevin. gust 11), 3. NYTCR 4, 359. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 4,. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (July 359-57. Watts, Richard. NYTCR 4, 356. 7), I, 8. 160 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TilEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSI -IIP 99

Rosmersholm. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 23, 123, Shlrniel the First. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (April Gussow, Mel, NYTCR 23, 123. Ka lem, T. E. 28), 3. NYTCR 23, 123. Kissel, Howard, NYTCR 23, Short Eyes. Aaron, Jules. ETJ 4, 530-51 Barnes, 123. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 23, 122. Clive. NYT 2 (March 24), 6. NYTCR 12,258. Rules of the Game, The. Barnes, Clive. NrrCR - Beaufort, John. NYTCR. 12, 260.61. Gottfried, 22, 142-43. Beaufort, John. NYTCR. 22, 144- Martin. NYTCR 12,259. Harris, Leonard. Dibble. Peter Davis. NYTCR 22. 144. Gott- NYTCR 12, :51. Kerr, Walter, NYT 2 (March fried,Martin. NYTCR 22. L43-44.Watt. 24), 1, 3. Kror, Jack. NYTCR 12, 261.Probst, Douglas. NYTCR 22, 143, Leonard. NYTCR 12,262. Watt, Douglas. Salome, 'It 1 (September), 4. NYTCR 12, 258-59. Watts, Richard. N yrcR 12. 260. Saturday Sunday Monday. Barnes, Clive. Sizwc Banzi is Dead. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 20, Nrrot 19, 176. Bean fort, John. NYTCR 19, 171. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 20, 172. Gott- 178,Cottfried,1Iartin. NYTCR 19, 177. fried, Martin, NYTCR 20, 175. Kerr. ll'alter, Ka lent. T. E. NYTCR 19. 179. Probst, Leon- NYT 2(November24), 7.Kroll,Jack. ard, NYTCR 19,179-80,McLean,Keitha. NYTCR 20, 174. Sharp, Christopher. NYTCR NYTCR 19, 179. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 19, 20, 173. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR20,172. 176-77. Wilson, Edwin,NYTCR 19, 177-78. Solitaire, DoubleSolitaire.Adler, Thomas P. &alibi°. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 12, 264. NYT ETJ 4, 529-30. 2 (May 26).(1. Beanfort, John. NYTCR 12, Song at Twilight, A.Barnes,Clive. NYT 2 265. IIarris, Leonard. NYTCR 12, 266. (March 17), 17. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (Match Jachetta, Michael. NYTCR 12, 263. Kaki», 10), 1,5. T, E. NYTCR 12, 264. Kerr, Walter, NYT Song of the Lositattian Bogey. 11'ithant, Barry. 2 (March 2.1). 8. Sharp, Christopher. NYTCR KT.) 3. 398-99. 12, 21U. Watts. Richard. NYTCR 12.262. Wilson. Edwin. NYTCR 12, 265-66. Sylvia Plath. Drexler, Rosalyn. NYT 2 (Janu- ary 23), 3. Kalern, T. E. NYTCR 3, 377. Kerr, Seagull, The. Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (February Walter. NYT 2 (January 27), 1, 9. Kroll. Jack. 3), 5. NYTCR 3, 378. Sharp. Christopher. NYTCR Sea Horse. The. Beaufort, John, NYTCR 10. 3, 378. Sievert, Cathy. TC 2 (March-April), 2. 287. Gottfried, Martin. NYTCR 11'286. Gus- Tallmer. Jerry. NYTCR 3, 377. Watt, Doug- sow. NYTCR 10, 285. NYT 2 tMay 12), 1, las. NYTCR 3, 376. 8, 16. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (April 21), 3. Watt, Doufdas. NYTCR 10. 284.85. Watts, Richard.Taming ofthe Shrew, The.Barnes. Cube, NYrcit 10. 285-86. Wilson, Edwin. NV rert NYTCR 10,290. N'YT 2(March 241.6. to, 286.87. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 10, 288. Gottfried. Martin. NYTCR 10,290.91, Kroll,Jack. Sextet. Barnes. Clive, NYTCR 5, 352. Beaufort, NVTCR 10, 289. Loney. Glenn M. TC 2 ,John.syrcit5,353.Gottfried,Martin. NYTCR 5. 354. Sanders, Kevin. NYTCR 5, (March-April). 2. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 10, 354. Wan, Douglas. NYTCR 5, 353. Watts, 288.Watts, Richard. NYTCR 10. 289. PERF Riehaid. NYTCR 5. 355. 4, 23. (Febru- Sgt. Pepper's Lonely Hearts Club Band on theTempest, The. Barnes, Clive. NYT 2 ary 17), 6. Hill. Holly. KTJ 3, 03-4. Novick, Road. Gottfried, Martin. NYTCR 19,183. Gossow, Mel. NYTCR 19. 182. Ka lent, T. E. Julius. NYT 2(February 17),1. NYTCR, 19, 134, Cr Haire, Patricia. NYTCR Thieves, Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 8, 318. NYT 2 181.Probst, Leonard. NYTCR 19,184. (April 14), 7. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 8, 319. Spina, James. N1TCR 19, 183. Gottfried, Martin. NYTCR 8,319.Harris, Shenandoah. Kerr. Walter. WI' 2 (September Leonard. NYTCR 8, 320. Kerr, Wafter. NYT 8), I. 21. (May 5), 1. 3. Morrow, Lance. NYTCR 8, 317. Sanders, Kevin, NYTCR 8, 820. Wail. Dontt- Sherlock. Holmes. Barnes. C1iir,NYTCR 1811. Beaufort, John, NYTCR 18, 189-90. Col- las, NYTCR 8, 320. Watts, Richard. NYTCR lins, Pat. Nrrcit 18. 190. Gottfried, Martin. 3, 317-18. Tonight at 8:30. PERF 4, 27. NV ['CR 18, 187-88. Kalcm, T. E. NYTCR 18, 190. Kerr. Walter. NYT 2 (Novembe 24), 7.Too True To Be Good. Kerr, Walter, NYT 2 Kissel, Howard. NYTCR 18,188.89. Probst, (August 18), 1, 5. Leonard. NYTCR 18,191.Watt. Douglas. Total Eclipse. Barnes, Clive. NYT 2 (March 3), NYTCR 18, 187. Wilson, Edwin. Nl"FCR 18, 8,12. NYTCR 113,291.Gottfried, Martin. 183. NYTCR ZO, 292.Kroll, yak. NYTCR 10, 293. 100 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 10, 293. Watts, Rich- fried,Martin. NYTCR II,271-72.Harris, ard. NYTCR 10, 292. Leonard. NYTCR 11, 272-73. Watt, Douglas. Trojan Women. Novick, Julius. NYT 2 (No- NYTCR 11, 270. Watts, Richard. NYTCR 11, %ember 17), 5, 7. 271. Twelfth Night, Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (July 7),Wood Demon, Thc. Barnes, Clive. NYT 2 (Feb- I, 8. ruary 17), 6. Gottfried, Martin. NYTCR 3, Ulysses in Nighttown. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 5, 371. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 3, 370. Watts, 342-43. NYT 2 (March 24), 6. Beaufort, John. Richard. NYTCR 3, 370-71. NYTCR 5, 343. Gottfried, Martin. NYTCRWords and Music. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 9, 5, 344. Harris, Leonard. NYTCR 5, 346. Kerr, 307-8. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 9, 310. Gott- Wailer. NYT 2 (March 17),1.Kroll, Jack. friedMartin. NYTCR 9, 309. Harris, Leon- NYTCR 5, 344-45. MacKay, Patricia. TC 3 ard. NYTCR 9, 311. Sanders, Kevin. NYTCR (May-June), 2. Morrow, Lance. NYTCR 5, 345. 9, 311. Watt, Douglas. NYTCR 9, 308. Wilson, Sanders, Kevin. NYTCR 5, 346. Watt, Doug- Edwin. NYTCR 9, 310. las. NYTCR 5, 342. Watts, Richard. NYTCR 5. :43. Wilson, Edwin, NYTCR 5, 345 -16. 2, Black Theatre Uncle l'anya. Gilman, Richard. TQ 13 (Febru- Crew, Louie. What you see is what you get: ary-April), 67.73. Kerr, Walter.NYT2 (Feb- Black as victim. ERT (Summer), 35.43. ruary 101. I, 5. Shaffer, Peter. NYT 2 (January El Hajj Malik. Angetsinger, Gerald S. ETJ 3, 27), 3, 399-400. You Bet Your Life.Kroll, Jack. NYTCR 23,Jeyifous, Abiodttn. Black critics on black theatre 126-27. in America. TOR 3 (September), 34-45. Wager. Tlte. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 23, 127.Poag, Thomas E. The first negro characters in Beaufort, John.NYTCR23, 128. Mallet, Gina. American drama and theatre. ENC, 19-23. NYTCR 23, 128. Probst, Leonard. NYTCR 23, Tencr, Robert L. The corrupted warrior heroes: (June), 129.Sharp, Christopher. NYTCR 23,128. Amiri Baraka's Thc Toilet. MD 2 Watt. Douglas. NYTCR 23. 128. 207-15. Way of the World, The. Sharp, Christopher. See also: 28851, 28857, 28902, 28939, 21,973, 28975, NYTCR 3, 368.69. Stein, Rita, ETJ 2. 262. 28989, 29068, 29096, 29189. Talltner, Jerry. ls:YTC11. 3, 368. What the Wine-Sellers Buy. Gottfried, Martin. 3.Educational /Children's Theatre NYTCR 2,387-88. Harris. Leonard. NYTCRBerwangcr, Mary. A new play from an old 2. 389, Kerr, Walter. NYT 2 (February 24), classic. DRAM 7, 31.32. I. 5. Morrow, Lance. NYTCR 2, 389. Watt,Blessed Event. Wickstrom, Gordon M. ETJ 2, Douglas. NYTCR 2,386. Watts, Richard. 254.55, NYTCR 2, 386. Wilson. Edwin. NYTCR 2,Chapman, Kent. Angel Street: an actors chal- lenge. DRAM 8, 38. When You Conlin' Back, Red Ryder? Gussow,Company. Tribby, William L. ETJ 3. 394-95. Mel. NYT 2 (May 12), 1. 6. Cowen, Martha. Story stewa potful of tales. Where's Charley. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 24, DRAM 7, 30-31. 116. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 24,115. Gott- Bunter. Herbert. Bristol riots: a primary school fried,Martin. NYTCR 24,115.McLean, drama project. YD I, 21-24. Keitha. NYTCR 24,114.Probst,Leonard. Goa. Aaron, Jules. ETJ 3, 395-96. NYTCR 24, 117. Sanders, Kevin. NYTCR 24,Gyubal Wahazar. Baker, Stuart E. ETJ 2, 252- 117. Watt. Douglas. NYTCR 24, 116. Wilson, 54. Edwin. NYTCR24, 118. Huntbledog and the Hopping Clogs, ETJ 2, 263- Who's Who in Hell. Barnes, Clive. NYTCR 21, 64. 157. Beaufort, John. NYTCR 21. 157. Collins,Jack and the Beanstalk. Lazier, Gil. ETJ 2, ?62. Pat. NYTCR 21,158.Gottfried,Martin.Jack Ruby, all-American boy. Leonard, Bob F. NYTCR 21, 156. Probst. Leonard. NYTCR 21, ETJ 3, 396-97. 159. Sanders, Kevin. NYTCR 2i. 158. Sharp,Lee, John H. A dream experience. (Midsummer Christopher. NYTCR 21, 158. Watt. Douglas. Night's Dream) DRAM I (September- NYTCR 21, 156. October), 10-11. Why Hanna's Skirt Won't Stay Down. Schjel-Liberty Ranch. Tribhy, William L. ETJ 3, 394. dahl. Peter. NYT 2 (September 29), 3. Lucifer. tVickstrom, Cordon M. ETJ 2, 251. Will Rogers U.S.A. Barnes. Clive. NYTCR II, Lying in Stale. Tribby, William L. ETJ 3, 393. 270. Beaufort, John.NYTCR Il,272. Gott- 94. 1 0 2 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 101 Mandrake. Tribby, William L. ETJ 8. 393. Women for women. TDR. 4 (De- Miller, Lynda. Merton: the movie. DRAM 6, cember), 77.87. 31-33. Ryan, Patti Ryder. The Living Theatre's money Orestia. Tribby. William L ETJ 3, 394. tower. TDR 2 (June), 9-25. Fallen, Mary. College theatre across America. Schechner, Richard. From ritual to theatre and PM 1-2 (October-November, Deeember-Jama- back: the structure process of the efficacy-en- :try), 24-31. tertainment dyad. ETJ 4, 455-81. Paravati, Laurie. Lute* Song: an adventure inSeven Meditations on Political Sado-Masochism. Chinese drama. DRAM 8, 36-37. Aaron, Jules. ETJ 4, 531-32. Patterson, Steve and Herde, Maryina. Story the-Shank, Theodore. A return to Mayan and Aztec atre: art adventure in creating your own pro- roots. TDR 4 (December), 56-70. duction. DRAM 6, 30. Political theatre as political enter- Pimm, Donald W. Problems and pleasures of a tainment. TDR 1(March). 110-17. world premiere. DRAM 4, 14-15. Tretler, Laurence J.Players of commitment: Rosencrantz and Guilderstern arc Dead. Tribby, the Agitprop troups. PM 5 (Summer), 116-19. William L. ETJ 3. 394. Zanger, Jules. The minstrel show as theater of Ryan, Paul Ryder. The Iowa theatre lab's 'Dan- misrule. QJS 1, 33-38. cer Without Arms.' TDR 4 (December), 108-Also see:28009. 28862, 28870, 28903. 28961. 9. 28967, 28993. 29072, 29078. 29078, 29121, 29123, Seeds of Atreus. Cohn, Ruby. ETJ 2, 221-30. 29191. Servant of Two Masters, The. Tribby, William L. ETJ 3.394. B. International Theater Show Mc a Good Loser and I'll Show You a Loser. Wicitstrorn, Gordon M. ETJ 2, 251. Abel, Where is You Brother? Craig, Randall. Soft Touch, The. Tribby, William L. BTJ 8, DQTR 114 (Autumn), 72. Absent Friends. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 114 (Au- 393. Song of the Great Land. Tribby, William L. tumn), 61-63. ETJ 3, 393. Action. Craig, Randell. DQTR. 115 (Winter), 70- Toraason, Gale A. A new experience for an old 71. Coveney, Michael. PP 2 (November). 29. troupe. DRAM 7. 32-33. Agamemnon. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 4 (Jann. Treasure Island. Lazier, Gil. ETJ 2, 264. ary), 53-54. Apple Cart, The. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 112 (Spring), 35-37. 1. Socio-Political Theatre Ashes. Craig, Randall. DQTR 112 (Spring), 43. Brustein, Robert. News Theatre. NYTM (June Masters, Anthony. PP 6 (March), 47. 16), 7, 36, 38-39, 44-45. Babies Grow Old. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 115 Chaiken, Joseph. Closing the Open Theater. (Winter), 66.67. TQ 16 (November-January 1975), 36-42. Bacchae, The. Arthur, Doug. ETJ 2, 27.28. Durham, Weldon B. An invisible armor: the Ballyadyna. Bizan, Marian. TP 193 (September).. U.S. army liberty theatres. PM 1-2(October- 8-12. November, December-January), 12-17. Bedwinner, The. Boyle, Andy. PP 12 (October), Greer. Edward G. Politicalploys and plays. 40-41. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 115(Winter), DQTR 114 (Autumn), 27-32. 48. Ghost Dance. Wilnteth, Don B. BTJ 2, 255.56. Bell, Book and Candle. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 112 Knapp, Bettina. Cosmictheatre: The Little (Spring), 38. Chariot of Flames and Voices. MD 2 (June),Bewitched, The. Esslin, Martin. PP 9 (June), 225.3/ 36-37. Lambert, J. W. DQTR. 114 (Autumn), Lamb, Margaret. Feminist criticism. TAR 3 41-43. (September), 46-50. ti Billy. Bean, Robin. PP 9 (June), 40-42. Lambert. Longman, Stanley V. Mussolini and the theatre. J. W. DQTR 114 (Autumn), 50. QJS 2 (April), 212-24. Bingo, Lambert, J. W. DQTR 115 (Winter), 41- Morton, Carlos. The Teatro Campesino. TDR 42. O'Conner, Garry. PP 12 (September). 26- 4 (December), 71-76. 29. Rasaulis, Norman A. Identity and action in theBird Child. Craig, Randall. DQTR 113 (Sum- revolutionary worlds of the Balcony and of mer), 66-67. Gilbert, W. Stephen. PP 9 (June). Marat/Sade. TAN, 60.72. 44-45. Rea, Charlotte. The New York Feminist The- Birds of Paradise. Ansorge, Peter. PP 10 (July), atre Troupe. TAR 3 (September), 132-33. 47. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 114 (Autumn). 47.

103 102 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Bit Between the Teeth, A. Howlett, Ivan. PP 2 Confusions. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 115 (Winter), (November), 31.32. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 115 64-66. (Whiter), 47-48. Comm:lion, The. Win, Catherine. PP 12 (Oc- Black and White Minstrels, The. Lambert, J. W. tober), 1 DQTR 112(Spring), 16-17. Corn is Green, The. Shorter, Erie. DQTR 114 Bloomsbury. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 114 (Au- (Autumn), 69-70. tumn). -18.Wilson, Sandy. PP 11(August), Country Life. James, Terry. PP 5(February), 10-11. 52-53. Blues. Whites, and Reds. Shorter, Eric. DQTR Cowboy Mouth. Ansorge, Peter. PP 8 (May), 45. 115 (Winter), 62-64. Craig, Randall. DQTR 115 (Summer), 70. Bodywork. Hantmond, Jonathan. PP 10 (July), CrinctitnCrancum.Morley-Priesttnan,Anne. 15. DQTR 114 (Autumn), 17. Bordello. Boyle, Andy. PP 8 (May), 45. Lam-Cymbeline. Stedman, Jane W. ETJ 4, 533.3L bert, J. W. DQT3t. 114 (Autumn), 50. Attsorge, Peter. Pi' 10 (July). 4041. BorderlineCase.A.Morley-Priestman, Anne. Dante of Sark. The. Ansorge, Peter. PP 2 (De- DQTR 114 (Autumn). 17-18. cember), 27-28. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 115 Bremen Coffee. Pontac, Perry. PP 7 (April), 47 (Winte). 45. Danny La Rue Show, The. Bryden, Ronald. PP Brook,Peter. The complete truthisglobal. 5 (February), 42-43. N1"1 (January 20), 3, 13. Dante. Morawiec, Ehbicta. TP 11(November), IluilshotCrittinnond. PP 11 (August), 50-51. 10-18. Gilbert, W. Stephen. P1' 12 (September), 39-40. Dead Easy. Davies, Russell. PP 6 (March), 45. 11% Common Consent. Craig, Randall. DQTR Lambert. J. W. DQTR 112 (Spring), 28. 115(Winter), 76. O'Keefe, Richard. PP 12 Death and the Devil. Craig, Randall. DQTR (October), 43. 112 (Spring). 46. Design for Living. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 112 Castle of Perseverance, The. Elliott. John R. (Spring), 29, Wilson. Sandy. PP 4 (January'), ETJ 2, 2, 261. 45-47. Chester Mystery Plays, The. Elliott, John it Doctor Faustus. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 115 E-j 2, 259-60. (Winter), 56. O'Connor, Garry. PP 12(0e- Cher Nom, Lambert, J. W. DQTR 112 (Spring), tober),'56-37. 19-20, Dryden, Ronald. PP 6 (March). 27-29. Doll'sHouse, A. Voting, William C. ETJ 5, Children. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 113 (Summer). 409.10. 4415. Wihon, Sandy. PP 8 (May), 36-57. Dominoes. Lipsitts, Frank. PP 9 (June). 44. Children's Crusade, The. Craig, Randall. DQTR Dos Peones Por Patroncito (Two Workers for 115 (Winter), 73-76. Howlett, lean. PP 2 (No- the Bossman). Brokaw, John W. ETJ 1, 108-9. %ember). 54. Double Double. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 112 Cluirchili Play, Thc. Russell, Barry. PP 9 (June), (Spring), 25-26. 55, Shorter, Eric. DQTR 114 (Autumn), 68 -69. Drop of Honey. Povey, John F. AA 4 (Sum- The. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 115 (Winter), mer), 1-7, 66.69. 50. Duck Song. Dawson..1-felen. PP 6 (March), 34- Cockle. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 112 (Spring), 29. 35. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 113 (Spring), 43-44. Wilson, Sandy. PP 5 (February). 44-45. Dumbwaiter, The. Craig, Randall. DQTR 112 Cole. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 114 (Autumn), 50- (Spring), 43-4. 51. Taylor, John Russell. PP 11 (August), 34- Eden End. Curtis, Anthony. PP 8 (May), 34-35. 35. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 113 (Summer), 51-52. Collected Works, Gilbert, W. Stephen. PP 7El Soldado Razo (The Soldier of the Race). (April), 49. Brokaw, John W. ETJ 1, 110. Collector, The. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 7 Fallen Angels. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 113 (Sum- (April)), 50. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 113 (Sum- mer), 64. trier), 46-47. FatalAffair,A.Shorter,Eric. DQTR 112 Come. Craig, Randall. DQTR 112 (Spring), 45. (Spring), 41-42. Comrades. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 115 (Winter). Fears and Miseries of the Third Reich. Shorter, 53. Eric. DQTR 113 (Sutnmer), 62.63. Confederacy, The. Curtis, John. PP 10(July), Fight for Shelton Bar. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 31.32, Lambert. J. W. DQTR 114 (Autumn), 112 (Spring). 38-39. 59. Flow. Lambert. J, W. DQTR 112 (Spring), 26. 104 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 103

Flowers. Craig, Randall. DQTR 112(Spring), Happy End. Shorter,Eric. DQTR 114(Au. 47. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 114 (Autumn), 47. trunn), 65-66. Trotter, Stewart. PP 8(May), 41. Quinn, Heil Caesar. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 113(Sum- Robert S. ETJ 3, 407-9. mer), 60-61. Four from the End. Craig, Randall. DQTR 113 Henry IV.(Pirandello) Hammond, Jonathan. (Summer), 71. PP 2 (November), Si, Lambert, J. W. DQTR Foursome. Craig.Randall. DQTR 114(Au- 113(Sumtner), 47-48. tumn), 74-75. Henry IV, Parts I and II. Lambert. J. W. DQTR Freeway, The. Dawson, Helen. PP 2 (Novem- 115 (Winter), 57. Seymour, Alan. PP 7 (April), ber), 26.27. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 115 (Win. 36.39. ler). 42-44. Henry V. Lambert, J. W', DQTR. 115 (Winter), From Moses to Mao. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 57-58. 112 (Spring), 26. liereward the Wake. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 114 Gaslight. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 114 (Autumn), (Autumn), 64-65. 69. Highwaymen, The. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 115 GenthatienPrefer Anything. Lambert, J.IV. (Winter), 52-53. DQTR 112 (Spring), 23.24. Hobson'sChoice.Shorter,Eric. DQTR 112 Geography of a Horsecharater, The, Lahr, John, (Spring), 35. PP 7 (April). 40-17. Humbledog and the Hopping Clogs. ETJ 2, Clara on Tiptoe, A. Lambert. J. W. DQTR 263-64. 114 (Autumn), 48. Wilson, Sandy. PP 9 (Jane), 1 Arrive Tomorrow. Chynowski,Pauland 43. Kelera, Jozef. TP 10 (October), 21-30. Ghosts. Gilbert, Miriam, ETJ 3, 406-7. Gilbert, Importance of Behig Earnest, The. Lambert, -W. Stephen. PP 6 (March), 36-39. Lambert, J. 11'. DQTR 113 (Summer), 49-51. J. W. DQTR 112 (Spring), 31-32. In a Small Country House. Defiler, Janusz. TP Gingerbread Lady, The. Brier, Man. PP 2 (De- 192 (August), 23-26. cember), 20-21. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 115 Island. The. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 6 (March), (Whiter), 45-47. 40-43. Lambert, J. IV. DQTR 112 (Spring), 23. GirolleGiroila.Craig,Randall. DQTR 113Jack and the Beanstalk. Lazier, Gil. ETJ 2, (Summer), 71. 262. Grand Magic Circus, Le. Lahr, John. PP 6Jack the Ripper. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 115 (March). 30-33. (Winter), 51. O'Keefe, Richard. PP 2 (No- Golden Pathwav Annual, 1-he.Gilbert,IV. vember), 32. Stephen. PP 12 (September), 32-33. Lambert,Jan Marie) Karwl Hellcat. Degler, Janusz. TI' J. W. DQTR 115 (Winter) 50. 10 (October). 31-34. Domes. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 112 (Spring), 28.Jeux de Massacre. Fik, Marta. TP 190 (June), Good Companions, The. Dawson, Helen. PiP 15, 20. 11 (August), 38-39. Lambert, J.IV. DQTRJohn, Pant, George, Ringo, and Bert. Henri, 114 (Autumn), 50. Adrian, PP 12(September), 36-37. Lambert, Government Inspector, The. Hausbcandt, An- J. IV. DQTR 115 (Winter), 51.52. drzej. TP 2 (February), 18.21. Shorter, Eric.Joss Adams Show, The. Craig, Randall. DQTR Dolt 113(Stuntner), 63-64. 114 (Autumn), 74. Grabberwitch.Craig, Randall. DQTR 112 Journey. Morley-Priestman, Anne. DQTR 114 (Spring), 47. (Autumn), 17. Great Caper. The. Dryden, Ronald. PP 2 (No- Judies. Gilbert, IV. Stephen. PP 5 (February), vember), 24-25. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 115 51. (Winter). 48-50. Kennedy'sChildren.Craig,Randall. DQTR Great Society. The. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 114 115 (Winter),72-73. Hammond, Jonalhata. (Autumn), 47. O'Keefe, Richard. PP 10 (July), PP 2 (December), 31. 45. King, 'The. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 10 (July), Hamlet. Ansorge, Peter. PP 8 (May), 42-43. Gil- 45. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 114 (Autumn), 47. bert, Miriam. ETJ 3, 406-7. Lambert, J. W.King John. O'Connor, Garry. PP 8 (May), 38-40. DQTR 113 (Summer), 55. King Lear. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 113 (Sum- Hammers, The. Robins, Dave. P1' 2 (Decem- mer), 54-55. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 115 (IVirt- ber), 29, 31. ter), 59. Happy Arrival, The. Wysinka, Elzbieta. TP 190 Knots. Lambert, J. W. DQT11. 112 (Spring), 26- (June), 6-10. 27. O'Connor, Carry. PP 5 (February), 51-52.

1#J 104 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Knuckle. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 7(April), (August), 36-37. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 114 40-41. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 113 (Summer), (Autumn), 54.56, 42-43. Marron du Feu, Les. McElroy, George C. ETJ Lady from the Sea, The. Blake, Gary. ETJ 1, 4, 534-35, 117. Marquis of Keith, The. Lambert, J. W, DQTR Last Analysis, The. Morley-Priestman, Anne. 115 (Winter), 55.56. DQTR 114 (Autumn), 17. Measure for Measure. Ansorge,Peter. PP 6 Last Finger, The. Povcy, John F. AA 4 (Sum- (March), 45. Ansorge, Peter. PP 12 (October), mer), 1.7, 66-69. 30-33. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 112 (Spring), 39- Leader, The. Craig, Randall. DQTR 114 (Au- 40. tumn), 74-75. Meeting Ends. Craig, Randall, DQTR 113 (Sum- Legataire Universal, Le. McElroy, George. ETJ mer), 69. 4, 534-33. Merchant of Venice. ETJ I1, 31-44. Le Marige Blanc. Wysinska, Elzbieta. TP 191 Merry-go-Round, The. Davies, Russell. PP 4 (July), 32.34. (January), 50-51. Let My People Come, Brien, Alan. PP 12 (Oc- Midnight. Craig, Randall. DQTR 112 (Spring), tober),38-39. Lambert, J. W, DQTR 115 (Winter), 50-61. Mil-48YourHead. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 112 Liberation, The. Pik, Marta. TP 196 (Decem- (Spring),24.25.Trotter,Stewart.PP6 ber), 13-16. (March), 47. Life Class. Gilbert, W. Stephen. PP 8(May), Misanthrope. Young, Lillian C. ETJ 3, 409. 2627. Lambert, J. W. I4QTR 113 (Summer),Monte Cristo. Boyle, Andy. PP 12 (September), 39-41. 39. Lilla Weneda, Bizan, Marian. TP 193 (Septem- Month in the Country, A. Howlett, Ivan. ber), 8.12. 12 (September), 30-31. Lambert, J. W. Dgra Little Eyolf. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 113(Sum- 114 (Autumn), 59-60. mer), 58-60. Morgan Yard, The. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 113 Little Hut, The. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 115 (Summer), 66. (Winter), 47. Wilson, Sandy. PP 2 (Decem-Motor Show, The. Craig, Randall. DQTR 114 ber), 22-23. (Autumn), 74-75. Little Ocean. Ansorge, Peter. PP 8 (May), 45.Mrs. Dot. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 114 (Autumn), Craig, Randall. DQTR 113 (Summer), 70-71. 66. Looneys, The. O'Keefe, Richard. PP 2(De- Much Ado About Nothing. Shorter, Eric. DQTR cember), 25. 115 (Winter), 69. Los Yenditos (Those Who Sold Out). Brokaw, John W. ETJ 1, 108-10. Natural Cause, The. Craig,Randall. DQTR 114(Autumn), 72-73. Hammond, Jonathan. Lovers, The. Wysinska, Elzbieta. TP 192 (Au- PP 10 (July), 45. gust), 28-29. Next of Kin. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 114 (Au- Ludns Coventriae, or NTowne Cycle.Craig, tumn), 43-44. O'Connor, Garry. PP 9 (June), Randall. DQTR 114 (Autumn), 75. Macbeth. Coveney, Michael. PP 2 (December), Ni3g8-910.31ight.Craig, Randall. DQTR 113 (Sum- mer), 69-70. Magic. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 115 (Winter). 69.No Title. Shorter, Erie: DQTR 113 (Summer), Magnyficence. Craig, Randall. DQTR 115 (Win- 62. ter). 73. Hosvlett, Ivan. PP 2 (November), 34.Norm and Ahmed. Craig, Randall. DQTR 114 Maids, The. Lambert, J. =1. DQTR 113 (Sum- (Autumn), 73-74. Norman Conquests, The. Lambert, J. W. DQTR mer), 55. Marowitz, Charles. PP 7(April), 114(Autumn), 36-38. Pontac, Perry. PP 10 Male of the Species, The. Itzin, Catherine. PP (July). 42-43. November Night, The. Wysinska, Elzbieta. TP 2 (December). 24.25. Lambert, J. W. DQTR '191 (July), 15-19. 115 (Winter), 44-45. Man and His Wife, A. Shorter, Eric. DQTROgun Onire. Berger. Renato. AA 1(Autumn), 114 (Autumn), 67-68. 54-55. Marriage, The. Fik, Marta. TP 193(Septem- Oidipus Tyrannus. Ansorge, Peter. PP 11 (Au- ber), 19-24. gust), 42-43. Marriage of Figaro, The. Esslin, Martin. PP. 11Okapi. Wysinska, Elzbieta. TP 190 (June), 20.

10.6 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 105 120 Days of Sodom. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 115Saint Joan of the Stockyards. Ansorgc, Peter. (Winter), 50-51. Mairowitz, David Zme. PP PP 9 (June), 45. 2 (November), 28. Salutations. Craig. Randall. DQTR. 114(Au- Only True Story of Lady Godiva, The. Shorter, tumn), 74.75. Eric. DQTR. 115 (Winter), 64. Sammy Cahn's Song Book. Wilson, Sandy. PP Operation Iskra.Craig,Randall. DQTR. 112 12 (October), 38. (Spring), 45-46. Saturday Sunday Monday. Lane, John Francis. Othello. Shorter, Eric. DQTR. 113 (Summer), 6t. PP 2 (November), 33-34. Stedman, Jane W. Other People, O'Keefe, Richard. PP 11(Au- ETJ 1, 117-18. gust), 47. Sehippel. Craig, Randall. DQTR 115 (Winter), Ours. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 113 (Summer), 64-66. 72. O'Keefe, Richard. PP 2 (December), 25. Owl Winged Faculty, The. Morley-Priestman,Sea Anchor, The. Craig, Randall. DQTR 114 (Autumn), 70-71.Gilbert, W. Stephen, PP Anne, DQTR 114 (Autumn), 17. 11 (August), 46-47. Painting a Wall. Craig, Randall. DQTR. 113 Seagull, The. Gilbert, Miriam. ETJ 3, 406-7. (Summer), 66.67. Gilbert. W. Stephen. PP 9 Gilbert, W. Stephen. PP 6 (March), 36-39. (June), 44-45. Lainbert, J. W. DQTR 112 (Sprint, 32-33. Party, The. Brien, Alan. PP 5 (February), 39- 41. Lambert, J. W. DQTR. 112 (Spring). 17-She Stoops to Conquer. Shorter, Eric. DQTR. 113 (Summer), 63. 19. Passion Play near Amalfi, A. GisoIfi D'Aponte, Sherlock's Last Case. Craig, Randall. DQTR. 114 Mimi. TDR 4 (December). 47-55. (Autumn), 71-72. Patriot for Me, A, Masters, Anthony. PP 4 (Jan-Sherlock Holmes. Lambert, J. W. DQTR. 112 uary), 54. (Spring), 29-30. Pay-off, The. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 115 (Win- Shivvers. Craig, Randall. DQTR 114 (Autumn). ter), 48. 73. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 10 (July), 44-45. Pericles, Prince of Tyre. Stedman, Jane W. ETJShow-off, The. Pontac, Perry. PP 7 (April), 47- 4, 533-34. 48. Play Alas. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 11 (August),Since He is Absent. Wysinska. Elzbieta. TP 192 44-45. Lambert, J. W. DQTR. 114 (Autumn), (August), 14-17. 4546; Six of the Best. Craig, Randall. DQTR. 113 Pleasure Principle, The. Ansorge. Peter, PP 4 (Summer), 72. (January), 55. Craig,Randall. DQTR. 112Sizwe Bansi is Dead. Hammond, Jonathan. PP (Spring), 44. 6 (March), 4O-43. Lambert, J. W. DQTR. 115 . Shorter, Eric. DQTR. 112(Spring), (Spring), 22-23. 37-38. Slaughterhouse.Wysinska,Elzbieta. TP 187 Pygmalion. Bryden, Ronald. PP 9 (June), 30- (March). 25-26. 3t. Lambert, J. W. DQTR. 114(Autumn), Snap. Brien, Alan. PP 8 (May), 32-33. Lambert, 51-52. J. W. DQTR 113 (Summer), 43.44. Someone Etse is Still Someone. DQTR 114 (Au- Richard II. Lambert, J. W. DQTR. 115 (Win- tumn), 71, ter), 59-61. Something's Burning. Lambert, J. W. DQTR Ride Across Lake Constance, The. Gilbert, W. 113(Summer), %L Masters, Anthony. PP 7 Stephen. PP 4(January), 48-49. Lambert, (April), 48-49. J. W. DQTR. 112(Spring), 27.28. Spasm. Craig. Randall. DQTR 113 (Summer), Romeo and Juliet. Lambert, J. W. DQTR. 115 68. (Winter),58-59.Shorter,Erie. DQTR. 114Speakers, The. Lahr. John. PP 9 (June), 34-35. (Autumn). 65. Shorter. Eric. DQTR. 112 (Spring). 42. Ruffian on theStairs, The. Craig,Randall.Spellbound Squire, The. Craig, Randall. DQTR DQTR 112 (Spring), 43. 113 (Summer), 72. RU-honzi evening. A. Ryan, Paul Ryder. TDRSpring's Awakening. Gilbert, W. Stephen. PP 10 4 (December), 114-15. (July), 28-30. Lambert, J. W. DQTR. 114 (Au- (May). 42. Runaway. Esslin, Martin. PP 8 tumn), 52-54. Sack Race, The. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 12 Stallerhof. Craig, Randall. DQTR. 115 (Winter), (September), 34-35. Lambert. J. W. DQTR. 71-72 114 (Autumn), 48-50. Statements After an Arrest Under the Immoral- Saint Joan. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 115 (Winter). ity Act. PP 6 (March), 40-43. Lambert, J. W. 68-69.. DQTR 115 (Spring), 22.

107 106 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH COAINIUNICATION

Streetcar Named Desire, A. Dawson, Helen. PPVeuves, Les. Lambert, J. W. DQTR Ill(Au- 8 (May), 28-31. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 113 tumn), 46-47. (Summer), 45-46. Wakefield Townley Cycle of Mystery Plays, The. Stunmerfolk. Essfin, Martin. PP 12(October), Elliott, John It. ETJ 2, 260-61. 28-29. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 115(Winter),.Walu of the Toreadors, The. Lambert, J. W. 55-55. DQTR 113 (Summer), 48. O'Connor, Garry. .Supermale,The.Shorter,Eric. DQTR 113 PP 7(April), 42.44. (Summer). 61-62. Way of the World, The. Lambert, J. W. DQTR SN1C1g1atid the Guppies. Craig, Randall. DQTR 113 (Summer), 53-54. 113 (Summer), 71-72. WhatIf You Died Tomorrow. Gilbert, W. Table Manners.Gilbert, W. Stephen. PP 9 Stephen. PP 12(October),54-35. Lambert, (June), 13-44. J. W. DQTR 115 (iWnter), 44. raining of the Shrew, The. Lambert, J. W. Who Saw Him Dk? Limbert, J. W. DQTR 114 Mint 115(Winter), 37. Trotter. Stewart. (Autumn), 47-48. PP 2 (Nosentlicr), 30. Why Not Stay for Breakfast? Attsorge, Peter. Tempest, The. Ansmge, Peter. PP 7(April), PP 5 (February), 30. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 54-33. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 113 (Summer), 112 (Spring), 28, 55-57. Shorter. Eric. DQTR 115 (Winter), 69. 11111, The. Craig, Randall. DQTR Ili (Sum- Stedman, Jane W. ETJ 4, 532-33. mer), 68-69. Thai Championship Season. PP 9 (June), 32-33. Wood, Denton, The. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 113 Lambert, J. W. DQTR 114 (Autumn), 47. (Summer), 53. There Goes the Bride. Lambert, J. W. DQTRX. Ansorge, Peter. PP 12 (October), '10. Craig, 115 (Winter), 47-18. Randall. DQTR 115 (Winter), 79. Therese. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 115 (Winter), 67.York Cycle of Mystery Plays, The. Elliott, John Time and the Conways. Shorter, Eric. DQTR R. ETJ 2, 258-59. 112 (Spring). 34-35. You Were So Sweet When You Were Little. 'Tis Pity Site's a Whore. Lambert, J. W. DQTR Lambert, J. W. DQTR 113 (Summer), 48-49. 113 (Summer), 54. Zorba. Pontac, Perry. PP 4 (January). 52 -53. Tom 'rhumb. Trotter, Stewart. PP 2 (Decem- Secalso:28331,28864, 28876, 28895, 28911, ber), 27. Tonight We Improvise. Taylor, Lane. PP 10 28986, 29108, 29185. (Jule), 32-33. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 114 (An- (unto). 36-57. C. Theatre Season Reviews Tooth of Crime. Burgess, John. PP 10(July), American College Theatre Festival. Tribby, Wil- 3u -38. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 114 (Autumn), liam L E-rj 3, 593-95. 45. American Conservatory Theatre Season. PERT Travesties. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 114(Au- 4. 21-36. PERT 11, 80.44. PERT 12, 2640. tumn), 38-41. O'Connor, Garry. PP 10 (July).American Film Theauer, 1973 -74. Comtois, M. '34-53. E. ETJ !-, 522-24. Treasure Island. Lazier, Gil. ETJ 2, 264. Anderson,Bruce. A seasonsweetenedwith Trial, The. Hammond, Jonathan. PP 4 (Jan- sugar: civic light opera 1974. PERT, 5, 10, nary), 53-54. 12, 14, 16, 18, 20. Triangle. Craig, Randall. DQTR 112 (Spring), Anderson, Michael. Bristol. PP 10 (July). 52-33. 44-45. E'eier. Pp 4 (January), 62. Trip to Florence, 'rite. Craig, Randall. DQTRAnsorge, Peter, Glittering in the Gorbais PP 7 115(Winter), 76.79. O'Keefe, Richard. PP 12 (April), 22-26. (October). 1, 43. Serbian nights: Belgrade. PP 2 (No- Trouble on the .Night Shift. Craig, Randall. vember), 18-21. DQTR 112(Spring), 46.47. Archer, Kane. What happened in Dublin. PP 2 Tweldi Night. Ansorge, Peter. PP 12 (October), (December), 32-34. 30-33. Shorter, Eric. DQTR 112 (Spring), 40- Beier, Ulli. Theatre in Nigeria. SAN 30 (Octo- 41. her-December, 1973), 45-54. Two Noble Kinsmen, The. Lambert, J. W.Brine, Adrian. Amsterdam. PP 8 (May), 53. DQTR 115(Winter), 56. Brussels. PP 5 (February), 59-60, Um ler Milk Wood. Lambert, J. W. DQTR 114Burgess, John. France. PP 7 (April), 54. (Autumn), 51. Paris. PP 2(November), 37,39. Union Jack. James, Terry. PP 5 (February), 52. PP 10 (nly), 50-51. ,138 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEATRICAL CRAFTSMANSHIP 107 Conway, Jack. 'Broadway' revisited. PERF 4, InvitationalFestival of Experimental Drama. 21. Wickstrom, GordeA M. ETJ 2, 249-52. Coveney. Michael. More Palladium nights. PPKazimierczyk, Barbara. IV International Festi- 2 (November), 110. val of Open Theatre in Wroclaw. TP 187 Pushing on to a national theatre: (March), 14-16. the Edinburgh Lyceum. PP 7 (April), 27-31.Kerr, Walter. The theatre is running short on Sinking in the cast:Iran. PP 12 talent. NYT 2 (May 19), 1, 14. (October), 24-26. Kirby, E. T. Indigenous African theatre. TDR So there it was ... merry christmas. 4 (December), 22-35. 1'f 5 (February), 46:47. Kirby, Victoria Nes. Casserole: an illusion. TDR Dialogue: Theatre Ontario. PAC 1, 34-35. 3 (September), 130-31. Duffy, Martha. British sketchbook. NYTCR 3> Knapp, Bettina. The Parisian theatrical scene. 37 t. DT 1 (Call). 11 -14. First Nights. YD 10, 46. YD 11, 43. Kosinska, Maria. VII Polish Festival of Soviet Dntma in Katowice. TP 187 (March), 21-23. Fowls. Donald. The new play in America, 1973. Kroll, Jack. Actors, actors. NYTCR 3, 372. PM 3-(February-March, April-May), 65-88. Frazier.Robin. Francophoresoftheworld, Lambert, J. W. Chichester. DQT11. 114(Au- unite. PAC 4, 31.32- tumn), 56-60. Gildzen. Open Theater checklist: first perform- Lane. John Francis. Italy. pp 8 (May). 46-47. ances and bibliography. TQ 16 (November- Rome. PP 9 (June), 50-53. January 1975), 4347. Spoleto. PP 12 (September), 42-43. Gledhill, Preston R. The National Theatre pro- Zeffirelliat Foshan°. PP 2(No- gratn itt Mexico. WS 3, 176-81. vember), 36-37. Gooch, Steve. Austria. PP 4 (January), 61. Leech. Michael. Finland. PP 5 (February), 63. Greer, Edward G. Broadway on and off..1)QTR Lucas,Walter.AntateuFestivals Various. 112 (Spring), 51-64. DQTR 114 (Autumn), 18.20. C;rodzicki, August. Thirty years of theatre in Masters, Anthony. Actors company. PP 8 (May), people's Poland. TP 188.89(May-June), 14- 43. 24. Mayer, David. Manchester. PP 5 (February), 53. frammoncl, Jonathan. China. PP 4 (January). McKellen, Ian. An actor's diary. T74, 99-106. 59. Mellor, Isha. Amateurs. PP 4 (January), 66. PP Loudon Theatre group. PP 4 (Jan- 5 (February), 66. PP 9 (June). 60. uary.), 53154. Miller, Judith. Theatre Populaire de Lorraine: Oval Festival. pp 9Guile), 46-47. regional theatre. ,ETJ 3, 352-64. Temporary theatre. PP 2 (Decem-Morley-Priestman, Anne. Comment: amateur. ber), 28. DQTR 114 (Autumn). 17-18. Theatre in the community. PP 6 Mulrine, Stephen. Fringe benefits. PP 12(Oc- (March), 47-48. tober), 22.23. Holloway, Ronald. East Berlin. pp 8 (My). 50.Nau, Tia.Stratford'sExperimental Theatre Germany. PP 6(March). 40-50. moves into the main stream. PAC 3, 19-21. PP 9 (June). 49-50. PP 10(July). 48-49. PP Nightingale. Benedict. Royal Shakespeare Com- 11 (August), 48, 51. PP 12 (September), 45, 46, pany. T74, 74-88. PP 12 (October), 47. Novick, Julius. .Some classics, a few stars, out of Hamburg. PP 2 (November), 39. town. NYT 2 (September 8), 1, 9, 18. Hughes, Catherine. Connecticut/Yale. pp 11 O'Connor, Garry. Paris. PP 4 (January). 59-61. (August), 47-48. O'Keefe, Richard. National Youth Theater. PP - New York. PP 4 (January), 56-57. 12(October), 41, 43. PP 6 (March), 48-49. PP 5 (February), 56-58. . PP 9 (June), 57. PP 7 (April), 52-54. PP 8 (May) 48-50. PP 9Oliver, Cordelia. Festival time: Edinburgh. PP (June), 48-40. PP 10(July), 49-50. PP 12 12 (October), 20-22. (September). 43-45. PP 12 (Oct ber), 45-46. Scotland. PP 7(April). 55. PP 12 On and off Broadsray. T74, 156-66. (September), 47-49. PP 2 (November), 41. Itain, Catherine. Actors unlimited. PP 2 (No-Pallen, Mary. College theatre across America. vember). 35. PM 1.2(Fall-Winter 1975). 24-30. International theatre diary. TFAC Parlalakcan. Milan. The off-off broadway the- 2 (May-July), 23-56. TFAC (February), 29.49. ater. DT 1, 19-21.

1. 0 9 108 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Peck, Seymour. A connoisseur's summer theatre Swift, Astrid. The West German theater scene: guide. NYT 2 (June 23), 1, 6. 1966-1973. DT 1, 2-11. Perkins, Dorothy. Neptune's 11th season in re-Szydlowski, Roman. NV Festival of Polish Con- view. PAC 2 (Sumner), 39-41. temporary Playsin Wroclaw, TP 11(No- Richards, Michael.Cardiff. PP 5(February), vember), 19.25. 53-54. Thomson,Peter.Shakespearestraightand Richmond, Farley. The vaisnawa drama of As. crooked: a review of the 1973 season at Strat- sam. IiTJ 2, 145-63. ford. SS, 143.54. Russell, Barry, Birmingham. PP 7(April), 57. Vandenbroucke, Russell. The London theater PP 11 (August), 51, 53. 1973-1974. DT 1, 14.19. Nottingham. PP 9 (June), 55. Wahltnan, Maude, A festival of contemporary Stoke, PP 6 (March), 50, 53, arts. AA 3(Spring), 16, 69-71. Saddler. Allen. South West. PP 9(June), 55,Warrens, Lee. The third all Nigeria festival of 57. PP 12 (September), 40. the arts. AA 1(Autumn 1973), 44-46. Shorter. Eric. Reportory round-up. T74, 132-42. What's going on. PAC I, 7-10. PAC 2, 5-12. Sogliuzzo,Richard. The Edinburgh Festival: PAC 3, 6-12. PAC 4, 7-10, 1974. TAN. 73, 87. Young, Marjorie. Performance inPolishvii. Stilwell,Charles.Communitytheatreacross lages. TDR 4 December), 5-21. America. PM 5 (Summer), 120-20. Alsosee:28855,28858, 28884, 28908, 28920, Stowell, Don. Prague. PP 5 (February), 61. 29178.

il, 110 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS IN THE FIELD OF SPEECH COMMUNICATION, 1974

CAL M. LOGUE University of Georgia

Two hundred and thirty-three abstracts of doctoral dissertations in the field of speech commttnication are published below. The abstracts are cate- gorized under eight areas (there are no abstracts in Forensics): Instructional

Development, 11 (with 1 for 1970, 1 for 1972, and 1 for 1973); Interpersonal and Small Group Interaction, 34 (with 4 for 1973); Interpretation, 8 (with 3 for 1973); Mass Communication, 18 (with 2 for 1973); Public Address, 26 (with 4 for 1973); Rhetorical and Communication Theory, 37 (with 2 for 1972 and 3 for 1973); Speech Sciences and Audiology, 28 (vith 5 for 1973); and Theatre, 34 (with 2 for 1971 and 2 for 1972). Seven abstracts of dissertations completed in 1975 are included (but not in the table below). The table compares the number of dissertation abstracts reported in the Bibliographic Annual from 1969 to 1974. The number of institutions reporting abstracts during these years is also included. It is significant that although forty different institutions submitted abstracts again in 1974, the total number submit- ted in that year is only 196, a decrease of 89 from 1973. With the exception of the Interpersonal and Small Group Interaction area, which had an increase over 1973 of 7, there was a considerable decrease in the other areas of study. Data in the table are cumulative. For example an abstract of a disserta- tion completed in 1971 but not sent in until 1974 is added to the number sub- mitted in 1971.

ABSTRACTS REPORTET . ID NUMBER OF INSTITUTIONS REPORTING,1969-1974

196919701971197219731974

Forensics 1 1 2 0 1 0 Instructional Development 14 10 16 13 17 11 Interpersonal and Small Group Interaction15 24 29 36 27 34 Interpretation 9 10 11 13 17 8 Mass Communication 23 32 33 36 22 18 Public Address 53 35 31 55 39 26 Rhetorical and Communication Theory 41 46 47 48 51 37 Speech Sciences and Audiology 65 68 71 66 51 28 Theatre 53 37 47 57 60 34

TOTAL 274 263 287 324 285 196

Number of Universities Reporting 32 35 35 34 40 40

111 110 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Each abstract is placed in the category in which it appears to be most ap- propriate. Some of the abstracts, however, relate closely to more than one area. For example a person interested in Interpretation should not only read abstracts found under that area, but also study carefully dissertations abstracted urler Theatre and other areas. The department in which the dissertation was a- pieced is in parentheses. Unless a different date appears after the name of the department, the dissertation was approved in the year 1974. Unless otherwise indicated, the dissertation was completed in fulfillment of requirements for the Ph.D. Also the abstract was written by the author of the dissertation unless otherwise noted at the end of the abstract.

Instructional Development does preference for a medium; and the negative physical and psychological effects reported in Adelson, Loretta.An Experimental Study indicate a need for further evaluation of the Comprehension by College Students of Tirne- use of time-compressed speech in education. Compressed, Educational Materials. Colum- bia U (Language, Literature, Speech .andBrown, George M. Conununication Behavior Theatre), 1972. and Educational Outcomes in Interpersonal This study assessed: comprehension by 200 Communication Courses. Denver 1.1(Speech -subjects of one-hour lectures at 175 and 275 Communication). words per minute, the degree of comprehen- The purpose of this study was to determine sioninsuccessive thirds of each lecture; and to what extent a relationship cxists between the reactions of the subjects under each con- the social 'motional and the task behavior of dition. the teacher, as perceived by the students, and Two equated lectures were constructed. A the degree of cognitive gain made by students comprehension test and questionnaire followedduring a course in fundamentals of interper- each lecture. Scores were plotted for successivesonal communication. Additionally, the ',study thirds within each lecture. The questionnaire compared student perceptions of teacher leader- elicitedinformation concerning physical andship behaviors and overall student satisfaction. psychological conditions experienced. Mean com- prehension scores, standard deviations,t-tests, Data were generated from two samples from and percentiles were computed to evaluate thedistinctly different student populations: Miami results. Dade Community College and the University Results were: (I) Rate had a significant effectof Deliver. The Miami Dade sample consisted on the scores for three of the four conditions often randomly selected sections taught by observed at the .01levet. (2) Differences be.seven different instructors. The Denver sample tween the comprehension scores were signifi-consisted of four purposively selected sections, each taught by a different instructor, cantatthe.01or.05level.(3) The total sample showed a separation of 22 percentiles Three instruments were administered: (I) A between the mean comprehension scoresfor28-item Fundamentals of Interpersonal Com- the two conditions. (.4 Comprehension within munication Examination, developed by this in- eachlecture produced a V patterning, sup-vestigator to measure cognitive gain; 2) Halpin- porting 13roadbent's reports. (5) A majority re- Winer Leadership Behavior Description Ques- portedfeelingsoffatigue,tension,anxiety, tionnaire; and (3) Storey Satisfaction Question- and towered self-assurance under the time-com- naire. pressed condition. Results of the comparisons showed greater The study concluded that significantly less cognitive gain in both samples and were gener- was comprehended at the time-compressed rate; ally associated with low instructor task behavior length of listening materials appears to be aand to alesser extent with social emotional critical "(actor;the time compressed efficiency behavior as perceived by the students. On the index has been questioned; educationally signi-other hand, student satisfaction was found to ficant materials should be placed in the firstbe significantly associated with high student- and Iastpositions;middlematerials shouldperceived task and social emotional behaviors be strengthened; interest in content appears toof the instructor, whether the leadership be- be associated with greater comprehension thanhaviors were considered separately or combined. 112 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 111

C.onclusions regarding student satisfaction as This study began with an in.service teacher a correlative of high levels of both dimensions training grant in humanistic education from of the teacher's perceived heha viorstask and the State of Ohio (Wo 1dt, 1973). A two-stage social emotionalseetn consonant with relatedconsulting model for the training program was research findings. Nevertheless, the conclusions developed and field research was conducted to regarding cognitive achievement were not. evaluate this model. The Two-Stage Consulting Model was de- Burdmatt, Robert. The Effects of Four Inter- veloped from. literatureontheTwo-Step mittent Information Feedback Schedules on Communication Flow Model (Lazarsfeld, Beret- Error Rate, Recall, and Retention of Video-son & Gantlet, 1948), on diffusion of innova- taped ProgrammedInstructionalMaterials. tions (Rogers & Shoemaker, 1971), and on or- L' of Oregon (Speech). ganizational'rainingineducationalsystems (Schmuck 8: Rttnkel, 1970). The literature pre- The purpose of this study was to determine dicts that change agents who are trained by the effects of intermittent infortnation feedback a primary source (stage one) will be success- schedules on content eon rate, recall, and re- ful in influencing a target group (stage two). tention of videotaped programmed materials The change agents were 42 educators in a viewed under group-paced conditions. Subjects suburban elementary school system while the were undergraduate college students who vol- target group was the remaining 240 educators unteered for the study. of the same school system. The primary source The two independent variables identified, in- was the program activities of a summer work- termittent information feedback schedules and shop and year-long follow-upconducted by programmed units had four levels each: FR2; ten Kent State University Consultants. VR2; FR3; and VR3 for the schedules, and The results indicate that the primary source four sections from The Analysis of Behavior'did increase the knowledge and positive atti- by B. F. Skinner and J. C. Holland (McGraw-tudes of the change agents as a result of a Hill. 1961). two-week summer workshop. However, the pri- The printed material was transposed ontomary source did not furtherinfluencethe four videotapes produced to conform with the change agents' influence the knowledge or atti- feedback schedules. The task frames, with all tudes of the target group during the year-long prompts removed, were used as test materials. follow-up. The results suggest a reformation counterbalanced. 4 x 4 factorial design was of the Two-Stage Model: (1) "readiness" sub- selected for the study. Subjects were randomly stages preceding each of the Model stages, and assigned to four experimental groups. Measure- (2)utilization of both innovators and opin- ments were taken on error fate while viewing ion leaders as change agents for influencing a the videotapes, immediately after viewing the target group. videotapes, and on the seventh day after treat- ment. F statistics were used to test For signifi- cant differences at the 0.05 level. Gunderson, Dennis F. Relationships Between Intermittent schedule effects were not signifi- Speech Delivery and Speech Effectiveness: An cant; trend analysis indicated lower rates for Empirical Study. U of Texas at Austin (Speech the variable rid° schedules. The program units Communication). and the interaction effect were also not signifi- Six speech delivery variables were discovered cant. to be most frequently mentioned as causing The results suggest that the program con- speech effectiveness by both texts and empirical tent may be operating as a feedback mode; studies. These variables(volume, rate,voice error rates may be primarily influenced by the quality, posture, gesture, and body movement) program structure and content, rather than bywere operationalized in the light of pertinent the feedback available through schedules. Dis- literature and varied singly and by groups in counting the differences between self-paced and tenspeechconditions. The resultant video- group-pacedmediatedprogrammedlearning, taped presentations were validated and shown thestudy supports the ideathat externally to over 220subjects. The findings ofthis manipulated feedback haslittleinfluence,ifphase of the research indicated that speech any, on error rate. delivery, as operationally defined, had no effect on attitude change, retail- comprehension, ethos Freedman, Michael L., A TwoStage Consultingtrustworthiness, professionalism or objectivity. Model for an In ervice HutnanistiC Etit lea- Significantdifferences were observed due to lion Program. Kent State U (Speech). delivery in the ethos dynamism factor. 113. 112 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Subsequent studies using vitiated evidence inIngram, David B. Videotape Self Confrontation the speech indicated that in composition in- in Teaching Communication Skills. State U effectiveconditions, delivery contributedsig- of New York at Buffalo (Speech Communica- nificantly to some measures of speech effective- lion). ness.However, the greatestvarianceinall measures but dynamism came from the com- The purpose of the study reported here was position of the speech, with speech deliveryto attempt to compare the specific contribu- being anaugmenting variableinthelow tions of each of five stages of the "complete compositions. videotape self confrontation"( VTRSC) learn- Implications for the teaching and gradinging process. The stages were to(1)provide studentswithskillrelatedinformation,(2) of speech are drawn. Implications for futurehave them view a videotape recorded demon- research involving interactions of composition, stration of the skills,(3)desensitize students delivery and ethos are suggested. to the VTR equipment, (4) provide practicum sessions with immediate VTRSC feedback. It was hypothesized that the posttest skill Hofford, James L. A Survey of Undergraduateperformances of subjects receiving the "com- Speech Communication Training Required plete VTRSC training technique" (stages 1, 2, ofSecondaryLevelTraineesat Teacher3, and 5) would be siginficantly more effective Preparation Colleges and Universities in New thantheposttestperformancesofsubjects York State,1968-1969. Syracuse U (Speech trained with other combinations of the tech- Education), 1970. nique. This study had two aims:(I)to describe Facilitative communication skills, as described thetotalspeechcommunicationcoursework by Gibb (1961), were taught tofifty under- requiredin1968.69 within N.Y. State secgraduate students enrolled in beginning speech ondarylevelteacherpreparationprograms;communication courses. Immediately following and (2)to evaluate selected portions of that histraining, each subject participated in a coursework and the semester hour requirementsdefensive-provoking discussion. by comparing instructional objectives and sub- ' Trained judges rated and ranked videotape jectmatter emphases witharepresentative recordings of the discussions in terms of the set of criteria for same within teacher prepara-ability of the trained subjects to create and tion programs. maintain a supportive climate. No significant differences were found among the ranks and Criteriaforevaluation required ofthe ratings assigned to the subjects in the live treat- speechcommunication was developed by ament groups. The experimental hypothesis was judging panel of the ten "most knowledgeablenot supported. speech educators currently active in American The following factors may have contributed higher education, as voted on by a random to the failure to confirm the results of previous sampling of the Legislative Assembly of the studies.(1) thd complex nature of facilitative Speech Communication Association. communicationskills may require more in- The results of the study are:(1) The judg-tensive instruction, and (2) these skills may re- ing panel medium preference for "minimumquire a particular attitude set on the part of amount of total speech training for secondarythe student. level teacher prep. programs" was 6.75 semes- terhours, with the subject areaconsidered Jackson, Dale M. Implications of Empathy Re- "most important"thatof "Group centered search for Speech Communication. Indiana training" such as Group Discussion. (2) The U (Speech). survey of all'73 N.Y. state-wide colleges with teacher prep. programs (involving mail ques- In this inductive study a body of empathy- tionnaires to speech faculty and training super-related researchis reviewed for the suiSose visorswith on-campusvalidationinterviews)of identifying theoretical and pedogogical imp- showed that the surveyed programs did not lications for a collegelevel, introductory course meet the minimal criteria levels of total speech in speech communication. Empathy is viewed communication trainingeither intotal hoursas both an affective and cognitive process in- or in the area of group discussion skills. Aver-volving the subjective entry into another's feel- age total hours required: 2.1 semester hours.ings, combined withadegree of objective (3) Findings also indicate inadequate amountdistance. The results of studies conducted pri- of speech training required within the teach- marily in the fields of psychotherapy and cOun- ing methods coursework. seling are summarized inseveral areas:the

114 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 113 effects of empathy upon therapeutic relation-Subjects responded to a question related to ships, communication, and teaching; methodseach taped message. devised to measure empathy and their relative The data were analyzed by factor analysis validity; the variables which affect one's ability to determinetype of contradictionsubjects to be empathic such as personality factors, per.responded to, and Chi square analyses were ceivedsimilarity,age,sex,intelligence, and performed to determine' verbal or vocal prefer- social schemas; and finally, empathy trainingence by class, and secondarily by race. methods and their comparative effectiveness. The results showed that there was no signifi- It is suggested that speech texts have viewedcant difference between middle and low class empathy too simplistically and that communi-on contradictory stimulus items. In secondary cation theory is significantly affected by empa-analyses, there were significant differences be- thy tesearch, especially in the areas of audi-tween black and white responses on the con ence analysis and listening. When the teachingtradictory items; white children responded sig- ofspeech communicationisviewedinthe nificantly more often to verbal cues than did light of empathy research findings, several con-black children, and blacks responded signiff- clusions emerge: the teaching of empathy in a andy more often to vocal cues than did white speech classroom supports both contemporarychildren. communication theory and the central goal of communication skills improvement; the teacher's own empathic abilityis an important, evenParmenter, Carrol Irvin.Communication and necessary,prerequisitetostudents' empathic Learning: A Programmed Unit Concerning growth; research data identifying factots which theRelationshipsDesignedforUsein influence an individual's empathic capacity help Teacher Training Programs. If of Colorado the student data provide a basis for choosing (Communication). themosteffectivetraining methodstobe adapted for the classroom. This study shows that the role of the teacher is changing to that of a learning facilitator, but that teachers are not always prepared for McElhiney, Julie K. Lower and Middle Socio-this change. This is due in part to a lack of economic Class Children's Interpretation ofmaterials designed for use in teacher training Stimulus Sentences with Contradictory Mes-which deals with relationships between cont sage Cues. U of Southern Califotnia (Speechmunication and learning. The purpose of the Communication). study was to develop such materials in the form of a programmed unit of instruction. The intent of this study was to investigate The examinationofcommunication and theinterpretationofcontradictorystimulus learning andrelationships between themis sentences(vocalversusverbal messagecues) by lower and middle socioeconomic ,childten.carried out in the framework of process char- acteristics identified as goals, levels, and com- A methodological procedure was developed toponents. Sources of material are cited and de- examine Basil Bernstein's theory that lower and middle socioeconomic persons use and valuevelopment and evaluation of objectives and restricted and elaborated codes, respectively. frames ate explained. Itwashypothesizedthatlowerclass,re- The program- is a scrambled-book, consisting stricted code users would use extraverbal cuesof simple one-response frames, multiple- choice to interpret contradictory sentences more often response frames, and open-ended frames. The than middle class elaborated code users, and, latterrequirestudenthstructorinteraction. conversely,middleclasspersons would useThe program moves from simple response to verbal cues more often than lower class per-complex applicationframes. An instructor's sons. manual accompanies the program and consists The statisticaldesign included two inde-of a description of courses into which the pro- pendent variables; socioeconomic class (middlegram could be incorporated, a description of and low) and stimulus message cue (verbal andcorrelating activities, and an annotated bibli- vocal). ography of supplemental materials. Subjects were forty middle and forty low The study concludes by recommending the socioeconomic class. children (seventh graders). inclusion of course work dealing with rela- A secondary question (forty subjects were blacktionships between communication and learn- and forty white) was to study possible racialing as a required part of teacher training pro- effects. The subjects listened to fifteen tapedgrams. It also recommends that these courses messages, nine of which were contradictory.be offeredin Departments of Speech Com-

115 114 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION munication. These recommendations are based Watkins, Charles E.White Teachers' Evalua- onfindings reportedinthestudy and are lions of Black Children's Speech. U of Texas followed by suggestions for further research. at Austin (Speech Communication). Previous research suggested teachers' evalu- Rowe, Wayne David.An ExperimentalIn- ationsoftheethnicityofblackchildren's vestigation of the Effects of Preferred Sensoryspeech depended in part on the teachers' ex- Modality, Mode of Presentation, and Level pectations,theteachers'exposuretoBlack of Difficulty Upon the Comprehension antiEnglish, and the teachers' language attitudes. Aesthetic Appreciation of Literature. U ofTherefore, a linear model was constructed to SouthernCalifornia(SpeechCominunica- test hypotheses pertaining to the contributions tion). and interactions of these variables. The multi- azions of children on videotapes, the expecta- The researchfindingsregardingthe com- tionsfor stereotypical children, the exposure parative effect upon comprehension of single to speakers of low and middle status groups. versus multichannel presentations have beenand the language attitudes pertaining to the divided between those which have found nolinguistic acceptability and classroom permits. advantages in audio-visual presentations overability of Black English were measured for 99 single channel presentations and those which Austinteachers.Statisticalanalysisrevealed have supported the superiority of audiovisualthat expectations, exposure, and language atti- presentations. As regards channel effects uponEndes contributed to variations in evaluations. aesthetic anprectation, the findings are divided that expectations and evaluations were linearly between those who have found greater aesthetic though not directly related, that ratings are appreciation in audio-visual presentations and biased in the direction of most exposure, that those who have found it in single media pres- favorablelanguageattitudesareassociated sentations.Severalcommunicationresearchers withfavorableevaluations.Implicationsof have pointed out the need to consider individ- thesefindings' concerntheinterpret rationof ual preferences for modality as a, possible fac-previous studies, the design of future research, tor responsible for these inconsistent findings.and the education of future teachers, Subjects (totaling 132) were assigned to one of ,our sensory modality preference classifica- Wilcox, Ethel M.SocioEconomie Factors of tions(i.e.,High-Auditory-High Visual; High Counterattitudinal Advocacy. Bowling Green Auditory-Law Visual; Low Auditory-High Vis- State U (Speech), 1973. ual; Low Auditory-Low Visual) on the basis It has been observed that socio-economically of their performance on the visual and audi-disadvantaged students are entering colleges and tory subtests of the Cappon and Banks sensory universities in ever growing numbers and that Quotient Test. After random assignmenttoforthese students inparticular, communica- one of three treatment conditions (auditory,tion skills are crucial for social, academic and visual, or auditory- visual), subjects were given vocational success. However, a review of the fourliteraryselectionsof varyingdifficulty literature suggests that littleis being done to levels.Percentage-right comprehensionscores increase the communication skills of these stn. andaestheticappreciationratings werede- dents. termined. This study was designed to aid the speech- Findings of this investigation indicate thatcommunication teacher and others interested the comprehension anti aesthetic appreciationin increasing the communication skills of the of literature are not a function of the inter-socioconomically disadvantagedstudent. Two action of preferred sensory modality, mode ofprimary concerns of the study were: How do presentation, and level of difficulty. The impli-attitudes of low and high status subjects com- cations for the teaching of literature are that,pare on 25 selected socialissues; and what as operationalizal here, there are no signifi- isthe effect of reward in effecting attitude cant differences between the attditory,visual, change following counterattitudinal advocacy? and audio - visual modes of presentation in terms The above questions were studied by utiliz- of the comprehension and aesthetic aPPrtria*ing a 2 x 3 factorial design. Subjects were !ion of literature, Furthermore, thefindings classifiedas high or low status on the basis suggest that more needs to be clone in modalityof parental education, occupation, and home "reference research before any' definitive con-area. Experimental subjects engaged in counter- clusions can be reached about the utility ofattitudinal advocacy were given no reward, an the modality preference construct. immediate reward ($1.50) or the promise of a

1' . ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 115 reward (delayed reward of $1.50 to be sent a This study attemptedtoassesstheeffects month afterthe studytook place). Controlof subjects' socialclass, and an interviewer's group subjects took only the pretest and therace and status, on black interviewees' opin- posttest. Findings of interest included the fol-imutaire responses. lowing: (I) Ott nine of the 25 social issues there Experimental subjects (40 lower social class. was a difference of attitude of high and lowand 40 upper socialclass blacks) were inter- status subjects;(2)in all experimental cells,viewed by two interviewers (black and white) cutinterattitcallnal advocacy produced signifiant who alternated between high and low status attitude change; (3) rewards led to greater atti-conditions. The interview agenda consisted of tude change than did no rewards; and (4) status questions equated for content, duration, and did not significantly effect the amount of atti-ambiguity-specificitylevel.The hypotheses tude change. !lased on differences in opinionnaire response scoreswere tested in a 2 x 2 x 2 factorial Wistner, Jack N.The Effects of Evaluation fixed-effects analysis after-only design. and Self-Esteem Upon Task Performance. The results demonstrated that the race and Denver U (Speech Communication). status of she interviewer exerted a different The purposes of this study were to determine: influence on the responses of upper social class (1) the effects of positive and negative evalua-blacks from the influence exerted on the re- tions and the influence of a person's level ofsponses of lower social class blacks. All three sell-esteem upon individualtask performance,main effectssubjects' social class, interviewer's and (2) the utility of cognitive consistency andrace, and interviewer's statusand their inter- social approval theories in explaining and pre- actions were significant. dicting these effects. The study involved two The findings of the study were explained types of evaluation. positive and negative, andunder terms of an "interviewer-interviewee co- three levels of self-esteem; low, medium, and orientation" hypothesis. An interviewee's co high. Favorable and unfavorable judgments on orientation with an interviewer would seem malts:Ilionforms were randomly assignedto tobe a major influence on hiswillingness subjects. togiveaccurateresponses.Another expla- it was hypothesized that the effect of evaitta- nation for the behavior of both types of in- don on the task performance of medium self- terviewees may bederivedfromtheinter- esteem subjects would differ significantly from sicwee's perception or attribution of a sub- the effects of evaluation on the task perform-jective, or an objective-similarity between him- ance of high and low self-esteem subjects. It self and the interviewer. Accuracy of responses was also hypothesized that median self-esteem in an interview may depend on the extent to subjects who received positive evaluations would whichinceipersonalsimilarities are perceived have a higher task performance scorethan as having instrumental valueforthe inter- medium self-esteem subjects who received nega- viewee. tive eraltiacions. The findings did not support the hypotheses.Bethel, James A. Mond and Tact Attribution It was also found that the task accuracy scores as a Frothier of Antecedent and Consequence were not significantly different for each level Interaction in a Persuasive Communication of self-esteem. However the responses of high Setting. Oklahoma U (Speech Communica- and low self-esteem subjects on the post experi- tion). mental questionnaire supported cognitive con- sistency theory. The implication is that mina- This study sought to resolve the incentive don may affectthe attitudes of individuals theory-dissonancetheory controversy by way withdifferent levels of self-esteem, but notof a new and extended operationaliiation of necessarily the person's task performance. Bcm's(1 965) concepts of mantling and tact- ing behavior as they relate to the attitude attri- bution process. Interpersonal and Small Group A three-factor interaction was hypothesized Interaction on the basis of a review of the literature in Anatol, Karl W. E. An Experimental Investi-the counterattitudinaladvocacy paradigm. The gation into the Effects of Interviewer Race,hypothesis stated: "There will be an inter- Status, and Subjects' Social Classification on action effect upon subjects' attitude attributions OpinionnaireResponsesofBlackInter-when exposed to a message under differing en- viewees. U of Southern California (Speech vironmental conditions, as indicated by two Communication). levels of antecedent e)ntent, consequence aware- 117 116 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION ness and consequence valence." Manipulationsarchy credibility were hypothesized as nega- were carried out in a Bem-type simulation.tively related to frequency of interaction. As Experimental procedures produced an n-size ofa heuristic device, a hypothesized path model 100 subjects, randomly selected and assigned to issuggestedas representing the direct and 10 conditions: Antecedent (tact /wand), Aware-mediated effects in the study. ness(unforeseen/foreieen),Valence(positive/ Group connectedness and group embedded- negative). A two-level(tact /wand)no-conse- ness were Hypothesized as positively related to quences control condition was also utilized. productivity. Group dominance was hypothe- The three-way ANOVA failed to confirm thesized as negath ;ly related to productivity. hypothesis in an attribution-of- attitude- consis- Two hypotheses were accepted. Information tency-to- another condition, but sustainedthe quality was found to be negatively related to predictedthree-factor interaction intwo in-frequency of interaction and information de- stances of observers' own attitude responses. pendencepositivelyrelatedtofrequency of Data results provided clarification of the in-interactioninworkgroups.Generallythe centive-dissonancecontroversy and generatedstudy does not support the contentionthat twelve informally stated hypotheses. network structure variables mediate the effects A modification of the Bem theory was ad- communication relationship variables. vanced to the effect that self-attribution and other attribution processes are functionally dif ferent, due to the presence in the former andClarke, F. Patrick.Interpersonal Coatnintnica- absence in the latter of a subjective preoccupa- tion Variables as Predictors of Marital Satis- tion with autonomy derived from the illusion faction-Attraction. Denver U (Speech Com- of freedom. munication), 1973. The purpose of this study was to examine Betty, Samuel A. Some Determinants of Com- therelationshipbetween perceivedinterper- munication Network Structure and Produc-sonal perception and marital Satisfaction-attrac- tivity: A Study of Clinic Staff Interaction in tion. Most specifically, the study sought to de- Two Philippine Family Planning Organiza-termine which of the three independent vari- tions. Michigan State U (Communication). ables was the best predictor of satisfaction- This study approaches the problem of the attractionin relationships of different dura- lion. placeof network structure variablesinde- veloping a theory of organizational communi- One hundred and forty-eight couples were cation.Structureisviewed asa mediating assignedtocategories on thebasis ofthe variable between communicationrelationship length of their relationship. Four self-report variables and productivity. scales were completed by the. subjects. The The subjects for the study were the clinicmeasures included:aperceivedconfirmation personnelof two family planning organiza- inventory,anintimacy-scaledself-diselosure tions in the Republic of the , onescale, a measure of direct interpersonal per- private and the other a government agency.ception, and a measure of satisfaction-attrac- The final sample contains 41 clinics and 138tion. Step-wise multiple linear regression pro- persons. The sample ofclinicswas chosen cedures were applied to the data to determine systematically by varying distances from Ma-which of the independent variables was the nilla. hest predictor ofthe dependent variable in The data were obtained from three sources: the different stages. (I) clinic records,(2) questionnaire measuring The resultsofthestudyindicatedthat, communication relationship variables and so-regardless of the length of the relationship, ciometricresponsesoncommunicationcon- perceived confirmation was the best predictor tact, and (3) questionnaire measuring control of satisfaction-attraction. In Stage 1, (1 to S year variables. relationships) perceived 'confirmation accounted It was predicted that the higher the subor-for 53 percent of the variance in satisfaction- dinate-perceived control in the supervisor sub- attractionthus confirming Hypothesis1.In ordinate relationship, the higher the frequencyStages 2 and 3 similar results were found. Per- of interactionin the relationship. Agreementceived confirmation accounted for 43 and 50 on information priority and information de-percent of the total variance respectively. Hy- pendence were hypothesized as positively re-potheses predicting the greater influence of self. lated to frequency of interaction among workdisclosure in Stage 2 (4to 6 year relation- group members. Information quality and hier- ships) and of congruent perception in Stage

118 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 117

(relationships 'over 6yearsold)were re- verbalcues and (2)a characteristic eyebe- jected. The contribution of seff-disclosure andhavior of communicators. The latteris seen congruent perception to the total variance inas relatingto individual information process- all three stages was negligible. ing and is referred to as conjugate lateralc re movement (CLEM). It occurs when a subject Crawford, Harold E. A Descriptive Analysis ofbreaks eye contact to think prior to answer- the Employee Appraisal Interview in the In-ing a question. The dominant direction of dustrialOrganization.Uof Minnesota movement (right or left) seems to be an indi- (Speech-Communitatlon). cator of a variety of communication behaviors and information processing styles. This study focuses. on how measures of ap- Previousresearchsuggeststhat individuals praisal interviews are interrelated, and whatvary in their relative responsiveness to differ- dimensions underlie those relationships. With-ent types of communicative cues. The present in previous literature there exists a complex research_. focuses on difference in relativere- array of potentiallyrelevantcriteriarelated sponsivenesstofacial and verbal cues when to the content, process, and results of appraisal thefeelingsofanotherpersonarebeing interviews. judged. Twenty-eight measures of content, process, The findings suggest that a theoretically pre- andresultscollectedfrom168supervisor- dicted relationship exists between (I) dominant employeepairswerefactoranalyzed. Eightdirection of conjugate lateral eye movement factors emerged, accounting for 70.5% of theand (2)relative responsivenesstofacial and 1.aviance. Thefirstfourfactors,explaining verbal cues. The theoretical rationale for ex- 50.5% of thevariance, appear to be morepecting such a relationshipis based on the relevantthanthelastfourfactors.Those double-dominance model of information pro- firstfour factors, the variance explained, and cessingstyles(Bakan, 1960 and1071). The [litreflectedmeasures,are:pathos,21.1% findingscontradictobservations madeina (employee'sfeeling about theinterview and clinical setting by Day (1967). the rating: atmosphere during the interview; An additional findingisthat females are supervisor's understanding of employees' views; more responsive to facial cues. and males are extent of praise); disapproval, 14.5% (number more responsive to verbal cues. of weaknesses discussed; perceived and actual Because of limitations of the measuring in- consensusofweaknesses;comprehensionof struments used, the results of the study should negative information; extent of criticism); ap- be considered suggestive rather than conclu- proval, 8.2% (number of strengths discussed; sive. perceived and actual consensus of strengths; comprehension ofpositive information);tot- Daniels, Wayne W. Communication and Con- ing. 6.7% (employee's selfrating;supervisor's overall rating of the employee; comprehension flict: The Roles of Meaning and Discussion. of the overall rating). U of Colorado (Communication). Located within these first four factors were A fieldexperiment was performed toin- 75% of the content variables, 83% of the re-vestigate the effects of meaning and discussion sult variables, and only 35% of the processon the reduction and resolution of interper- variables. sonalconflict. The form ofconflict under The remaining factors and the variance ex-study was that which ensues from discordant plained are: participation (5.6%); advice (5.l%); thoughtcognitive conflict -- between two adults time (5.0%); salary (4.3%). in a non-competitive situation. Also included in the findings were several The study involved a twostaged design: (1) unanticipated variable relationships. One ex-The preinter-actionmeasurement andclassi- ample is employee satisfaction wtih the salary ficationof 50 subjectpairs on' the basisof increase received was not related to any otherdenotative and connotative meaning relation- study variable. ships concerning a realistic political issue. (2) An interaction sequence requiring individual Crouch, Wayne W. Dominant Direction of Con-judgments and jointdecisions on the same jtmite Lateral Eye Movement and Responsive- issue. (fr,to Facial and Verbal Cues. Michigan The results were:(1) The overall effect of State U (Communication). discussion was tolowerthe mean levelof conflict.(2) A general trendto conflictre- The research focuses on (1) facial cues andduction by all subject-pairs was followed by

119 118 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION a trend toward increased conflict. (3) Denota- additional post-hoc analysis, variance explained tion and connotative meaning similarity were increased up to 12 percent. bothrequiredto support continuedconflict reduction across the entire interaction sequence. Epstein, Steven L. The Acceptance and Eval- (4) An initial trendto increased effectiveness uation of Belief Statements as a Predictor of of persuasion in joint decision making by all Changes in Beliefs awl Attitudes. U of Illi- subject-pairs continued for connotatively situ- noisatUrbana-Champaign(SpeechCont. Isar diads, but was replaced by a trend to in- munication). creaseduse of compromise toresolve judg- Operating from the assumptions ofFish mentaldifferences by connotativelydifferent bein's summation theory of attitudes, the put, dials in the latter portion of the interactionpose of this study was to determine how a sequence. (5) The higher status member of subject'sreactiontobeliefstatementsina each dial tended to defer to the lower status message influences his beliefs and attitudes. inthe. resolution of differences by member Subjectslistedtheirbeliefs,thestrength persuasion. and evaluation of each belief, and their atti- The study reflects a mutidisciplinaryview tude toward several groups of people. Two of communication. It bridges between labora- weeks later subjects received one ofseveral tory research in social psychology and prag-messages. consisting of nonsalient belief state- matic, as well as theoretical, interests in the ments, about one of the groups of people. area of interpersonal conflict. Subjects responded eachbelief statement in terms of the degree of acceptance or rc Dodd, Carley H.Predictive Correlates of In-jection and the degree of positive or nega novaticeness in the Diffusion of a NonTech.theevaluation.Thiswasfollowed bythe nological Innovation in an African Setting.measures of the first session. Oklahoma U (Speech Communication). No differences were found in the following dependent variables:(I) the number of rites- The purposes of this study were to examine sag,e-relatedadditionsto and deletions from correlates of innovativenessinthecross-cud- an individual's belief hierarchy, (2) the iitn offal diffusion of a non-techuological innova- herofrecipient-generatedadditionsto ant tion and to comparethoseresults withre- deletions from an individual's belief hierarchy, ward) predicting technological diffusion. The (3)the magnitude of the absolute value of innovation measured was the adoption of in- the messagerelated changes in beoef strength- dividual membership inChurches ofChrist. militation, (4) the magnitude of the absolute A field survey in Ghana, 'West Africa yielded value oftherecipient-generatedchangesin 422subjects.Ninepredictorvariables werebelief strength-evaluation, and (5) the absolute correlated with innovativeuess using multiple value of post-message attitude. and partial correlations. Two research hypotheses were supported: (t) The results of the study were as follows: (I)reaction co a message was found to be posi- Of the nine predictor variables tested(social tivelyrelatedtobothmessage-relatedand interaction, cosmopoiitcness, degree of literacy,recipient- generated changes in belief strength. newspaper exposure, magazine exposure, age,evaluation, and (2)both message-related and education, opinion leadership, and village size), recipient-generated changes in belief strength- age, newspaper exposure, and village size ac- evaluation were positively related to post-mes- counted for the most amount of explained var- sage attitude. No difference was found in the iance (16.1 VV. (2) Of the nine predictor war' abilityof message-related or recipient-gener- abler only age and village size were uniquelyated changes in belief strength-evaluation, and acid significantly correlated, though negatively, (2)both message-related and recipient-gener- with innovativeness. (3) When compared withated changes in belief strengdevaltaation were results from previous diffusion researchpre- positively related to post-message attitude. No dicting innovativencss, the present study com- difference was found in the ability of message- pares low. One explanation is that the utiliza-related or reclpiengenerated changes in belief tion of variables from technological innovation strength-evaluation to predict post-message atti- diffusionresearchisinappropriatefor non- tude. technologicaldiffusionresearch.(4)Post-hoc analysisalsoindicated a non-linear relation- Ewbank, Kathryn B. A Study of Some Factors ship between villagesize and innovativeness That Affect Patterns of Comm tttt ication in 41 (eta= .1167). (5) When subjects were split into Natural Group. Oklahoma U (Speech Corn- residents of large and small villages, through untnication). ABSTRACTS OF. DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 119

'I his study describes communication patterns The methodology used for the study was a in a natural group under formal leadership,phenomenologically based participant observa- compares observed patterns to those previously tioninwhichtheauthor-reseatcher was a reported,andinvestigateseffectsofseating memberof awomen'sconsciousness-raising an-augments,teamassignments,andclique group which had asits goal the exploration funuation. of the question, What does it mean to be a Datawere obtainedat an NSF-sponsored woman? The ninefour-hoursessionswere Institute on Case MethodsinEngineering, audio-taped andtranscribed,resulting ina StanfordUniversity,August-September,1967. 400-page transcript which was exantined from Subjects were sixteen students enrolled in an a phenomenological perspective. engineering problems course,plttsthepro- An examination of the transcript revealed fessor(s) who conducted the seminara seven- four major categories discussed by the group: teen-member group. Data consist of tape re- feelingsabout other women, self-perception. cordings,observers' logs,andstudents're- feelings about men, and lettings about mother- sponsestosociometriequestionnaires, Con- hood and children. The conversations of the clusionsarebased ondetailedanalysisof women weresynthesizedintofourprimary twelve selected sessions. statements correspondingtothesecategories. Interactionprofilesdisclosedroughlyhalf The overriding theme which emerged from this acute, half reactive behavior. A who-to-whom study was the desire of the women inthe mat lx preserving individual identities showed group to transcend the limiting female social concordance among rankingsfor role characterized by passivity. The meaning totalinteractioninitiated,received, addressed of femininity revealed here adds a significant tothe group, and addressedto individuals, dimension to the understanding of female sex- plus reliable decreases in cell values across rows uality. and down columns, Within-and between-session pilawmovements appeared extremelysensi- tisetoleadershipdifferences and discussion Fitz-Enz, John A. A Study in Organizational content.Statisticaltests showed asignificant Comntnnications: The Relationship of Age, meeting x seatinginteraction when seating Organizational Level, and Functional Assign- arrangementswere changed, and asignifi- ment to Receiver Satisfaction, Interest, and cant meeting main effect when team assign- Preferred beans of Transmission. U of South- ments were made. Sharp differentiation in par- ,ern California (Speech Conununication). ticipation, supposedly characteristicof larger groups, did not occur. Participants consistently This study was an investigation of one mani- used more than twenty percent of available two- festation of the individual/organization inter- petson channels. These findittgs are interpreted face,namelytheorganization'scommunica- as due to formal leadership, clique formation, tions system, or both. Within cliques, on three criteria lead- Schein's psychological contract with its ex- ers were perceived as more competent than change theme served as the foundation con- members, and members than non-members. struct of the research. Organizations typically Results suggestgeneralizations basedon pass downward what information they choose small, laboratory groups may be more widely to disclose to the employees but they seldom applicable titan has been assumed. do aneffective job of drawing information upward from below. Research has shown that. asa result,. senior management has anin- Fish. Sandra L. A Phenomenology of Woman. complete and incorrect picture of the attitudes, Southern Illinois U (Speech). needs,'and feelings of the employees. An individual's sexuality, the meaning he or By suneying over 1.000 officers of a large she gives to masculinity or femininity, is an west coast bank this study sought to discover integral part of his or her personal identity, the attitudes t'ey had toward the quality and formed by and revealed through communica- quantityofinformationwhichthebank's tionwith other individuals. This study, an fortnal communications system provided. Spe- e\ploratory attempt to determine the meaning cificallyitlookedattheimpactthatage, of femininity as reflected in the verbal state- organizationlevel, and functional assignment ments of a group of women, addressed two had on receiver interest, satisfaction, and pre- major questions:(1) What doesit mean to feted means of tranmission. be a woman? and (2) How can such meanings Four generalizations were drawn. One. in- be obtained? terest was highest in topics of a personal na 121 120 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION tore. Two, age wasthe strongestpredictor Ganim, Charles J. A Critical Analysis of the among the three demographic variables. Three, LeadershipandCommunicationStylesof youngofficers were lesssatisfiedthan were Elected and Appointed Officials in a Town older officers with the communications of the Government. State U of Ne% York at Buffalo bank. Your interests change slowly but signifi- (Speech Communication). cantly, with age. The purpose of this study was to analyze the relationships of eight factorsrelatedto Freimuth, Vicki 5. The Effects of Communica-officials in town government to two organiza- tion Apprehension on Communication Effec- tionalvariables -- leadershipstyleandinter- tiveness. Florida State U (Speech Communi-personal communication style. cation). A Bed study methodology was chosen, in- cluding review of documents, direct observation, The effects of senders' apprehension upon structured interviews, and surveys administered receivers'ratings of communicationeffective- to the officials and their direct subordinates. ness were investigated in this study. For thefactors of elected and appointed Schachter's(1964) theory of emotions pro- officials, part-timeandfull-timepositions, vided a framework in which to understandlimited and permanent terms ofoffice, high the intrapeisonal nature of communication ap- schoolandcollegedegrees,few and many prehension. The following research hypothesis subordinates. and highandlow regulation wasexamined:"Physiological.psychological, influencing decision-making, the town officials and verbal behavior indices of communicationwere divided into two groups each according to apprehension can predict comprehension, per-defined criterion. The mean scores from the ception of speaker credibility, and ratings ofsurveys were calculated and compared using a speech effectiveness." i-test. The stimulus materiats were videotapes of The officials were also ranked according to the first minute of 85 different students ex- the criterionforthefactors of number of pressingtheir views on women's liberation.years in office and official's age. For these, the Measurements on all the indices of communi-r correlation coefficients were calculated. cation apprehension had been taken on these The results from the viewpoints of the °M- studentsasthevideotapes were being pre-inis and their direct subordinates were con- pared. In this study, each of these one minute sistent in affirming two statistically significant videotapes was shown to a singlereceiver. relationships: (4) Full-time officials have greater Each videotape was shown twice so the num- interpersonal communication withtheir sub- ber of subjects in this experiment totaled 170. ordinates than part-time officials.(2)Officials These receiverswatchedthevideotape andwith high school degrees have greater inter- filled out forms measuring 'their comprehen-personal communication with their subortlin- sion, perception of source' credibility, and rat- ate:: than officials with college degrees. ings of speech effectiveness. Other results which demonstrated less con- Results obtained from regression analyses pro- clusiverelationshipswere:(1)Officials who vided support that the indices of communi-tended to have more of a team style leader- ship had full-time positions, high school de- cationapprehensioncouldpredictallthe grees, fewer subordinates, low regulationin- communication effects except one. perception offluencing decision-making, or limited terms of character. Even though the predition equationsoffice. (2) Officials who intended to have greater were significant, the amount of variance ex-interpersonal communication withtheir sub- plained in each of these communication effectsordinates were appointed or had fewer subor- was small. climates. Canonical correlation provided additional in- %Hits into these results. The strongest rela-Gothherg, Helen M. User Satisfaction who a tionship betweentheset of communication Librarian'sImmediateandNonimmediate apprehension variables and the set. of commun- Verbal-Nortverhal Communication. Denver 1I) ication effectiveness variables indicated that in- (Speech Communication). dividuals who reported high apprehension ex- The purpose of the investigation was to ex- perienced much silence in their speech and re- plore the effect. of a reference librarian's im- ceived low ratings on language facility, vocalmediate and nonimmediate verbal nonverbal characteristics, and general effectiveness. communication on a library user's satisfaction

122 ABSTRACTS UP DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 121 with the reference process. factors of attraction, task and social. Two-way The sample in the study was made up ofanalysis of variance was used to analyze the two reference librarians who were trainedtodata. act as acco:uplices, .and 60 public library users Expressed attitude agreement (attitude simi- involved in an information search. larity) was foundtoaffectsocialattraction The study was conducted in the referencescores but not to affect task attraction scores. area of a county public library. Each librarianNo effectfor synchronization on attraction accomplice randomly responded to fifteen ref. (taskor social) was found. The variable of erence interviews with_ immediate communica-agreement hrd the greater effect on attraction tion and fifteen interviews with nonimmediatein the initial phases of the relationship. communication. Data from questionnaires were analyzed in an ANOVA. computer program with the fol- Hooker, Sharon L. A Study of Power, Author- ity,Leadership, and Communication in a lowing results:It was foundthat a library user whia is exposed to the immediate verbal- Student Activities Organization. Southern II. non-verbal communication of a librarian ex- linois U (Speech). pressed more satisfaction withthe reference The purpose of this study was to determine interview and with his or her own performancethe nature of power, authority, and leadership in negotiating the reference question, than a operating within the formal and informal di. user exposedtoalibrarian'snonimmediate mensions of the Student Activities Center at communication. No significant difference wasSouthern Illinois University at Carbondale as found for a library user's satisfaction and therevealed by the communication within the or transfer of information when exposed to be ganization. immediate-nonimmediate communication of a The methodology and analysis of data for librarian. the study were based upon an examination of five aspects of the organization: the formal Hill, Susan E. Kogler.Interaction Syndtroni.structure,theinformalsystem,the external nation, Attitude Similarity, and Attraction.andinternal communication, the power re- Denver U (Speech Communication). lationships in both the formal and informal systems, and the need for change. This study was undertakentoinvestigate The conclusions of this study were: (1) In- the effects of different levels of attitude simi-stitutionalized power and authority gained its larity (a verbal variable) and synchronization sourceinthe formal system anditsinter. (a nonverbal variable) on interpersonal attrat.- connections withtheUniversity's formal or tion. Synchronization, an interaction variable, ganization;(2)Benign power and authority hasbeendefinedasthecompatibilityof eminated from the unique competencies and rhythms between individuals.Iftwo peopleabilities of individuals and was present almost are synchronized, their spoken communication exclusively in the informal system; (5) Assigned will be free from interruptions and long si-leadership was designated by the formal system lences; if two people are asynchronired, theirand functioned primarily to deal with those spoken communication will contain interrup-relationships outside of the organization;(4) tions and/or long silences. Emergent leadership manifested itself inre. The specific purpose of the investigation wassponse to specific issues and individual competi. to determine: (1) the effects of attitude simi- tiveness and was limited only to internal prob- larity on attraction, (2) the effects of synchron- lems;(5) Individuals within the organization ization on attraction, and OD the relative effectswere viewed as "defensive communicators" as of attitude similarity and synchronization onexhibited by mis-managed communication, un. attraction in the initial phases of a relationship.certainty regarding rights to communicate, and Experimentalinterviewswereconductedbyexplanations for decisions and problem solu- four trained interviewers on 96 University of tions becoming justifications. Denver students. Each student was randomly Change for this organization was necessary assignedto one of four experimental condi-as based upon the conditions that existed re- tions: (f) Agreement /Synchronization, (II)garding defensiveness of communication, puni- Agreement/Asynchronization, (III) Disagree- tative qualities of power and authority, po- ment/Synchronization. and (IV) Disagreement/ litical.interpersonalrelationships,tentativeness Asynchronization. Following the interviews theof relationships between the formal and in. subjects were asked to complete the McCroskey. formal system, and leadership being based on McCain(1972)attractionmeasurefortwo power and authority. 122 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Isaacson, Frederick W.The Effects of Dc. interview was videotaped. The videotapes were Pensiveness and Involvement on the Accept.analyzed via interaction process analysis mod- once of Fear Arousing Communications. Den. ified to assess role-taking competence. The in- ver LT (Speech Communication), 1973. teractionprocess analysis served as a check upon the validity of the Elms scale of role. The explanations accounting for the varyingtaking ability. Several criterion measures were effects of high and Iow fear appeals seem toadministered following the employment inter- fallinto two classes of variables, those deal- view task to rest the influence of role-taking ing with defensive reactions and those deal-ability upon each dependent behavior. ing with involvement. It has been argued that Based on the experiment, several inferences these two classes of variables may determinewere made. This researchprovides no evi- tinderwhatconditionslowthreatismore dence thatrote'taking ability influences com- likely to be effective and tinder what condi- municatoreffectiveness,persuasibility,credi- tions high threat is more likely to be effectivebility, or Machiavellianism. The observed lack in creating attitude change. of influence may have becti due to either ha- Inaccordance,thisexperimentexamined precise measurement of dependent variables or two variables which were predicted to interactthe peculiar nature of the experimental task. wtih threat in respect to attitude change, de.This research does' provide substantial verifica- fensive stimuli (as defined by Sarnoff's psycho- tionthatthe Elms scale has validity as a analytic theory) and involvement(as defined measure of role-taking ability.Finally,role- by McLuhan's theory of media involvement). nuking ability was found to predict the fol- The research objectives for this study were lowing communication behaviors: cooperation, 10 determine whether.(l)levels of defensive agreement,. asking for criticism, asking for in St im ttl i(high and tow) affectthe acceptance forntation, and a reluctance to give informa of fear appeals; (2) levels of involvement (highLion. A modified Interaction Process Analysis and low) affect the acceptance of fear appeals; format was used to measure the incidence of (3) combinations of defensive reactions and in- these behaviors. iolictnent affect the acceptance of fear appeals. The principle findings of this study were that (1) high fear was found to produce greaterKidd, Virginia V.Happily Ever After and attitude change than low fear; (2) no two.way Other Relationship Styles: Rhetorical Visions interaction effects were found among possible of interpersonal Relations in Popular Jour- combinations of any two of the three inde- nals, 1951-72. LT of Minnesota (Speech Com- pendent variables: and (3) no three-way inter. munication). actions were found among the possible com- How popular cultureinfluencesmeanings binations of the three independent variables. individuals give human interchange is exempli lied hi the popular magazines' advice for re- Kelley, Robert L.An Experimental Study oflationships. This dissertation examined a ten the Influence of Role.Taking Ability on Se-percent random sample of all articles discussing lected Communication Behaviors in a Dyadic human relationslisted in Reader's Guide for CommunicationSituation.KentStateU the last twenty years. These articles revealed (Speech). two rhetorical visions of interpersonal relations. VisionIdominatedthe1950s andearly Thisresearchprojectattemptedtolearn 1960s. It standardized meaning and dramatized how role-taking ability influences interpersonal characters inprescrihed behaviors. Characters comunication behavior. Role-taking ability was related through traditional male-female roles the independent variable and was operational. (with the woman as nurturer, mother. home- Ned through the Elms Empathic Fantasy Scale. maker. and the male as aggressive provider for Dependentvariablesincluded:communicator the home), and interacted through norms which effectiveness, persuasibility, credibility, Machia- were designed to allow Individualsto create vellianism. and a role-taking competence scalegood impressions on the interpersonal market- comprised of several categories. place by appearing polite,tactful, and non- The subjects were male and female under- con firm tive. graduates enrolledat Kent StateUniversity Vision II evolved in the late 1960s and con 11973-74). The experimental task was an em- antics to gain strength inthe1970s. Char- ployment interview. Half of the subjects played actersinVisionIIrelatedin a constantly the role of a company representative and thechanging world where meaning was negotiated other half played the role of applicant. Eachrather than known. Talking together was ein 124 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 123 phasized in the search for meaning as was self- Lunt, Mary E. Th Effect of Overt Dramatic knowledge, involvement, and confrontation. Enactment on Communication Effectiveness Social institutions were de-emphasized. and Role Taking Ability. Northwestern U How influentialpopular magazines areis (Speech). debatable. Certainly they offer readers models of behavior and provide interpretations of com- The purpose of this study was to investigate municative acts. These models reflect and can the influence of participation in overt dramatic influence popular standards. More importantly, enactment on communication effectiveness and they indicate what meaning is to be given to covertroletakingability. The roletaking human interaction. As such they demand exam- theory of communication. which was the found- ination by communication scholars. ation of this study, postulated that role tak- ing is an intervening process in message encod- ing which encourages effective communication Looney, Sara C. The Effects of EgoInvolve-of m...ining.Itfurtherpostulatedthatthe ment On Perceptions of Balance In Inter.skillofcovertroletaking can betrained personal Communication. Denver 11.1(Speech through experience in overt dramatic enact. Conununica tion). ment. This theory was tested with a 2 x 2 x 3 The purpose of this studywasto investigate factorialdesign with a repeated measure on iheeffectsof varyinglevelsof ego-involve- the last factor. The independent variables were: ment on subjects' perceptions of balance in a (I) Treatment group: experimental and con- dyadic situation. Perceptions of balance were trol;(2)Role taking ability: high and low; co--rationalized as scores on measures of attrac- (3) Performance across trials of the Communi- tion, satisfaction, and "need to change partner's cationTask. The dependent variables were opinion." communicationeffectivenessandroletaking The researchhypothesestestedwere:(I) ability as measured by: (1) the Communication Mean attraction scores arid mean satisfaction Task;(2)the Password Came; (3)the Role !icons for slightly involved subjects are signifi- Taking Task. cantly greater than mean attraction and mean The subjects were thirty-nine seventh grade satisfaction scores for highly ego-involved sub- students,twenty male and nineteenfemale. jects. (2) Mean need to change partner's opin-The experimental group received ten experi- ion scores are significantly greater for highly ences in overt dramatic enactment while the involved subjects than for slightly involved sub- control group attended regular Language Arts jects. classes. Both groups were administered the de- Twenty-three highly ego.involved dyads. in pendent measures simultaneously. which subjects had opposing orientations on The results of this study were mixed. Anal- an issue, and forty slightly egoinvolved dyads, ysis of the data revealed that the experimental discussed an eight item list of statements for group did improve over time in communica- fifteen minutes. Following the interaction each tion ability as measured by the post -test of subjectfilled out a questionnaire containing the Communication Task while thecontrol the attraction, satisfaction, and "need to change group remained at the same level of perform- partner's opinion" indicators. Trends werc in ance. No differences betwecn the groups wcrc thehypothesizeddirectionbuttheresults found for the Password game or the post -test failed to achieve the level of significance re- of thc Role Taking Task. quired to reject the null hypotheses. However, a third group of forty-two dyads with same rather than opposing orientations was com- McDermott, Virginia A.The Development of pared to the highly ego-involved group whose a Functional Message Variable: The Locus of attitudeswere more discrepanttowardthe Control. Michigan State U (Communication). issueThese highly involved dyads were signifi cantly more satisfied with the task than the This thesis directed itselftothe develop- "same orientation" dyads. ment and 'zst of a functional message variable The one implication of dic findings is that in a model of persuasive appeals. Four proposi- discrepancyicycis may he a variable more tions were put forward to justify the delinea= important to balance theory than ego-involve-tion of a functional message variable along ment levels. A second implication is that bal. three loci of control: (1) There exists a sub- anre theory may profit from the addition ofset of human behaviors which may be de- egoinvolvcmcnttoexplain some satisfaction scribed as governed by choice.(2) The de- outcomes. termination of thc criteria for choice in these 125 124 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION situations reequires symbolic manipulation. (3) ments concerning the speaker and her speech; The self-concept is one fruitful mechanism forand, (3) the recognition and resolution of in- explaining criteria formation through symbolic congruent verbal and nonverbal cues in im- manipulation. and(4) The self-concept sug-pressions of the speaker. gests the presence of a message variable which The results were:(1) The dominance of distinguishes the locus of responsibility alongnonverbal cues over verbal cues in social com- physical, psychological or social reality. municationis mediated throughattributions. The model hypothesizedthat afunctional concerning the character and intentions of the message variable which argued for the perform-communicator.(2)Subjects differentiated be- ance of some act based on physical, personaltween speaker and her message when asked or social- considerations which were consistentto judge the speaker's sincerity and intentions withtheindividual'slocusof responsibilityin making specific statements. (3) High tom- would exert a causal influence on one's self- pleiity subjects formed impressions which were concept which, in turn would result in atti-more highly organized, were more differenti- tude change (contingent upon the initial mass ated, and included . agreater proportion of of information of the attitude). The data from psychological constructs than those of low com-. the study tend to support such a conclusion. plexity subjects. The beta weights for two of the three indices The research dearly indicated the merit of ofself-conceptwerestaristicallysignificant investigating the function of nonverbal cues (p <.005). Nonetheless, total variance explained in communication from a constructivistim- is low (.16). Problems encountered with scalingpression formation perspective. techniques suggestthat improvement hereis needed, and specific suggestions are made in this regard. With these improvements, a replibiurrow, Wayne L A Descriptive Study of the. cationofthepresent study would provide use of PROANA 5: A Computerized Tech- sufficient information either to provide strong nique for the Study of Small Group Interac- support for the model orto suggest an. al- tion. U of Oklahoma (Speech Communica- cernatis e. tion). Students of small group communication are McMahan, Eva M. Cognitive Complexity andconcerned with the variables involved in com- NonverbalComnu inImpression munication networks and structure which in- Formation. U of Illinois, Urbana (Speechteract with or impinge upon most other vari- Communication). ables of the small group process. Therefore, the purpose ofthis study wasto generate This study investigatedtherole of non-both point and interval estimates of frequency verbal cues in impression formation and per- ofoccurrenceofthesevenvariablesof son perception by asking how persons attend,PROANA 5. A second purpose was to de- perceive, and resolve incongruent verbal andtermine the expectedpatternof interaction nonverbal cues, whets plotting interaction by two-minute in- Subjects high or low in initial level of cog- tervals.This ProcessAnalysis (PROANA 5) nitive complexity were presented one of fourtechnique is a computerized program designed experimental messages. The four messages were by William B. Lashbrook in 1967. prepared by factorializing dominant and sub- The subjects (N = 40 5-man groups) were missiveverbalmessages with dominant andranoornly selected from the student body of submissivenonverbalcuts.After viewinga Bethany Nazarene College. Based on class mem- two-minute videotape, subjects wrote their int-bership perrenlages, a stratified sampling tech- pressionsofthespeaker,reconstructedhernique was used. The gencralizability of the message, rated the attitudes conveyed by thefindings is possible to both the entire student speech and then by the speaker on ten semanticbody and to the fixed stratified factors. differential type scales, and answered a num In all but two of the variables, the propor- her of specific questions concerning perceptionstion of the occurrence met expectations and of the speaker's statements and intentions. supported the PROANA 5 assumption's. The Thevariousdependentvariablesdefined two exceptions were the balance of participa- fromtheseresponses wereanalyzedrelative tionand theisolationvariables. An equal to three major research foci: (1) the dominance number of the discussions were balanced and of nonverbal cues in social Interaction; (2) the"rushed". When the data were compiled into abilityof subjectstodiscriminatein judg-one interaction curve, the resulting shape was

126 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 125

-rushed". Analysis revealed that no occurrences Northouse, Peter G.A Descriptive Study of of isolation were observed. These results raise Intimacy, Status Difference and Trust as Pre- serious questions about the balance and iso- dictorsofEmpathicAbility.Denver U lation assumptions and operational definitions. (Speech Communication). The Line l'sage, Clique Group, Detrimental Clique Grt.up, Leadership, and Dominance var. The present research was undertaken to in- Lades were apparently within the reasonable vestigate the relationships between selected con- expectations of the PROANA 5 system. Since text variables (intimacy, status difference, and the balance variable was not supported, the trust) and emphatic ability. The specific pur- two-minute interval data were not con,clusive. pose was to determine:(1)the strengths of association between intimacy, status difference, trust, and empathic ability,(2) the order of Norman, Norma L.Gesticulation as a The. these strengths, and (3) whether a combination oretical Construct in Speech Communication.of the context variables (intimacy, status dif- Denver U (Speech Communication). ference, andtrust) increased the accuracy of predictionofempathicabilitybeyondthe The purpose of the study was to determine accuracy ofprediction obtainedusinginde- Ilse present status of gesticulation as a theo- pendent predictors. retical construct in speech communication, to Data were collected from fifty-eight pairs of wnsirtict a theory of gesture. and to formu- supervisors and subordinates in a Denver linan- late implications suggested by the research in,ial organization. The Giffin Trust Differential the areas of speech communication, the social was employed to measure trust and the Taylor ss'eistes, and education. Specific areas investi- and Altman instrument (1908) was employed gatedwerehistoricalgestureasrelatedto to measure intimacy. The Ross (1973) predic- public speaking; contemporary gesture. posture, tive accuracy instrument in conjunction with facialexpression, and eye contact in speech the Hobart and Fahiberg (1965) soring pro- temnitiicatiou: gesture, posture, physical dis- cedure was usedto measure thecriterion, tance, andfacial expressionin anthropology:, empathic ability. mime and facial expression in animal com- A correlational analysis indicated that trust munication: gesture. posture, facial expression, was the context variable most strongly associ- and eye contact inpsychology, social-psychol- ated with empathic ability (r = -.40). Intimacy sts. sociology, and education. Once the litera- (r=.22) and statusdifference(r = .25) were ture was reviewed and analyzed, the research only slightly correlated with empathic ability. findings and constructs formulated by the in- A step -wise multiple regression analysis indi- vestigator provided the basis for a theory of cated that the combination of trust and inti- gesture in dyadic communication. macy accounted for more variance in empathic MI follossingmajorconclusionsresulted ability (195%) than any independent context ruintheinvestigation:(1) The appropriate variable. utilizationof gesture.facialexpression ,and .1 replica:ion of the primary study was con- esscontact enhances effective speech delivery. ducted using fifty-eight pairs of nurses from t21 Gesture.posture,physicaldistance, and a Denver hospital. The obtained correlations fin ialexpression are culturally patterned.(3) between the context variables (intimacy. status spetilis animals utilize gesture and facial ex- difference and trust) and empathic ability were psession as methods of communicating mean- nut significant. The phenomenon of situation. ing and emotion. (4) The utilization of ges- alism was offered as a possible explanation for ture,facialexpression, and eyecontact en- theinconsistency betweenthe primary find- Nimes N criv Ilattgiiage. (5) Gesture and facial ings and the findings obtained in the replica- expression reveal personalitytraits.(6) Facial tion. expressions contribute more to the communica- tionprocessthanverballanguage.(7) The Porter, D. Thomas.A Multivariate Analysis gestural andfacialcues of a communicator of the Effects of Communication Apprehen- affett the sedge' response of the communicatee. sion Upon Language Behavior. Florida State till The averted gaze indicates an aversion of I.: (Conununication). emotion.(9)Individuals who seek approval This study was concerned with the question: emit more smiles.gestures, and eye contact What is the nature and effect of communica. than individuals who avoid approval. (10) Ma- don apprehension (CA) within an individual? utiation affects an individual's ability toin- Previous research has placed a myopic emphasis terpret facial and gestural expression. upon the perceptual dimensions of CA. Conse-

I 2, 7 . I 126 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION quently, the behavioral parameters of CA have tive. These theoretical concepts are illustrated yet to be identified systematicallyAccordingly, by means of a field study report on an : doles- the present study was particular y concerned ent peer group. with developing behavioral measures of CA. Since languagecharacteristicsofthe sender Radcliffe, Terrence R.Interaction Patterns in appear to be viable behavioral measures of Established and Ad Hoc Groups: An Experi- CA, they arc evaluated with respect to their mental Comparison. Denver U (Speech Com- relationship to other, previously validated mea- munication). sures of CA (self-reported CA and autonomic arousal). In short, the present study provides a The purpose of this study was to determine systematic mapping of the behavioral, physio- ifthere were difference ininteractionpat- logical and perceptual dimensions of CA with-terns between six ad hoc groups (no prior in the individual. in-group activity) and six established groups The present study found that the level of(7% hours of in -group activity). abstraction and the rate of output could be All groups in this study participated in a conservatively used as behavioral measures of video-tapeddecision-makingdiscussion. Two CA. Limitations of the findings are centered separate sets of judges viewed the taped in- around the channel of the experimental com-,teraction and identified feedback responses and tntanication which in the present study was person to group contributions. interpersonal. The primary weakness.. 61 'the The results indicated that the ad hoc and study was its lack of emphasis upon language established groups were not significantly dif- tariables which communicate to the receiverferent in terms of (1) feedback responses sent, the level of CA. Discussion centers around the (2)persontogroup contributions,(9)total critical question, how does CA influence com- contributions,(4)receive-end ratio,(5)selec- tivityratio. and (6)centrality index. Mann- municationbetweenindividuals?Untilthis question is systematically addressed, then studies Whitney U Tests were calculated comparing similar to this one have limited value. the individual groups on each of the above interaction patterns. Only 15 of 216 tests in- dicated significant differences. Porter- Gchric, Cynthia K. The American Ado- The conclusion of this study was that ad lescent: A Communications Study of Peerhoc and established groups may not differ in Group Structure and Interaction. Northwest- terms of interaction patterns. Previous com- ern U (School of Speech), 1979. munication research has indicated that ad hoc and established groups differ on several other The work presents anexplanation of the variableclassesincluding quality of interne. interactionof culturally determined develop- don,content ofverbalcontributions,inter- ment goalsofthe adolescentperiod, social personal relations, decision outcomes, conflict, barriersto development that limit individualleadership, and acts per session. access to means for growth during adolescence, and peer group formation. Itis argued thatReinard, John C. An Experimental Study of adolescents construct their pere groups to pro- a Model of CommunicationMotivated Be- vide substitutecontextsforpersottal growth havior: The Effects of Attitudinal Direction, as a reactionto being excluded from direct Ego - Involvement, and Incentive Communica- participationinthelargersociety.Specific don on Prediction of Multiple Act Overt contributionsincludedescriptionsofgroup Behaviors. U of Southern California (Speech structureandinteractionpatternsinpeer Communication), 1975. groups that meet developmental needs of adnle- ScenCe. These descriptions are based on a one This study presented and tested a model of yearfieldexperience with anatural adole- attitude behavior correspondence suggesting that scent group in a community setting. performance of target behavior (multiple act Included in the work are: a detailed account overt behaviors)is equal to a function of at- of the do Iopmental goals of adolescence astitudinal direction toward the target behavior defined inlmerican culture and an analysisclass, ego-involvement with the behavior class, ofthead.J.I, cent'sroleinsociety with an and incentive communication perceived to pro- emphasis 1.1...acialchange,the schools andvide cause to participate in the target behavior community at vice organizations: an explanationclass [B = f (A. El, IC)). A kcy to the model of four social barriers to adolescent develop-is consideration of the role of incentive com- ment; and , lescription of adolescentinter- munication in overcoming motivational inertia action patterns from a psycho-social perspec-(the indiviitaars tendency to remainin one

1 2 8 ,

ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 127 motivational state until given cause to change)sample. The interviews were tape recorded and and facilitating participationin overt behav theinterviewform contained asetof key fors predictable from attitudes. questions, properly separated on the form to Four hypotheses were posited of which theavoid contamination oftheresults. A study most important theoretically was that "Highlyof congressional voting records was also made ego-involvedsubjectswithpositiveattitudes to determine the cognitive similarity between toward the behavior class and exposed to a therespondent congressmen andthosecol- persuasive communication suggesting causeto leagues named by them as being their close pai ticipateinthetarget behavior classwill personalfriends. The assumption was made perfonn significantly more target behavior than that the respondents enjoyed a high quality subjectsexperiencing any other combinationof dyadic interaction with their close personal oflevel of attitudinal direction, ego-involve- friends. ment, or persuasive communication" The results of the investigation supported Subjects'attitudinaldirectionandego-in all three hypotheses. comment wereassessedtowardan experi inentaltopic with one half of the subjects also reading a persuasive message advocatingScliwarzrock, Shirley L.Perception of Cora. action on the topic. All were given the oppor 'ittunication in the Dental Office. U of Min. nesota (SpeechCommunication). tunny tosignfivepetitionsrelatedtothe topic. The number of petitions signed served The present study assesses communication as dependent measure and was subjectedto perceptionstodiscoverdifferencesbetween athree-waya'talysisof variance(positive/ dental offices in which communication is best negativeattitudinaldirection; high/low w-and least "good." Good communication is de. hit ithemen.: presence/absenceofincentive fined as similarity of perception among par- communication) and tested for significance at ticipants in a comraunicative interaction. the.05level.Scheffe'smultiple comparison Itwas hypothesizedthat commonality of technique was employedforallcompound perception of communication would be found «Puma risous inofficesin which communication isgood. Alt hypotheses were supported. Officers in which commonality of perception is poor would have more disparate perception of Sanders, Gerald H. The Effect of Dyadic In. communication. teraction out Persuasion in the United States An instrument to gather information rela- House of Representatives. U of Minnesota tivetothe purpose ofthis study was de- (Speech-Co nintunication). %elopcd, consisting of three parts:Part One asks a number of questions concerning demo- This investigation sought to determine thegraphic data. Part Two contains twenty state. effect of the quality of the interaction on per tnents concerning dental office communication suasive efforts that take place within the corn-situations. Each participant is to indicate his/ mimic:mite framework of a dyad. The termher perception of that particular communica- /:tutiity of dyadic interaction" was defined astionsituation. Part Three invites comments the degree of reciprocalsatisfactionenjoyed concerning communication problems. In members of a dyad during their vammuni- Dentists and staff in fortythrce offices in the caus relationship. United States participated in the final study. Three hypotheses were tested to make thisPearson Product Moment Coefficients of Cor- determination. They were (1)the one-to-one relationwere computedforthecomposite relationshipisperceivedascentraltothescore on the rating scale of each dentist with making of legislative decisions in the United each of hisstaff members. Correlations were States House of Representatives,(2) the out-also computed for eachstaff member with come of a persuasive effort within the frame-each other staff member in an office. work of a dyad is dependent upon the quality The perceptionscaledataindicategreat of the intetaction involved, and (3) the quality discrepancy between the two groups of offices. of the interaction within a dyad is more likelyThe scale differentiates the offices with "good" to be high if the members of the dyad arecommunication and those withleast "good" cognitively similar. communication. The commonality of percep- The method of investigation used was the tion of the offices in which communication is personalinterview with individual members least"good"isfurther emphasized bythe of the United States House of Peprescntativesstaff /staff correlations. The open ended com- determinedbythedrawing of a stratifiedments data corroborate the scale ratings.

199 128 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Shields, Donald C.The Fire Fighters' Dra- noncompetitiveness, neutralization of authority, matis Persona: A Study of Private, Projected,interpersonal sensitivity, positive affirmation of and Public Character from the Perspective ofindividualdifferences,and abolition of sex Rhetorical Vision. U of Minnesota '(Speech-roles, it was predicted that the internal struc- Communication). ture, of small free school groups should be Intinanistically oriented. Consequently,itwas The study's theoretical orientation embraced hypothesizedthattheinfluence ofthe im- Ernest Bormanu's concept of rhetorical vision.mediatefreeschoolenvironment on group Five purposes spured the thesis research:(1) behavior should result in empathetic* under- to find out via analysis of Q-sort behavior ifstanding of deviants, minimal pressures toward fire fighters get caught up in character aspectsuniformity,humanisticnormdevelopment, of the rhetorical vision found in the speeches, minimally directive leadership techinques, and articles, and small group communication ofmember deviation from conventional sex vie lire fighters;(2)to describe thefirefighters' interaction styles. self-persona and projected-persona as depicted Participant observation was used to conduct in the Q-sort behavior of St. Paul, Minnesota the study. After several months of observa: firefighters:(3)to ascertain the efficacy of adon, it was found that the behavior of small constructed Q-sort for capturing character ele-groups of free school learners was not signifi- ments of rhetorical vision; (4)to present thecantly influenced by the norms and values of public's Qsort depiction of thefirefighters' the school. Therefore, most of the preliminary dramatis persona; and (5)to determine the hypotheseswerenotapplicabletostudent concurrent and construct validity of the Q-sortgroups. It was discovered, however, that several testing instrument. e.ro hypothesescorrectlydescribedtheinternal To complete the study, I relied on severalstructure of the group composed of free school methods including fantasy theme analysisof teachers. lire lighters engaging in small group comment- A concentric theory of small group develop- ca Una about themselves, fantasy theme analysisment was posited in order to explain the re of the professional literature pertaining to thesults. It suggests that small group development fire fighters' character and image, and a con- is more influenced by dominant environmental structed Q-Sort containing ilfty-six items dram- factorsthan immediate environmentalinflu- atizing different fire fighter behaviors. ences. The factor solutions generated from the sort- ing behavior of 32 fire fighters and 32 citizensSimcoe, George VI. A Study of the Relation: indicated similarities and diffierences between ship Between Situational Anxiety and Two the self-persona, projected-persona, and public- Vocal Speech Cues: Disfluency and Rate of persona fostering suggestings for maintaining, Speeeh. Denver U (Speech Communication). changing, and strengthening thefirefighters' dramatis persona. Concomitantly, the findings This study focused upon the clarification of pertaining to validity indicated that the sym-certain variables associated with the disruptive bolic reality of a collectivity could be objce-phenomenongenerallyclassifiedas"stage titely captured, and that Q-sort dramatizations fright." could successfully portray elements of a col- The study investigated the relationship be- lectivity's rhetorical vision. tween state anxiety (situational anxiety) and twovocalspeechvariables,disfitecncyand Muter, Robert Martin.The Free School: A rate of speech. Hypotheses were constructed to Case Study hi Environmental Influence on testthe suggestionthat vocal dislitteney and SmallGroupBehavior.NorthwesternU rate of speech vary inassociation with the (Cminnunication Studies), 1973. state anxiety level of speakers in n speech per- formance situation. The study was empirical This study examines the relationship betweenand descriptive: its goal was to produce addi- a small group and the environment of whichtional data whit regard to:(I) the distinction itis a part. It was theorized that since thebetween state and trait anxiety, and (2) the small group is bound to its contemporaneousclarification of three stage-fright-associated var- social field, immediate environmental dcmaodsiables. should influence group behavior. A free school Subjectscompleteddeliveringa3:anionic was selected as the research site in order toimpromptu speech before a TV camera, an test the theory. audiotaperecorder,andin-personaudience Sincethe normative and value system ofmembers. Following the speech each subject a free school sanctions individual autonomy,responded to form X-I (moment-state Section) 130. ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 129 of the Slate-Trail Anxiety Inventory. Subse- This descriptive research study in organiza- quently, an .1State score was determined fortional communication concerns itself with the eachsubject. Inaddition, atotal disfluency interaction between an institution and its en- index and a rate of speech index were deter- vironment. Primary focus is on the institution's mined for each subject by audiotape analysis external communication behaviorsthe impact of the subjects' speeches. on residents and business people in the geo- Pearson product-moment correlation of STAI graphical areaimmediately surroundingthe A-Statescoreswithtotaldisfluencyindices institution, and the flow of informationin produced a coefficient of +.71. Correlation of both directions. STAI A-State scores with rate of speech indices Data obtained from 144 interviews conducted produced a coefficient of .37. in Denver, Colorado, in September, 1972, are The review of literature for the study in-presented and discussed.Particular emphasis cluded theory, research, and measurement ma-is given the information flow for three specific terialon stagefright,anxiety, and selected lams of information generated by the institu- vocal cues. tions. The study affirms the need for institutions Sur lin, Stuart H. Reference Group Theory as ato seek information as well as to disseminate Predictor of Message Source Effects. Michiganit; demonstrates one means by which this can State U (Communication). he accomplished; and suggests ways of explor. Based on Kelly's Personal Construct Theorying other means. and Reference Croup Theory, this study at- The concluding chapter discusses questions tempts to use a nonverbal cue, dressing be- of how an institution shares information and havior, as a method of identifying a modal decision-making power with its community. andpersonalizednormative messagesource. among the findingsof the study arethe It was hypothesized that once a message sourceprimacy ofinterpersonalinteractioninin- isidentifiedasa normative referent,there formation movement; the limitations of a mass- willbe:increasedreceiveragreement withmedia model for an institution communicating source, perceived higher importance of topics withinitsproximate environment, and the discussed, perceived higher source credibility,potential value to an institution of maximizing and higher topic comprehension. its utilization of current communication theory Modal dressing behavior typologies were de-and research. veloped for the college population at the Uni- The need,or structuring feedback media- versity of Georgia. The modal normative de-nisms and the potential benefits of providing be- signatedmessagesource was not foundin additionalopportimitiesforinteraction elicitfavorable effects from respondents as a tween institution and environment are stressed, whole. However, support was receivedfor a along with some implications for other insti- personalized normative referent message source tutions and organizations. concerning increased agreement on topics dis- cussed and increased projected agreement onWarren, Walter K. A Descriptive Study of the non- discussedtopics.Lesser support was ex- Discussion Model of the Intercultural Com- hibited for increased importance of topics and munication Workshop: Analysis ofInterac- higher perceived source credibility effects by a tion. U of Minnesota(Speech-Cotranunica- personalizednormativemessagesource.No don). . support was found for higher comprehension effects. This dissertation and a companion disserta- Anima-It there was not con istent and strong tionin the Department of Educational Psy- ..npoort for all hypothesized effects. the author chologyCounseling explainedthediscussion met' accepts the theoretical application modeloftheInterculturalCommunication of Refarence Group Theory to communication Workshop. The purpose of the combined re- situations. and suggests future research which search was: (1) to describe the nature, content, could hod: improve the present study. as well anti process employed in the ICW; (2) to evalu- as extend the theory upon which the study isaleatoolfor describing such phenomena; hosed. and (3) to generate hypotheses for future ex- perimentalresearch. Three groups made up Wager, Elliot. Role anti Function of a Metro-of eight students each were used. An attempt politan atedical Center as Perceived Withinwas matte to balance for sex and country of Its Proximate Environment. U of Coloradoorigin, American and foreign. Each group, fit- (Contratutieation). cilita tcd by two trained co-leaders, focused on 131 130 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION the concepts of self,others, interaction and curred among sex, configuration, and level of communication barriers. The data were gathered self-esteem. Evidence relating tothevalidity by audiotaping the groups, sampling the audio-of the IPM was also obtained. mites, and making typescripts of the samples. The resulting tenhours of recordedinter- action were analyzed by a professional rater with the Hill InteractionMatrix. The HIM Interpretation though designed for use with psychotherapyBozarth-Campbell,AllaRenee. An Incarna- groups was viewed as adaptable. [tonal Aesthetic of Interpretation. Northwest- The results demonstrated thatthe groups ern U (Interpretation). varied widely in content of discussion, while concurrently, the style of the interaction was The performingartofinterpretationis very similar. The groups focused on general viewed as a creative process in which two sub- interest topics, personal subjects, or the groupjectsthe literary work and the interpreter-- itself. These topics were discussed in a styleenter into a dynamic intersubjective relation- typicalof conventionalinteractionorina ship.The transformationofbothsubjects style designed to initiate further questioning.through mutually selfgiving dialogueisre- The instrument was sensitive -to overall pat- vealed in the unique creative moment or event terns and was at the same time able to identifyof performance. which constitutes a transform- individual variations unique to a specific group. ing relationship inclusive of an audience. The HIM was not sensitiveto the intercul- Two contemporary interpretation textbooks tural nature of the groups. form the supportive spine of the study: The Art of Interfnelation, by Wallace A. Bacon, and The Perception and Evocation of Litera- Williamson, L. Keith. An Investigation of Per- ture, by Leland H. Roloff. Interpretationis spectives on aPerson'sRelationship with explored as creation, incarnation, and trans- Himself within Dyadic Marital Interpersonal formation, with emphasis on the actualization Communication Systems. Temple U (Speech),of the literary word in the experience of in- 1975. carnation revealed in performance as a trans- The primary research question was "1Vhatforming communion. Bacon's and Roloff's texts illustrate the evolving aspects of this process isthe nature of the relationship, across the obtained profiles of married couples, between and their simultaneous interplay in perform- ance. Self'sdirectperspective,theOther'sdirect perspective, and Self's tnetaperspectivc, on Self's The metaphoric language of Christian the- relationship with Self?" The secondary ques- ologyillustratesthe incarnational process of tion was: "What characteristics of the dyads interpretationinaparatheologicalcontext. are most closely related to differences in pat-The sustaining metaphor expressing the study's terns of congruence, across the obtained pro- aesthetic position is a paraphrase of the lan- files of married couples" between these sameguagc of the Prologue of the Gospel Accord- t1,ree perspectives? ing to St. John: In the beginning is the word: the word becomes flesh .. and dwells among Seventy Protestant married couples indepen- us. The aesthetic position emerging from this earlycompleted;(1)a "Demographic Data Form," and (2) Laing. Phillipson and Lee's In- metaphor affirmsthe word as potential sub- terpersonal Perception Method (IPM) question-ject, the performer as actualizing subject, and mare. A thirty-eightcouple subsample took performance as the circle of energy (communion and transformation) created by the interaction DAnond's ''Q-Adjustment Score" on self-esteem. Four configurationsAF, AN. DF, DNbe- of the two subjects: the entelechy of the word tween the specified perspectives were identified.through the performer's bodily presence. involvingagreement{A),disagreement(D), feeling agreed with (F), not feeling agreed withDunn, Margaret H. An Exploratory Study of the (N).Resultsrevealed:{1) 75% of allcon- Effects of a College Level Creative Drama figurations were AF, with 15% for DF and 5% Course on Creative Thinking, Risk Taking, each for AN and DN, (2) AF occurred signili- and Sdcial Group Acceptance. Southern Ifli. cantly more frequently than any of the others. nois U (Speech), 1978. (3) DF occurred significantly more frequently than AN. {44) DF about wives occurred signifi- The purpose of this study was to ascertain cantly more frequently than DF about hus-whether creative drama may be one of the bands. (5) Significant three-way interaction oc- teaching methods capable of nuturing creativ-

132 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 131 ity on the college level, thus raising the aca- Suggestions for further research based on this demic acceptance of courses in creative drama. study indicate that the model can be used to Three measuring or observation techniquesstructure verbal feedback in critique sessions wereutilized:experimental,empirical,and of classes in public speaking and/or the per. subjectivereaction.The TorranceTests offorming arts as well as in any interpersonal Creative Thinking, the Brim Judgment Ex-group which provides opportunity for struc- tremityConfidenceMeasureandSociometric tured feedback among the participants. . iesting were used. The results of the study showed that the teacher variable was exertidg a profound in-Gura, Timothy J. The Function of the Hero fluence on creativethinking scores. However in Shakespeare's Last Tragedies. Northwestern the Torrance Tests did show sensitivity to dif- U (Interpretation). ferent teaching approaches. The results of risk This dissertation explores Timon of Athens, taking showed both &reaps unwilling to en.Antony and Cleopatra, and Coriolanus as prob- gage in more risk following the course, in fact lems in dramatic exposition, in an attempt to they became significantly more cautious. Theunderstand the hero's function: all that which sociometric .testing producedpositiveresults asserts and maintains herohood in the world thus indicating the group's interpersonal re-of the play. A brief examination of the early lationships had widened and become moreand middle heroes indicates that the hero was varied. a man of esteem: aware of his responsibilities for, and acknowledging the effects of his ac- tions; destroyed by virtue of a conscious moral Gaede, Carol J. Feedback in the Oral Inter-choice in a world whose ultimate order we pretation Classroom: The Development and approve, and thereby acquiring self-knowledge. Application of a Communications Model to In its mixed perception of virtue and flaw, the Structure of the Verbal Feedback of the andintheparticularrelationship between Critique Session. Southern Illinois U (Speech). Timon's moral code and the moral code of This study presents a theory of oralin- the play's world, Timon of Athens foreshadows terpretationas a communicative artthe in. Shakespeare'slasttragedies. Antony perverts terconnected processes of preparation, perform- andelevatesthedevotion,selflessness, and ance, and feedback. The purpose of this studysexuality of love, refusing to deny any part was to describe, by means of a verbal model, of himself. Coriolattus would like not to deity the communication process of feedback and any central principle, but in Rome, choosing subsequently to propose a structure for specificto be more human than vindictive is fatal. examples of verbal feedback in the oral in- In emphatically questionable worldsthese terpretation classroom critique session. frequently impossible men are always honestj. The model describesfeedback asfirst annever dismissing their faults, always refusing intrapetsonal and then interpersonal expressionto make any accommodation to convenience, of three sub-processes:(I) description, (2) in-coalescing into a totality fuller than the sum ierprctation, and (3) evaluation. of its parts, because the parts expand, develop, Use of the model to structure the critiqueand color in interaction with each other. These session encourages audience members to identify men diebecause inthe peculiar worlds of the sensory descriptions (what they saw, heard, these plays certain kinds of goodness can in and felt during the performance), to interpretthemselves lead men to tragedy. By maintain- those descriptions in light of their own valuesing their individuality in inhospitable worlds, forthe artof oralinterpretationand the they die heroes. specificliteraturepresented, andfinallyto ruahiate (judge) that performance. IndividualIsbell, Thomas L. A Critique of Language As. audience members arc encouraged to verbalize sumptions BeneathPrevalent Theories of their experiences as information for the per- Oral Interpretation from the Perspectives of former. The value ofthistechniqueisin RolandBarthes'LiteraryStructuralism. spelling out the specific bases for evaluation, Southern Illinois U at Carbondale (Speech). .not only the non-specific evaluation of "good" or "bad." The purpose of the study was to examine Finally, a series of examples was developed theories current in oral interpretation scholar. reftypical critique scsison feedback. Each was ship which regard interpretation as a mode of analyzedfor deficiencies of information and literary study in orderto demonstrate that re structured according to the three-stage model. beneaththosetheoriesand contributoryto

133 t32 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION their risagreement about the nature of both Lazaro, Patricio B. A Survey of Approaches in oral interpretationand, more broadly, the na- Philippine Oral Literature Scholarship. ture of reading lies a basic disagreement about Northwestern U (Interpretation). the nature of language. The works of Paul Campbell, Don Geiger, The objectiveofthisdissertation, which Thomas SIMI], and Wallace Bacon were ex- serves as an introductory study in the oral amined in order to discern the language as- literature of the Philippines, is to present ma- smnotions underlying their theories of interpre- terial which leads to an overall perspective con- tation.Eachtheorist'slanguageassumptions cerning the different approaches in Philippine were then compared and contrasted with the oralliteraturescholarship. This objectiveis explicitly stated theory of language and liter- achieved by doing a survey on a national scope ature olh-red by Roland Barthes' structuralism. of the different studies on the verbal hire of The results of the study suggested that in- the early Filipinos, terpretation theory generally may benefit from A thorough development of the approaches a conception ofthree"levelsoflanguage" used in studying the oral literary traditions of des eloped from Barthes: (1) the level of the Europe and the United States is presented and word or sign, (2) the level of convention, and compared with those employed inPhilippine (a) the level of literature. An imagination of umlliteraturescholarship. The depth and suchlevelsfacilitates and clarifies discussions breadthofthesubjectofinvestigationis inc urrent oral interpretation theory. shownbystudyingthedifferentcultural- linguistic groups ofthe Philippines and by Lau mete, Katie Elizabeth Campbell. Black pointing out the different genres of oral liter- ature that have received emphases among the Versus Bourgeois During The Harlem Renais- sance: The Study Of A Literary Conflict. Uscholars of Philippine verbal lore. Insights as of Illinois (Speech Communication). to how the different scholars recorded, trans- alba], and translated the native literary texts The purpose of this study was to examine are also presented plus their descriptions of the Harlem Renaissance, a periodin which the performance process or event in "the sing- the Black man attempted to redefine himself ing of tales." to %Alike America through his literature. The results of the study were as follows: During thecourseofthisstudy,itwas (I) The Philippinesisrichinnative verbal round that on the one hand there was a con- lore and a large amount of research has been scious effort on the part of sonic Renaissance done onit.(2)Scholars have employed the novelists to center on that aspect of Black life following approaches in studying Filipino oral style which would redeem the race in worldliterature: historical-geographiail,functional, esie.nithat life style that differed least from andstructural - linguistic.No formalstudies tha American middle-class value system, die- have been done using the communicative-be - union;theirsocial, economic,religious, and havioralapproach.(S) The folktales of the aesthetic SellSiliVitiCS. On the other hand, there earlyFilipinos have receivedthe most con was a conscious effort on the part of some Ren- siderable attention among scholars. (4) Scholars aissance novelists to focus on thin Black life styl have shiftedtheirfieldworkactivitiesfrom thatwouldint ioduce, interpret, and qualify Luzon to Mindanao. to America the existence of a proud Black race thatabides among them, butthathasits own unique way of being out of its own unique Rickert, William E. The Sound, Structure, and system of values. Yet however intent the pur- Meaning ofRhyntel An Oral Correlative poses of the Black American novelists, subcon- Study in Modern Poetry. U of Michigan scious!)they allreflect a certain perspective, (Speech). point of view. and/or viewpoint in the treat tent of their material, and/or fashion a style The purpose of this study was to analyze that deals with the contradiction of American the appearance andfunctionsof rhymein life. Their works all expose to sonic degree the modern poetry, including both fixed and open extent to which the Black man has been con- forms. Three major objectives guided the dis- ditioned toreject his Black selfii:light of sertation:It)to identify the various possible the degradation to which he has been sub- types of rhyme; (2)to analyze the functions jected, and the degree to which he can again of rhyme; and (5) to integrate an understand. ;wept his Black self in light of the rich Afri- ing of rhyme into a philosophy of oral per- can culture to which he is heir. formance. The works of linguists, poets, and 134 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 133

literaryscholars were scrutinizedtoachieve assents, and to evaluate them during two play- a broadly based perspective compatible with back periods. The study was designed so that yet independent of conventional views. the instructor met with all students for a two To delineate its significant component parts, week period at the beginning of the semester dime was defined as "foregroundcd phoneticonly, but was availableifneeded. Students parallelism." Parallelism (the "primary" char-were trained to operate the videotape equip- acteristic occurs as various parts of a syllablement they used. Each group was responsihle are repeated, Foregrounding (the "secondary" forkeepingits own attendance and giving characteristics) concerns the degree of promin- the information to the instructor. ence accorded the rhyme by stress, length, num- A review panel, five experienced teachers of ber of occurances, position in the word andoral interpretation, evaluated three video aped inthe poetic line, proximity, rcgttlarity, and performances for each student during the se- relationship to semantic and syntactic (*knell-mester, using the same rating sheet used by s ions. students. The functions of rhyme were examined on At the end of the semester, the investigator three hierarchial strata: sound, structure, andfound that students overrated themselves on meaning. As sound, rhyme contributes melodiceach assignment. Peers overrated slightlyless anti percussive elements to the musical orches-than selves, and panel rated lowest. Students tration.Structurally, rhyme affectsformality, saw sign illf.st n t improvement in their perform- emphasis, inganization, expectation, and closure. ances over the span of the semester; the panel And, as meaning, rhyme influences heuristic did no'. The minority of the students expressed input.aesilieticdistance,tone,syntax, worda moderate to high degree of positive opinion meanings,semanticcoupling,humor,and of the course, finding it of considerable value. memory. Most wanted more teacher criticism, but eval- The fundamental conclusion drawn from theuated the use of peer crticism as a positive study is that rhyme is a complex and integral experience. ... element of poetry that is not reducible to a general norm or convention. By understand-Turpin, Thomas Jerry. The Cheyenne 'World ing rhyme's composition and its potential oper- View as Reflected in the Oral Traditions of ation within all forms of poetry, the oral in- the Culture Heroes, Sweet Medicine, and Erect terpreter is better prepared to achieve an ap- Horns. U of Southern California(Speeds 'simulate configuration of rhyme in perform- Communication). ance. This study isa collection and analysis of availableaccounts of the Cheyenne culture Sowande, Bet erly F.The Level of Perform.heroes, Sweet Medicine, and Erect Horns, dis- since Achieved in Oral Interpretation of Lit- covering conceptsthat reflectthe Cheyenne erature by College Students When Each Isview of the world. Espa.sd to Videotaped Performance, Self-eval- Such a study seemed justified by the obvious uation, and Peer Evaluation. New York It relationship between normal tradition anti writ- (English, Speech, and Educational Theatre),ten literature. Particularly significant for oral 1971. presentation of literature based upon an unfa- Hunter College students, enrolled in a firstmiliar tradition and philosophy is a coherent levelcourse in oral interpretation of litera-description of that culture and world view. turewhichutilizedvideotaped performance, A combination of historical and descriptive self-evaluation, and peer evaluation in small-tethociologies was used. Story accottnts were groups, without an instructor present, found collected from primary and authoritative sec- themselves significantly improved in ability toondary sources, chronologically arranged, and interpret literature orally, evidenced by writ- analyzedfor Cheyenne concepts. These were ten peer and self-evaluations. A review panelchecked with Southern Cheyenne tribal author- of judges did not find significant improvementities for accuracy of interpretation. in ability by the end of the semester, although There is one principal diety, Nfaheo, the pri- some improvement was shown by panel evalu- mary creator and the all encompassing Spirit ations. of the universe. All other "powers," although During thc Spring, 1973 semester, forty-threeregarded as separate spirits, are merely aspects students met in small groups three hours aof the one Spirit. Man is part of that Spirit week to videotape previously determined assign- arid the Earth. The entire Cheyenne world is 135 134 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION subjective, with each "thing" having its own Mass Communication life and spirit. Agostino, Donald E. A Comparison of Tele- The world has a limited energy quotient vision Channel Use Between Cable Subscrib- which diminishes and must be recharged per- ers and Broadcast Viewers in Selected M4r- iodicallythroughritualisticacts. The world Itets. Ohio U (Mass Communication). is seen as a Larmonious unit, symbolized by the circle, and divided into four quarters, with This study compares television consumption a special "Power" at each quarter. All living behaviorhiterms of channelusebetween things share and are considered relatives. cable subscribers and broadcast viewers. Data were collected directly from the view- The tribal council derives its authority froming diaries completed by 310 American Research the supernatural, through Sweet Medicine, and Bureaudiary-keepinghouseholdsfromfive is supreme over all other elements in the so- markets with representative mixes of broad- ciety. The basis for society is the family unit,cast and cable services for one week in Feb- but land and sacred tribal objects are publicruary, 1973. Thirty-one households subscribing property. to cable and 31 households without cable serv- ice were randomly selected fromthe ARB diaries from the metropolitan areas of Wilkes- Welton, John Lee.Interpretive Movement: A Bane, Pennsylvania; Seattle, Washington; To- Training Approach for Performer? of Liter-ledo, Ohio; New York, New York; and Los ature.SouthernIllinoisatCarbondale Angeles, California. (Speech), 1973. - Main findings of the study were(1)indi- The purpose of this study was to suggest anvidual television viewers whether by broadcast approach for teachers of performers of liter-or cable generally watch only three to five ature in which movement is used as a means channels:(2)use of channels increases only of sensitizing the interpreter to himself andslightly as the number of available channels to the literature he is pertaining, increases;(3)cable viewers inthree of the five markets utilized more channels than broad- It was the hypothesis of the study that bycast viewers;(4) cable subscribers view more discovering movement, either read or implied,prime-time televisionthan broadcast viewers; iii his psychological and physical environs, and (5) heavy television consumers utilize more chan- by capturing that movement in his own bodynels and distribute their viewing more evenly in a kinesthetically intensified form,the in- across channels than low consumers; (6) house- terpreter may gain a greater sensitivity toward hold viewing groups generally use only three to theoriginalsourceofthat movement im-six channels; (7) households with children utilize pression. The means by which this sensitizingmore channels and distribute channel use more process takes place are (I) physical movement evenly than households without children;(8) as it operates within the human body and (2)market differences have greater influence on the the perception of real or implied movementnumber of channels used than difference of re- in the individual's surrounding existence, and ception type: (9) though some differences among in art objects which reflect that existence. The viewing groups are noted, all viewers tightly con- art object of primary interest tothe studycentrate their viewing time on the local net- was literature. workaffiliated stations; (10) the expanded chan- The study suggested that a majority of our nel choice offered by cable service does not alter perceptions come through a kinesthetic sense ofthis concentration on network programming, tension within the muscles, and that much ofbut does alter the relative popularity of the our perceptual lifeis actually a "life of ten-individual local network stations. sion.'It was further suggested that a basis Abstracted by Andre Joseph De VerneiI for atraining programisthe phenomenon known as "syncsthesia" in wihch a stimulusBenson, George E.Ascertainment of Com- presented in one sense code seems to call up munity Needs and Problems by Small Market imagery of another sense mode as readily as Stations. U of Utah (Communication), 1973. that of its own type. The study examined a group of small market The study culminated with a series of train-radio stations to discern the methods used in ing exercises based on movement and vocalthe ascertainment procedure and to examine changes brcught about by varying degrees ofthe programming based on the community's tension with the human body as it responds toidentified needs and problems. stimuli. The total population of small market eta-

1 3 ;.; ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 135 Lions (62) in the region of northern California the 25,000,000 citizens lacking service. Night- and southern Oregon was chosen for the studytime services to all citizens would only be pos- a unique region, asall the stations init sible by using higher power (500,000 to 750,000 can be classified as small market licensees. Thewatts). However, higher power stationswill data were gathered utilizing a questionnairenever be allowed because of political pressure mailed to the entire population and in-depth from regionsk1 and local broadcasters and little personal interviews with 15 station managerspublic demand. whose stations were drawn from the returned The FCC should duplicate the remaining questionnaires. clear channels and end the freeze on adjacent The following conclusions were reached: (1)channels which would make a small, but sig- There was a sincere effort being made by mostnificant, contribution to the nighttiz service of this group of respondents to ascertain the problem. needs and problems of their communities, par- If the FCC had included plans for I'M radio ticularly with respect to consultations with itsin the proceeding in 1945, dll the service ob- leaders and groups. (2) There was no consis-jectives could have been accomplishes in the tency in the methods used by the subject group early 1960's rather than the late 1970's. for selecting groups or community leaders for consultation.(3) The subject group thought the least amount of useful information came Busby, Linda J.Sex Roles As Presented In rrom members of the general public, wile were Commercial NetworkTelevisionPrograms generally considered to be apathetic and al- Directed Toward Children: Rationale and most totally lacking in response. (4) Program- Analysis. The U of Michigan (Speech Com- ming based on identified needs appears to be munication). quantitatviely deficient. it was apparent that a The purposes of this study were to document license will be renewed by doing as little asthe components of the sex role standard in is acceptableto the Commission. (5) Because commercial networktelevisionprograms for of inexperience in conducting quantitative re- children and to examine the influences that search,itwould seem reasonableforthese dictate sex role presentations on television. This broadcasters to request research assistance from study: (1) .defines the sex role standard in the nearby collegesoruniversities,resultingin animations; (2) establishes a rationale for the more reliable and valid data. repetition of certain sex roles on television by examining commercial television programming Brown, Eric F.Nighttime Radio for the Na- tion: A History of the Clear Channel Pro- influencesandtraditionalAmericanunder- standings of male and female roles; (3) synthe- reeding, 1945-1972. Ohio U (Radio-Television). sizes known research on the child's use of mass The study is a description of the FCC's at-media as sources for sex role learning. tempts to provide fair and equitable distribu- Twenty cartoon programs of the1972.1973 tion of AM radio service. Toward that goal, televisionseasonwereexaminedforplot the Commission had three objectives: satisfac- themes,rolesof charactersandpersonality tory service to all U.S. citizens, maximum pro- traits of the characters. A forty-item, seven- gram choice to a maximum number of listen- scalesemantic differentialtype questionnaire ers, and total service to as many communitieswas used to detect personality differences be- as possible. The inherent characteristics of the tween cartoon males and females. Profiles for AM radio signal prevented attainment of allmales and females in the cartoons were estab- three objectives. Disagreements among broad- lished by comparison of mean responses for casters, Commissioners, and Congressmen com- eachcharacteroneveryquestion,distance plicated the attainment of even one objective.analysis of profile ,variables, Chi-square fitted Information was obtained from traditionalprofiles and Chi-square comparisons. sources such as periodicals,legalbriefs, and Conclusions were that: (I) A sex role standard FCC public documents. As a supplement, 26 is shown in the cartoonsthat differentiates personal interviews were conducted with law- males from females in physical attributes, out- yers,hroadcasters, and FCC staff. A panelhome employment,in-homelabor,societal discussion was conducted with all sides of the power and personality traits. (2) Cartoon males arginnent represented. This information cap-exhibit personality traits more closely associ- tured the flavor of the events. ated with traitsthat Americans value highly The study states the Commission's decisionthan do cartoon females. (3) Cartoon females to duplicate thirteen of the clear channels re-exhibit personality traits more closely assod- sultedinnight time coverageto 291,000 ofated wtih traits this society demeans than do

1 3 7. 136 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION cartoon mates. (4)If the commercial networkpublicationofin-stateelectionpollreports programs directedtoward children are usedaffects candidate preference and turnout mod- as sources of sex role learning by the child,ration during a presidential election campaign. the cartoon material for that learning furthers The pretest-posttest design study was conduc- the entrenchment of traditional sex roles. ted during the fortnight before the 1972 presi- dential election. In the post-test, each experi- Carr, Kathleen S.Sex Role Orientation As Itmental subject received false election poll re- Relates to Persuasibility of Female": An Ex. ports which showed either (1) a close presi peritnental Study. Bowling Green State Udential contest, or Nixon's generally expected (Speech). lead (2) e:.ceeding, (5) matching or (4) falling shore of the expectation which the subject had ht the present study, the characteristics whichexpressed in the pretest. Control subjects were were believed to be a predicting factor in the givenirrelevant electionpollreports. Seven- .persteasibility of females was sex role orientapoint rating scales were used to measure the tion. Using a modified version of the Fand subject'sfavorabilitytowardMcGovern and ventory of Feminine Values, three groups ofNixon and the subject's eagerness to vote. females were used: self-oriented, other-oriented, A decrease in intensity of candidate prefer- andself-other-oriented.Itwas Itypothwized enceoccurred among McGovernsupporters that there would be a significant difference inexposed to election poll figures which showed persuasibility among thesethree groupsof Nixon's lead matching or exceeding their ex- females. The study was also concerned with the pectations. An increase in preference intensity cultural influences of the persuasiveness of the occurred among McGovern supporters exposed speaker. It was hypothesized that there wouldto election poll figures which showed Nixon's he a significant difference in the persuasiveness leadfalling short of their expectations. Mc- between male and female speakers. Govern supporters decreasedinintensity of *The basic design for the study was a 3 x 2 turnout motivationregardless of the size of factorial design. A persuasive message advocat-.Nixon's lead. None of the election poll figures ing the disadvantages of the Annual Medical influencedtheintensity of the Nixon sup. Checkup was used as the stimulus in the study.porters' candidate preference or turnout mod. Four dependent measures were used: attitudevat ion. Thus, the publication of in-state elec- tnearcl the Annual Nfedical Checkup (pretest tion poll reports which show a one-in-state pres- and posttest), attitude toward. the speaker, atti- idential contest does not appear to affect the tude toward the message, and attitude toward positionoftheleading candidate. However, the experiment. Multivariate Analysis of Co- the underdog may suffer a Joss of turnout mo- variance and Multivariate Analyses of Varianceittation among this supporters, irrespective of were employed on the data. a simultaneous increase or decrease, intheir Of the hypotheses stated in the study only preference intensity. one was found to be significant. There was a significantdifference inpersuasibility among the three groups of females. The self-orientedHowa..ti, Herbert H.Multiple Ownership in females were found to be mom persuasible : Historical Develop- than other-oriented females in this study. It ment and Selected Case Studies. Ohio U was suggested that other-oriented females were (Radio-Television), 1973. not as persuasible due to the nature of the ionic involved as well as their dependency on This study sought to determine how group others for their opinions. It was also suggestedstation operation has developed and to inves- that self-oriented females were more open to tigate how selected independent station groups the arguments inthe speech and, therefore, me organized. Methodology included both his were more persuasible. toriographic and case-study techoiques. 'Television group broadcasting developed un- de Bock, .1. Harold. A Field Experiment on In. der the FCC's 1953-54 multiple-ownership rules, State Election Poll Reports and the Intensitywhich limit any owner to seven TV stations, of Prospective Voter Candidate Preferenceno more titan five of which may be VHF out- and Turnout Motivation in the 1972 Presi- lets.Theselimits,designedtopreventin- dential Election Campaign. Indiana U (Massdustry monopolization by a few licensees, quick- Communication). ly came to be regarded as "quotas" for intr. This field experiment investigated whether poses of assembling station groups.

138 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 137 Croup broadcasting is now a deeply ingrainedmode communication satellite. Some UHF sta- fixture of American broadcasting, accountingtions with satellite rebroadcast capability would for 70 percent of all TV stations in the 100 provide national as well as local programming. largest markets in January 1973. Significantly, The need for a planned and flexible approach some 75 different ownerships are represented, todecision-making isreflectedinteninter- indicating that multiple ownership is not onlylinking recommendations which take into ac- highly prevalent, but also highly fragmented.count the complementary function of existing Thus, the Jules have substantially eliminatedand future communication services and their the chief negative potential: a monopolizationcapacity to meet increasing demands for forms of the industry. of continuing education. The learning potential lit contrast, case studies of two groups, Coxof wideband "cable" systems is considered- in BroadeastinR Corporation and Nationwide Com- the context of Australia's longer-term telecom- munications.Inc.,reveal certainpositive po- m un ica t ion requirements, tentials. The economics of group operation fa- cilitate engagement in sophisticated research,Kivatisky, Russull J.An Exploratory Descrip- computerization; .and comparative performance tive Study of Organizational Communication analysis, as well as employment of resource Factors Within The Office of The Registrar specialists in such areas as sales, programming, At Bowling Green State University. Bowling and engineering. Also group operation is con Green State U (Speech). cloche to the establishment of broadly-based managerial development programs, which assure The purpose of this study was to explore stations a high degree of management contin-and describe communication factors in an or- uity.Finally, groups can secure and produceganization (subsystem) of an institution of high- programming which nostationindividuallyer educa don, could offer. The study utilized two basic procedures of This study shows that group owners are abledata collection, participation observation and to provide leadership tothe broadcasting in- personalinterviewing.Participant observation dustry both in operational and public serviceprovided data which were used to formulate aspects. specifichypothesesconcerningorganizational functioning. The specific hypotheses involved three sample populations within the organiza- Keith:mans, Tony. Televisionin Australiantion formed as a result of the information ob- Post-secondaryEducation: The Next Ten tainedduringparticipantobservation. The Years. U of Colorado (Communication). specific hypotheses were the basisfor ques- A central theme of this study is determining tionsdeveloped foruse inapersonalin- the extent to which television could and si ouldterview situation. The data collected from the be employed in Australian post-secondary edu personalinterviews were reviewed, and case cation during the period 1975-84. The appraisalstudies portraying the subjects were developed. of original and primary source materiaf formsThe case studies were grouped according to the basis for a number of projections and pro-the three sample populations, and a comport' posals. Some conclusions are supposed by com- Live analysis was performed. parable empirical data in several countries, in- In general, the study found that communica- cluding the United States, tion among sample populations proceeded in a hierarchical fashion, according to status when It is argued that the fulfillment of educationalthe content was task related. But, communic- and social need justifies an increased emphasis tion on social-emotion content was restricted to on external education; further that televisionwithin population boundaries. There were sig can overcome logistical, economic, and, relatednilicant differences among the sample popula- problems associated with the attendancere- tions regarding life goals, expectations for the qu:rements of traditional education. The morefuture, motivation, and viewsoftasksand extensivettseoftelevisionisdiscussedon rewards. Thesedifferences,and information pedagogical and socio-economic grounds. aboutcommunicationnetworks,alongwith An evaluation of costs and benefits of al-other communication observations, were pro- ternative means ofdisseminating educational vided to the organizations as feedback concern- programming leadsto two central proposals;ing its communication. The study stated that ittthe short-term, the development of UHFits finding might be generalized to other Uni- stations in selected areas; in the medium-term, versity subsystems or other institutions of high- theintroductionof amulti-purpose, mufti-er education. 13.9 IN BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL INSPEECH COMMUNICATION Li Hey, Robert W.Television News and the Decency tothe NCOMP? What new policies Wire Seriices: The Problem of Information did NCOMP establish? Do its film reviews and Control: A Content Analysis of Ohio Tele.ratings reflect the application of a consistent lision News. Ohio 11 (Afass Communication).standard of judgment? Forty-eight film reviews are analyzed to de This study answers two research questionstermitic the nature and purpose of the film concerning the relationship between television classificationswithspecialemphasis onthe news broadcasts and the wire services AP and A-IVcategory(morallyunobjectionablefor UPI. (1) Do subscribers to AP, UPI or both adultswithreservations).Thiscategoryis present news in a manner which correspondssingled out because it was established in 1965 to the wire services in topic selection and treat- when the legion of Decency became the Na- ment? (42)Witat charicteristia of the station tional Catholic Office for Motion Pictures. or the market environment are predictive of Research reveals that no apparent consistent correspondence betweenthestation andits standard of judgment applied to the reviewing wire service(s)? and rating of rams. Some films were found to News data were obtained front each cornmer be rated C (Condemned), for the same reasons cialtelevision stationin Ohio and from the that other films were rated AIV. Treatment of two wire services for two newsdays in October.sex appears to be the major reason for a low 1973. Human rating teams selected news on rating, while violence seldom is considered an informational stories and selected keywords orobjectionable element. In general. films rated phrases from each story for rating on a seven-A-IV seem to be of greater artistic merit than point attitude scale. Stories and keywords were those earning a higher rating. rated on treatment direction and intensity. Results of this study point to questions re- The study found that twenty to forty per.garding the usefulness of the ratings and the cent. of the topics presented by the stations value of the reviews. were common with the wire services. Subscrib- ers were always closer to their wire services In topic and treatment than were subscribers to McMahon, Robert Joseph.An Evaluation of the otherwireservice.Stations were more the Use of the High Frequency Band in negative and more intense in news presenta- the Electromagnetic Spectrenn by the Ama- tions than were the wire services. Stations sub teur Radio Service. U of Southern California scribing to both major services were significant- (Coinmunication). ly more negative than were single - service sub. The purpose was to describe and evaluate scribers. No strong station or market environmental utilization. of the portion of the highire. predictions of correspondence were found. Corquency (HP) alloatted to the Amateur Service. relation data indicated that larger, older sta- Procedures were:(I) a list of 8 categories tions showed Less wire service dependence. and was created to identify the most common on- that high wire-service correspondence was gen. the-air activities of amateur operators; (2) the entity accompanied by a slightly lower audience fistwas independently validated by a panel share for news. Audience share rose somewhatof 13 experts; (3) each category was evaluated in proportion to rising intensity and degree ofby the panel against the criterion, "Does this activity serve the public interest, convenience, negativeness of the presentation. and necessity?";(4)a questionnaire was de- veloped to obtain data from amateur opera. McLaughlin, Mary L. A Study of the Nationaltots: (5) the questionnaire was mailed to 689 Catholic Office For Motion Pictures. U ofoperators. randomly selected from a directory Wisconsin (Communication Arts). of U. S. Amateur Radio Service licensees, anti 244 responses were received. The NationalCatholicOfficeforMotion Selectedfindingsfollow.(1) The panelists Pictures (NCOMP), formerlytitledthe Na. designated five activities as serving the "public tional Legion of Decency, isthe most long- interest,convenience, andnecessity":Third lived pressure group ever to have exerted in Party Traffic, Field Operating, Emergency Com- littence on the American film industry. munications. Technical Experimentation, and In this study the history, structure, and oper- International Good Will;(2)data from the ation of the NCOMP are examined and theamateur operators showed that 28% of their following questions are raised. What in society air time was devoted to the foregoing public gaverisetothe Legion of Decency? Whatinterest activities; (3) the panelists designated causedthetransitionfromtheLegionof 3 categories as not serving the public interest:

140 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 139 Rag Chewing (informal conversing), Contacts The purpose of this study was to determine For DX Awards, and Operating Contest;(4) how much newscoverage announcedpresi- amateur operators reported spending 72% ofdential candidates received on the ABC, CBS their air time on these three activities whichand NBC televisionevening news programs do not serve public interest, convenience, and during the 1972 State Primaries. necessity; (5) the largest amount of operating Stories related to candidate and/or campaign time (58%) fell into the category of Rag Chew-activities on the nightly news programs were ing,andthesmallest amount (1.9%) was audiotaped each evening (including weekends) spent on Field Operating. beginning one week before thefirst primary (New Hampshire, March 7) and ending one McMurray, La Donna L. The Equal Time Lawweek after the final primary (New York, June and The Free Flow of Communication: A 20). Critical Study of" the Humphrey-McGovern Data were collected to answer some of the Debates. U of Southern California (Speec following questions:(1) How much time did Communication), 1975. the networks devote to candidate and primary coverage (2) How many nights were candidates The puipose of this study was to examine andprimariesprovidedcoverage?(3) How the validity of the allegation that the equalmuch time were candidates showntalking time law is inhibitory to the free flow of in.during the coverage time they received?(4) formation. What percentage of coverage was devoted to Transcripts of the content of thespecial each candidate and primary? and (6) What editions of "Face the Nation," "Meet the Press,"was the networks' coverage per primary and and "Issues and Answers" broadcast during the candidate? 1972 California Presidential Primary were ex- The results of the study were as follows: amined. (1) The networks devoted more coverage time The results of the study were: (1) concomitant to Senator George McGovern during the pe- to the increasein number of guests was ariodstudied. Three others receivingsignifi- decrease in the amount of time each partici- cantcoverage were Governor George Wal- pant had to expose his particular stand on anylace, Senator Hubert Humphrey, and Senator given issue; (2) the presence of a formal modEdmund Muskie.(2) The networks devoted erator seemed toinfluencethe number ofmore time to "key" primaries than to other interruptions, the number of questions askedcontests. (3) McGovern was given coverage on of special guests. and the average length ofmore nights and again was followed in order contributions of each panelists;(3) a notedby Wallace, Humphrey, and Muskie. (4) The difference in nature and content of openingnetworks provided candidate and primary coy. and closing remarks of special guests on eacherage on onehundred-sixteen evenings of the of the broadcasts when those remarks were inonehundred-nineteen day study. (5) More news direct response to a question as contrasted totime was devotedto weeks withscheduled situations when an open-ended directive indi- primariesthanto weeks when none were cated special guests were free to make anscheduled. (6) More time was devoted to can opening and closing statement:(4) when thedidate coverage rather than general coverage. equal time law was enforced during the course of a series of preplanned programs. the natureMoore, James P. A Survey Study of Political of dominant issues being explored changed on and Communication Behaviors of College Un the third broadcast;(5) the same categories of dergraduate Students as Voters in a Presiden- questions were used on all broadcasts to in- tial Election. Denver U (Speech Communica- terview specialguests, with questions of in- tion). formation always the dominant type;(6)al- though some special guests on the special edi- The study sought to obtain broad insights tion of "Issues and Answers" were asked theinto selected political and related communica same number of questions, the nature of thetion predispositions and behaviors for college content of the questions was not comparable. undergraduatesasa discreet"young voter" (i.e. 18.24 yearsold) subpopulation. Misiewicx, Joseph P. TV Network News Cov- Respondents were interviewed by telephone erage of Announced Presidential Candidatesover three waves of a panel survey design. During the 1972 State Presidential Primaries.Spring 1972 interviews gave data for a period U of Michigan (Speech Communication and of low political stimulation; waves two and Theatre). three gave mid- and post-campaign data, in-

1 4 1. 140 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION chiding data on Freshman students. Variables All three methods were subjectto serious included:politicalpartisanidentification and due process and other constitutional challenges tandidatepreferences;general attendanceto in the period studied. Because of these chal- mass media; attendance to politica! elements lenges, the Post Office Department was forced in mass media; and, use of mass media and in modify or abandon censorship practices. i mei peasona Icoin m ttnica Lion sources in reach- The Files of the American Civil Liberties lug voting decisions. Data were subjectedto Union at Princeton University yielded many nominal and ordinalstatisticalanalyses with examples of the application of these techniques scaling of related items and limited time-wise of postal controltoa variety of allegedly analysis. obscenematerials.These cases demonstrate Among- the study results were the following: how, despite constitutional guarantees of free- (I)Respondents were unlike traditional voter dom of expression and despitethe gradual gtoups in that parental partisanship did not enforcement of procedural safeguards, the Post predictstudentpredispositions,and student Office acted as a censor and limited free com- predispositions did not predict selective attend- munications in the United States. ance to partisan communications. (2) Respond- eats were like traditional voter groups in that higher interest in the campaign correlated with Romanow, Walter I.The Canadian Content higherlevelsofpoliticalparticipation and Regulations in Canadian Broadcasting: An earlier vote decisions.(3)Regarding an hy- Historical and Critical Study. Wayne State II pothesized influence of college on student atti- (Speech Communication). tudes, more advanced students (i.e. Seniors and In1960, a regulation was enacted inthe Juniors)were notsignificantly morelikely Canadian broadcasting system which required than newer students to have more interest in thatnotlessthanfifty-fivepercent of the the campaign. support more liberal candidates, broadcasting time of any television station or partisaninclinations or hold different from network be devotedtoprograms that were parents. (4) In contrast, more advanced class basically Canadian in content and character. standing correlated with greater political ac- The dissertation examinestheinitial and tivity.(5)On specifiedcommuniction vari- ables, mass media were cited more often than subsequent rationales for the content regular interpersonal sources as helping in vote deci- lions as they have been enforced for television, and later,for radio broadcasting. The study sions. focusestoo upon the consequences of such ltoberais. Patricia.Postal Control of Obscene regulations, in an effort to determine an an- Literature 1942-1957, I' of Washington (Com-swer tothe central question about whether munications). the quota regulations are achieving what they originally established as their aims. Since passage of the Comstock Act in 1573 The research emphasis in the studyisin the federal government has used the police duecollection,collation,andutilizationof poisci of Congress to restrict the distribution prime source materials in order tooffera ofobscenematerialsintheUnitedStates sound base for further studies on the subject mails. The Comstock Actisa criminal lawmatter. The stttdy,then, depends primarily which pros ideslinesand imprisonment for upon transcripts of public heailngs, committee «mvirtion of mailing obscene matter. However, reports, and public announcements from Ca- in over 100 years, telatirely few cases of ob- nadian communications and broadcasting reg- scenity in the malls have resulted in criminal ulatory bodies. piosec«tions. Many more have been subject Although asingle,affirmativeansweris sanctions. These sanctions, toadministrative offetedtothecentral problemposed,' con- impos,c1 by the Post Office Department, gave clusions arc also related to' the overall, broader that agency an independent censorship func-areas of Canadian societal activities which con- tion. certithemselves withthe problem of a de- This study is an examination of postal con-veloping nationalidentity. In arriving at the tol of obscene literature from 1942 to 1957.conclusions. the study traces the development Postal control refers to all administrative pro- of the regulatory bodies. tedium designedtokeepobscenematerials from the mails. The Post Office Department developedthreeprincipal non-criminal sanc- Sismad, foam P.Five Films by Charles Chap- tions:nonmailabilityorders,limitationson lin: His Transition to Sound. U of Michigan second class mailing privileges, and mail blocks. (Speech).

142 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 141

The purpose of this study was to trace the older franchises,suggestingareluctanceby stylisticchanges which accompanied Charles commttnitise to upset the regulatory status quo. Chaplin's transition to dialogue film. Five films A wide variation between states was also found, were considered: The Gold Rush (1925), Modern with Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Texas, together Times (1936), The Great Dictator (l940), Mon- presenting only one agency. ,ieur f'erdoux (1947, and Limelight (1952). Thetwenty -sevenagencies,plusthirteen Each film was viewed on a moviola as well others from communities as yet without fran- asinnormal projection, and detailed notes chises, were then investigated with regard to were prepared. Several aspects of content and insulation from special interest forces, effective- technique were analyzed. ness of operating resources, and responsiveness Despite the diversity of content, themes in to the pub'tc interest. While the majority of the five films are similar. Generalized themes agencies were finally accountable to the city are implicit in the action of Chaplin's silent council, few had been provided maximum pro- films;explicitthematic statements occurin tection from political manipulation. Data on the talking films. agency resources were largely imavailabie but Techniques are appropriate to content in alt it was found that less than twenty-five percent use films. The Great Dictator is similar in styleof the agencies were to have salaried staffs. Al- to Chaplin's silent films; the final two talking i:losttotally kicking were provisions whereby films are in a different style. The final films citizens could see the agency. arc less episodic than the other three, due to In both the initiaticio and development of strongercause-to-effectrelationshipsinplot- plans for cable agencies. a high Iced of citizen ting. Chaplin's last two films stress dialogue, action was evident. A related finding was that so a greater use is made of close-ups. Camera ofhighdistructforestablishedregulatory movement is more dynamic. and scenery more bodies. realistic, due to the type of story in each of Synthesizing insights from the literature re. the last two films, view, the survey results, and more informal The partial failure of Chaplin's finalfilms data, the study concludes with an analysis of is not due to old-fashioned techniqttes, as is issues involved in the organization and opera- sometimes asserted, since techniques are appro- tion of local cable agencies, considering both priately modified. The problem is one of con- the legal and administrative dimensions of such tent: Chaplin partially abandons his old prac- issues. tice of stimulating the audience's imagination. C:liaplin's themes are less intriguing when they Tickton, Stanley D.Broadcast Station License become explicit. Renewals: Action aril Reaction: 1969 to 1974. LT of Michigan (Speech Communication and Sparkes, Vernone M.Municipal Agencies For Theater). TheRegulation Of CableTelevision: A Study Of Current Development And issues. The January, 1969 FCC WHDH -TV decision Indiana L' (Mass Communications). .was the firstto deny an incumbent licensee's renewal while awarding the license to a com- To assistin the regulatory task associated petingapplicant. This studyreported and with local cable television systems, some com- analyzed the major chain of events after the munities bate created special regtdartory agen- WI1DJI -TV decisionand .the majorlicense cies. The purpose of this study was to record renewal proposals made during these events the development of such agencies to date. and between January, 1969 and May, 1974, The offer analysis of related issues. study portrayed "who got what, when and A survey ofall communities with CATV how" out of the political and policy-making franchises and population of over 25,000 re- process. sulted in identificationof twenty-seven cases The findings indicated that citizens and con- of agency development. City size and franchise sumer group opposition effectively checked both no were found to be important factors in the broadcast lobby and the FCC when oppos- such development. Cities of over 250,000 popu- ing Senator Pastore's renewal hillS. 2004 in lation demonstrated the greatest tendency to 1969 and the FCC's 1970 Policy Statement re- establishagencies,buteffectivemechanisms garding renewal applicants. In proposing re- were also found in smaller communities. Cities newal relief for broadcasters, the Nixon Ad- with franchises less than five years old wereministration's Office ofTelecommunications more likely to have agencies than cities with Policy (OTP) hill was not considered because

143 142 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION the language of the proposal could not be sep- Public Address arated from the anti-media attack made by OTP Director Clay T. Whitehead when he Brassed,CharleyBarney. TheRhetorical introduced the measure. The 1974 bill passed Strategy of L. Mendel Rivers. U of Utah by the House contains provisions favoring citi- (Communication), 1978. zens groups. Not considering the Senate action The purpose of this study is to determine yet to be taken, the broadcast lobby has stillthe 'rhetorical strategy employed by L. Mendel appeared to be the dominant force. The broad- Rivers in acquiring and using his political castindustry,however,overractedtotheinfluence. This is done by investigating, an- WHDH-TV decision. Many of the proposals alyzing,and evaluating the communication he made, therefore, went far beyond what was usedindeveloping and sustaining support needed and were not specifically addressed to among hisconstituency,the House Armed.' the problem. Finally, the FCC like other reguServices Committee, and the House of Repre- latory agencies, maintained a protective atti- sentatives. tude toward those it regulated, favoring in- Rivers was a powerful and controversial con- cumbent licensees before its WHDH-TV decigressman of the national prominence. These sion. This attitude became even more pro- factors contributed to the author's interest in nounced after its WHDHTV decision. understanding his rhetoric. The critical method followsthe inductive Trope, Zipora S. A Critical Application of An-apprOach advocated by Golden and Rieke and dreBazin's MiseenScene Theory in: Thethe analysis of intrinsic and extrinsic factors Last Laugh, Grand Illusion, and The Mag-suggested by Anthony Hillbruner. nificent Amherst:nu. U of Michigan (Speech). Sources of information concerning the rhet- oric of Rivers are: extant speeches of Rivers, The purpose of this study was to utilize a newspaper and magazine aritdes, letters, tele- model of film criticism based on the Integra-grams, and personal interviews, with primary tion of content and form. The model is basedsources proving to be the most valuable. on Andre Bazin's theories of miseen-scine. Observations and assessments are made about Bazin's theory was applied to a critical an- the rhetoric of Rivers in political campaigns, alysis of three films: The Last Laugh by F. W.in communicating with his constituency, as a Murnau, Grand Illusion by Jean Renoir, andmember of Congress, and as a committee chair- The Magnificent Ambersons by Orson Welles.man. Each film was analyzed in terms of its theme, Extrinsicfactorscontributed more tothe stylisticsapproach, and thefollowing visualsuccess of the rhetoric of Rivers than intrinsic cinematic techniques:set,composition,lightfactors, such as the preparation, organization, and shadow, use of objects, depth of focus,and presentation of his speeches. Extrinsic fac- camera angle, camera movement, and duration tors such as appearance, friendliness, dedica- of shots. tion,honesty,seniority, and knowledge are The followingtraits were found inthese more important in congressional rhetoric than are intrinsic factors. films:(1) all approach content realistically: (2) all lean on the ,vise -en -scene structure, (3) all Rivers acquired power through safeguarding employ organic form; (4) all attempt to revealthe interest of his constituency, through gain- inner and psychological reality. ing the support of his colleagues, and through The findings of this study reveal that Bazin'smaintaining his credibility as an informed con gressman on military affairs. theoryisapplicable to films which tend to record reality as it seems to exist in life. Any discussion of cinematic structure should dealCole, Terry W.Labor's Radical Alternative: with tendencies rather than dichotomies. Misc. The Rhetoric of the Industrial Workers of the en-sine structure, as conceived by Bazin, may World. U of Oregon (Speech). record reality without necessarily dramatizing inner- realities. For example, the m can be The method of the study was historical and applied to social realism or cinema write. Thecritical. Because the extant oralrhetoric of director's ethos should not be separated from the IWW was limited, the study relied upon hisaesthetic decisions.Bazin'stheory. while the organization's pamphlets, newspapers, rec- overlooking the artist's ethos, nevertheless in-ords, correspondence, songs, and poems. Ada creased intellectual sensitivity to visual aspects tional primary data came from interviews with of the cinema to an art. formermembersoftheIWW, Secondary

144 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 143 sources included The Final Retort and Testi- complementary and antagonistic interaction of mony of the United States Commission on In-contingent roles, revealed that Parker was ego- dustrial Relations; the transcript of record in involvedunwilling to compromise his TRUTH. the case of the United States vs. William A Secondly, Parker, was successful at maintaining Haywood, Et ill; and various government docu-his prophetic role because he created a be- ments. lievable cosmic drama hi which he enacted an The study made several conclusions. First,appropriate, proper, and convincing role. Thus, the movement failed because: the rhetoric ap- Parkersucessfullyinstitutionalizedthepro- pealed to a limited audience; the rhetoricalphetic tole. Ftnally Parker the prophet required strategies were non-adaptive to the larger Amer- two major audiences for legitimate role enact- ican working class; the ideological intransigence ment. So he cultivated a loyal following of dis- of the IWW was rhetorically counterproduc-ciples who granted him divine leadership while tive: and the defense rhetoric failed. Second,simultaneously attracting a vocal critical public the free speech fights of the IWW advanced which condemned his role and denied his per- thecauseof freedomof speech and civil formance. liberties. Third, the study revealed that rhet- orical movements necessarily interact with the larger society and, consequently, any rhetorical Cushman, Donald P. A Comparative Study of movement thatis to succeed must adapt its President Truman's and President Nixon's rhetoric to that society. Finally, the study re- Justifications for Committing Troops to Cont. vealedthatrhetorical movements which ad- bat in Korea and Cambodia. U of Wisconsin voatte revolution and violence in the Amer- (Communication Arts). ican society are probably doomed tofailure. The public justification of the presidential de- However, solong associety oppresses some cision to commit United States troops to com- ofits members, theprobabilityexiststhat bat is a significant speech genre which has at- radical, revolutionary, even violent movementstracted the attention of rhetorical and nonrhe- will arise. torical schdlars alike. This study attempts to illuminate, this process by examining the com- Coleman, William E. The Role of Prophet inmonalities and differences in President Tru- the Abolition Rhetoric of the Revirend The-man's and President Nixon's transformation of odore Parker, 1845-1860. Ohio State U (Com- their reasons for acting into public justifica- munication). tionsfortheir action. More specifically,the study explored the rhetorical interchange be- Reverend Theodore Parker (1810.1860) was tween the two men and their advisors in order a significant rhetorical force in the New Eng- to identify and evaluate the reasons which moti- land abolition movement. As minister of the vatedthe two presidentsto commit United Twenty-eighth Congressional Society of Boston,States troops to combat in Korea and Cam- Parker frequently discussed the "sin" of slavery.bodia. The study then examined the public However, Parker's persuasive strategy differedjustifications offered by the two presidents in from most abolitionists of the times for heorder to isolate and evaluate the inventional acted as if he were a religious prophet. Fur-.process employed in transforming the reasons thermore, Parker's commitment to playing thefor acting into public justifications. propheticroleprompted and sustainedhis in examining. the justificatoryprocess em- radicalcommunicative behaviorverbaland ployed by the two men, three similarities were nonverbal. hypothesizedasconstants operatinginthe Defining the prophet' as one endowed with rhetoric of publicjustifications.First,there the TRUTH and concerned with ethical con-were similarities inthe function which each duct to make the Kingdom of God manifestportion of the two justifications served. Second, in contemporary life, this dissertation utilizesthere were similarities in the rhetorical topics role analysis as a methodological approach toemployed. Third, there were similarities in the describe how Parker used discourseto enact forms of evidence and arguments employed. his chosen role. The constructs of role enact- Two differencesexisted in the inventional ment as a dependent variable and role loca-process employed by the two presidents. First, tion. selfrole congruence. expectation, and thethere were differences in the grounding of the audience as independent variables establish ainferential patterns employed. President Tru- clramatistic model by focusing on discourse asman's justification was a direct transformation primary data. of the reasons which motivated his decision, The prophetic model concentrating on thewhile President Nixon's justification was not.

1 4 3' 144 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Second. there were differences in the integrityexamined, sothattheessentialfeaturesof of their justifications. President Truman's justi- Dewey's justification might be explained. John fication revealed the grounds for his decision;Dewey's philosophic commitments were sum- President Nixon's did not. marized; the character of war, as a rhetorical situation, was emphasized. It was hypothesized oss--Droessler, Thomas C Invention and Style inthat the quality of Dewey's rhetorical justifi- Earl Warren's Legal Argumentation. Bowlingcation might be explained as an outcome of Green State U (Speech). hispragmatic philosophical commitmentsas these interacted with a dramatic and challeng- This study analyzed rhetorically Chief Jus-ing rhetorial situation. R was expected that ticeEarlWarren'slegalargumentationinDewey might find a pragmatic defense of the Brown v,Board of Education, Reynolds v.war extremely difficult because the pragmatic Sims, Mirandav.Arizona. and Times Filmforecast of specific,concrete consequencesis Corp. v. Chicago. Each opinion was analyzedseverely undermined by the chaotic indetermin- accordingtohistoricalsetting,constitutional ance of wartime situations. issues, arguments. and style. An evaluation of The results of the study were as follows: () each opinion was also made. The inquiry intoJohn Dewey did attempt to offer a pragmatic Warren's argumentation involved the discoveryjustification of America's wartime policies. (2) and identification of the rhetorical-legal rea-Dewey sought to employ the national American soning. and the primary sources of law. Thepublic as the warrant for his pragmatic snit: investigation of his style involved an analysistegy of justification. (3) The major recurrent of adaptation to audience and occasion and of tacticin Dewey's discourseisthat of "oyn- the types of style found in the opinions. thesis"a search for the common denominator The Aristotelian method with adaptations in diverse political positions. (4) John Dewey svas used to examine Warren's inventional as-never did succeed in his attempt to justify pects.Cardozo'sclassificationsystemfortheAmerica's military. intervention pragmatically types of style found in appellate court opinions(5) The deficiencies of John Dewey's justifica- was applied to Warren's style. Consulting numtion as a response to crisis situations. erouslegalauthoritiessuppliedthetheory and context of judicial decision-making. Ex- aminingPerelman's writings furnished an tut-Glenn, Ethel C.Rhetorical Strategies in the derstancling of rhetoric's relationship to law. 1972 Democratic Nominating Proce.ss. U of The author reached four conclusions. First Texas at Austin (Speech). ChiefJustice Warrendecidedinallfour The study is a rhetorical criticism of the selected Supreme Court cases to provide con- 1972 contest for the Democratic Party's nomin- stitutionalprotection for the individualfac- ationorthePresidency.Politicalscientists ingguvernmcntalpower.Secondherelied have tended to minimize the influence of can- upon extra legal factors to complement his usedidate issue oricatation and active campaign- of primary legal sources. Third his style pri-ing as factors in voting behavior. This study marily was characterized by concrete diction,hypothesizes that issues and campaigning were appropriate adaptation to audience and occa-paramount to the outcome of the nomination. sion,andlittleornamentation.FinallytheOf ilte several issues of the 1972 campaign, four Supreme Court under Warrencottragcmssly are isolated for examination: party reform and wrestledwithnumerouscontroversialissues populism, the war in Vietnam, bussing, and the with_ which previous Supreme Courts had not national economy. dealt. These issttes are shown to be redefined in Farrell, Thomas B. Pragmatism and War, 1917- variousstate primary elections as candidates 1918: A Search for John Dewey's Pttblic. Uinteract with each other, the public, and the of Wisconsin (Communication Arts). incumbentRepublicanadministration.The shifting emphases on issues develops concur- The purposes of this study were to recon- rentlywith changing public images of the struct, assess, and explain John Dewey's de- candidates as they employ various rhetorical fense of America'smilitaryinterventionin strategics. World War I. At the Democratic National Convention in Dewcy's defense of America's military inter- Miami Beach in July,1972, assembled dele- vention was first presented in eleven editorial gatesreflectedthe serious splintering within essays in The New Rekuhtic during 1917 andthe party. with convention control clearly in 1918. These essays were assembled. and closely the hands of party reformers, led by reform- 14 S' ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 145 author,liberalcandidate George McGovern.deals with sublet's matter already well-known The testof his candidacy became a test ofto its-audience, .Lewis' successful handling of reformguidelines,forhisnominationwas such a well-known subject matter could pro- assured when credentials challenges for dele-vide guidance for rhetoricians who face simi- gate seating were settled by vote of the dele- lar tasks. gates. In matters of religion Lewis regarded him- The final chapter summaries and evaluatesself as atranslator, "turning learnedtheo- McGovern's issue orientation and campaign aslogical English into the vernacular." This study rhetorical strategies and as determinant factorsindicates Lewis was equipped as a translator by in his nomination. A brief epilogue contraststemperament, education, and vocation. Lewis' his intraparty victory to his crushing loss tostudy of languages and literature and his writ- Richard Nixon in the November election. ing in many genres were a life-long profession, first at Oxford and then at Cambridge. Grachek, Arthur F.United States Senate De- After examining Lewis' rhetoric, with par- bate on Supreme Court Nominations Between ticular reference to his major works in, religion, 1925 and 1970. Wayne State U (Speech Com-the study identifies several prominent charac- munication). teristics.For Lewis, "to interestisthefirst duty of art." His rhetoric is strongly oriented This study set forth as its purpose the identi- in the audience, based on a deep commitment lication. and analysis of positional chokes made to the dignity of human beings. His style com- in United States Senate floor debate on thir-bines a fertile imagination with a penetrating teen selected nominations to the United States useofreasonwhichcoalescesrealitywith Supreme Court from 1925 through 1970; andpleasure, a pervasive humor, and all permeated the evaluation of the appropriateness of sheby a sense of awe, with a conviction that holi- positionalchoicestoidentifiablesituationalness and goodness are not incompatible with constraints.Nominationsanalyzed included; joy. stone, Hughes, Parker, Black, Douglas, Clark, None of these characteristics of style is new Minton.Harlan,Stewart,Marshall,Fortas, initself. What is new is the mode of their I faInsworth, and Carswell. orchestration. Thus, Lewis"rendersimagin- A total of fifty-one positional choices wereable for an audience that which was for them identified and evaluated in four areas of chal-(before] only intelligible." lenge (Competence, Character, Philosophy, and Procedure)for the thirteen nominations. For example, in the Carswell debate, three posi-Hollada, Bill.John L. Lewis, Spokesman for Ilona!choiceswere identified and allwere Labor. Southern Illinois U (Speech). evaluated as appropriate. Three major conclusions are suggested from This work examines in detail the speaking a summary of the evaluated appropriateness ofof John L. Lewis, who is generally regarded as the positional choices argued in the debates:the most influential American tabor leader of (1) Evaluated appropriateness or inappropriate- this century. ness did not reveal any pattern, nor was it The studyisespecially important because dictated by any factor other than the peculiarLewis' public speaking extended over a period constraintsoperating onanomination.(2) of sixty years, from 1910 to his death in 1969. United States.Senators, when debating nomina- For forty years (1920 to 1960) Lewis served as tions to the Supreme Court, have a greaterpowerful rule of the United Mine Workers. tendency to choose procedural positions as aLewis also served as vice-president of the Amer- basis for their argument than any of the otherican Federation of Labor (AFL) and was the key figure in the organization of the Congress three positionalareas.(3)Senate debate on Supreme Court nominations focuses predomin-of Industrial Organizations (CIO). antly on questions of fact. With the possible exception of some Presi- dents,Lewisprobably mademorepublic Harms, Paul W. F.C. S. Lewis as Translator.speeches before the largest audiences and had Northwestern U (ConnnunicationStudies), the most press coverage of any other American in the extended period from 1910 to 1960. His 1973. speechesoftenreflectedkey philosophiesof The purpose of this study was to identifythe labor and economic issues of the period. and evaluate the elements of style in C. S. Lewis' speeches, examined in detail and includ- Lewis'principalworks onthesubjectof ed in the Appendix, extended over the forty- classical Christianity. Since rhetoric commonlyyear period from 1:40 to 1960 and ranged from 147 146 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION testimony before a Congressional committee toexamine and analyze from the point of view of a major radio address to a speech before a the rhetoricalcritic,thirty-two representative national AFL convention. speeches and testimonies of Whitney Young The author traveled more than 10,000 miles during his tenure as executive director of the over a period of severalyearsin gatheringNational Urban League,19614971,and(4) more thanfifty hours of tape recordings of determine which audiences responded most fav-

Lewis' speeches and in interviewing not onlyorably to Young's rhetoric. - Lewis himself but more than a hundred co- The methodological approach utilized in this workers, miners, mine officials,his neighbors study was essentially descriptive, incorporating in Iowa, Illinois, and the Washington, D. C.an analytical focus on the biographical, his- area. and members of the press. torical,andrhetoricalfactorsinherentin Young's ora ts-Y. Specifically selected Aristotel- Ilkka, Richard J. The Rhetorical Vision of theian concepts 4 rhetorical criticismserved as American Communist Movement: Origin and the basis for the main divisions of this study. Debut, 1918-1920. U of Minnesota (Speech- The study reveals that Young's speeches are Coin munica don). almost entirely persuasive in nature. Relying consistently on problem - solution order, some- This studyinterpreted and evaluated the timescoupledwithcause-effect reasoning, rhetorical vision of social reality held by theYoung presents the problem vividly by using founders of the American Communist move-expository detail, and substantial evidence of ment. Procedures included methodology drawnfact and opinion, concluding with his recom- from small group fantasy theme analysis and mendation for remedial action based ttPon his extrapolated to the public rhetoric of a move- original thesis. ment. Symbolic dramatizations were identified Young's mode of delivering a speech is basic. inthe rhetoric and collectively constituted a ally conversational and informal, but forceful rhetorical vision of social reality. From fourand emphatic. His rhetoric of persuasion pro- such dramas.thestudy concluded thatfor ducedtangibleresults with individuals who fledging Communists the vision simplified the had the industrial and political power to pro- complexities of life, creating a world with littlevide funds and employment opportunity for uncertainty. Other conclusions relatedtothe minorities. projection of a new self-image, inits role of Young was not successful in his attempt to resolute protagonists marching across the cerunify mainstream blacks and whites with the ter stage of history; yet. it negated individuality black nationalists and separatists. in favor of a singular identity expressed through the rising movement. By contrast, antagonists were characterized as frightened and disarayed. Lower, Frank J.A Rhetorical and Content The study concluded that hate, fear, suspicion, Analyi;c Study of the Speeches of Julian andfeelinaaof exaggeratedself-esteempre- Bond. Florida State U (Communication). dominated. Finally, the fantasies motivated par. This study analyzed 42 Julian Bond speeches ticipants to be vigilant guardians of the move- given between 1968 and 1972. Both traditional ment, preacher-militants agitating the masses,analysis and content analytic techniques were andrevolutionarymartyrstotheworkers' employed. cause. Three conclusions underscored the vis The rhetorical analysis revealed that Bond ion's ineffectiveness for proselytization of Amer- deviates from his manuscript as he delivers his ican workers: the prevailing climate of opinspeeches, but the changes do not alter his ion in post-war America, the vision's Marxist-meanings. The study confirmed Bond's reputa- Bolshevist roots. and the st;le of the Corn tion as a rational speaker because he stresses munist rhetoric. thelogicalelementswhileplayingdown Jones, Donald W. An Analysis of the Oratory emotionalappeals. Bond structuresspeeches of Whitney M. Young, Jr, Ohio U (Com. inthe problem-solution mode, butis weak ;nun ication), 1973. in presenting concrete solutions. Bond's voice is hisgreatestassetindelivering hisspeeches This analysis of the oratory of Whitney M. sincebeusesfew gestures.Bond'sstyleis Young, Jr. represents an attempt to (1) bring classified as the middle style due to his use of out the elements in the life background of embellishment. Young that influenced his career as a speaker; The content analytic measures provided ob- (2) view thecivilrights events of 1960-1970,jective data on Bond's style. The measures particularly regarding the Urban League;(3) compared Bond to six other black spokesmen

148 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 147 and indicatedpossibledifferencesinBond's America. He devised three production codes to remarks before predominantly black and pre. guide producers to decency. dominantly white audiences. Three null by Ultimately,Haysbelievedthatproducers were tested using the data revealed mustnever alloweviltotriumph onthe by the application of the TypeToken Ratio,screen. Hays' speaking helped decrease govern- DiscomfortReliefQuotient,FleschReadingment censorship of the movies in the 20s, but Ease Score, GunningFog Index, Flesch Human itignoredthe changing temper of a larger interest Score, Flesch Abstraction Formula, and audience, His proudest achievement, the 1930 the Gottschalk-Gleser Content Analysis ScalesProduction Code, affirmed the values inherent Anxiety. Hostility Directed Outward, Hostilityin his rhetoric, but denied popular film taste Directed Inward, and Ambivalent Hostility. Theand a new moral order of urban America. first hypothesis tested for significant differences among allseven spokesmen. This hypothesis was rejected for five of the ten measures. TheMcCauley, Morris L.The Preaching of the second null hypothesis compared Bond to each Reverend Rowland Hill (1744.1833), Surrey of the other spokesmen on each of the mea- Chapel, London. Louisiana State U (Speech). sures. It was rejected on two of the measures Allthreeofthe partiesthe Methodists, only. The thirdnullhypothesistestedfor Lady Huntingdon's Connexion, and the An- differences in Bond's language use before the glicanEvangelicals that emerged fromthe two types of audiences. This hypothesis was eighteenth-centuryBritish pietisticrevival not rejectedfor any contentanalytictech- sharedthe conversion experience, and high niques, leading tothe conclusion that Bondmoral standards. Since preaching was a means does not vary his speeches between predomin-of propagating suchsentiments, among the antlyblack and predominantly white audi- pietists religious speaking assumed a new im- ences. portance. This study describes and analyzes the career of Rowland Hill, one of the most promi- nent practitioners of revivalistic rhetroic. From Martin, Robert F.Celluloid Morality: Willhis days as a student at Cambridge until his Hays' Rhetoric in Defense of the Movies,deathin 1833,Hillitineratedthroughout 1922-1930. Indiana U (Speech and Ametican Britain calling men to personal faith in Christ. Studies). Even after he had built his chapel at Wotton. The purpose of this study was to criticallyunder-Edge and a largerone, in1783,in analyze Will Hays' rhetoric in defesne of theLondon, Hill continued to itinerate long after American motion picture industry against cen- the practice ceased to be popular among the sorship,governmentregulation, andpublic cautious Anglican Evangelicals. discontent with the moral tone of movies dur- Whether at Surrey Chapel or away, three ing the period 1922-1930. themes dominated Hill's preaching: "ruin by Known popularlyasthe"Czarofthesin, redemption by Christ, and regeneration Movies," Hays enlisted the cooperation of civicby the Holy Spirit." In addition to a moder- leaders, churchmen, and educators to help himately Calvinistic interpretation of these dog- bring morality to the screen. Hays' ethos as a mis,Hilloccasionally spoke on other sub- jects, such as Christian unity, the strict observ- teetotalling Christianpatriotsteepedinthe ante of the Sabbath, and the importance of traditions of rural America representedthe maintaining British institutions despite attacks antithesisofscandal-riddenHollywood, and he was soon dubbed "Guardian of the Nation's by the radicalism engendered by the French Revolution. Nevertheless, for Hill, these were Morals." Hays avoided public debate over cen- sorship. He cultivated an epideictic rhetoricsecondary. Without a doubt, the major em- that rationalized the Industry's failures, claim-phasis of his preaching was evangelistic. Be- ed that movies were economically, educational-cause he travelled and preached throughout the British Isles for sixty years. Hill was probably lyand spirituallyvitaltothenation, and promised that films would not debauch Ameii-the best known pulpit orator in British after Wesley's death in 1791. can youth. Reformers called for federal censor- ship of films and denounced Hays as a "Pres- byterian false front" for Hollywood. DistressedMills, Norbert H. The Speaking of Hubert H. by the rapid change of values and morality Humphrey in Favor of the 1964 Civil Rights in the Jazz Age, Hays insistedthat movies Act. Bowling Green State U (Speech), should reflect the disappearing values of village This studyattemptedtoinvestigateone

149 148 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION a.pect of the speaking of Hubert H. Hum- Inward Scale; and Ambivalent Hostility Scale phrey's athcoacy for equal rights for minority HA. groups inthe United States. The study fo- Five texts were selected for each spokesman. cused on Humphrey's major public addresses TheSe texts were either speeches or written and Senate speeches regarding the 1P6( Civil documents or a combination of the two. Each Rights .Net, Eighteen public speeches and num- text was analyzed with each of the scales. The erous Senate statements dating from Septem- scores for each spokesman's live texts were av- ber 20, 1U65, to June 17, l96-I were analysed. eraged for each of the scales in order to obtain The study employed an historical-descriptite- a neon scorefor each spokesman on every critical method of rhetoricalanalysis.Ques- scale. These mean scores on the scales are site dons regarding the rhetorical situation were imam for each spokesman. In addition, overall posited antianswers were setforthinNM, norms for each of the scales were calculated eteding chapters. An attempt was made to from all texts. These overall norms were based detertninethe twes of audiences addressed, on the mean value of all texts on every scale. the nature of Humphrey's addresses, the major The measurement averages of the thirty texts strategies which were employed. and how the could be characterized as follows:highly in- Senator argued for the bill. teresting;fairly concrete; difficult:at about a Anal)sis revealed that Senator Humphrey ad- ninth grade reading level; slightly greater than dressed public audiences. which were classed moderate vocabulary flexibility; a tension fete] as religious,political, educational, commence- ofslightly morereliefthandiscomfort; a ment, and miscellaneous. Humphrey made amoderate level of anxiety; a low level of hos- conscious effort to adapt his speeches to each tility directed outward; and a moderately low particular audience and carefully worked_ the les el of ambivalent hostility. idea of civilrightsintothose speeches not Three generalnullhypothesest, erealso expressly dealing with that issue, Major issues tested by all scales. They were: (1) II. There which emergediuthe public speeches were is nosigttificantdifference among thesix containedinthe varioustitlesof theCivil spokesmen s scores; (2)fl,, There is no differ- Rights Bill. Aside from the strategy of choos-ence between the mean score of the speeches. ing only particular types of audiences to ad- and the mean score of the written documents; dress, the legislative strategies employed were (S) Hp There is no significant difference be- equal in importance to and dictated what many tween the spokesmen's communications direct- of the rhetorical strategies would be. The rea-ed toward predominantly black audiences and soning employed by Senator Humphrey was thosedirectedtowardgeneraloraudiences sound and ceolved :troontl a major deductive which are not predominantly black. pattern. Supplementing the deductive pattern Six specific null hypotheses were rejected at were methods of inductionincludingCause- the .03 level of significance. The first Flo was effect, authoritative testimony, and specific in- rejected at the .05 level for the Hostility Di- stance, rectedInward Scale (.02

. 150 - , ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 149 of social change through analysis of the value The rhetorical analysis was divided into two premises employedincharacteristicrhetoric phases, extrinsic, where functionality of com- and through application of Burkean conceptsmunication was discussed, and intrinsic, where including acceptance, rejection, casuistic stretch- internal workings of the language were ex- ing.andidentification.Socialmovementis plored. The materials analyzed included viewed as a public drama, or an extended rhe- speeches,letters,pressreleases,memoranda, torical transaction between competing systems and other movement artifacts. of oilier anti a mass audience. In this system, Several conclusions were developed. The key tilt totical analysis becomes the discovery and leadership within the Seattle civil rights move- interpretatten of the implied value premisesment was composed of leaders of several civil which support the old order and the corn- rightsorganizations. The centralleadership inning value premises associated with various was composed of John Adams, Walter Mind- movement groups. The critic attempts to ex-Iey, Charles Johnson, and Edwin Pratt, while plain the processes by which the old values others contributedinlesser ways to an all- ate gradually replaced by the new. Rhetoric encompassing federation of Seattle blacks. John btomes the study of subconscious or semi- Adams became the guiding democratic leader consciousforcesthatareadapted,applied, between 1962 and 1958. molded, shared, and warred over by the old The organization concentrated on one thing order and rising counter-forces. at a time, bringing allof the resources of Inthis study,enthymemeanalysis was the organization to bear on a single problem. adapted tothe study of movements through The sequence of campaigns noted was (I) the tut, processes: viewing the euthymeme's "miss- CORE retail desegregation campaign, (2)the ing premise" as a value or postulate held by events around the shooting of Robert Reese, ilte audience which made the message both(5) the Urban League Triad Platt and conse- coherent andpersuasive, and establishinga quent school boycott, () the attack on unem- method forselecting "key statements" to be ployment and job discrimination, (5) efforts to subjectedtoenthymemeanalysis.The key maintain momentum and leadership when chal- stun tuents of the old order were sought in lenged by black power activists. ceremonial or ritualistic messages directedto Itelieters while the dissidents' key statements Rivelantl, Clara B.An Analysis of thc Na- t.t se sought in constitutions or founding state- tional Farmers' Organization's Attemptsto ments, dramatic confrontations, agitational lit- Reduce Rhetorical Distance Between Rural era lure, and other "representative anecdotes" and Urban Cultures. U of Minnesota (Speech- as u..!1 as ceremonial rhetoric. Commnnication). The bulk ofthedissertationwas turned o'er to case-study analysis of two periods of Thisdissertation is arhetoricalanalysis social optic tval in recent American history: the ofcommunicationproblemsexperiencedby 19.10s and the 1960s. the National. Farmers Organization (NFO) as it attempts io gain support from non-members in solving farmers' economic problems. Richardson, Larry S.Civil Rights in Seattle: A This study employs two devices for its an- RhetoricalAnalysis of a Social Movement. alysis. The firstis the communication model Washington State U (Speech), 1975. designed by Professor William S. Howell using Entergenceoforganizedsocialmovement the concepts of intent, context, encoding, trans- during the twentieth century has posed prob- mission,reception,decoding,response,and lems for.-rhetoricalcritics. Complexity inter- feedback to describe what probably occurs in :nt%with' professionof media, masking sig- communicative acts. The second is the metaphor nifitant communication behavior of a time and of rhetorical distance based on Professor 'Wayne place. This dissertation demonstrated one means Brockriedc's "Dimensions ofthe Concept of tor identifying and analyzing significant move-Rhetoric." This study assumes that a diligent intatt rhetoric. application of the Howell model to communi- Itnplementingmethodologies ofKenneth cative acts can reduce rhetorical distance. Burke, the study centered around rhetorical Using data gathered through interviews, field crititismappliedtothe Seattlecivilrights observation, the media, and a survey of litera- movement between 1962 and 1969. Historical ture on the sobject, the study discovered that description set red to provide a chronology of the NFO experienced much difficulty inat- Seattle civil rights events and a basis for an- tempting to reduce rhetorical distance between altsis of rhetorical residues. the organization and other groups for several 151 150 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION reasons. First, the organization seems to prefer Sather, Lawrence Arne.Biography as Rhetori- stillingconflict rather than dealing with the cal Criticism: An Analysis of John F. Ken- problems leading to the conflict. Second, the nedy's 1960 Presidential Campaign by Selected NFO fails to gain the support of the ninety Biographers. Washington State U (Speech). percent or more of the farm population not belonging to NFO because of NPO's attacks The purpose of this study isto determine onthe credibilityof persons whosebeliefs whether persuasive strategies used by a success are inconsistent with their philosophy. Third, fulpresidential candidate, asdescribed and the NFO ascribes attitudes to urban citizens evaluated in popular boigraphies, can be anal- and others which arc inconsistent with data yzed to infer postulates concerning the effec- revealed in the literature and in various polls. tiveness of campaign persuasion. Answers are Because they seem to be source-oriented rather sought to two basic questions: (1) can biog- than audienceoriented, rhetorical distance ap- raphies be analyzed for the persuasive strate- pears to increase rather -than decrease between gics their subjects use; and (2) can a unified the NFO and other groups in America. biographical view of effective persuasive stra- tegies used by a presidential candidate be syn- thesized from a number of biographies which Samosky, Jack A.Noah Morgan Mason: The cover his campaign? Rhetoric of an Anti-New Deal Congressman. The study is organized by the chronology s:f Indiana U (Speech). a presidentialcampaign: a pre-convention Noah Morgan Mason (1880-1965) represented phase, a convention phase, and a general elec- the Twelbh Congressional District of Alinois tion phase. Each topic is divided into "descrip in the United States House of Representatives live" remarks, which report happenings, events, from 19374962. This study examined nineteen or strategies., and "evaluative" remarks, which selected speeches on four major themes to dis- judge the effectiveness of the strategies used. cover methods by which Mason argued for hisThe "desCriptive" and"evaluative"remarks conservative political beliefs. The themes wereare drawn from statements made by biog- labor, the United States Supreme Court, for- raphers on the various topics. Notes are taken eignpolicy, and taxation. The analysisre- whenitappears thatthe importance of a sealed that when he spoke in the House Ms specific strategy,act, or resultis being cut - reputation, knowledge of the subject, speaking phasizcd in a particular biography. skills, and personal interpretation of American The 448 "descriptive"statements and the values wryed as his ethical and pathetic proofs. 578 "evaluate" remarks presented show that In the non -House speeches he added appeals biographies can be analyzed, and the persua- specifically tailored to particular audiences. He sive postulates inferred -from the "evaluative" usually sought common ground, occasionally remarks demonstrate that a unified biograph- intmclucecl humor., and always included at least ical view can be synthesized from a number of one specific reference applicable to the audi- Mors-nobles which cover the campaign of a ence. successful nresideinial candidate. To support his ideas Mason often chose ex- planation. in eighteen of nineteen speeches ex- Sayer, James E.Clarence Darrow Public De. planation dominated all other forms of sop hater: A Rhetorical Analysis. Bowling Green pon. His choice was neither unusual nor stir State U (Speech). prising. as he had spent ninny years asteacher and forensics coach, believed in plain, distinct Clarence Darrow achieved prominence as the style. and was known for his directness and nation's premiere criminal attorney during the clari ty. 1920's. Because of his pronouncements and in- The final conclusion drawn from the anal- fluence upon the significant socialissuesof ysis indicated that Mason's arguments tended thattime,Darrow'slegalcareerhas been to be deductive. While he often employed in- ssudird by :slimy scholars in different academic duction and causation, beneath such patterns disciplines, but his non-legal speaking activity he was reasoning from what he believed were has remained virtually neglected. Since Darrow axiomstoinevitable conclusions. He argued took part in more public, debates than court deductively because he was committed to his room cases, this study was undertaken to ex. cons;rative principles, and his principles be- amine this aspect of his overall speaking carter. came axioms from which he deduced his con- Five selected debates from 1924 through 1929 clusions. were carefully examined and analyzed in terms

152 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 151 of the strategic objecrives and major lines ofdertakings is The Dead Hand series. In this argumentation employed by both Darrow and series of six volumes, published between 1917 his debate opponents. Each debate was Pre-and 1927, S'nciair analyzes history from the sented and analyzed within the context of the socialist perspective. Thoughout the series, Sin- del elopment of the issued involved, the cir- clairdepicts andindictscapitalismas the cumstances surrounding the debateoccasion, great meaty because, in his opinion, it expli....ts and Darrow's prior position on the issue. the wage earner for the benefit of the owners The study concluded that 'Darrow possessed of predation. seteral major strengths and weaknesses as a The discourse of The Dead Hand seriesis public advocate in the open forum. Specificallyanalyzed withinthe matrix ofthreeinter- Darrow utilized a pleasant conversational style relatedrhetorical components: rhetorical situ- of speaking and humorous invective that gen- ation rhetorical strategies, and andience effects. erated great forensic Power. His traits of sloppy The dissertationis divided into six chapters. organization, poor refutation practices, and an The first four chapters contain a description avoidance of factual and opinionated evidence, and analysis of the rhetorical components of however, tended to detract from -Darrow's de- The Dead Hand series. Chapter Five explores bate abilities. The study also concluded that the relationship between the rhetorial situation Clarence Darrow was an impressive and worthy and the rhetorical act by comparing the rhe- opponent in public debate: he certainly was toricalstrategiesfoundinSinclair'sseries not the invincible foe he has often been Pic- against the broader background of the earlier tured to be. muckraking period. Chapter Six is a summary and conclusion. Scheid, Walter E.A Study of the Parlia- mentary Speeches of Lord Byron. Ohio (Interpersonal Communication). Thrash, Artie Adams. The Rhetoric of Physi- cians: A Field Study of Communication with The purposes of the study were to examine Colleagues and Patients. Louisiana State U the factors that shaped George Gordon, Lord (Speech). Byron'sattitudes about oratory and govern- mnt, to critically examine his parliamentary The purpose of this field study was to pro- sheeches, and to determine why he abandoned vide a descriptive analysis of the rhetoric of his parliamentary career. physiciansasthey communicate withtheir Parliamentary records, Byron's writings, di- colleagues and patients. aries. and memoirs of his contemPories, as well Weekly presentations made by surgeons at as an extensive number of secondary sources metropolitanhospital were observed and were carefully examined. Stephen Toulrnin's evaluatedaccordingtoinvention,structure, model of argument was employed in determin- style, and delivery. Communication with pa- ing the stasis position in each of three speeches. tients was analyzed according to such criteria as and Neosiastotelian criteria were adapted tofulfilling the patients' desirefor informallon aidthe criticism. and imparting necessary information. Byron's home life and education showed The results of this study revealed that with significant influences on his parliamentary at- littletraininginoralcommunication,the tipitles, Critically, his speeches were judged to surgeons dependedttPonmedicalcredentials he failures; Byron's stasis positions and style rather than rhetorical preparation to achieve were found to be the most significant factors. their communication goals; they demonstrated Byron'stemperment,sensitivitytocriticism, confidence in their own judgment while speak- Personal Ia/iness, and stagcfright offer the ma- ing to colleagues and patients, but lacked flu- jor reasons for his failure in Parliament. The ermy and ease of manner in their formal speak- evidence also pointed to the conclusion that he ing. was deeply wounded psychologically by the Other resultsindicatedthat patients were failure and that this may have had a signifi* satisfied with their surgeons' communication if cant effect on his later life and career. the physicians demonstrated a personalcon- etn for diem; they were willing to accept the Smith. John Kates.Upton Sinclair and the medical title as sufficient reason to obey phy- Celestial Crown: the Rhetoric of The Dead sicians'directives. While the surgeons were Hand Series. Northwestern U (Communica-willingtodiscuss mistakes and controversial tion Studies). treatment with colleagues, they reasoned that One of t'pton Sinclair's most ambitious un- the patients' awareness of such problems would

1 53 152 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION be detrimental. The physicians gave verbal This study investigated the debates in the support to the principle that patients have the House of Commons concerningthe French right to knew about their condition and treat- Revolution and internal reform from the out. ment, but gave limited information. and when break of the Revolution in 1789 to the declara- a difference of opinion between doctors existed, tion of war in 1793. The purpose of this in- Patients, on the other hand, reported a desire vestigationwastodiscovertheroleparlia- for all details but generally were apathetic in mentary discussion played inthe polarization seeking Information. of opinion which eventually destroyed opposi- tion's ability to fight William Pitt's repressive Walsh, Barbara H. The Negro and His Edu- legislation. Through the discussion of fourteen cation: Persuasive Strategiesof Selected debates, it was concluded that parliamentary Speeches at the Conference for Education in talk greatly aided the extremists on both the theSouth,3898-1914.LouisianaState U right and the left in their efforts to destroy the (Speech). viability of a middle position. This study reports, analyzes, and evaluates The conservative viewpoint as expressed by selected speeches on Negro education delivered Edmund Burke almost exclusively reied on to the Conference for Education in the South argument from circumstance to prove that con- on the basis of what they contributed to har- ditions negated the validity of any domestic mony and to fostering reconciliation between reform, while the reforming position espoused the North and the South. The purpose of the by Richard Briusley Sheridan used argturem Conference was to improve standards of edu- from definition to prove that certain chanecs cationinthe South. Led byitstong-term were needed to archieve the "rights of man." president, Robert Curtis Ogden, and such noted Charles Fox and William Pitt. who maintained southern educators as J. L. M. Currey, Edwin the middle position, triedto avoid extremist A. Alderman, and Charles Dabney, the Con- rhetoric by using both argument from circum- ferenceattractedphilanthropicsupport and stance and argument front definition. Howeler. northerninterest.Conventionspeeches were the extremistsused parliamentary debateto devoted to various educational subjects. Each introduce topics which invariably aimed con- year one speaker was carefully selected to dis- troversy and hence forced Fox and Pittto cuss the controversial topic of Negro educa take specific public stands on the ramifications lion. To prevent discord, these speakers usually o' the Revolution. Gradually through theits- emphasized popular southern myths: the ex- ttaction of parliamentary talk, Pitt shifted his cellent training blacks received on the planta- allegiance to Burke and Fox joined there- tion; their weaknessesmoral, spiritual, social, forming Whip. although he argued until the political, economic, and intellectual and the end ihat he held the tniddle-ofthe-road posi- tom iction that vocational training would cnr tion. lett many of these deficiencies. Many persuasive detics were emplmed to encourage harmony Wilder, Carol.The Rhetoric of Social Move. betweennorthern and southernwhites and ments: A Critical Perspective. Kent State U to gather support for southern education in- (Speech). cluding railroad excursions to black and white schools, urban and rural rallies between crin The research question is: What is a flexible. (cremes, volutninons informative and persuasive balanced,andcoherentcriticalperspective publications, lavish social occasions, and dal:c- tvli!ch can be broadly employed by rhetorical ote te y decorated convention sites. The domin- critics in their investigation of the rhetoric of ation of southern leaders required the organi- social movements. zation to emphasize universal vitiation and to Following an introduction, Chapter II, "The tnio'rnizeWad: education. Inaddition,the Dialect of conflict and Change," develops three &catkin of the members from both regions positions:(1) A generalunderstandingof tofurthercongenialrelations among them- rocial change is often better achieved through celtes meantthe Negro was essentiallyfor- acceptance and implementation of a conflict gotten. model of society rather than a consensus model, 12) The explication and implementation of a Weaver, Bruce J. The French Revolution and conflict model of social process is best achieved the Polarization of the House of Commons, through acceptance of a conceptual framework 17901791: A Case Study in the Rhetoric orwhich is dialectical in both theory and method, Parliamentary Debate. ofMichiagn (1) A dialetical conflict model of social process (Speech). is firmly rooted in our intellectual tradition,

154- ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 153 as illustrated through the work of Aristotle, The use of value analysis contributed sub- Hegel, and Marx. stantially to an understanding of immigration Chapter III. "The Nature of Social Move- in Great Britain, the leadership values of Enoch ntettts."considers:(1) Row can social move- Powell, and other insights that were previously ments be defined as distinct from other forms indeterminable. of social change and collective behavior? (2) What are the major phases and requirements Wycoff, Edgar B. IIL An Analysis of Earl inthelife-cycleof asocial movement? (3) Nightingale's Audio Cassette Counseling Pro- What are the major variables of a social move- grants: A Case Study in the Rhetoric of Suc- (4) Row can asocialmovement be ment? cessMotivation. FloridaState U (Speech viewed as a dialectical process? Conununication). Chapter IV, "The Rhetoric of Social Move- ments." supports three propositions: The pre- Audio cassette counseling programs written ponderance of rhetorican theories from classi- and narrated by Earl Nightingale were investi- cal to modern times have been interpreted as gatedin. this study which contains both de- being based upon a consensus model of social, scription and critical analysis. In addition to political, and rhetorical processes which is in- authoringaninternationalradiobroadcast complete for the rhetorical criticism of social commentary entitled "Our Changing World," movements. A dialectical conflict model is an Nightingale also produces audio cassette coun- equally viable and essentially unexplored -al- seling programs that are marketed internation- ternative perspective. Finally this model holds ally. rich and specific research implications for the Nightingale'sfirstcounseling message,the rhetotical critic of social movements. record "The Strangest Secret," was the largest Chapter V,"National Organization for selling non-entertainment recording in history, Women: The Dialect of Development," isa and with.., he is credited with initiating the litniteclillustrative case study of the perspec- currently thriving informative recording indus- tive developed in preceding chapters. try. The broad question directing the study was: What elements contribute to Earl Nightingale's Wolff, Luella M. A Value Analysis of John rhetorical effectiveness in the communication of Enoch Powell's Nine Immigration Speeches success motivation themes through the use of front 1968 through 1970. Southern Illinois U audio cassette counseling programs? (Speech). Nightingale'scassette programs convey suc- The purpose of this study was to discover. cess motivation rhetoric. A content analysis re- from the content of nine immigration speeches vealed that Nightingale uses a language char- delivered by John Enoch Powell the standards acteristic of most speakers on the success mod- or principles for which his choices of repatria- vation theme. The theme was popularized in tion and rc-emigration were made Isom amongAmerica's early colonial period and has been ,-, the alternativecoursesofactionpossible. perpetuatedoverthecenturies. Themes in Those standards or principles were the values Nightingale's messages were found to closely underscoring his choices on the issue of itn- resImble many of the early American success migea lion . themes. Their modern appeal relates not only of the years of popularity in America, but also The method used to discover and analyze they address major American value the values of J. Enoch Powell in nine imntigra- inthat orientations twin speecheswasvaluecontentanalysis. Thirty leadership%aims were usedforthe Nightingale's rhetorical effectiveness was es- analysis of which sixteen appeared in Powell's tablished on the basis of audience response immigration speeches. andcriterionanalysisfactors.Experimental studies provide evidence of attitudinal change Through the analysis each of the speeches as a result of listening to the Nightingale mes- revealed the criteria upon which Enoch Powell based his suggested action, and a compilation sages. of the speeches projected data that showed the Nightingale has an unusual faculty for con- value criteria from which he formulated his solidaltng several philosophies into brief, yet proposal. TheanalysisshowedthatPowell expressive messages. In doing so he employs held strongly to the valises which moved him a cassette tape medium that reflects the pace to speak out on immigration. and technology of mid-1970 America.

155 154 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION RHETORICAL AND From application of the oral stylistics para- COMMUNICATION THEORY digm to the presidential election, it was con- cluded that the unique communicator could be Beck,Joseph Darrell. IntrapersonalCom- more adequatelyidentified.However,biog. munication:A QuasiExperimentalStudy. rapines and histories are not often produced Washington State U (Speech). byspecialistsincommunication. Thus' the empirical,rhetorical analyst must base some This study dealt with two conditions of in- of his findings on inference and interpretation. trapersonal communication, high and low. The tuo conditions were respectively identified by Buke, Lee IL The Concept of "Presence" in stabile orlabilegalvanic skinresponse pat- Selected Theories of Rhetoric. U of Southern terns. It was hypothesized that highs (stabiles) California (Speech Communication), 1975. would score higher than lows (labiles) on selec- ted 'scales of the Personal Orientation Inven- "Presence" is defined as that influence that tory, andthathighs(stabiles) wouldscore causes the substance of rhetoric to seem near lower than lows(labiles) on the Dogmatismat hand. This study analyzed the nature and Scale. None of the hypotheses was confirmed. functionof presence inselectedtheories of The author proposed severalpossibleex- rhetoric. All theories consider presence insult- planations for the findings, as well as possible mental to effective communication, and theories directions for future research in the arch. since the eighteenth century deem its creation essential to the rhetorical process. Boss, George P.The Formulation of a Para- Classical theorists conceived presence as that digm for Oral Stylistics with an Application force of imagery that endows discourse with the to Willkie and Roosevelt in the 1940 Presi- impact of nature. In seventeenth- and eigh- dential Election. Ohio U (Communication). teenthcentury theories of rhetoric, presence is perceivedas an agentofimaginationthat' The primary purpose of this work was toserves to illuminate reason; as that quality of create apracticalstylistic paradigmfor the language that functions through verbal pot- speech act that could function as an instru- minim to give ideas sensuality; as a linguis- ment of rhetorial analysis for the unique com- tically created condition of spectatorship that municator. The second purpose was to apply placesbeforeanauditor a"scene" which the paradigm to the oral communication of rivals the impact of actual observation: and Wendell L. Willkie and Franklin D. Roose- as that quality of language that links discourse yelt in the 1940 presidential election. with its sensory referent to command the fac- Classical and contemporary prescriptions for ulties of the mind. style were reviewed and placed within the pro- In the twentieth century, presence has two posed paradigm. Additional areas were included dimensions in Kenneth Burke's theory of rhet- to complete the expanded boundaries for oral oric.Linguistically,it concerns the power of stylistics, which encompass communication and symbols to generate the mind's apprehension rhetorical theory. of reality. Ontologically, it designates a trans- The assertion was offered that any analysis cendent state wherein man isconsubstantial of oral style should consist of three realms: with his world. In Chaim Perelman's theory communicator,scene andlanguage.Within of rhetoric. presence energizesperceptionto 'heselarge communicativeterritories resided cause a sense of actuality sufficientto insure many sub-characteristics. The communicator was the mind's adherence to ideas. By causing ad- divided intobiographicalself,emotional-in- herence,presenceserves theepistemological tellectualself, and physial self. Scene was di- function of according argumenis the status of sided into period and situation. To language knowledge. was alloted dimensions of phonation, unit of Presence is instrumental in the effectiveness word. symbol, phrase-sentence-syntax. and ver- of all discourse, and its nature and functions bal message. haveimplicationsforrhetoricaltheory,re- Historical and biographical sources were then search, pedagogy, and criticism. consulted for background on Willkie and Roose- velt,elicitinginformationessentialtoparts of the paradigm relevant to the communicator Cappella, Joseph N.Some Dynamic Mathe. and scene. Reproduction of their speeches in matical Models of Dyadic Interaction Based ntaniiscript and film were utilized in explora- Upon Information Processing Theory, ion of language. Michigan State U (Communication). ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 155 In order to treat the dynamic behavior ofanalyses as a component of modern data .an: dyads as attributes being negotiated through alysis was explicated. the process of mutual influence, mathematical models are necessary. The reason is that evenCrawford, John E.Strain Toward Stability, for dyadic influence the dynamics of change Theory:EffectsofEncountered Environ- istoo complex to be handled with purely mental Changes Upon Individuals' Abilities verbal models. to Anticipate Changes Forewarned by a Writ- The models developed for mutual influence tenMessage. U ofSouthernCalifornia in this thesis originate from Newcomb's struc- (Speech Communication). turing of dyads and, therefore, include vari- The purpose of this study was to propose ables for each person's attitude, each person'sand test a theory. The theory suggested that perceptionof the other's attitude, and eachan optimal response to a message by a given person's attraction to the other. In addition toindividual would require that he initially has these sixvariables, we consider two aspects anoptimalinformationprocessingcapacity, of the communicative interchange: the rate ofand that he perceives an optimal quantity of transmission of messages and the content of informationwithinthe message insuch a generated messages. In the case of content, twoway that he can adequately anticipate disrup- alternative models are considered: a veridicaltions within salient environments. model in which the speaker's message always To testthese notions a student population reflectshisattitudes and ashift model in was assignedto one of threelevelsof En- which the speaker's message is shifted a frac-vironmental Encounter Press on the basis of tion of the distance toward the speaker's per-the number and relativestresspotential of ception of the other's attitude. variousevents whichthey had encountered Because Newcomb's paradigm for dyadic sit- during the prececding year. A message warning uations does not specify the form of the changethat allclassstarting times would advance equations for attitudes, perceptions, and attrac-two hours us an energy conservation measure, tions,twowell-knowntheoriesofattitude was administered. On the basis of the number change were invoked to specify the form ofand earliness of student class schedules, each thechange equationsfor attraction(Social group ofI00 EEP subjects was assignedto Judgment Theory) and for attitudes and per-one of three levels of Environmental Antici- ceptions (Information Processing Theory). pation Press. A posttest only, no control group 3 x 3 Chase, Lawrence J.Statistical Power Analysis ANOVA testing two nonmonotonic main effects. in Contemporary Communication Research:and an interaction hypothesis revealed no sup- Explication, Application, Assessment. Bowlingport for the theory. No predictions could be sup- Green State U (Speech). ported which suggested that moderately press- ed Individuals would have more positive eval- While Type I error has enjoyed widespreaduations of the proposed change and greater attentionin communication research, the in-perceptions of stress flowing from the antici- terrelated concepts of statistical power and Typepated environment. Predictions suggesting that IIerror have beengenerallyneglected.In moderately pressed individuals would have less ordertoassessthe extent ofthe disregard stabIeuntestedrelationalorientationsasa fortheseconsiderations,astatisticalpower consequence of greater anticipation behaviors analysis of the articles published in the 1973were also unsupported, This last notion was volumes ofthenine major communicationtestedby observingindividuals'latitudesof journals was conducted. acceptance, rejection, and noncommitment. In The results indicatedthat published com-sum, major revisions of the theory or of the munication research was generally lacking intesting proctcheres were mandated. statistical power. The average power estimates for small, medium, and large effects were ,18,Czultaroff, Jeanine Kallander. The Rhetorical .52, and 39, respectively. These estimates cor- Character of Academic Controversy. Temple relatewithpreviously conductedpower an- U (Speech). alysisbypsychologicaland educationalre- Philosophers Karl Popper and Stephen Tout- searchers, thus evidencing the factthat lowmin offer epistemologies which challenge the statistical power pervades behavioral research.ancient distinction between epistfma and doxa Recommendations for the eradication of this onthe basis of whichlogicians havecon- neglect were advanced, and the role of powercluded that scholars need not engage.. de-

157,: 156 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION bate intheir efforts to findthe truth, andword stimuli ,than artists of professional writers. rhetoricians have concluded that learneddis- (3) Professional writers gave significantly more course has no rhetorical features, Popper and associationsto drawing stimuli than student Toulmin argue that in the absence of infallible writers,(4)Student artists showed more di- research methods and truthcriteria, scholarsversity of associations than student writers to candistinguish sound and unsound theories photo stimuli.(5)Professional artists showed and claims only through criticaltest and de- morediversityofassociationsthanstudent bate of these theories and claims. Thus, theyartists in all three stimulus modes and more arguethat non-demonstrative argument and(lit ersity than professionalwritersto photo- controversyarecentralactivitiesinman's graph and drawing stimuli. search for knowledge. Inthelight ofthese epistemologies, rhe-Diekman, John IL Speaking and Being: A Con- toricians must again considc what is the re temporary Philosophical Approach. Southern lation of rhetoric to science. This study ap- Illinois U at Carobndalc (Speech). proaches this issue by asking what, if any, are the rhetorical aspects of academic contro- That man speaks his languageisobvious. versy. But the precise character of the relationship Comparison of theories of academic contro- het wet.n man and his languagethe experi- versy offered by philosophers Mortimer Adler,ence of language as man lives it throughis Rupert Crawshay-Williams, and Stephen Toni'suchthat,justasobviously,languagebe- min with a general conception of rhetoric de-speaks man. Language, then, is an event which rised from the rhetorical theories of Karl Wal-befalls man, in the sense that language is a lace,DonaldBryant,KennethBurke,and Primordial structural moment in man's exist- Chaim 'Perelman suggests that academic con-ence. lash man is born into a social milieu troversyisrhetoricallymotivateddiscourse whichis predicated upon language, And thus whichtakes placeiudistinctivelyrhetorical inaveryrealsense languageisbeing.If situations. Furthermore, it appears that schol- languageisbeing,then, quite clearlymart ars who would beeffective withtheir im-speaking isnothing less thanthe work of mediate colleaguesnecessarilyresorttothe being. rhetorical process of adapting their discourse The very fact that man lives the wor:d in to their relevant academic audience, language makes language a problematic issue Theseconclusionssuggestthatrhetorical which must be resolved. Man experiences his studiesofparticularacademiccontroversies own being as already-in-the-world in the com- will change our conceptions of rhetoric andpany of other men. How, then, can he trans- the sciences. cend the everyday so as to assert himself as an authentic speaker of authentic discourse? Davis,RobertH. The VisualizerVerbalizerThis transcendence is accomplished insofar as C.ognitite Style Among Creative Specialists as man turns all the more relentlessly toward the ItAffects Communication Behavior. Ohioseeming qt undlessness ofhisexistence and State U (Communication), 1975. faces up to its rigorous demands. The authen- tic speaker is he who has overtaken his world- The purpose of this study was to compare!bless and become anactor-in-project; who artists anti writers at both the professional andendures the exile of everydayness so that, one student levelto assesstheir performance onday, he might the better stand on his own in two measures commonly used in ward-associa-the clearing of the openness of being. tion-based tests for creativity, Experimental subjects provided written con- Dnrhana, Kenneth R., Jr..%n Esperimental tinued word associations to five stimulus terms Study of the Effects of Ite:igiosicy, Social At- renderedaslinedrawings, photographs.or titudes, and SelfEsteera on the Reception of printed words. Results were compared based Homiletical Fear Appeals. Louisiana State U upon ideational productivity (number of asso- (Speech). ciations given) and ideational diversity (unique- ness of associations given). 'rite purpose of this study was to investigate The results of the study were as follows:the effects of certain attitude characteristics (1)Studentartistsgavesignificantlymore religionsity, social attitudes, and self-esteem associations to drawing and word stimuli thanon the reception of homiletical fear appeals. studentwriters,(2)Professionalartistsgave The independentvariablesconsideredwere significantly more associations to drawing andtwo levels of fear appeal messages (High-Fear 158 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 157 and Low-Fear) and two levels of sex of lis-American journalists placed on the President's tener (male and female). The treatment mes-rhetoric. Although the critics were overwhelm- sages descnbecl conditions of unrest in Amer-ingly unfavorable, and some were caustic and ica related to areas of crimes, moral standards,satitical, most were fair and, indeed, tenta- and racism; it was proposed that a retutn totive its tone. Those favorable seemed to strain Christian values and faith would help alleviate tofindpoints of agreement and reasonsto such conditions. The two ten-minute messages withholdunfavorable judgment. containedthe same basic content and were tecordcd on tape by the same speaker. Sub- Although not usually very thorough or de. veloped around clear criteria, these assessments jects were 111 students from speech classes atemphasized the speaker's invention and also Louisiana StateUniversity. Two weeks prior included comments based on the other canons, tothe expetimental treatment, subjects com- demonstrating the types and levels of criticism pleteda questionnairetomeasure attitudes on religious issues, social issues, and self. AfterdiscussedinStraechCriticism by Tbonssen, heating thetreatment, subjects completed aBaird, and Braden. The responses pointed out the importance speech criticism plays in the questoinnairetodeterminetheirsubjective evaluation of the message and their retentionnation's journals intimes of crisis and the of information from it. need for greater understanding of criticism in America's print journalism. Results of the study were asfollows:(1) Listener evaluation of the High-Fear message wassignifif arttly more positive than that ofElliott, Michael ItEffects of Cognitive Simi- the Low-Fear message. (2) There was no signifi- larityand, Content on Outcomes of Small cant difference between High-Fear and I-ow- Group communication. U of Washington l:ea.in eliciting information retention; males (Speech). welr significantly more retentive than females, The purpose of this study was to invesitgate especially from the Low-Fear message. (3) A the effects of Cognitively Similar and Dissimilar bight) signicicant positive correlation was foundgroups on accuracy and Satisfaction under two between religiosity and subjective message eval- content conditions:(1) where the content of uation. (4) A highly significant positive corre- the measure of Cognitive Similarity and the lation was found between religiosity and con content of the communication event are similar sersative social attitudes. and (42) where the content of the measure of Cognitive Similarity and the content of the 3fillard F. Analysis and Evaluation commtmie^'.9» event are different. of Rhetorical Criticism of Richard Nixon's Subject ere administered a cognitive in- Speaking out Watergate. Louisiana State Uventory designed by the investigator and were (Opted!). grouped into Cognitively Similar or Dissimilar '1 he study is an attal}sis and evaluation ofgroups on the basis of responses to the in- ventory. Content Similar and Content Dissim- '

16 0 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 169 the context of nine rhetorical situations which controlledthe situationaldimensions ofthe cover the major political events or circum- transactioncontrolledthe outcome ofthe stances in which Johnson was involved in civil transaction. While the rancherofinally won rights during his political career. An attempt legal title to his land, it was an empty victory is made to assess the political and rhetorical because he had been divested of his economic, significance of this discourse through an anal- political, and social ascendancy. ysis of the rhetorial chokes made by the rhetor as es Wowed in both the text and the context Galloway, JohnJ. SubstructuralRatesof of the discourse. Change, and Adoption and Knowledge Gaps ,julmson's rhetorical shift of position on the in the 'Diffusion of Innovations. Michigan civilrights issue is explained by reference to State U (Communication). she different issues or situations involved, the different audiences or constituencies addressed, The study explored certain inequalities be- thepoliticalgoals of Lyndon Johnson, and tween "more-advantaged" atictS'isesadvantag- Johnson's positions ofpoliticalinfluence. ed" segments of a social systeminequalities in Though the underlying theme is that a senseadoption and knowledge of innovations which ofpoliticalrealism made Johnson carefullywere thought to have possible social change calculate the political costs of support of civilimplications. A planned diffusion of innova- rights and adapt his statements to different con- tions program had been conducted among 192 stituencies.this does not deny Johnson's ed- Indianvillagers. Three-time panel data were ucationalstudmoral development inunder- collected spanning athree-year period. The standing the issue, which was particularly evi study re-analyzed these data for different intra- tent in his Vice-Presidency. systemadoptionratesandthepresence of causal links between adoption at one point in time and later smictural changes. Gaffes. Shirley ,f.California Land Grant Dis- . p »vs. 14152:1472: A Rhetorical Analysis. U of A centralpart of the conception involved Soothers' California (Speech Communication). -substructural criterion gaps" and whether they tend to widen or narrow over time Structure The purpose of this study was to analyze referredto the of statuses and the oral and written disputation relatingto roles in a social system, and substructure re- California land grant decisions, 1852672. ferred to specified parts of that arrangement. The design of the study combined histori cal Recent communication research suggests that and critical methods. Eighteen complete tram- substructures defined in terms of "high" versus s/if-usoftimeproceedings of the 'aril grant "low" respondent education tend to have dit- commission to ascertain and settle the private ferentratesof knowledge gain,suchthat laud grant claims in California were examined, "knowledge gaps" widen over time rather than appling various treatments tothe data. A close. In the present study, substructures were %%sleet) or ietteracting dimensions provided the defined by numerous variables such as agri- frost wort, for critical analysis. cultural production, land area cultivated, social !selected conclusions included the following: participation, opinion leadership, and prestige, Ili multi-dimensionalinterrelationalanal- as well as education; and gaps were examined ysis of the land grand proceedings reveals a for adoption criteria as well as knowledge. Sub- tommunication transactioninitiated, structur- structural criterion gaps referred to observed ed. and controlled by the federal government, differences at one point in time between speci- and founded on a fiction that most Californiafied substructures in the knowledge and adop- rain hoc were fraudulent. The transaction high- tion criterion variables. lights a cross-cultural clash which fnucaoned to increase the ideological disparity existing be- Fiaapanen, Lawrence William.Value Congru- tween the Anglo-American and the Latin-Amer ence In Voter Preference. Washington State U lean and that fostered attitudes on the part (Speech). of the ranchero of betrayal, oppression, and robbery, allsuppositions of the contemporary The studs investigated two propositions from Chicano movement. (2) Situationally, the trans- the theordical framework developed by Milton action wasunjust.Repeatedassurancesof Rokeach: (1) people tend to perceive others in rancheros'rightstoproperty wereignored. terms of the value structure they attribute to Legally. the transaction reveals that justice was others; and .(2) values are held, under some served;proceedings were conductedinstrict circumstances, as double standards. Four hr conformity to the law.(3) The culture that potheses were tested in the context of a by-

161 160 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION pothetical presidential election. Sixty subjects. (4) Initial error was low enough to verify the volunteers from among a random sample of consistencyofindividualperception.Under registered voters, completed a test instrument some common conditions, error expectation is which yielded data concerning their perceived less than one inch. (5) An interaction stemmed value similarity to two hypothetical presidential from high initial error at the 45 view angle, candidates, Edward Kennedy and Ronald Rea. but did not vitiate main effects. (6) An inter- gan, and their expression of preference for one action was found between nonsignificant main of the two candidates. Two of the hypotheses effects of observer sex and mannikin speed. were confirmed: (1) voters will Perceive Ken- nedy and Reagan as being significantly different Johnson, Fern L Role. Taking Complexity, in their rank-ordering of individual values; and Referential Accuracy, and Selected Language (2) a voter will prefer the presidential candi- Features in the Communication of First and date whose perceived value structure is most Third Grade Children Contrasted on Birth similar to the voter's value structure. The con- Order Positions in the Family. U of MIMIC. firmation of these two hypotheses supported !iota(Speech-Communication). the propositions from Rokeach's value theory. I investigated the relationship between role: The other two hypotheses, which were not taking and referential communication. An an- confirmed, attempted to be more precise about alysiswas made ofthe subjects'referential the major findings of the study by determin-messages for nominal group complexity and ing whether instrumental or terminal valuesencoding consistency and the effect that birth were more important and clarifying the effects order position has on role-taking and referen- of closeness in value similarity. tial communication abilities has assessed. Although the study investigated 'Rokeach's The sample, consisting of 32 first-graders and propositions in a competitive political-context.32 third-graders from a middle class, white it was argued that the propositions apply tocommunity, included equal numbers of boys other situationsinvolving social comparisons. and girls ail equal numbers of first and later- Ii was also recommended that further research horns. Subjects were tested for verbal intelli- iniestigate the communication and perception gence. of values, and that values be conceptualized as Each subject performed Feller's -Role Taking verbalizations rather than as unobservable in- Task" four times. The mean score and the ternal predispositions. highest score were used in data analysis. Each subject completed eighttrials of Glucksberg. lug, Dean Charles. Proxemics Simulation: A Krauss. and Weisberg's "Stack the Blocks" game Validation Study of Observer Error. U of to assess referential communication ability. Half (-section (Speech). of the subjects played the game with same-sex The purpose of the study was to determine peers and half of the subjects played the game whether observers of proxemics are justified with same-sex adults. in using eyesight to estimate distances between The major results where: (1) a low but sig- strolling Sc. nificant correlation was found between the mea- An electromechanical system was developel sures of role-taking and referential communi- in which full -satle mannikins simulated some cation: (2)third-graders surpassed first-graders human walking behaviors. Mannikins were pro-on both role-taking and referential communi- Nided with swinging arms. Closure speeds (3.7 attion assessments; (3) birth order was not sig- and 5.5 feet/second) and mis-distances (0 to* 18 nificantIneither role-taking orreferential inches) of mannikins were adjustable and were communication; (4) subjects with high IQs did calibrated to assure precise reproducibility of significantly betterinreferential communica- oneration. The results were taken from analysis tionthan subjects with low IQs;(5)third- of variance on 1,536 observations by American grade girls communicating with peers on the rollegiate observers. assessmentofreferentialcommunication did Hypothesespredictedthatobservererror better thanthird-grade boys communicating would depend on observer sex, mannikin closure with peers:(6) subjects encoding consistently speed. errorfeedback, view angle, and con- across trials achieved higher scores than sub- sistemy of individual perception. jects ending inconsistently; and (7) the mes- The results of the study were as follows: (1) sages encoded by subjects scoring high on the No significant differences were found for vari- assessment olreferential clarity cOiltairted sig- ables of observer sex, mannikin closure speed. nificantly more descriptive modifiers in nominal or error feedback. (2) View angle was crucial. groups than did the messages of subjects scoring (3) Oliserver error was reduced with practice. low. 162 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS f6I Joyce, Richard E.Relationships Between In. vidual proceeds ethically with his ideas, and as formation About and Attitudes Toward Oth. the way society forwards the best ideas to the 'er Nations: A Propositional Inventory. Mich. highest levels. igan State U (Communication). The present study is an examination of the King, George William. Robert Bunger Thieme, relationships between an individual's informa- Jr.'s Theory and Practice of Preaching. U tion about particular foreign nations and their of Illinois at 'Urbana (Speech COmmunica- peoples, and his images of and attitudes toward don). those nations. The study includes (1) a discus. The purpose of this study was to explicate Sion Of natioreattitudes and the ways in which R. B. Thieme's theory of Grace Apparatus for they have been measured, (2) a review of empir- Perception (GAP) and his practice of preach. ical, quantitative research on the factors whichingteadting. influence nation-attitudes, (S)the presentation Thieme's model of spiritual perspicacity ex- of sixty-four propositionstentative statements_plains how language functions in the spiritual of relationships, derived from existing researchbattle, In order for Grace Apparatus for Per- on nation-images, drawn from analogy with dataception (CAP) to function and "erect" the Edi- on other kinds of images and orientations, orfication Complex of the Soul (EGS), informa- offered as tentative hypotheses about untested tion must be understood and. accepted by the relationshipsabout relationships between in-believer. Information is taken into the gnosis formation and nation-attitudes, and (.1) a series stage,transferred, byfaithtotheepignosis of suggestions for future research on these re-stage and can be cycled back to become a lationships. frame of reference for the memory center. In. formation is listened to, understood, accepted, Katula, Richard A.William Ernest Hocking'sand stored in one's memory in bits and pieces Theory of Communication and SocialDis- that can be fused into larger categorical con- course. I.: of Illinois (Speech Communication).structs. Thieme is careful to explain that each stepof buildingone'sEdificationComplex The purpose of this study was to bring to-of the Soul requires the ministry of the Holy gether. in one systematic treatise, the notedSpirit for a believer to comprehend spiritual American philosopher William Ernest Hocking's phenomena. theory of human communication. The force behind GAP isthe pastor who Following a brief biographical sketch and a teaches Biblical principles daily to his congre- review of the major tenets of Hocking's philos-gation. Language is the catalyst that emergizes ophy, the study turns to Hocking's theory ofGAP, but it is the pastor who must communicate iniersohjectivity. The study examines Hocking'sso that his congregation can understand. Thus. idea that deeper than language, and other ex- a pastor's ability to communicate isthe key ternal sigmt, the individual is united with allto his congregation's spiritual growth. Thieme's others at the level of existence. system of GAP requires dear exposition of Having established Hocking's theory of in- the scriptures,, and his expository approach to trsubjectitity,the study proceedstoaills teachingisbased upon athree-foldanalysis cussion of Hocking's beliefs about the role ofof the scriptures. He mixes isagogical historical discourse in society. Hocking's theory of socialbackground and exegetical wordby-word an- disours eompassts all manifestations of sign alysis with categorical doctrinal outlines. communication from conversationto dialogue io public debate. Each level, Hocking believed, Long, David Knight,A Quasi-Experimental provided rot some integral stage in the growth Investigation of Selected Communieatiou Ef of ideas. Ideas begin with the individual as un- fecesofSfachiavellianism.KentState U differentiated feelings. As they proceed through (Speech). the three stages of social discourse, (conversa- tion, dialogue, and debate), the ideas become The purpose of the experiment was to learn externalized, analyzed, altered and made readywhat communication behavior (verbal and/or for their final place as social institutions. Atnon-verbal), if any, differentiated high Niachia- each stage the idea may be pushed forward tellianism(high and low) and experimental toward the institutional level, or it may lie dis- condition (naive and confederate). Dependent carded or held in abeyance. Hocking calls this va:ables included the twelve categories ofel process the "inductive dialectic." Social discoursemodified Interaction Process Analysis. A post- is thus seen as the means by which an indi. test attitude scale was administered to measure

163 162 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION the Ss' perceptions of their partners and the of the data trends were in the opposite direc- bum action. tion of the prediction, the stories were re-ex- 'I he experiment employedafour -cellde. omitted in terms of data trends. This inferen- sign. Cell A contained twelve high-Mach itt six tial analysis suggested that the stories told by dyads. Cells B and C each contained six high- speakers in homosexual dyads were both elab- Nim Its paired with six low-Mach. Cell D con- orated and rewarding because thelistener's mined twelve low -Maths in six dyads. In each reactions could be predicted with greater cer- dyad the Ss read the "Betty Case". Subjectstainty. On the other hand, speakers in mixed assigned to the naive condition chose a posi- dyads and heterosexual dyads both restricted tion to advocate from seven possible positions. and distorted the content of messages and found The Ss assigned to the confederate condition theexperimentalsituationrelatively punish- weir assigned an opposite position to advocate ing. Consequently. some inferences about. code from the naive Ss, The Ss were awarded one switching could be drawn from the re-analysis dollar for each position they moved their part of the stories. net toward their position. The experimentaldatawere analyzed by McDermott, Patrick J.Adaptation of Social titiliiing two-way Analysis of Variance and the judgntent and Dissonance Theories to a Spe- Spearman Correlation Coefficient. cific Conummication Situation: A Multi-Vari- The experimentalresultswere;(1)High- ate Analysis. U of Utah (Communicaton), Maths watt three times as much money as lows. DM t2t!Sigh were less cooperative,tension-reliev- ing. and agreeable. (3) Highs failed to recipro- ft was the intent of the author to determine catetottheir partners' positite overtures.(4) a method of measuring the concept of ego - High gate fewer suggestions and less informa- inuovlement based on the performance of ob- tion but more opinions.(ii)Highs displayed servable behavior and totest the main and motetension,argumentativeness, and antag- interactive effects of the manipulation of ego- ottin than lows. involtement,sourcecredibility,and message discrepancy, tattuby,Malcolm E. Sociolinguistic Code. Experimental Ss were pretested in order to Sttithing and Sexual Orientation: A Comdetermine their ego-involvement of self-report tent Analysis of Hoinocrotic Stories. South- scales and the performance of other observable ern Illinois V (Speech). behavior. and to determine their initialatti- tude toward the message concept. Treatment 1 he purpose of this study was to investigate consisted of written message stimuli at varying the following research problem: Will a homo- &Alves of discrepancy. sexuallc.t ideate restricted coding trends when A 2 x 3 x 2 experimental design was ism- :Milt essing I homosexual about homocrotie be- p:o!ed in order to test S response to the mes- havio, bulemploy- elaborated coding when sage stinntii. A multi-variate analysis of 'vari- speakingto aheterosexualaboutthatbe- ance and Schelle tests were used for statistical has hie. tine' sis. 'I be 50 peakers (20 homosexual dyads, 20 The results of the study were asfollows: lie!etosrmatl dyads, and 20 homosexual speak- (1) Only 10 per cent of those Ss who marked ersti liltheterosexual listeners) were asked to themselves as ego-involved on self-reportin- tell a store about a group of homocrotic photo- volvement scales were willing to perform other strolls.Bared onBailBernstein'stheory of behto ior consistent with their attitude. Those vet al i agitialic ending, the hypotheses advanced Ss were considered ego-involved for the purpose predicted that both speakers in mixed dyads of this research. (2) Ego-involvement accounted andheterosexualdyads would produce sig- for sixty-one per cent of the total variance ac- nificantly gcater proportions of adjectives and counted for ni this research. (3) When the mes- adtcrbs, egocentric sequences, the pronoun "I". sage stimulus was highly discrepant, the cred- and passive voice, whereas speakers in homo- ibility of the source made little if any differ- sexuall dyads would more frequently employ ence itt the amount of attitude change. el) Ss sodotentrie sequences, the pronouns "we" and can and do use a multitude of methods when "the'," exaphoric pronominals, mid jargon. attemptingtoresolvedissonance created by l'hereweresignificantdifferences between discrepant message stimuli. These dataindi- groups in terms of menu] story length, but the catethathighly - involvedSs derogated both hypotheses relativetoBernstein's lexicogram- source and message acrossallthree discrep- matical measures were rejected. Because many ancy levels. Ss also changed attitude, although 164 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 163 not enough attitudc change was noted to meet ments;thePoliticalParticipationQuestion. the criterion for significance. noirewas administeredonce, whilethere- maining three instruments were administered Mendoza, Nancy Wanting. Arabian Daze and twice to determine test-retest reliability of thc Bedouin Knights: Rhetorical Theory to 1492. instruments. ThePoliticalConstructDiffer- Washington State U (Speech), 1973. entiation Index and the Two Role Category Questionnaire were used toelicitconstructs The goal of this study was to discover thc and to measure cognitive differentiation. The rhetoricaltheory developed during thefirst Political Figure Rating Grid was used to ex- fiveperiods of Arabic literary historyfromamine allotment ofpoliticalfigurestocon- the emergence of poetry to the Dark Ages ofstructs and to measure cognitive complexity. the Middle East. Scholarly, literary, and popii Results of this study revealed that the Po- lar works were examined to discover and verify liticalConstruct Differentiation Index was a the rhetoric. especially speeches. reliable instrument for both eliciting constructs The study revealed that the primary goal of164.8% constructs repeated) and measuring cog. Arabic rhetoric is enchantment of the audiencenaive differentiation (r = .42), while the Two rather than direct persuasion, thus placing it Role Category Questionnaire was not relaible somewhere between Western and Eastern em- for elicitingconstructs(35.4% constructsre- phases. Rhetorical discourse was used' to dis-peated) but was reliablefor measuring cog- play the speaker's talents while accomplishingnitive complexity (r = .43). The Political Figure the ends of direction, protection, and enrich-Racing Grid was a reliable measure of element ment. Although sophistry and idealism were allotment(r = .80)andcognitivecomplexity important elements, the idea of compatibility (r = .62).Thethreeinstrumentsmeasuring hccame a dominating factor in the rhetoric. cognitive complexity were not concurently valid Thus themes, supporting material, and style (correlationsrangedfrom .29 to.17).Fe- were cleveleped to enchant the audience while males and males generally did not differ sig- gaining moan for the speaker. Consistently nificantlyitsstability of content or stability Arabic rhetoric incorporated extensive utiliza-or level of cognitive complexity. Finally, po- tion of memory and elaborate rules for gestur- litical participation was not strongly related to ing while retaining a mode of delivery some- any measure of cognitive complexity (correla- where between extemporaneous and impromp- tions ranged from .03 to .22). tu. Always the Arab avoided controversy, pre - leritigfriendly discussions, desired mediation.Mills, Caryl Rae. An Investigation of Conch. orflatteringnarrativeutilizingpredictable tions Affecting Selective Retention of Per. themes and exaggerated reports of accomplish- suasive Communication. Pennsylvania State ments to entertainhis audience. Style alone U (Speech Communication). dstinaed markedly during the period from the "Attic" style of 500 A.D. to the "Asian" style Inthis study the variables which, on the of the ninth century. basis of prior research, appeared most likely Arabic rhetoricemerges as more thana to be conducive to the occurrence of selective blen:1 of Eastern and Western traditions whitretention were investigated. the phtential of forming the basis for an in- Two questions were asked: (1) If the message tercultural or global rhetoric. 'is involving to the receivers, to what extent will those persons who agree with ,the content Millevc, Nancy T. The Stability of Constructof the message distortthat content as com- Subsystems in the Political Domain. U ofpared to persons who disagree with the con- *Illinois (Speech Communication). tent of the message? (?) Will the channel in which the message is presentedoral or written The purposes of this dissertation were to(I) formproduce systematicallydifferentresults present p...rsonal construct theory as a frame-with regardtothe amount of distortionof work for the sway of political perception, (2)the material? examine test-retestreliability and concurrent A high intensity message was developed. A solidity of several instruments arising from per- don test was constructed *totestrecall. Two sonal construct theory. (3) examine the rela-stmements reflecting the theme of the message tionship between cognitive coplexity in thewere placed on a modified Weiss attitude clues. political li.ntre domain and (a) sex of subjecttiminaire. Treatment groups were gisenthe and (h) political participation. attitude questionnaire and asked to listen or Ninety sub(ectsrespondedtofourinstru- read the message. One week later they tom-

165 lEil BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

piety('the closetest and responded againto and analysis of fundamental concepts of Lloyd the attitude questionnaire. The control group F. Bitzer's theory, "The Rhetorical Situation"; completedthe dozetestwith language the (2) application of situational concepts as de- speaker would most likely have used. Intensity fined by Bitzer to the preaching situation of of word choices was determined using evaitta- the Rev. William R. Laws, Jr., former Moder- tile assertion analysis. ator of the United Presbyterian Church in the The significant differences were as follows. U.S.A. in 1970 and minister of First United ill The control group distorted the message to Presbyterian Church in. Columbus, Indiana; (3) a greater_ extent than either of the treatment discernment of the viability of the situational groups. (2) Subjects exposed to the oral Toes- theory interms of the insightsitsupplies age distorted the message to a greater extent about disclosure in the preaching situation. that those exposed to the written message. (3) Findings included (1) disclosure of the em- Subjects who expressed moderate agreement dis- pirical/pranatic foundation on which the sit- torted the message to a greater extent than uational theory rests;(2)clarification of the those who expressed strong agreement withsorts of causal explanations funded from the time message. situationalstandpoint;(3)awareness ofthe variety of levels on which the theory operates 1AA-Sofsinger, Robert E., Jr. The Demand Ticket: andthesynthetic nature of the situational Getting the Floor to Speak. U of Iowa (Speech framework which places the usual emphases of and Dramatic Art), 1973. rhetorical criticism into a larger analytic per- spective;(4)penetrationintothepluralistic The study gries a formal account of certain character of contemporary American religious rharacteristiof the "demand ticket," a eon- life through focusing on the interdependence nosationaldeviceforgainingthedoor.It of the preaching situation with a broad spec- assumes that such formal descriptioni of come trum of other situations; and (5) demonstration monicatice patterns is a desirable precursor to that the situational theory promotes insightful est/L.0111mm) studies and will be a necessary intertnetalkn and assessment of Laws' preach- pact of am adequate theory of conversation. ing in terms of the conditions and interests I he main analysisdescribesthe conversa- addressed,the assumptions made about the tional functions of the demand ticket, examnature andpurpose of preaching, andthe hutspresuppositimis whichunderlieitsuse, changes facilitated by his sermons. and purposes an account of the mechanisms in which participants recognize that an utter- Root, Marilyn M. Kenneth Burke's Concept of ance wut.ts as a demand ticket. the Criticism of Literature as Rhetoric. U of '1 he bases of this acount are:(1) a set of Illinois (Speech Communication). generalrulesofconversation,such as the nt.in) that one should not say that whichis The purpose of this study was to explore poi: dm, and its corollary that we try to in. philosopher critic Kenneth Burke's concept of terpret an utterance so thatithas a clear the criticism of literature as rhetoric. Burke point; (2) the syntactic intuitions of the speak- hasprovenhimself unique among meticrt. er of English with respect to the grammar of American literary critics in his concern for the questions and embedded propositions. The per- effects which language and literature can have «ption of an utterance as a demand ticket upon us. depends. according to the analysis. upon a cum- The stud) examined one of Burke's tools for ph x interaction between the general rules of thecriticismof literatureasrhetoric. The (OA !AN) ionandthe presuppositions under- Frettdinspitt'd dream-chart-prayer critical stra- icing the use of the demand ticket. tegy can be used effectively by reader-critics The study concludes withsuggestionsfor to discover an author's motives and tactics as further research, both rational and empirical. they function in the literary work. The study concentrated on Burke's theories Patton, John H. The Contemporary American route:ruing the critic and the critical act, the Plepit As Rhetorical Situation. Indiana U role of the interpretation of motives in liter- (Speech). ary criticism, and the use of Freudian princi- plts of psythology in the study of literature '1 his sillily addressed the. question: In what as rhetoric. wars,if any.isthe contemporary American Among the conclusions resulting fromthe Pulpit a response to a rhetorical situation? The study were. (1) The clrearnchart-prayer critical major purposes pursued were:(I) explication strategy is indeed a valuable and practical tool 166 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 165. for the tcader-critic. (2) It can be used mostSkjel, Eric W.Elizabethan Decorum: "The effectively as an adjunct to, rather than to the Tong and the Hart." U of California at exclusionuf,othercriticalmethods in any Berkeley (Rhetoric). literary study.(S)It draws attentionto the Any student of Renaissance humanism has rhetoricaldimensionofliteratureonetoo decorum andits often overlooked in critical analyses. encounteredreferencesto synonyms:apta,to1.trePon,appropriateness, 13urke's concept of the criticism of literature seemliness,propriety,proportion,congruity, as rhetoric is one, of his most interesting and correspondence, analogy, fitness, decency, suit- innovative contributions to literary criticism. It ability, elegance, meetness, agreeableness, come- revealshisprofoundinterestinlanguage, liness. Although the recurrence of these terms literature. and man. in humanist writings indicates that it possessed some special significance for them, there has Sadler, William joint.Communication in Or-been little effort in recent research to deter- ganizations: An Exploratory Study. U of Wis- mine its meaning, and works that do seriously consin at Madison (Communication Arts). treatthis topic have tended todigress into discussion of contingent problems, such as the Communicationinsixorganizationswas pertinence of decorum to Milton's composition, studied on an exploratory basis. A typology ofor the relation of decorum to the late Renais- organizational communications was developed.sance stratification of dramatic genres. Formal communications were accountable mes- Because this study first places decorum se- sages. Subformalcommunications weretask- curely within the history of rhetorial theory, related but not accountable. Informal commun- it does not then tend to diverge into peripheral ications were social exchanges. historical zreas. After an examination of the Fifteen attributes of individuals and ten fac- classical roots of the concept, this study focuses torsrelatedto departments were theinde- on its meanings in the Renaissance, particularly pendent variables. Individual variables includ-those that can be inferred from the writings ed job level, sex, education, and job satisfaction. of Roger Ascham and George Puttenham. Departmental variables relatedto technology, The last chapter argues that humanist in- size, and external influences. terest in decorum intensified as they strunleci Data were obtained by observation, through to replace the predominantly preceptual gram- interviews, from questionnaires, and through matical tradition of Donatus and Priscian with the newly developed Communication Log. This a pedagogical system emphasizing the super- self-recording device was used by one hundred iority of examples over rules as a means of randomly selected subjects in a hospital, a fac- learning to create effective discourse. In this tory, a pubIshing company, two catalogue sales struggle, decorum came to 'stand for the in- culcation of an almost ineffable ability to judge firms, and a research organization. Chi-square, situation and thento match correlational, and multiple regression analysisthe discursive appropriately style to content and audience. were used. At the 'individual level, age and technological Sloman, Carol L.Sex Variables and Source change were important. Younger employees had a disproportionately high number of formal Credibility: A MultivariateInvestigation. communications. Persons in department.* with Bowling Greets State U (Speech). rapidly changing technologies had more com- This study sought to explore speaker sex, munications and more of their communications relevant credibility, and subject sex in a per- were subformal. suasive situation. A 2 x 2 x 2 factorial design At the departmental level, formal commune involving two levels of sex of speaker, two cations did not follow the hierarchial lines oflevels of relevant credibility, and two levels authority. Formal communications were related of sex of subjects were employed. Data gener- to the size of the departments (r = .56). Theated from a total of 266 subjects (113 males number of subformal communications corre- and 155 females) were analyzed. Data from five lated with the number of informal exchanges sets of dependent measures designed to mea- (r..z:.92). Increased task variability and greatersure attitude toward the topic of the speech, influences from the environment were corre- attitudetowardthemessage,theperceived iated strongly with increased subformal com- good will of the speaker, attitude, toward the munications. Informal communications were re- speaker, an,1perceived sex -role stereotypes of lated to the influences of the environment and the speaker were subjected to factor analysis to increased technical complexity. yielding 14 factors which were treated as de-

167 166 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION pendent variables in subsequent analyses. Fac-join an organizationto improve Black-White tor scores were computed for individual casesrelations (the behavioral measure). and imputted for the multivariate analysis of A 3 x 3 x 2 analysis of variance was calculated. sariance,multiple discriminant analysis,and Findings included: (I) Motivation to protect self- canonical correlation analysis. esteem produces more change than motivation Multivariateanalysisofvarianceindicted to reduceinconsistently.(2) A manipulated significant sex of speaker, relevant credibility. threattoself-esteemproduces more change and sex of subjects effects. Multiple discrimin- than overall self-esteem. (3) Value change pro- inant analysis revealed: (1) male and female duced by threatening self-esteem persists over speakers were maximally differentiated in terms time.Findingssuggestareformulationof of an ego style function: (2) the two levels of Rokeach's earlier assumptions. relevant credibility were maximally differenti- ated in terms of a communicator/communica- Stuart, Charlotte L.Value Systems Reflected tor's stand function; and (3) male and female in Selected Court Opinions on Representative subjects were maximally differentiated in terms Works of Censored Literature. U of Washing- of a. speaker evaluation function, No significant ton (Speech). sex differences in persuasiveness or persuasibility The purpose, of this study was to analyze werefound.Canonicalcorrelationanalysis the language of 14 court opinions on Tropic examiningtheinterrelatednessofthetwo of Cancer end Fanny Hill to determine values attitudes toward the topic variables (Set One)and value systems which influenced judges in and cores on the 12 remaining dependant vari- their decision making. The language was ex- ables (Set Two) revealed two significant canon-amined by indexing such things as key terms, ical roots. figures of speech, words used to Game ideas integraltoargument. descriptive words and Spillman, Bonnie M.Cognitive Dissonance,phrases, and words used for illustrations. This Self-Esteem, and the Process of Self-Persua-ledto an analysis of clusters and dramatic sion. U of Utah (Communication). alignments. The results of the indexing were used to determine what the opinions implied Guided by Rokeachl work on the value-for people and society. attitude system and persuasion, Bramel's re- It was concluded that pro and con opinions search on self- esteem and dissonance, and Janis'containdifferentvaluehierarchies,and,in work on self-esteem, this study attemptedtosome instances,conflicting values and value answer the question: td what extent are value, systems.Pro censorship opinions concentrate attitudinal, and behavioral changes determinedon moralissues andstress maintenance of by awarenessofinconsistency. manifest andstandards of the here and now must be main- manipulated self-esteem, and time? begin from the values that people are corrupt- Undergraduates exhibiting a discrepancy in ible, there is a link between obscenity and an- ranking between freedom and equality weretiscocial conduct, the good of the whole takes selected. After the pretest (Rokeach's terminalprecedence over individual liberties. and the value scale, the Tennessee Self - Concept Scale,standards of the here and now must be main- and Ran mere A ttitude Scale towards Blacks),tained. The language of these opinions tends Ss were divided between three treatment andto be abscolutist and emotional. In contrast. one control group with equal high and lowanti-censorship opinions adhere to the values self-esteem Ss in each. Three persuasive mes-that people are rational, individual freedom sales differentiated treatments. The inconsist- isthe most important social goal, standards em value message made Ss aware of their in-change, and literary experts should determine consistency by describing their discrepant value the worth of works of literature. They use more rankings. The negativeself-esteemcondition conditionalphraseology,lessfigurativelan- concluded that Ss were bigoted based on theirguage, and fewer analogies than their pro cen- tut eisll value rankings. The inonsistent valuesorship counterparts. The study suggests that until there is agree- andnegativeself-esteem condition combinedment regarding value systems, the debate over the above appeals. Post-tests were administeredcensorship will continue. immediately and six weeks later. They were identical to the pretest except for a dissonanceSwitzer, David E.Differences Between Velure measure in the first and third conditions. Con- tcers and Nonvolunteers for Communication trolSs were tested without treatment. Seven Research. U of Illinois at Urbana (Speech weeks aftertreatment Ss were requestedto Communication). 16 3 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 167

Contemporaryinvestigatorsdisagreeabout the major changes in logic which led to the the significance of the volunteer status of sub- disappearance of toPoi. jectsasa source of biasinresearch. This Four major conceptions of logic were identi- study sought to determine whether the volun- fied in the period: (1)the dialectic-logics, (2) teerstatusofsubjectsforcommunication thePorl-Royal Logic,(3)essayson logic by theory studies warrants further attention. Locke and Hume, and (4) Whately'sVements 'Mee psycho-social, traits, self-esteetn, locus of Logic. of control, and trust in others, and three bio- The disappearance of topoi in logic was the socialtraits)sex,birth order, and previous result of a reasoned attack on the very basis experienceasasubject, were assessed. The of topical systems. The Port-Royalists, Locke; followinghypotheses weretested:volunteers and Hume orchestrated a multi-faceted attack will exhibit significantly more self-esteem than on toPoi with three major features: (1) a cate- tionvoltinteers; volunteers will be more intern- gorical refutation of the functional claims made allyorientedthannonvolunteers;volunteers for topoi, on the basic premise that all mental will manifest significantly more trust in-Othersoperations are performed naturally; (2) a pro- than nonvilunteers. gressive attack on the traditional field of appli- The two independent variables were vol- cation fortopoi,including the functions of ad- tmteer status and task desirability. Volunteersvocacy; and (3) a catalog of undesirable conse- were subjects who made a verbal and behav- que»ces of topoi systems. Whately rejected the ioral commitment to participate hi one of the psychologism of Locke and Hume, but he en- fottr experimentaltasks. Nonvolunteers were dorsed the position that coming to know and students who made no commitment. A pilot proving are concerned with the same materials, study separated thirty experimental tasks into and accordingly assigned the materials of ar- desirable andundesirableconditions. Upon gument to the various sciences. completion of appropriate dependent measures, subjects had classified themselves into one of Vickrey, James Frank, Jr.The Rhetoric of fourconditions:volunteersforadesirable Rhetorical Criticism: A Comparative Study task, nonvoluntecrs for a desirable task, volun- of Selected Methods of Rhetorical Criticism teers for an undesirable task, and nonvolunteers A Search for "Essentials" in the Critical for an undesirable task. Analysis and Evaluation of Rhetorical Trans- The three hypotheses were supported. The actions.FloridaState U (Communiction), desirability of the task interacted with volun- 1972. teerstatus on the self-esteem and locus of control measures. A main effect of task desir- A comparative analysis of the major types of ability was found in the trustanalysis. The rhetorical criticism reflected in theoretical and bio-socialtraits did not predict volunteering critical studies published in speechcommunica- behavior. This study demonstratedthatthe tion journals and other sources during the last volunteer status of a subject deserves attention fifty-six years was undertaken in order to seek as a source of bias in contemporary communi- commonality among the apparently divergent cation research. and differing methodologies and thereby to sug- gest "essentials" in the critical analysis and eval- Vaticill, David L. The Disappearance ofTopoi uation of rhetorical transactions. The primary in English Rhetoric: 15501830. U of Illinois hypothesis forming the focus of inquiry was: at Urbana(Speech Communication). Givencommonly-acceptedstatementsofthe definition and functions and purpose. of rhe- The reasons for the disappearance of topoi toricalcriticism.the"essence"of rhetorical in the period 1550-1830 provide a substantive criticismdirectly or indirectly,implicitly or basisforitlentifyingunproductivestrategies explicitly, and regardless of the methodology for developing a modern topoi system. While employedis (and should be) analysis and cval- previous studies of this period do not account ttation of the nature, explanation, and worth for the disappearance oftopoi,they consistently ofeffectsproduced or intended by certain indicate a rinse relationship between rhetoric and rhetoricalactsonotherpersons(including logic in which logic was held responsible for the critics) and the rhetor. theoretical analysis of atutnent and invention. Carefully delineating the definition of rhe- Thus, on the assumption that an analysis of the torical criticism ("the process and the discourse abandonment of lofroi in logic would uncoverproduced by that process whereby ... a com- the major causes of theirdisappearancein mentator makes andexpressesaverifiable rhetoric,thisstudyidentifies and explicates judgment about an instance of human corn-

1i6 9 168 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION municative behavior designed to or that doesbe accomplished; suggests innovative ways of influence others through ... verbal and non- exploring other means, and draws implications verbal symbols composing discourse, particu applicableto other organizations in similar burly oral discourse, by juxtaposing his norma situations. tile standards with observations of behavior') and the functions ("explaining rhetorical be Wanzenricd, John W. Extensional and In ten. havior and testing or re-testing rhetorical theory sional Orientation of Rock and Roll Song ... to increase our understanding of man and Lyrics, 1955.1972: A Content Analysis. U of hisrhetoricalactivities')and purpose("to Nebraska at Lincoln (Speech Communication), improve the quality of contemporary rhetoric, 1972. indeed, the quality of contemporary man him self') of the term, as well as defining in con The main working proposition for this study siderable detail other key words, such as "ef was to discover whether the messages of rock fects" and "ethics," the author examined six- lyrics have changed from an emotionally and teen theoreticalessays about 'rhetoricalcriti- socially unrealistic orientation to a more emo- cismitself and thirteen critial essays demon-tionally and socially authentic orientation. Be- strating applications of representative criticalcause they speak to the relationship between methodologies, examples of which are reprintedlanguage and reality, it was decided to employ inthestudy.Generally confirming the hy- the general semantics concepts of extensional pothesis, he concluded: (1) The ultimate meth- and intensional orientations. odological goal of rhetoricalcriticismisac- Only the #1 rock hits from the years 1955 counting fur the effects of rhetorical acts. (2) through 1972 were considered, a total of 321 Rhetorial critics assess the worth of the effectsdifferent songs. The application of a propor- of and the rhetorical acts they criticize.(3) tionate, stratified random sampling techttique Rhetorical critics differ primarily in the waygenerated 104 songs to be evaluated. Two raters they deal with rhetorical "messages" and their were employed to evaluate each of the songs purported effects. (4) Rhetorical critics typicallyin terms of its relative orientationextensional do not limit consideration of effects to immedi- orintensional.Intercoderreliabliity,using ate effects. Scott's formula for pi was .87. It was observed that if these conclusions be Each of the independent two-year intervals, land, the purported differences among rhe1955.56 through 1963-64 produced statistically finicalcriticsare more Apparent than real, significantdifferencesof moreintensionally that allcritics seek the same end, and that oriented songs. None of the two-year intervals, therefore ultether traditional or non-tradition 1965-66 through1971-72,statisticallyyielded al, they have more in common than not. differences in the numbers of orientations pres- ent. The year 1965 marked the radical change in songs rated as intensional. From 1965 to Wager, Elliot.Role and Function of a Metro.1972 there were more songs rated as exten- politan Medical Center As Perceived Withinsional than intensional, a reversal of the in- Its Proximate Environment. U of Colorado tensional orientation strongly in evidence dur- (Comm nication). ing the first ten years, 1955-1964, of rock and This descriptive study in organizational com- roil history. municationconcernsthe interaction between Changes in the messages of rock and roll aninstitution .andits environment. Primaryhave occurred front the periods in the fifties focus is on the institution's external communi- and early sixties with a dominance of inten- cation behaviors: the impact on residents andsionally oriented songs, to a lack of dominance business people in the geographical area im- by either extensional or intensional songs in medaitelyttrrountling the institution and the the late sixties and early seventies. Row of information in both directions. Data obtained from one hundred and forty- Wiethoff,WilliamE. PopularRhetorical four interviews conducted in Denver, Colorado, Strategy in the American Catholic Debate in September 1972 are presented and discussed. Over Vernacular Reform, 1953-1968. U of Particular emphasis is given the information Michigan (Speech Communication). flow forthreespecific items of information generatedNy the institution. The studychronicledsignificantdevelop- The study reaffirms the need for institutions ments in the rhetorical situation facing Ameri- to sock information as well as to disseminate can Catholics between 1953 and 1968 and an- it; demonstrates one means by which this canalyzed the popular arguments evoked during

170 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 169 the public debate over changing the liturgicalinteraction for both the number and quality language from Latin to English. of disagreeissucs recalled. The study extracted arguments from 723 It was concluded that since equivocated dis- articles,182 editorials, and 450 letters-tothe-agree-issues are more agreeablethanclearly editor published in a sample of Catholic maga- stateddisagree-issues and since they do not zines and newspapers. The study clasified ar-provide as strong a cue for recall, the speaker gtitnents according to their basic premises and who knows his audience disagros with him analyzedthefrequency, form and languageon certain issues would be well advised to use intensity with which each class of argureentdeliberate vagueness. In contrast to the tenet was expressed. advocated since antiquity that all issues should The study concluded that (1) the debate wasalways be addressed clearly, this study indicates initiated by the clergy, paralleled crucial de-that under certain circumstances the speaker telopmettis in the reform movements, and wasshould use deliberate vagueness. suspended without resolution;(2)clericstyp- ically supported reform by the 1960's, laymen typically opposed reform by the 1960's. neither Speech Sciences and Audiology sideeffectivelyadjusteditsrhetoricaltactics to changes in its debating role, and the reform- Alexander, Patrick T.Effects of Electromyo- ers' triumphalism and intolerance eventually graphic Feedback Training on the Severity confronted the opposition's bitterness and in- of Stuttering. Utah U (Communication). dignation; (3) both sides raised formal religious issues.liturgicalissues,linguisticissues, and Many treatments for stuttering have been personal religious issues, but reformers favoreddevised and performed.Unfortunatelythese pragmatic arguments abouttheunqualified techniques have not solved the stuttering man- effectiveness and satisfaction of liturgical Eng-agement problem. lish while the opposition favored legalistic ar- Biofeedbackisa techniquethat has been guments about religious orthodoxy and strainedsuccessfully applied to many clinical problems. esi hetic arguments about Latin's beauty. Recognition of similarities leads to application of biofeedback principles to stutteringtreat- Williams, M. Lee ment. The, Effects of Deliberate An clectromyographic (EMG) feedbark pro- Vagueness, Order of Agree-DisagreeIssues, gram was designed allowing stutterers oppor- Source Credibility, and Time on Receivertunity to perceive normally subliminal, physi- AgreementandRecall. ofOklahoma II ologicalevents. A program was designedto (Speech Communication). trainsubjectsutilizingfeedback musclepo- In this exploratory study one hundred andtentials controlling amount and occurence of eightundergraduate subjects were randomlytension in specific muscles. Muscle chosen was assigned to conditions in a four factor mixedto be judged as muscle that was most tense design with one repeated factor. The resultsduring thestuttering moment. Subsequently indicated that with regard to agreement therethe program was designed teaching the sub- was a significant main effect due to credibilityject to apply learned muscle control to speech (with the high credible source evoking more tasks, in an effort to reduce tension in selected agreement) and message vagueness (withthe muscle prior to, during, and immediately fol equivocated disagree message producing morelowing speech event. Finally, the program was agreement). A strong tendency toward a timedesigned to facilitate transfer and maintenance by sourceinteraction was alsodetected,in- of newly acquired fluent status into subject's dicating a potential "sleeper effect." For the nonclinical environment. number and quality of. disagree-issues recalled Thirteen subjects were allowed to progress there was a significant main effectfor timeat their own speed during four half -hour train- (with more recall at time one), and a signifi- ing sessions. Analysis of pretest /pottcst severity cant main effectfor message vagueness waslevels demonstrated application of such EMG also foundforthe quality of disagree-issuesfeedback technique resultedinreduction of recalled(whereclearlystateddisagree-issues totalfrequency of nonfluencics, reduction of were recalled better than equivocated disagree-duration of individual nonfluencies. and re- issues). In addition there were indications. evenduction of physical activity thatis normally though they were not significant, of a messagenot relatedto speech but often accompanies by order by source by time interactionfor noniluencies. agreement end a message by order by time It would seem appropriate that such tech-

171 170 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION niquc application receive extensive investiga-evaluated. The purpose of this study was to tion determining administration effects of com- investigate the 'efficacy of a rehabilitation pro- plete program presentation; success of trans grain for sensori-neural hypacusis using the In- fer and maintenance stages would be of special telectron TD-l00 therapy instrument. A double- interest. blind experimental design was employed teex- Abstracted by: Marjorie A. Jensen amine the effect of TO therapy on speech dis- crimination scores and to correlate subjective Beykirch, Hugo L.A Comparison of Speechjudgments with clinical findings. Discrimination Scores by Using PB-50 Lists Forty-one subjects were selected who had: and the Speech DiscriminationScale with (I)Otological and audiological diagnosisof Hearing -ImpairedIndividuals. Wayne Statebilateral, sensory hypacusis and (2) Speech dis- U (Speeds Conununication). crimination scores on conventional PB tests of 88% or poorer. The present study was designed to investi- A test battery including (I) Pure-tone thresh- gatetherelationshipof scores obtained by oldtests,(2) Synthetic Sentence Identification using NDR.0 PB-30 lists and the live subtests(WI) Perfonuance-Intensity (PI) -functionutil- ofthe SpeechDiscriminationScale(Gaeth, izing no competing message (NCM), message 1970)whentestingbearing-impairedadultscompetition ratios (MCR) +10, 0, 10, and with reduced discrimination ability. 20 dB, (3) Impedance Audiometry and (4) Sixteen subjects were selected on the basisHearing Handicap Scale, was administered be- of discrimination scores of no more than 80%fore and after the treatment program. The SST when listening to NU Auditory Test #6 listsprocedure was used to measure speech discrim- at 26 and 40 dB SL; respectively. As a group,ination ability in an attempt to minimize some they had moderate sensorineural hearing lossesof the disadvantages inherent intraditional and an average age of 68.9 years. PB word discrimination tests. Articulationfunctionsforsixconditions Subjects were randomly assignedto either (Pit -30s, Digits, Easy and Hard Alphabet Let- a treatment or placebo group. Each subject ters. and Easy and Hard Words) were develop-received 30 real or 30 placebo treatments. Fol- ed using au ascending method in steps of 4lowing the treatment period, performance on clB re the average of the two best thresholdsthe pre- and post-treatmenttestbattery,as at 500, 1000, and 2000 Hz in the better ear. well as subjective evaluations of the therapy Scores obtained with NU #6 lists at n dBprogram were analyzed. SL allowed the division of the sample into Analysis of the data revealed no significant three groups: Group I, 4 subjects, 74 to 80%;differences between the treatment and placebo Group II, 9 subjects, 48 to 65%; and Groupgroups for any of the test conditions. III, 3 subjects, 23 to 32%. Abstracted by: Lloyd L. Prince For subjects in Group I and11,the six tests assumed the following rank order as aClegg, John frank Effect of Intensity of Pres- function of audibility:Digits, Easy Alphabet, entation on Pitch-Matching Behavior in Uni- Easy Words, Hard Alphabet, NDRC 11-59s, lateral Meniere's Disorder and Normals. U and Hard Words. The order of Hard Alphabet of Southern Calif. (Conununicative Disorders). and Eas), Words was reversed for Group III. Essentially, close-set materials (digits and alpha- Pitch perception in nornally hearing ears bet letters) were relatively easy tasks and did isessentially unaffected by intensity of tone not distinguish as well among the groups as presentation. Effects of intensity on pitch per- the more difficult monosyllabic word tests. ception in Meniere's disorder are not known. However, a theory proposed in this dissertation Brooks, Sandra A. An Investigation of the Ef-would predictthat, in unilateralcases,bin- ficacy of Trimsdermal Therapy on Sensori-aural pitch matches would become progressive- Neural Hypacusis. Florida State U (Speechly more accurate as intensity of presentation Sciences and Audiology). was increased uptothe levelof complete loudnessrecruitmentintheMeniere'scar, The Intelectron, Model TD-I00, is a device while no change in binaural pitch ,matching manufacturedto improve speech discrimina- wouldoccurwithchangeitsintensityin tionabilityinindividualswithasensori- normally hearing subjects. a neural hearing loss. The need for such an in- The basisofthispredictedbehaviorin strument,ifeffective,isunquestionable.ItsMeniere's and, normals is the dual excitation merits,however, have not been adequately theory of loudriess meditation where two sepa- 172 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 171 rateanatomical systemsinthe cochleaate reliability of the syntax scales was not adequate thoughttomediate loudnessoneforlow for clinical purposes.(5) Correlations between intensitystimuli and one for high intensity scales on the MVPSLT and subtests from the stimuli. ITPA and NSST were very low, which may The dttal excitationtheory is used to ex-suggest that the analysis of spontaneously pro- plainthe phenomenonofloudnessrecruit- duced utterances may permit one to make ac- ment whichisfound almnstuniversallyiu curate estimates of linguistic competence than Nleniere's disorder. Under thattheory theredo ITPA and NSST procedures. is a movement of site of stimulation within thecochleaasintensityisincreased. The Cox, James Roger. A Study of the Relation- movement is from damaged structures mediat- ship Between Changes in Auditory Phenome- ing intensity near thresholdto more intact na and Estrogen and Progesterone Levels in structures mediating higher intensities. Adult Females with Balanced Hotmonal Pro- Findings revealed that intensity of presenta- files. U of Virginia (Speech Pathology and tion had no measurable effect on pitch-match Audiology). behavior in either Willett's or normals. How- ever. Meniere's and normals did differ at the .05 The purpose of this study was to investigate level of confidence in the accuracy with which therelationship betweenestrogen andpro- they made pitch matches at 4000 Hz and in the gesteronelevels and auditorysensitivityin variability of pitch match accuracy at 500 Hz. female subjects with balanced hormonal pro- files. Two groups of subjects were studied. Group Cox, Geraldine S.A Modified Version of the One consisted of 12 subjects who demonstrated Picture Story Language Test: Validity andovulatorymenstrualcyclesduringthetwo Reliability for Assessing Language of Chil- cyclesstudied. Group Two consistedof 13 dren Between Three and Seven Years of Age.subjects who were all taking low-dose combined U of Virginia (Speech Pathology and Audi-estrogen and ptogesterone birth control pills. ology). Findings and conclusions of the study were: (1) Auditory sensitivity for both groups was The purpose of this study was to determinemost acute at nridcycle and on day 21 or 22 the validity and reliabilityof the Modifiedand least acute on day 3 or 4 of the cycle. (2) Version Picture Story Language Test (MVPSLT)The decrease in hearing sensitivity,the in- for assessing language development of childrencrease innegative middle ear ptessure, and between three and seven years of age. thetrendfor decreased compliance and in- Forty-eight childrenwith normal develop-creased absolute impedance for both groups mental histories were administered the MVPSLT. on day 3 or 4 of the cycle suggest that inter- with retest session conducted one to two weeksstitial fluid retention that usually occurs lust followinginitialtestsessions. ITPA Gram-prior to and during the beginning of menses magic Closure and Verbal Expression subjectsmay besufficienttoaltereustachiantube and raitng scales were used to assess test pro-function. (3) The lower masked thtesholds and cedure validity. greater release from masking in the SmNO(R) Language samples obtained from the MVPSLT condition as compared to. the SmNO(L) con . were rated and scored by five speech pathol-dition may be indicative of a superior ability

. ogists holding CCC in speech pathology fromof the dominant temporal area to abstract a ASHA. Rating and scoring were conducted pure tone signal from a background of noise. in accordance withtraining procedures out- Findings and conclusions regarding test-retest lined for the study. reliability for pure tone threshold and masked Findings of the study were: (1) Inter-scorerthreshold measures obtained using a tracking reliability on the rating scales was quite good. procedure and the stability of acoustic reflex (2) There were significant mean differences be-thresholds and masked thresholds over time tween age groupsforallmeasures onthe-are presented. MVPSLT. There was not, however, a tendency for increasingly higher scores with older ageCurran, Michael F. The Use of Multiple Sta- groups, (3) There was a consistent relationship tistical Re-Analysis Procedures in Stuttering between MVPSLT scores and psychological scale Research. Bowling Green State U (Speech). values of language development. (4) Test-retest reliability of the productivity scales and ab- This study was designed to validate the as- stractconcrete scale was very good. Test-retestsumption that multiple data re-analysis pro-

173 172 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION cedures yield meaningful information and max-opening and eye-closing on both alpha rhythm imize interpretability of stuttering data. and the evoked response were additionally con- A prniously acquired body of data was used.sidered as variables. The original study was designedto investi- Sixty nein °logically intact, normally hearing gate theeffectsof communicative stress onadults servedas experimental subjects.Cali- audible, inaudible and avoidance-escape com-bration, stimulation, recording, and measure- ponents of stuttering. Univariate analysis ofment apparatus appropriate for researchin- %ariatice and Newman-Keuls post hoc proced-vestigation was employed. tiles were used. Descriptive and inferentialstatisticalanal- The original results were replicated through yses yielded the following major findingsi(I) the use of the IIMDO2V univariate analysisP. latency showed the greatest inter-individual of variance computer program and the New-variability while remaining stable within sub- manKettls procedure. Several other statisticaljects across recordings.' (2) Higher amplitude, procedures were employed: normality analysis,better modulated evokedresponsesoccurred transfort»ation of raw data to standard scorewith eyes closed.(3) The quantity of alpha data,univariatetrendanalysis,multivariate remaining in the record with eyes open (rela- analysis of variance,factor analysis, multipletive to the quantity in the eyes-closed record- regressionanalysis, canonical correlation anding) can predict amplitude and modulation power analysis. of the evoked response acrosstime. Greater Results of the experiment replication and ersistence of alpha in the eyes-open recording multiplere-analysissupportedtheoriginalresulted in higher amplitude, better modulated findings. However, additional information was evokedresponses under both eyes-open and obtained from the re-analysis procedure. Trans- eves- closed conditions. formation of raw data to standard scores illus The findings were discussed from the per- crated that data transformation may be used spectiveof computer averaging methodology without altering interpretation of results. Trendas well as intrinsically similar neural process- analysis, both with raw data and standard scoreing mechanisms. The investigator concluded data, revealed significant linear and cubic trend that inter-individual variability must be more equations txisted for disfluency ratios. Muhl- thoroughlyinvestigatedfordiagnostic wine variate analysis of .variance revealed that the before being discarded as meaningless. dependent variable vector, consisting of eight disfluency ratios was significantly differentiated.Dukes, PatriciaJ.An Exploratory Study of Eactor analysis showed a single factor to exist the Comparative Effectiveness of Two Lan- after orthogonal rotation. Multiple regression guage Intervention Programs InTeaching andcanonicalcorrelationanalysesindicated Normal and Language DeviantPreschool that the eight disfluency ratios were highly Children. Kent State U (Speech). correlated. Power analysis revealed a statistical power of .43 to exist for a Medium effect size. This study compared two language programs: Research implications are discussed interms a traditional stintulation approach and a direct of the theory of indications. languageteachingapproach. Ten preschool .ibstracred by: Stephen B. Hood tongue-delayed children were assigned to two treatment conditions; the same procedure was followedfor10' normal speaking children so Davis, Martha Ecnily.The Occipital Alphathat four goons were formed. The groups re Rhythm: An Index to Auditory Evoked Re-ceived language therapy daily for eight weeks. sponseVariability. U of Virginia(Speech Pathology and Audiology), 1973. Subjects' language development was assessed before and after. Baseline data were gathered The investigator hypothesized that the fre-using a test battery of language and articula- quently discarded interindividual variability of tion tests. theauditoryevokedresponsemighthave A three way analysis of variance was applied clinical significance as a coreiaie of some spoil. toeach measured parameter to evaluote for raucous neurophysiological event which wouldpre-post effects. Au analysis of covariance teas permit a priori prediction of indiyidual evokedapplied (with pretest scores held as the covari- response configuration. Occipital alpha rhythmate) io evaluate for Group and Treatment ef- was selecteeas a potential correlate of the fects A correlational matrix was computed to auditory evoked response. Six aspects of alphainvestigate relationships between the dependent rhythm and live qualities of the evoked response variable. Results indicated: (1) Subjects in gen- were isolated for study. The effects of eye- eral made significant gains on all five receptive 174 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 173 tasks and on nine of thetwelve expressive the operational definitions of Stutterer and non - tasks. (2) On receptive tasks the normal and stutterer for experimental group assignment. &lima groups showed no significant differen- Experimental procedures involved present.t- ces in amount of improvement. (3) When treat. tion of positive and negativelistener atten- meet effects were investigated, no significant tion, contingent upon disfluettt syllables, of 3 differences were foundfor any variablein stuttering and 3 nonstuttering subjects. Each either the receptive or expressive modality. (1) type of contingent attention was administered Finally, high correlations found between the during separate 60tninute sessions. All sessions dependent variables led to the conclusion that included segmentsidentifiedas;Base Rate, children do not learn specific skills inisola- Experimental Contingency, Extinction. tion. Overriding cognitive factors mal, make it As hypothesized,allnonstutterers' percenr- impossible to isolate such measures. age of syllable disfluency was increased by con- tingent poNitive attention. Two of the 3 stilt. Fields, Thomas A. The Effects of Elicitation ters also showed a reinforcement pattern. Variables on the Language Performance of Rather than observing the hypothesized dif- Normal and Language Disordered Children. ferential conditionnig effect in response to neg- U of Texas at Austin (Speech Communica- ativeattention,the groups appeared to be tion). similar. One nonstutterer was reinforced by negative attention, as was 1stutterer. No con. Ten normal and tenlanguage disordered ditioning effects were observed for the other 4 childrenwereinterviewed -intwo situations using two stimuli and were observed for two subjects. (1:1I is audio telemetry. The sixlanguage Stutterstendedto be more negative than samples obtained were analyzedusingthree nonstutterers in their reactionsto contingent spontaneous speechanalyses. The resultsin. positive listener response. The most definitive dicateci that the Developmental Sentence Scor- distinction betweenthe groups appeared to ing analysis was affected by elicitation stimuli be the fact that nonstutterers never attempted butnot elicitationsituations. Developmental to continue speaking if interrupted by the con- Sentence Scores were highest for the telemetry tingent statement of attention, whereas, stut- observations, and lowest for the picture stim- terers tended to persist in spite of interrttp- uli. The inflectional scoring procedure did not ion. A similar trend was observed in response vary across the six situations. Mean morpheme to contingent negative listener attention. length was lowest for telemetry and the inter- view situations did not vary. The results from Flum, Leonard. Language Performance in Dys- the research suggest that all analyses did dis- arthric Cerebral Palsied Children and Its criminate the normal from the language dis- bnplica dons for Language Acquisition. City U ordered child, but that interpretation of lan- of New York (Speech and Hearing Sciences). guage sample results must include information regarding situation, stimulus, and presence or In 1962 Eric Lenneberg reported on the lan- absence of an examiner. guage competency of a congentially anarthric child, concluding that speech practice was um- Floyd, Susan Ann. Differential Effects of Con- necessary for the acquisition of language. The tingent Positive and Negative Listener Re- presentinvestigationassessed thisclaim by sponse on the Percent Syllable Disfluency ofmeans of systematic measurement of language Preschool Boys. U of Southern California functioning in cerebral palsied children vary- ing in degree of dysarthia. (Communicative Disorders). To allow for the possibility that dysarthric This study was a pilot investigation of pre- children reveal differing degrees of deficits in schoolstutterers' and nonstutterers' reactions the semantic, phonological, and syntactic com- topositiveandnegativelistenerattention ponentsof language and, furthermore,that which was contingent on 'theirsyllable (Us- they might funtion asymetrically as between *, fluencies. receptive and expressive modes, a tout! of nine Preliminarynormativesyllabledislittency tasks were selected or devised. These included; data were gathered. The percentage of syllable the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test and the disfluency data were computed on the basis vocabulary subtest of the Wechsler intelligence of speech samples of 15 preschool boys whoScale for Children (WISE) to assess receptive were observed during a 30-minute play session and expressivelexicalfunctions; a picture- with their mothers. These data contributed toplate test and modified Berko test to assess re- 175 174 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION ceptive and expressive morphological functions;of acoustic frequency analysis by 1/3 octave pictureplate tests to assess receptive and ex-bands on a large vocabulary of monosyllabic pressive capacities to use the passive construc-words. The analysis permitted the creation of tion; picture-plate tests to assess receptive and three test lists consisting of (1) words exhibit- expressive capacities to use the indirect objecting predominantly low frequency energy,(2) construction and a spontaneous connected speech words exhibiting predominantly mid-frequency testtoassessoverallexpressivefunctioning. energy or energy evenly dispersed across the Pretesting with16 normal children revealedfrequency range of interest, and (3) words ex that all the newly created tests were well with-hibiting predominantly high frequency energy. in the capacities of nine-year-old children. The three experimental speech discrinlina- The tests were administered to 64 cerebraldon test lists and the CID Auditory Test W-22 palsiedchildren whose average chronological lists 3A and 3B as the comparator were em- age and mental age were 15years and11 ployed in an experimental hearing aid evalu- years, respectively. They were divided into four ationinvolvingninesubjectsdemonstrating groups according to whether their dysarthriahigh frequency, sensori-neural hearing loss. The was:(1) severe,i.e.,anarthric;(II) tnoderate, subjects were considered representative of pa- i.e..intelligiblelessthan 50% of the time: tients commonly seen clinically for initial hear- (III)mild,i.e.,mostlyintelligible;or (1V) ing aid evaluations. absent,i.e.,no observable speechdeficit.It The subjects performance on the measures was found that none of the receptive tasks dis-of speech discrimination was obtained under tinguished among the groups, whereas three threelevel hearing aids classified by frequency of the expressivetasks did. These were theresponse as demonstrating amplification char- lexicaltask (WISC), the indirect object task, acteristics described as:(1) low-frequency em- and the spontaneous speech task. Multiple re- phasis.(2)mid-frequency emphasis, and(3) gression analyses established that no combina- high-frequency emphasis. tion of group specifications or of receptive per- Statistical analysis was found to indicate that formancesdistinguished amongthegroups, performance: scores differed as a function of while combinations of expressive performancesthe type of hearing aid worn and the speech did, with the best discrimination afforded by discriminationtestListpresented. The high- the spontaneous speech task. In contrasting the frequency test lists were found to be the only expressivetTsics whichdiddistinguishthe experimental measure that permitted .unambig- groups withlose which did not, it was found uous clinical decisions about the amplification that those language functions which in normal requirements of five of nine subjects. As pre- children develop latest yielded the best dis- vious reseatch studies have demonstrated, the CrinlittatiOns. W-22 listsdid not permit unambiguous de- In comparisons between the cerebral palsied cisions to be made about the amplification re children and the normal control subjects,itquirements necessaryfor .subjects definedin was established that the tatter group was su- the current study. perior onalltasks but that the degree of disparity varied. Thus the best (non- dysarthric group was almost normal on the spontaneous Gnewikow, Danny.Temporal Auditory Sum- speech task, but only 70 percent of normal on mationintheAcoustic StapedialReflex. the lexical and indirect object tasks. Vanderbilt U (Hettring and Speech Sciences). It was concluded that the failureto find This study combines two recent develop- differences in receptive functioning among the mentsittdiagnostic audiologythe assessment four experimental groups supports the asser- of temporal summation of acoustic energy and tion that practice is not essential to the attain the determination of thethresholdof the ment of language competence. Conversely, the acoustic stapedial reflex through the observa- presence of some expressive differences reflect: tion of acobstic impedance at the ear drum. the differential effects of dysarthric constraintsThe purpose of the study was to investigate ott speaking performance. the effect of stimulus duration on the thres- hold of the reflex. Glaser, Robert G.Hearing Aid Evaluations Results were obtained for 20 persons with Using Spectral Density Classified Word Lists. normal hearing and for 22 persons with hear- Kent State U (Speech). ing loss of cochlear origin. In both groups the slope of integration(acoustic energy summa- Three experimentalspeechdiscrimination tion over time) in the acoustic stapedial reflex test lists were generated based on the resultsthreshold was considerably greater than that

176 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 175 found in the threshold of sensitviity. Further, formance of a group of 23institutionalized the normal hearing and hearing impaired sub- educablementally retardedchildrenon 13 jects were undifferentiated, whereas at semi tiy- syntactic forms using two elicitation procedures. it) threshold such groups show significant dif- The two procedures used were the expressive ferences. These results contain implications of portion of the Northwestern Syntax Screening considerable importance to the hurdler under- Test (NSST; and free speech. The 13 syntactic standing of auditory physiology. forms coded inthis study were: plural, past tense,prepositions,personalpronouns,Wit Harlan, Carl L.Incidence and Relationship of questions,demonstrativepronouns,negatives, Voice Disorders within Divergent Psychotic reflexive pronouns, yes-no questions, adjectives, Population. Utah U (Communication). possessives, singular, present tense. All subjects were presented with a total of Taped vocal patterns of a stratified random three tasks always presented in the same order. sample of 42 institutionalized psychotic indi- A first round free speech sample of five min- viduals were obtained from the university and utes using open-ended prompts, a second round statepsychiatricwards. The subjectswcre free speech sample of five minutes using sev- chosen as representative samples of the psychotic eral specific prompts, and the NSST receptive population in three research categories (schizo- and expressive portions were administered to phrenia, paranoia, and mode-depressive reac- the 23 subjects in the study. The linguistic tion). They were matched as closely as possible data were coded using a system adapted for according to age, sex, and diagnosis, and were this research. . in satisfactory physical condition with no his Results from the two elicitation conditions tory of speech or hearing problems. An at- are closely related for nine out of 13 of the tempt was made to use only the most chronic syntactic forms tested. cases. The criterion' forpsychotic individuals The low frequency of occurrence of a form meeting research design requirements was on on NSST, (one or two occurrences) as was true the basis of their medical diagnosis. for refletiye pronouns, adjectives, yes-no ques- The results of this study indicate that there tions. negatives and Wh questions, seems in- is a significant difference between the estimated adequate. From three to nine subjects did not incidenceof voicedisordersinthe normal use these forms in their test responses in spite (total)population and the incidence inthe of their generally correct use of these forms in selected psychotic poodadon, It also suggests free speech. that there are no significant differences between A majority of subjectsinthis study evi- the three psychotic groups in the incidence of denced considerable ability to use correctly the voice disorders withthe exception of pitch 13 syntactic forms coded, under both elicita- breaks which were found to be significantly tion conditions. different at the .05 level between schizophrenic and maniciepressive groups. By combining the Henri, Bernard P. A Longitudinal Investiga- three psychotic groups, it was found that 50% tion of Patterns of Language Recovery in had abnormalities of pitch, 45% bad abnormal- EightRecentAphasics.Northwestern U ities of breathiness, 38% had abnormalities of (Communicative Disorders), 1973. tension, 14% had abnormalities of rate, 17% had abnormalities of intensity, 5% had ab- This investigation followed the language re- normalities of nasility. 5% had falsetto, 14% covery of eight recent aphasicsrepresenting had pitch breaks, 38% had glottal fry, 9% had six clinical aphasic syndromes. diplophonia, 0% had monoton voice, 9% had A comprehensive aphasia battery containing tremulous voice, 0% had ventricular phona- tests assessing receptive and expressive language don, and 12% had glottal attack. and selected non-language and sensory-motor behaviors was administered at monthly inter- Haviland, Richard T. A Comparison of Two vals extending to the end of the sixth month 3fethods of Evaluating the Expressive Syn-post-onset. Further, in order that the changes tactic Behavior of Mildly Mentally Retarded notedin aphasics be more meaningfully in- Children Living in Institutions. State U of terpreted, certain of these tests were admin- New York at Buffalo (Speech Commtmica- istered to twenty normal adults. Lions). Despite the small size and heterogeneity of the aphasic group. certain patterns were ob- rite primary purpose of the present study was served in a majority of the patients: (I) Great- to examine the relationship between the per- est laneragre recovery was observed by the end 176 , 13l13L1OGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH CCAIMUNICATION of the third month. (2)Recovery continued phasize the dominance of function in the mor- throughout the entire observation period. (3)phological development of the facial skeleton, :.o patient studied exhibitedtotallanguage and, specifically, as representing support for a recovery. (4) Within a given language modality,clinical syndrome of orofacial maldevelopment the order of difficulty was consistent with thearising from upper-airway obstruction in which level of linguistic complexity of the material frontallisping and tongue-thrust swallowing presented.(5)Language recovery consistentlypatternsappearassecondary,compensatory proceeded from gains in listening, to reading, lingual symptoms. to speaking, and then to writing. (6) Patients maintaining normal auditoryretentionulti- mately achieved relatively high expressive lan-Hoffnung, Audrey Smith. An Analysis of the Syntactic Structures of Children with Deviant guage levels.(7)Recovery of measured non - verbal intelligence paralleledrecovery of re- Articulation. City U of Nei.York (Speech and Hearing Sciences). ceptivelanguage.(8)Normalizationof oral praxis and oro-facial two-point discrimination Two groups of subjects, matched for age, was observed in patients who regained func-sex, socio-economic background, and perform- tional speech. (9) No relationship was notedance on the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test between content of speech therapy and patternwere studied. The experimental group, num- of language recovery. bering thirty, was composed of children who were enrolled in speech centers in academic Hilton, Laurence M.A Radiocephatometricsettings. The children had severe articulation Investigation of Orofacial Skeletal Morphol-problems as determined by their performance ogy in a Frontal Lisping Orthodontic Popu-on the Photo Articulation Test. The children lation. Northwestern U (Communicative Dis-in the control group had normal articulation orders), 1973. and were selected from the population of a nursery school. A special syntax test was de- Relationshipsbetween orofacialform andvised for the negative, Wh interrogative pro. function in the discrimination of frontal lispersnoun question, and present progressive-copula. from their non-lisping peers were explored inThe testwas administeredtothe children aclitticalorthodontic population. From 538 toelicitresponses, and these responses were subjects administered an articulation screeningrecorded and analyzed.ft was hypothesized test, 18 severe frontal Iispers and a matchingthat a relationship exists between phonology control group were identified.Lateral radio-and syntax: that children who have defective cepitalometric analyses and clinical evaluationsarticulation have defective syntax. The devia- of swallowing patterns were completed for both tion affects all areas of language perfotmance: groups. Multiple discriminant function analysiscomprehension, imitation and production. The was employed in data analysis. results confirmed thishypothesis. The scores Findings supported inall aspects the hy-of the experimental group were poorer than pothesis that severe frontal lisping orthodontic those of the control group in all Language speakers would demonstrate a cluster of func- PerformanceTests;e.g.,thecomprehension tionalawlmorphologicalsymptomswhich scores of the experimental group were 1:,wer would parallel, in the static condition, sym-than those of the control group. The facility ptoms of the normal stomognathie system in with which the control group answered the response to upper airway infringements as re- questions did not allow a definitive conclusion ported in the literature. Significant discrimina- onqualitativedifferencesbetweenthetwo tion of tht: lispers appeared as a function of a groups: the tests were too easy for the control high incidence of tongue-thrust swallowing pat- group. terns, narrowed pharyngeal airway dimensions, The scores for both groups were better for and a generalized down and forward dysplasia comprehension than for production and both or the anterior mandible, tongue; and hyoid complex; these findings were accompanied by agroups also found the comprehension of the significant tendency to open-bite malocclusionWh interrogative pronoun question significant- and a generalized vertical dimension dysplasialy easier than the comprehension of the nega- of the lower anterior face. Also, an incidentaltive, while the reverse was true for production. finding of a high percentage of females in theThe scores of the experimental group for the lisping group was statistically significant. Tcst of Negative indicated that comprehension Significant findings were interpreted as repre- greatlyexceededimitation,which,inturn, senting support for growth theories which ern-slightly exceeded production. Imitation is not

1 7 8 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 177 consideredtobegrammaticallyprogressive,' The purpose of the study was to determine butisbelievedto be an indication of the whether the linguistic performance of mono- processesthatarc occurring in thepresent lingual children is superior to that of bilingual stage of syntactic development. No conclusive children in repetition of embedded base, em- statement can be made about this finding for beddedtransformationalsentences,orboth. the control group, because, again, the test was Each of 10 five- and sixyear-old monlingual too easy. The childrenin the experimental and 10 five- and six-year-old bilingual children group usedreduced differentiationornon- were asked to repeat embedded sentence con- expansion in the production of syntactic cate- taining base end transformational structures. gories. e.g.,the verb phrase. There were ex- Based upon correct repetitions of and modi- tensive omissions of the auxiliary "to be" and fiCa dons of embedded sentences it appears that the copula verb "to be." This phenomenon differences in performances of bilingual and was similar to the reduced differentiationin monolingual children were not statistically sig- categories inured in the phonological system of nificantfor either accurate repetitions of or these children. A co-occurrence of specific syn- modifications of base and transformational struc- tactic features was found. The study indicated tures. Trends clearly favored the performances that children with deviant articulation have of the monolingual group. Significant t-scores difficulty in the areas of syntax and phonol- for base versus transformational sentence repeti- ogy. tion for each group provides additional support for the suggestion that five-and six-year-old chil- Kroll, R. M. The Influence of Task Presenta- dren are able to repeat base sentences with tion and Information Load on the Adapta- moreproficiencythantransformationalsen- tion Effect in Stutterers and Normal Speakers. tences. Bowling Green State U (Speech).

Fourteenstutterersandfourteennormal Moulton, Robert D. Processing Words by speakers read two passages differing in infor- Sign andfor Semantic Factors by Deaf Sub- mation value under two different conditions. jects.MichiganState U (Audiology and Condition 1 provided subjects wtih a Priori Speech Sciences). knowledge regarding the experimentallimits This study tests the hypothesis that deaf sub- and requirements. Condition II withheld such jects who consistently use sign language can use knowledge.Resultsindicatethatadaptation sign formation factors and/or semantic rela- curves for both stutterers and normal speakers tionships as learning strategics during a paired- were influenced by the information value of associate verbal learning task involving words. the reading passage. Less adaptation was ob- Also the relative efficiency of coding by a sign served withthehighinformation than low system, a semantic system, or a combination of informationpassage. Thetaskpresentation the two was studied. variable differentiated stutterers from normal speakers. When a Priori instructions were pro- Twenty-six deaf teenage subjects who were vided to stutterersthe adaptation curveas- proficientin the use of signs participated in sumed a smooth, decelerating course. When a a (mired- associate learningtask. The stimuli priori instructions were withheld. the curve consisted of 5 lists of word pairs. The 5 lists deviated from the expected course. For normal were soconstructedthat they differed from speakers, identical adaptation trends were o:, each other on the basis of the sign and/or served whether or not a Priori instructions semantic relationship between the word pairs, mere provided. Stuttering adaptation is a lune- sign or semantic relationships. The subjects 'tion of both linguistic and situational variables;were administered the paired-associate lists in normal nonfluency adaptation is primarily a a repeated measures design with random or- dering of list order presentation. The presen- function oflinguisticvariables.Theoretical, tation procedures used followedstandard experimental and clinical implications are of- paired-associate study-test research techniques. fered. The results of this study indicate that dur- Abstracted by Stephen B. Hood ing the initial phases of the paired-associate learning situation, deaf subjects who use sign Mikawa, Tcrralynn.Monolingual versus Bi- language can code words on either a sign or lingual Children's Performances inRepeti- a semantic basis. The findings indicated se- tion of Base and Transformational Sentences. mantic relationships offer a more efficient cod- Utah U (Communication). ing strategy than do sign formation factors.

179

A. 178 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

The indication of coding by sign factors of-posed of 36 articulatory defectivefirst grade fers support to the contention that the physi- children, screenedaccordingtoselectedCri- ological components of communication produc- teria, and divided into three subgroups based tion will be reflected in the processing of lan- upon the predominant type of phonemic er- guage-related material. The findings showing rorasoperationallydefined.Matching was that semantic coding occurs in a paired-associate lccomplishedbetweensubgroups;subgroups taskis consistent with learning models which were matched with normal subjects on several predict a reciprocal relationship between the I a riables. motoric component of shortterin memory cod- Five, auditory retention assessment procedures ing andthe semanticaspectsof long-term were administered:ProcedureI,DigitTask: memory storage processes. Procedure Ha, Metraux Phoneme Task-Vowels; Procedure lib, Metz-aux Pl-otteme Task-Conso- Nikam,Shailaja. PerceptionofTinte-Cotn- nants; Procedure III, Delayed Recall of Tri- pressed English CNC Monosyllables by Non- gram Task: Procedure IV; Clark's Pattern Tap- ping Task. Native Speakers. Michigan State U (Audiology and Speech Sciences). A Lindquist Type III factorial analysis of variance design was employed as the statistical One of the ways of increasing the efficiency procedure for data analysis. V ratios were ob- of discrimination tests in central auditory test- tained to determine mean differences at the .05 ing is by modifying the temporal characteris- levelof significance,withcorrelatedt tests tics of the speech stimuli through time com- applied. pression. Whereas normative data are available The results of theinvestigation were:(1) for native English speakers, the performance Mean differences between articulatory normal of non-native speakers has not beeninvesti- and defective groups were found at the .001 gated. The purpose of the present stud) was level of significance on Procedure HI, the De- to examine the effects of time compression on layed Recall, of Trigram Task, while no other the intelligibility of English CNC monosyllabic mean differences were revealed at the .05 level words (N.U. Auditory Test No. 6). among na- betweenthese two groups.(2) No between tivespeakers of Spanish and Indo-Dravidian poop differenceswere found when testsof languages who were proficient in English. immediate recall of auditory stimuli were em- Seventy two subjects from each of the two ployed. It is hypothesized that Procedure III, language groups, Spanish and Indo-Dravidian, the belayedRecall of Trignan Task, may were randomly assigned to six time-compres- assess more efficiently that aspect of auditory sion conditions-0 to 70%. Each subject was retention which relates most directly to articu- presented with four lists of words at five sen- latorydysfunctionthan other measttres em- sation levels (SL). ployed in ihis study. The resultsrevealedthatwithincreasing timecompression, the means discrimination Peters,G11'11;111- M. The RelationshipBe- scores deterioratedfor both language groups, tween Some Measures of Hearing Loss and moreso fortheIndo-Dravidiatt group. With Self-Assessment of Hearing Handicap. Wayne increasing sensation levels, the adverse effect State U (Speech Communication). of time compression was offset by increasing SL. The improvement with increasing sensa- The primary goals of this study were (I) to tionlevels was not uniform under all time- identify tie- single best predictor or combina- compression conditions, nor between the two tion of predictors that produced the highest groups. . correlations with a self-assessment of hearing handicap, and (2)to validate the findings of O'Hare, Nancy K. The Relationship Between previous investigations with respect to the cri. ArticulatoryDysfunctioninChildrenand tenon score. Performances on Selected Tests of Auditory Twenty-eight audiometric scores including 20 Retention. U of Virginia (Speech Pathology speechdiscrimination scores wereobtained and Audiology), 1973. from -10Sc having mild-to-moderateserisori. neural hearing loss. These Ss also answered The purpose ofthisinvestigation was to forms A and 13 of the Hearing Handicap Scale examine the relationship between articulatory as did 27 of their wives. dysfunction inchildren and performances on The major conclusions drawn from the data selected tests of auditory memory. were (I) that self - assessment of hearing handi- The sample testedinthis study was corn- cap on the Hearing Handicap Scale is sgittifi

180 . ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 179 candy related to auditory measures incorpo- the emergence of affirmative and negative se. rating sensitivity and discrimination, and (2) mantic categories. that over half of the variance in the Hearing Handicap Scale can be accounted for by the Riccillo, Samuel C. Children's Speech and Com- combination of three variables. They are:(I) municative Competence. Denver U (Speech the three-frequency pure-tone average, (2)die Communication). 250 Hz threshold, and (3) performance on a sentence list at a SL of 20 dB. Inducting the This study was concerned with describing remaining 25 variablesincreasesthe amown therelationshipbetweenlinguisticdevelop- of lariance that can be accounted for by only ment and communicative competence inchil- about 1% per additional variable. dren. Speech samples were taken from 86 pre. Internal and external validation proceduresschool children: 16 two and onehalf yearolds; appliedtothecriterion indicatedthatthe35 three year-olds: and 35 four year-olds. Hearing Handicap Scale is valid for use wich A pictureelicitationinstrument was em- sensorineural hearing loss patients. ployed to collect a speech sample from each The data obtained during a routine auditorysubject. The utteranceswereanalyzed and assessment from adults with mild-moderate ad- categorizedas simple and generalizedtrans- ventitious hearing losses do not permitthe formations.Theselinguisticcategorieswere accurate estimationofhearing handicapas used to describe the complexity of the sub- measured by the Hearing Handicap Scale. ject's utterances. A second instrument employed was aset ofcommunicativeprobesmodeledaftera Ranter, Andrya L. H. Syntactic Styles and Uni-mode of speech continuum. The responses to t.ersal Aspects of Language Emergence. City theseprobesbychildrenwere judgedas U of New York (Speech and Hearing Sci-appropriate or inappropriate depending upon ences). whether or not the children met the minimal Recentresearchindevelopmental psycho-demands of the probe. The responses were li»guistics has concentrated on the universalused to describe the communicative complex- nature of the developmental process. The pres- ity of the subject's utterances. ent research, however, was designed to observe The prznciple findings were:(1) The lin- thepossible. emergence of differing styles inguistic competence of the subjects increased this process, as well.as similarities among chil- with age. There were only a few simple trans- dren. Seven children were observed from aformations which didnot occuracrossail time just prior to the emergence of syntactic three age groups. More evidence of a develop- constructions until at least 20% of their utter-mental tread existedfor subjects'utterances ances specifieda Subject+Verb+Complement characterizedasgeneralizedtransformations. structure. The obtained corpora were analyzed(2) The communicative competence of subjects syntactically and semantically. Syntactic anal-increased with age. The probes differed in )ses included order of acquisition according to complexityfortwo and one-halfyears-olds grammaticalcomplexity and specificationof and three years-olds, but not for four year-olds subject, verb and complement structure in thesuggesting a hierarchy from contextcentered earliest syntactic period. Obtained utterancesprobes through .topic- centeredprobes. Probes we'e also analyzed for the number and typefour, six and seven dearly differentiated sub- of semantic categories expressed. jects between age groups. (3) There were low The results of this research indicated thatto moderate positive correlations between the although there were many similarities amonglinguistic complexity of subjects and the num- the children. two distinct styles of syntecticber of communicative probes answered appro- acquisition were present. There were specificpriately by subjects across the age groups. differences in the kind of syntactic construc- tions employed depending upon thechild'sRonson, Irwin. The R lationship Between Stut- syntactic style.Syntacticstylealso appeared tering and Selected Sentence Types. City of to be related to sp .-ch of acquisition and sex New York (Speech and Hearing Sciences). for these seven subjezts. The resultsofthisstudyalsoindicated The purpose of this study was to determine similarities among the seven children. Thesethe relationship between stuttering and selected 'siffillaritieswere reflectedinthe acquisition sentence types. Sixteen subjects read aloud 44 of syntactic complexity, question formation andzest sentences. Thirty-six of these sentences con-

181 1

180 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION sistcdof12 each of threetransformational (A)wereheldconstant;however,semantic sentence hoes: SAAD (simple, active, affirma- factors may have accounted for these results tive, declarative), Negative, and Passive. These as there was a significant correlation at the sentences were controlledforlinguisticvari- .01level between high .frequency of stuttering ables known to affect stuttering:initial con. and tow score in sentence "meaningfulness." sonant, part of speech, word length, and word frequencylevel. Other linguisticfactors con. Rosenstein, Milton. Computer Generated Tones trolled were verb type, adjective ordertype- in Variable Ilastiwidth Noise and its Applica- token ratio. case relationship, and selections] tion to a Study of Sub-Critical Detection. City and strict subcategorization rules. Eight other U of New York (Speech and Hearing Sci- sentences were used to test the effect of sen- ences). tencelength.Fiveadditionalsentences, not included in the test materials to be read aloud. A computer program designed to minimize were used to determine the subjects' ranking thelimitations of hardware tone and noise of sentence types according to perceived orcitrsources and to provide precise control of tone of construction difficulty. and noise parameters, was developed anti ap- Four major subhypotheses were tested by a pliedto the study of the detection of tones trend analysis of variance:(1)stutteringin- invariable noise. Inthisstudy, creases in frequency on selected sentence types ivir .hused two repeated (frozen)noises per in the following order: SAAD, Negative, Pass-bandwidth, the mean intensity of each noise ive;(2)stutteringincreasesinfrequency aspresentation and the starting phrase of the word frequency level decreases from AA to A tone referred to the noise, was held censi,utt to (1.49) for the SAAD, Negative and Passiveand equal throughout the tests while the noise sentence types; (8) stuttering increases in fre- bandwidth ranged front 1.25 to 640 Hz. Despite quency in relation to the stutterers' own per-these identical presentation-wide mean inten- ceived order of difficulty for the sentence types sities,two threshold noise bandwidth curves SAAD, Negative,Passive;(4)stutteringin-emergeddifferingsignificantlyinthesub- creasesinfrequencyas sentence lengthin- critical region: one curve fitted by a straight creases from nine, to ten, to eleven words, in line satisfying the energy detection hypothesis, sentences comprised of similar sentence type the other, fitted by a curve exhibiting a pro- (MAD) and similar word frequency level (A). nounced hump between noise bandwidths of The results of the trend analysis showed10 and 40 Hz. These results, which contradict that there was no significant change in the the hypothesis holding that energy or intensity frequency of stuttering on the sentence types,ratios between signal and noise, alone deter- when averaged over all subjects and all threemine sub-criticalthresholds, were linkedto- word frequency levels. This also occurred when differen= in two parameters of the noises: group severity rating of stuttering (Mild, Mod-(I) the mean value of the noise lying under erate, Severe) and word frequency level (AA,the on-transition of the tone, and (2) signal- A, (I.49]) were held constant. Stuttering didlike excursions of the noise envelope itt ap- increase in the predicted order of SAAD, Neg-proximately the same region. These results sug- ative, Pa tveforthe Moderate and Severegested a hypothesis concerning sub-critical de- stuttereisr.hut not at a level of statistical sig- tection whit h provided a resolution of appar- nificance.Stuttering increasedsignificantlyas entcontradictionsre:sub-criticalthresholds word frequency level decreased from AA to A reported by some previous investigators. to(1.49) when the group severity rating was ,---e- Severe and rite sentence type was either SAADSalem, Philip J.The Development.1' of Higher orNegative; word frequency level was not Mental Processes in the Generation of Mean- found to be significantly related to stuttering log. Denver U (Speech Coimmuication), for the Passive sentence type. No signifificant ,., relationship appeared toexisthetween how The purpose of the study was to determine the stutterers perceived the order of difficulty how cognitivedevelopmentisevidenced in for the sentence types and how they stutteredcreating word meaning. Meaning was defined on them; nine of the 16 subjects did stutteras an open system capable of at leastthree inthepredicteddirection (SAND, Negative,steady states. The steady states were modeled Passive), but not at a level of statistical signifi-after various stages of cognitive development: cance. Stuttering did increase significantly witheach steady state was defined by its semantic sentence length for the Severe group when sen- structure, tence type (SAAD) and word frequency level specific semantic structures were indicated by 182 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 181 word groupings. A word-game paradigm pro-ductions of /s/ by third grade is/ defective ducedthe desired word groupings while re-subjects and their mean response latency in taining a speech communication context. the dichotic condition. then and adolescents were sampled from the same social group, and their behavior playing Schwartz, Daniel.Critical Bandwidth and Dif the word-game was analyzed. ierential Loudness Summation in the Acoustic Differences betweenthetwo groups were Stapedial Reflex. Vanderbilt U (Hearing and predicted on the assumption that the semantic Speech Sciences). miler:tures would vary in accordance with cog- 'tithe development. The analysis of the re- The purpose of this study was toinvesti- wirer behavior inthe word-game supportedgate the hypothesis of an abnormal widening this assumption directly. Sender behavior varied of the critical band in ears with varying de- in the opposite direction of the receiver be-grees of sensorincural hearing impairment in havio and may be explained by noting thatrelation to the results of the Differential Loud- the encoding process is a rev.:ysal of the de- ness Summation (DLS) test. Although previous coding process. The analysis of the sender be- investigatorsareindisagreementregarding h.% ior,therefore, supportedthe assumptionsabnormal widening of the critical band, the of the research indirectly. phenomenon was suggested as the rationale for the DU test, a recently proposed method for predicting presence and degree of sensorineural Schissel. Richard J.Discrimination, Auditory hearing foss in young children anti other hard - Processing and Echoic Nfemory For VCCV Bi- to -test patients. sIlablesinChildrenRepresenting Three Test results were obtained for 20 normal Levels of Articulation Proficiency.Pc:noisy' hearing and 20 hearing impairedadults. A actin State U (Special Education), 1975. major finding of the study was a significant 'The purpose of this study was to separate widening of the critical band in the hearing effects of auditory processing speed and echoic impairedsubjectsatbothtestfrequencies. memory from auditory discrimination skill and withthe magnitude of the widening signifi determinetheirrelationshiptoarticulation cantly related to the degree of hearing loss. A proficiency. further finding of importance was a reasonable Subjects were ninety-seven mild and severedegree of success for the DLS test in the pre- isf/r/. /0/ defective and normal speakingdiction of presence and degree of hearing loss. fun and third graders. The subjects listened Finally,however, no relationship was found to tapes of pairs of bisyllables at each of fourbetween widening of thecriticalband and DLS test Prediction. conditions:(a)dichotic presentation,(b).25 second. (c) 2.0 second and (d) 10.0 second in- lel cats between bisyllables in each pair. Sub-Turbeville, Joseph.A Study of Speech Dis- jects determined whether the bisyllables in each criminationPerformance under Conditions pail were the same or different. Two measures of Monaural and Binaural Amplification. were obtained on each subject: proportion of Vanderbilt U (Hearing and Speech Sciences). coirect responses and mean latency of response on the discrimination test at each interval. The present study was designed to compare thespeechdiscriminationperformance of a Resultsofthe studyindicatedstgnificant group of hearing impaired adults under con- oNitice correlations between:(1) The propor-ditions of monaural and binaural amplifim- tion of correct productions of /s/ by first gradedon across a wide range of listening situations. is/ defective subjects and their proportion ofSubjects consisted of ten adults with bilateral correct responses at the10.0 second interval"moderate to severe sensorineural hearing im- and (2) the proportion of correct Productionspairment. Global analysis of mean speech dis- of/r/ byfirstgrade /r/ defectivesubjects criminationscoresacrossalllistening condi- and their proportion of correct responses attions indicated the superiority of aided bin the 25 second interval. Further, significant in- aural listen4ng over either condition of mon- verse correlations were found between*. (1) theaural listering, and the superiority of the mon- Proportion of correct productions of /0/ byaural noise indirect condition over the mon- film grade /e/ defective subjects and their pro- auralwrist:direct condition. Sub-analyses of portion of correct responses at the 10.0 secondgroup performance across listening conditions interval anti (2) the proportion of correct pro- revealedsignificant differences in speech dia.

183 182 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION crimination performance in favor of the binwaveform and a comparatively smaller effect aural system only during those conditions rep- for phase. resenting "faint" and "quiet"speech. Aided Results of this experiment substantiated the speech discrimination performance for all core data of other researchers who have shown ditions of amplificationdecreased systematic- greater backwardthanforward masking at ally as the primary-to.secondary ratio became short masking intervals and greater masking was more favorable.Subjects having the greater foundforallsimultaneous conditionsthan degree of hearing lossin the monaural un for any of the backward or forward masking aided car achieved greater binaural gain in conditions,Inaddition,differencesbetween speech discrimination performance than thosethe two noise waveforms and the phase shifts subjects having lesser degrees of hearing loss. had a significant effect on the thresholds ob. tained for the backward and forward mask.ttg Wa burins', Susan B.Backward and Forwardconditions, as wellasforthe simultaneous Nfasking With Reproducible NoiseBursts. masking conditions. City U of New York (Speech and Hearing Sciences). White, Steven Carl.The Effect of Response Availability onthe Speech Discrimination The purpose of this study was to investigate Scale. Wayne State U (Speech Gommunica theeffectsof two narrow band waveforms, lion). 50 msec, in duration and centered at 250 Hz, on temporal masking at shore masking inter- The purpose of the study was to compare vals and, further, to assess' the effects of phase scores obtained when the items of each of the shifts on backward and forward masking. Foursix Speech Discrimination Scale subtests were normal hearing experienced listeners were re-displayed in front of a subject with scores ob- quired to detect a monaurally presented 250 Hztained whep the subject only knew the type tone burst,12 msec. in duration, that eitherof material he would be hearing. preceded, occurres1 simultaneously with, or fol- Thetestswere administeredin two con. lowed the burst of narrow band noise. Theditions with 17 normal hearing young adults procedure used was the twointervalforced each. ht one condition the subjects heard the choice technique. A transformed updown pro. subtests in the standard clinical manner while cedurewasusedforthresholdestimation. in the other condition the test items had re- Threshold was taken to be the stimulus level sponses available. Following a two week period, at which 70% of the responses were correct. the subjects were retested using the same pro. Piro simultaneous, three backward, and threecedure as Used during the first session. forward masking conditions were investigated. Mean articulationcurves were drawn and The masking intervals from onset of masteranalyses of variance were calculated. There was to onset of tonal pulse ranged from 30 msec. a significant effect of response availability on the to +70 mrec, The three phasic conditions foraudibility of each niftiest and Ott the slope of the signal were in-phase, 90* out-of-phase and thearticulationcurves of theEasy Word, 180' out-of phase. Nfedium Word, and Hard Word subtests. The rank order ofintelligibilityforthe subtests Each combination of all factors investigated when responses were not available was, from was presented to each subject twice in random easiest to most difficult, Digits, Easy Alphabet, order. Each of these threshold determinations Easy Worth, Hard Alphabet, Medium Words, was derited from the average of twelve rims.and Hard Words. Response availability did An IBM omputer was employed to calculatenot equate the performance on the subtests the subject'sthreshold from the average ofand the rank order of intelligibility becomes, twenty-fottr runs. In addition, a live factor an- fromeasiestto mostdifficult,Easy Words, alysis ofitaialliforthese mean thresholdDigits, Easy Alphabet, Hard Words, Medium values was performed, The factors were delay lt'ords, and Hard Alphabet. Although there 11I delay settings) subjects (-I), noise waveform was significant improvement from priortest t2). phase (3) and order(first observation and exposure to Easy Alphabet, Easy Words. Med- second observation). Of the five factors all in- ium Words. Pm! Hard Words, the improvement teractions Invoking order effect wive found tofor Easy Words was more likethatforthe be not statistically significant. The largest ef-digits and alphabet lists rather than the two fects were found for delay, subjects and noiseother lists. 181 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 183 Theatre career was dividedintofour categories and representative roles were studied for each type: Bailor, Jerry Rohia.The Late Eighteenth.for inelodruma, Baron Von Chevrial (A Parisian Century Theatrical Public of London, Eng- Romance) and Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde; for land. if of Southern California (Communi- romance, Beau Brummell and Cyrano de Ber- cation-Drama). gerac;for Shakespeare. Richard III, Shylock, andBrutus;formodern drama,Bluntschli Historical studies of threatre audiences pro- (Arms and the 411 an) and Peer Gym. videsignificantcontributionstothe under- Although critics' opinions of Mansfield's per- standing of the theatre art known in any given formances variedconsiderably. their descrip- historicalperiod.This studyundertookto tions provide a detailed account of his acting. examine the late eighteenth century London Unliketraditional romantic actors, who de- theatre audiences within the following investi- pended on vocal technique and heroic passion, gat ise areas: the socioeconomic - political forces. Mansfield created detailed business and visual moientents, and events, and their influences effectsto supplement, or evenreplace,dia- on the audiences and theatres: the size, corn- logue. He was criticizedfor poor elocution, fun. and composition of the theatre audiences: but he was often praised for creating imagina- audienceLehavior;audiencetheatricaltaste tive vocal effects. The hallmark of Mansfield's and seasonal repertoires; and the various para- characterizations, however, was psychologically theatrical entertainments and their effect on consistent motivation. Instead of relying on the the behavior of the theatre audiences. typially romantic approach in which the moti- The socio-econornic-politicalforceses ident vationsfur heroes and villains seemed inci- in the late eighteenth century were significant dental to.the fact that they were good or bad, influences on audience taste and behavior in Mansfield created heroes who were genuinely the theatres. The American and French Rev- virtuous and villains who performed evil deeds olutions toliberal Englishcriesfor de- for understandably human motives. mothicy and equal representation. while grow- Nfansfieli'spowerful personality dontinatett ing nationalistic feelings demanded patriotism his career. It lent a compelling power and ex- hotBritishtradition.Patriotic sentiment was citement to his acting. It also made him tre- sounded often Ott the boards of Drury Lanemendously ambitions and drove him to au and Coma Carden theatres, In addition, theearls grave in his effort to secure a place in growth of the industrial revolution, inflation, the ranks of the greatest actors. antiincreased urbanization led many citizens to seek solace in numerous excesses which in- Bindeit, Kathleen.Ethos as Mask: A Study dialed alcoholism, gluttony, gambling. sexual promiscuity, and disparate non-verbal amuse- of Character in the Plays of Luigi Pirandello. ments. Northwestern U (Theatre). I he many disparateparatheatricalenter- The mask is a central image in the writings tainments consisted largely of nonverbal actsof Luigi Pirandello (1867-1936), whose collec- of spectacle and included cock-fights. menager- tive title for his dramatic works is Masrhere ies,pleasure gardens, prize fights. the circus, Nude (Naked Masks). Beginning with the key masquerades, BartholomewFair. and public theatricalterms of "ethos" and "mask," the executions. The paratheatricatentertainments classicalGreek comic pairing of eiron(self- emphasized visual delights of skill, chance. ex- deprecator,ironist) and atazon(boaster, im- hibitionism. informality, and dazzling spectacle poster) are defined for this study, in addition effects. These characteristics influenced the be. to the buffoon and tdiarmakat variants. Greek hacior and taste of the theatre atulience as the- Classical cironcia was behavioral whereas Ger- atrical eittertainnt^nt turned to visual spectacle. man Romantic irony was situational, and the third chapter of this study examines these two Bibee, Jack L.The Acting of Richard Mans- factors as Bases for Pirandello's essay, L'uator- field. U of Illinois. (Speech Conimuctication). iSmo, aconceptual andimagistic framework forhisplays. The sixteenfull - lengthplays The purpose of this study was to examine written between19I5 and 1922 support the objectivelyMansfield'sactingtechniques and presence of the eiron and atazon masks and of show how he responded to the changing nature mask behavior and situations inPirandello's of Luc nineteenth century theatrefrom tra- plays. The study also examines the relation- ditional melodrama, romance and classic drama ship of the masks to the plot and to Piran- tothe emerging realisticdrama. Mansfield's dello'susualdramaticstructureandgenre 185 184 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION classification, and the implications of Pirandel sponses of expert and naive audience members Han umorismo, irony, masks, and mask be-to theatrical settings. havior for performance and performance theory. For the investigation a 2 x 9 factorial de- sign was used. The levels were two groups of naive and expert subjects and the nine settings Blades, Joseph. A Comparative Study of Ameri- from a session of nine productions at Bowling can Film Critics, 1969-1974, Bowling GreenGreen Stat' University. State U (Speech). Ten semantic differential scales developed in Six motion picture critics are the subjects ofa previous investigation and five Lickert-type this study: Vicent Canby, Judith Crist, Pauline summative questions were used as the depen- Kacl, Stanley Kau Ifmann, Andrew Sarris, and dent measures. The data were submittedto John Simon. Following inthefootstepsof mulitvariate analysis of variance. That analysis James Agee, this sextet comprises part of a yieldedno significantinteraction.Significant second generation of serious, competent filmdifferences were found between the perceptions critics. The study presents a descriptive reviewof the two groups and in the way in which of eachwriter'swork, featuringanalysis of both groups perceived each of the nine produc- both style and content. tions. Rank cotrelationsof between-groupscores These observations are made: Vincent Canby is a highly emsumer-reportsoriented critic whosefor productions, semantic dimensions and stun- tmtive questions also yielded some significant daily columns offer plot summaries and general findings. Differences between the ways in which critical impressions. but provide little detailed naive and expert audience members responded analysis. Judith Crist. as a reporter-critic for theto stage settings were differences more in the behind-the- masses, infuses her reviews with intensity of those responses than in differences scenes notes, interrupted, fact-packed, sentences, in the kinds of responses. and a chatty, conversational tone. Pauline Kael isprimarily a socio-psychologicalcritic who intelligently explains the appeals that certainCallahan, John M. A History of the Second movies have. Stanley Kauffmann, a "highbrow," Olympic Theatre of Saint Louis, Missouri. is a scholarly writer who uses, his practical 1882.1916. Kent State If (Speech). background in acting, directing, and playwrit ing to give authority to his film critiques. A Between 1882 and 1916 the second Olympic writer for the film buff and the connoisseurTheatre, under the management of John W. and a disciple of the French auteur theory, Norton (18824889), Patrick Short (1889.1911), Andrew Sarris evaluates movies primarily from andItraltelSanford (19l11916),- was one of the director's point of view. John Simon, for themostprestigioustheatresoflegitimate whom motion picture criticism is an arr. easilydranta in St. Louis. When Norton opened the surpasses Ins colleagues in erudition, vitriol.contpletely rebuilt Olympic Theatre in1882 and arcane reference, while dispensing periodiche changed its character from a stock company denouncements of popular taste. playhouse to that of afirstclass theatre for The six critics seem to be thoughtful, prob- travelingshowsfeaturingnationallyknown ing. dedicated journalists who revere movies. suns. Under the esteemed leadership of Short, Collectisely,theirsignificance who directed its destinies from 1889 until his derivesfrom death in Mil, the Olympic reached its zenith their reportorial insights, duck skills as essay- as Short provided St. Louisians with the sery ists, awl their aims to promote and upgrade best legitimate drama the country had to (tiro. the medium. For allthe professional dissim- When the Theatrical Syndicate gainedcon- ilarities and private and public variances in. trol after Short's death and employed Sanford volved,the, criticshave demonstrated their asmanager,theOlympic declinedrapidly. nal. Again, collectively,this "second genera- The advent of motion pictures, cheap vaude- tinn" of writers has made solid advancementsvil, pernicious commercialism,. and a west- in the art of motion picture criticism. ward movement of the city's population proved too tnuch for the grand old theatre and the Caldwell, George R. A Quantitative Investiga-second Olympic finally closed in 1916. don of Audience Response to Theatrical Set- This studyisa cronicle of the part the tings. Bow!ing Green State (Speech). second Oismpic played inthe theatrical his. tory of St. Louis during the 34 years of its This Investigation attempted to measure as existence.Itprovides not only pertinentin- well as develop a means for measuring re-fromation from theatre programs, newspaper

183 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 183 and magazine reviews and biographical accounts ing the action of specific attractions, and eval- but, in addition to the day book of its Com- uates the success of the exhibition in light of plete repertory from 1882 to 1916, it includesnewspaper accounts. The study examines the an annStated index to -reviews from the Si.Wild West Show as a distinctive form of nine- Louis ;:ost-Dispatch to selected :plays ,and play- teenth- century,popular,Americanestablish- ers of outstanding performances-at-the second ment and clarifies William F. Cody's contribu- Olympic during. its heyday. tion to the field of entertainment. The results of the study concludes there were Colley, Thomas.An Historical Study of the atleastfive components enabling the Wild Society of Stage Directors and Choreographers West Show to survive for thirty.one years as through 1973. Wayne State U (Speech Com-a popular entertainment. These factors were munication). (1) a standard format of features, (2) features based upon actual events from the history of The Society of Stage Directors and Choreog- the western expansion of America, (3) the u,se raphers is a labor union representing the in- of performers who were first and foremost ex- terests of directors and choreographers in the perts in western skills and occupations or who Broadway, off-Broadway, and resident theatreswere representative of specific cultural groups of the United States, The union was founded instead of professional actors, (4) allowance for itt1919 w;th a proposed dual function. First, modifications in the features, and (5) the ap- it was expected that the union would be ablepearance of Buffalo Bill. to secure equitable fees and royalties forits The exhibition was structured like a variety members and insure their payment. Toward show with individual acts centering around the that end, minimum basic agreements were ne- westernmotif, eachillustrating a distinctive gotiated w'th the League of New York The-aspect of life in the wild west. The program atres in 1972. was built around seven types of features intro- The second objective of the union was ed-duced in the 1883 exhibition:(1) equestrian- ucational. The Workshop Foundation of the ism, (2) a demonstration of the pony express, Society of Stage Directors and Choreographers (3) the appearance of cowboys and Indians, (4) was created in1964 in order to help achieve exhibition shootingacts.(5)the appearance this goal. In the years since its creation, theof Bolfalo Bill, (6) the attack on the Deadwood Foundation has sponsored experimental pro-stagecoach, and (7) the use of spectacular fea- ductions, maintained a rehearsal facility, pro- tures. duced weekly radio programs, and for many years organized weekly Round Table Discus- Dodge, Caroline J.Rosamond Gilder and the sions, In rldition, the Foundation distributes Theatre. U of Illinois (Speech Communica- to members free tickets for professional shows. tion). The Un,ni has secured an equitable situa- tionforits members and intheface of a This study presents Rosamond Gilder's con- rapidly changing professional theatre, the cur- tributions to theatre, both in her own country, rent leaders of the union expect to give more the 1-nited States of America, and abroad. attention in the future to improving the sua- Principal materials used include: (1) public bilityof Americantheatre. The unionhas and private records of the organizations with always been vigorous and has been growingwhich Ms. Gilder was involved,(2) her pub- continually stronger. Thew is reason to believe lished articles, (3) her own information file, in- that because ofthis rigor and strengththe cluding copies of unpublished speeches. and (4) Society Of Since Director: and Choreicraplitas personal in:eiviews granted the author. will probably play an expanded role in deter- The study chronologially traces Ms. Gilder's mining the future c f the American theatre as activities.It emphasizes theproximityof an industry and as an art. cv:nts in her career, i.e., her participation in several organizations at the same time and the Deahl, William E. Jr.A History of Buffalo resultanteffectsuch a proximity must have Bill's Wild West Show, 14831913. Southern had. Illinois U (Speech). In her capacity as director of the United States centre of the International Theatre In- The purpose- of the study was to produce a stitute (1917.68) and as President of the IT! historical account of Buffalo Bill's Wild West (1963.67). Rosamond Gilder led the American Show, The study outlines the distinguishing theatre into the international arena. Her suc- program and format of the exhibition, describ- cess was the culmination of her prior achieve.

187 186 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION molts on the national scene. In the thirties, detrimentto religion, as a strictly economic as aecretary of the National Theatre Conference product, and as a political tool. and as director of the Bureau of Research and Publication oftheFederal TheatreProject, Green, Ronnie1... The Comic Vision:Pat- she bridged the gap between regionalism and terns of Initiation and Resurrection. Wayne nationalism. In the forties with her work on State U (Speech Communication). Theatre Arts ascritic,assistant editor, and editor, she brought that nationalismto ma- The hypotheses which this dissertationat- turity. Her work with the Amerimn National tempts to test arc: (1) The structure of comedy Theatre and Academy provided the final step,reseals, symbolically and at times quite liter- for ANTA's foreignofficebecametheU.S. ally,recurrentpatternsof ancientinitiation Centre of the In. . rites: the I tescent into Chaos, Ordeals of Sym- Because of her devotion to theatre and her bolicDeath, and Rebirth;(2)The Comic ceaseless wcrk for its emerging "community ofVision, for the most part subconsciously, offers nations," Rosamond Gilder is one of the Amer.Mall an answer to his eternal longing to find ica's important cultural ambassadors. a positive meaningsin death, to accept death as a transition rite to a higher mode of knowl- edge and/or being; and (3) An understanding Filippo, Ivan Joe. Landmark Litigation in theof the initiatory pattern will make the meaning American Theatre. U of Florida(Speech of comedy more accessible. Communication). The main procedure employed in this study This study provides a review and analysis of isattinvestigation of representative comedies significant copyright, censorship, and monopolyby live of the world's great comic playwrights litigationwhichhasaffected Americanthe- ---Aristophanes, Shakespeare, Moliere, Feydeau, atricaldevelopment. The caseschosenare and Shawwith the purpose of analyzing the those most frequently mentioned by the courtsliteral and symbolic relationships between the in theatrical litigation and cited as significantstructure of the representative plays and their decisions in legal periodicals. various initiatory patterns. In the field of dramatic copyright, most land- The major conclusions drawn are that the rook litigvion occurred after the Copyright_structure of comedy reveals recurrent patterns At t of lX5G. Cases were often decidral throughof ancient initiationrites.Furthermore, the theuseofdifferentcriteriatodetermine structure of comedy.,zeveals character initiates, whether a substantial similarity between two non-initiates, and companion guides who, in dramatic. works existed and, hence, whethersome cases, serve as initiators. This study also a work hail been unlawfully copied or pro.concludes that the audience becomes initiate (limed. as they vicariously accompany the protagonist- Must tants involving the second area, dra- initiate (or initiates) along the initiatory jour- matic censorship. revealed that the major issue ney. In satire, however, itis usually only the was obscenity. When applying censorship law,audience who heroinesinitiate;thatis,the the courts used two methods to curtail ques- audience alone undergoes the li»al step ofin- tionabledramaticactivities:(1)theycquld itiationsince the protagoni tisincapable of judge whether the play was obscene, or (2)doing so. they could uphold_ the right of legal authori- tiesto refuse to renew theatre licenses, and Guthrie, David G.The In/ovations of Steele thus force the closure of dramatic productions. MacKaye in Scenic Design and Stage Prac Ind ikecopyrightandcensorshipfindings, nee as Contributions to the American The- only two major monopoly violations have been atre. New York 1' (Speech raul Drama). recorded in American theatre historyone in the area of vaudeville booking and the other The ',impose of this research was to examine involvingrestrictiveplaywright-producer con- the innovations of Steele MacKaye inscenic tracts.Inallother Guys,theplaintiff was design and stage practice as contributions to either found not guilty, or he submitted to athe American theatre. The study capsuled the consent decree judgment which eliminated the life of MacKaye prior to his entrance into the necessity of a court decision. American theatre in 1872 and examined the 111 analysis of the landmark cases in copy- stateof Americantechnicaltheatreatthat right, censorship, and monopoly indicates that time.Maekaye's statedtheoriesotttheatre, Americansfrequentlyhavetendedtoview scenic design and stage practice were analyzed their theatre as a source of immorality, as a in conjunction with the evidences of presepta- *183 ABSTRACTS Of DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS I87 tional realism found inthe produtions and prevailingpractices,conditions and attitudes production descriptions of his dramas and as during the 1972-1D73 academic year. The study. they were manifested asrealized innovationsbased on a two-part questionnaire addressed for the American theatre, Mac Kaye's work in totheprincipal and theteacher mostre- and contributions to the American theatre were sponsiblefortheatre inallArkansas high assessed to determine if he might be adjudgedschools, provides in.state comparisons as well an artist of the theatre t.zing synthesized deli-as comparisons to data from a similar national nition of the term formed front various con- surveyconductedby Dr. JosephPeluso, a ceptions of recognized critic-scenic designers. study upon whichthepresentsurvey was Steele 3facKaye was found to be master of based. all elements of play production working in and The survey includes 112 tables. eight figures, achieving'ildividualsuccessin each oftheand a statistical appendix comparing responses separate the,atre arts. Mac Kaye fused all of the tovirtually every item from thefifty-three elements' by'llis single control to express artisticquestion survey instrument 'returned from 43% unity. in his productions. His tteed for expres-of Arkansas high schooh.,,,The appendix in- sion was directed toward an artistic goal, andcludes listings for Arkansaf, national. regional the challenge to realize his dreams furnished (taken from the national' survey). and "strong" the artistic drive, Mac Kaye, in meeting boththeatre programs in Arkansas and the nation. the composite and the individual definitions Through the survey it has been determined for an artist of the theatre, may be adjudgedthat 97% of Arkansas high schools present to be a realized Artist of the Theatre whoseplays, but only 32% have a drama club. and contributions in scenic design and stage prac-only 19% offer courses intheatre arts. Less tice were and are a legacy to the Americanthan half (45%) of the teachers most respons- theatre. ible for theatre in their schools have partici- pated in college or university theatrical pro- duction and only 38% have had academic Hansen.Robert Craig. Nostalgiaandthe Broadway Musical Theatre in Ion. Florida traininginproductionordirection.These figuresfallconsiderably below the national State 1' (Theatre), "norms." In1971,nostalgia emerged as one of the The data retrieved lead to several implica- year's most prominent emotions, both on thetions for persons concerned with high school stage and inlife. On Broadway itemerged education in Arkansas. These imblications as -Is a viable commercial and artistic force. This well as recommendations are included in the dissertation examinesitspresencespecifically concluding chapter of the study. in No, No> Nanel le, Follies, Frank Aferriwell, and On The Town to determine the climateHnerta, Jorge A.The Evolution of Chicano of ideas and societalfactorsthatinfluenced Theatre. C of California at Santa Barbara and were simultaneously reflected in the pro- (Dramatic Art). ductions. The development of the musical as a boon- The purpose of this study was to trace the kr art form in America is attained. The paperdevelopmentofChicano Theatre beg'rming defines nostalgia and the form of camp chat withtheritual drama of Mesoamerica, the emerged tethit. and relates them bothto Spanishreligious drama of the Conquest of their theatrical manifestations. The trends inMexico and theSouthwest,anticontinuing ilicatre of the sixth.% are traced, and finally through the rise of the realm CaniPesino and the emergence of the musicals named aboveotherlealros.particularly El Tealro dela is described in detail. &heron:yr in Santa Barbara, California. The conclusion()intim-% how the nostalgia Research methods included an examination phase of1971influencedthetheatre whichof Pre-Columbian and post-Conquest theatrical followed it. activity in Mexico and the Southwest; analyses of contemborary Chicanotheatricalactivity; Hawley, C. Robert."rite Status of Curricularand an analysis oftltedevelopment of El and Co-Curriader Theatre in Arkansas Hilt Trail-0 de in EsPeranzar. under the direction of Schools. Kent State U (Speech). the author. The study illustrates several important points A cosnpreitensive survey descriptive of the about Chicano Theatre: (1) The Chicano has a scopeandnatureoftheatreeducationin richtheatricalheritage of spiritual and po- Arkansas high schools, this surrey is based on litical drama: (2) This theatrical activity con-

189 [68 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Unties to the present in bilingual teatros which turetours, and his puppetry courses athis maintain a tradition that is over five centuriesNew York studio. old, (5) With the birth of the Teatro Campesino, a new chapter in the theatrical development of Chicano culture was begun and continues toJacks, George Robert.Olov Hartman: Five evolve as more teatros add their numbers to a Dramas of the Swedish Church-Drama Move- nationwide organization, TENAZ, El realm Na- ment Discussed with Reference to Hartman's cional de 'Wien. (4) Teairo is an effective way to Theology and Symbolism. Columbia U (Lan- articulate protests and call for social change. guage, Literature, Speech, and Theatre). (5) Moro encompasses art, dance. firma and Olov Hartman is widely known in Sweden music to become a significant atite-r.rin theas dramatist, novelist, essayist, and theological currentrenaissance of Chicar : stig. re,(6) scholar. A priest in the Church of Sweden, he Thereisavery strong needto.trilingual served from 1947 to 1971 as director of the theatrewhereverthereareSpanish-speaking Sigtuna Foundation, a center for church and people: a theater which expresses the experi- culture. ences; frustrations, and hopes of the second Hartmanisbest known for his kyrkosPet largestminority inthe United States: The (church-dramas), dramatic proclamations of the Chicano. Church's message, intended for use in worship. Since 1953. such strong interest has developed Hunt, Tamara Robin. Tony Sarg: Puppeteerin church-drama that the "movement" has now in America, 1915.1942. U of Southern Cali-spread throughout all the Scandinavian court fornia (Communication). tries and into other parts of Europe and is one of the most vital aspects of church life tradition America owesits puppet to an there. illustratorfront England named Tony Sarg, who came to the United States in 1915. The This study contains- the first English trans- purpose of this study was to determine Sarg'slations oflive dramas, representing different historical importance and influence on Amer-aspects of Hartman's artistry. and including ican puppetry. To accomplish this, the follow- formsof drama otherthantheliturgical. ing questions were asked: What was the stateThese are;The Holy City (1950 and The of puppetry in America before Sarg's arrival? Crusaderf1962),bothbasedupon Swedish What constituted Sarg's personality, philosophy. church history; Fire for an Altar (1967), an and puppetry activities between 1915 and 1942? historical liturgical drama; Counterpoint (1967) What were Sarg's critical contributions to theand After Us (1970). both demonstration dramas American puppet theatre? with biblical and contemporary social themes. In each drama, Hartmatt has sought through Puppetry had existed noticeably in America theological statement and meaningful symbol- during the latter half of the nineteenth cen-ism to speak the Church's prophetic message tury but wes strongly influenced by the Euro- to the culture in which it exists. pean tradition of mechanical marvel perform- :tares. The timely combination of Sarg's unique Part One introduces Hartman and the de. personality and artistic talents enabled him tovclopment of the Swedish church-drama move- convert successfully his marionette hobby intoment, and shows the unique collaboration be- a professio.ii and create a puppet theatre fortween Hartman and Tuve Nystrom. his pro- America. ducer-director. . Tony Sarg's multi-faieted tailee,itelped him Part Two contains the translations of the popularize puppetry. During hisfirstfifteen five dramas, with a discussion of subject mat- years in America, he gained a reputation aster. theology and symbolism in each. The dis- anillustrator- cartoonist,designer,inventor, cussions are based largely upon personal inter- lecturer, and teacher,aswellaspuppeteer. views with Hartman inSigtuna, Sweden, in. Sarg's incredible energy and disciplined use of 1970. timeenabled involvementinavariety of projectsandbusinessventures which madeJohnsen, H. Lucille.The Plays of Gici Gan- him wealthy and famous. His sense of humor zini Granata at the Children's Theatre of the and friendlypersonality provided him with Angelicum. U of Minnesota (Theatre Arts). anillustrator,cartoonist,designer, .inventor, both young and old. evidenced itself in all During the period between 1959 and 1974, his work. He was known for the many booksone or more plays by Gici Ganzini Granata he wrote and illustrated for children, his lec- were presented each year at the Children's The-

190 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 189 atie of the Angelicum in Milan, Italy. For the Association also sponsored adulttraining purpose of this study, four of Mrs. Granata's courses in creative dramatics and stagecraft. ;dap were translatedfor the first time into The study fpcuses on the theatre's emphasis English, then summarized and discussed crit- on creative dramatics and its commitment to icalt). There is a report based on first hand communityservice.To compilethestudy. observation of Mrs. Granata's work presented the author interviewedBurger,former stu- during January and February,1974atthe dents,volunteersandstaffandstudieda Children's Theatre of the Angelicutn in Milan twenty-three.yearperiodofAssociationfiles and at other theatres to which the Angelicum and news clippings. Based on these resources, company toured. Also reported upon are inter- a composite picture was developed of the As- views which were conducted with playwright sociation's objectives, procedure and influence, CidGranata,AngelicumTheatreproducer BenitoBlotto. and with variousactors,di- Lanphler, David N. A History of the American rectors.critics. and members of the theatre College Theatre Festival: 19634973. Florida audience. A brief history of the Children's The- State LI (Theatre). atre of the Angelicum is also presented. Four diverse plays are then studied in depth: TheAmerican CollegeTheatreFestival The Emperor's NewClothes, freely adapted for (ACTF) attempts to exhibit the best level of theatre audiences from the original fairy tale; theatre productions found in American Col- The LegendofWhite Eagle,a dramatized leges. The screening process commences locally adaptation of a Penobscot Indian talc; Pea and and culminates in a Festivalin Washington Pan. Clownsof the Circus, an original work D. C. altithhasbeenpresentedatinternational The first ACTF occurred in1969, but the theatrefestivalsinVenice,Nuremberg, and concept arose in 1963 as pan of the National Nfoiram andThe Last Stagecoach for Fort Cultural Concept. Roger Stevens instigated the Laramie, the most frequently produced of all idea as a means of honoring the best of col. Mrs. Granata's theatre plays. lege theatre, encouraging the rest, and open- ing the door to professional theatre for stu- rinallythere are observations and conclu- dents. Under the title of the National Univer- sions concerning Mm. Granata's dramatic meth- sity Theatre Festival, and sponsored by AETA, od. including a discussionof specific means ANTA, and NCC, plans commenced. whereby this playwright has consistently demon- smiled an ability to interest and entertain the- Estimated financial needs proved to be more atre audiences which range from five to seventy than the available sponsors could provide for the 1964-65 Festival. A campaign was launched 'sears of age. to raise funds from corporations, but the 1965 Festival could not be completed. Kraus, Joanna Halpert. A History of the Chil- Beginning major efforts in 1967, the Presi- dren'sTheatreAssociationofBaltimore, dent of ANTA securedthe necessary agree- Maryland from 1943.1966. Columbia U (Lan. ments for funds from The Smithsonian Insti- guage, Literature, Speech and Theatre), 1972, tute, American Airlines, and the Friends of Ed.D the Kennedy Centre, who together with the AETA and ANTA sponsored the 1959 Festival. The above study is a descriptive history of Subsequent changes occurred, the change of a modelindependent communitychildren's theatre. The Children's Theatre Association ofname being one, and by the third Festival two Baltimore, Maryland, the firstchildren's the- of the major sponsors were , atre to be establislted in Maryland, was found- and the American Oil Company. Plans and ed by and was under the administrative and procedures continuedtobe refined,always artisticleadershipofIsabelBurgerfora with the objective of bettering and funhering twent-threeyear period, 1943-1966. educational theatre in America. Burger !woke from traditional formal chil- informative data is included in this compre- then's theatre and stressed sensitive communi- hensive study. cation through improvisational techniques. At the height of CTA's activity, the Association Upton, Leonard Joel. A Critical Study of the operated eighteen creative drama classesper Filmmaking Style of Milos Forman with Spe- week and presentedten productions during cial Emphasis on HisContribution to Film the school year. In 1961, Showmobile initiated Comedy. V of Southern California (Com- a summer touring program of two plays. The municadonCinema).

191 190 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

litthe mit11960's, Czechoslovakia surprised written to show that drama of distinction was the film world by producing a large numberwritten in the nineteenth century. of prize-winning films. Film critics the world Of the more prominent men working in the over hailed this dramatic outpouring of out- Victoriantheatre, Dion Boucicault had few standing films as part of a "New Wave" inequals. His half-century of participationin Czech cinema, Many film scholars were puzzledthat theatre offers scholars an encyclopedia of byCeechoslovakia'ssudden emergence asa evidence on whichto judge the drama and major film power because few of them knew theatreof nineteenthcentury America and that the history of filmmaking in Czechoslo-England. In his farces and melodramas proof vakia had been marked by a series of inter-abounds which illustratesthe importance 01 ruptions which delayed the development of the these fonnsof drama in the eventual triumph Czech cinema and prevented itfront reaching ofRealism.Furthermore,Boucicault's work maturity earlier. with legitimate comedy reveals that elevated Milos Forman became the most well-knowndrama. drama of distinction, waswrittenin of the young filmmakers of the Czech New the nineteenth century. Wave, On the basis of his second feature film, "The Forgotten Contributions and Comedies Forman became known as a director of "charm- of Dion Boucicault" examines and investigates ing comedy- filmsthatfocused on averageBoucicau les relationship to his theatre. Bouci- peoplein everyday, real-lifesituations. How- cault'scontributions range fromhisalmost ever, with the release of Ms thirdfeature. single-handed efforts to raise the respectability Forman was praised for his sharp, satirical witfor playwrights in his century to his work as andhistragicomicstyleof humor. While asignificant contributor in popularizing the several critics compared Forman's comic touchfacsimile stage which realism adopted. Bouci- to that of Charlie Chaplin, few of them realicattles comedies, on the other hand, show that ellthat Formanwasactually contributing to"legitimate drama was being writteninthe a lethal of la Golden Age of screen comedy.nineteenth century, Both of these considera- Forman's (Urnspossessthe visual and spon- tions serve as a modest reminder that the nine- taneous qualities and the universal appeal as- teenthcentury English-speakingtheatrewas sociated with the great comedy films of themore than a mere wasteland in the history of silent era. drama. Forman's films and filmmaking style appear tobe simple.ItisevidentthatForman's Lyttle, Thomas J.An Examination of Poetic filmic style requires extraordinary skill in the Justicein Three Selected Types of Nine- areas of preparing thescript,directingthe teenth Century Melodrama: The Indian Play, actors, handling the camera, editing the film, The Temperance Play, and The ChB War and utilizing music and sound. Play. Bowling Green State U (Speech). The purpose of this study was to examine Lynamigh, John B.Dion Boucicault and 19th the doctrine of poetic justice as it was effected CenturyEnglish, AmericanTheatre. U ofand reflected by five elements of melodrama Wisconsin (Theatre and Drama). in three specific types of nineteenth century American plays. The five elements singled out ThenineteenthcenturyEng lishAmericari for investigation were: the moral;the hero; theatre was one of the most active and pro-the heroine; thevillain; and spectacle, The silicate theatres in the history of drama, yetthree types of plays chosen and the spetifie for allthat flourished inthat theatre, today playsineachtypewere:theIndianplats itis often regarded as a wasteland in which (The IndianPrincess,or(.4 Belk Savage: the legitimate forms of comedy and tragedyMelamom, or the Last of theWompafloogi: nearlyvanished. More oftenthannot,the ;Vickof theWoods); the Temperance plats reason given for the demise of elevated drama (The Drunkard, ortheFallenSaved; The in the nineteenth century is that the theatreDrunkard's Home; The Drunkard's Warning); was infested with faces and melodramas writ-and the Civil War plays(Belle Lamar; Held ten by hack authors of no lasting importance.by the Enemy; The Heart of Maryland), Recently, such reasoning has come under ques- As a result of the examination of these plays, tion. Scholars have written on the significancethe study concluded that: (1) A moralcanbe offarce and melodramainan attempt toused inassociation with poetic justice, with show the importance of these forms of drama the complexity of the issue apparently deter- in the rise of Realism. Secondly, scholars have mining when thisisdone. (2) A hero, and 192 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 191

hemine and a %Blain frequently effect and re- countries:England(ProspectTheatre Com- flect poetic justice, but they do not always dopany); Canada(StratfordFestival);andthe so in a positive and normal manner. On oc- United States (Nets York Shakespeare Festival). casionthey representthe doctrine's negative Simply to have had the opportunity to witness intetpretation.(3) The element of spettacle three interpretations of this most ntal ignecl_ and can be associated with poetic justice but such least produced work by Shakespeare is likely an arangement is not frequent. (4) Over theto remain a rarity, despite the increased in- teurse of the nineteenth century, poetic justice terestfrom both scholars and producers in appears to progress from a more primitise and ,ahakespeare's final plays. uncomplicated ideal to a more Christian and The value lies in the recording of the in- sophisticated one. terpretation.. for they provide insight into the analysisandtechniquesofthreedirectors working ott the same play by Shakespeare. No licKerrow, Margaret.A Descriptive Study ofsuch similar project has been undertaken, al- the Acting of Alta Nazintova. 1.; of Michigan ihotigh the opportunity has existed with ref- (Speech C:omntunication and Theatre). erence to some of Shakespeare's more popular Tbis stud) was designed to trace the chro-works. The dissertationtakes the form of a whim, of the career of the Russian actress detailedstage history,. an eyewitness account Alla Nazintesa, to describe in detail her signifi- of the stagings. analytical interviews with the cant perfinmances inthe United States, andproducers sthile they were fully involved with 10 report the critical response to her work. Atthe productions, comparative photographs, and theoutset of herforty yearcareerinthethe highlights of the critical response. U.ti. A. Nazintova was acclaimed because, as thefirstactressassociatedwithStanislaysky Muschimp, George M., )r.The Honolulu and the Moscow Art Theatre to perform on Theatre for Youth, 1955-1973; A CaseStudy the American stage, she introduced a relatively of Govertunent-Related Theatre inthe Pti- natisral style of acting to her adopted country. ntary and Secondary Schools of Hawaii. U This credit, however, was by no means the of Minnesota (Theatre). olds reason for Nazimova's reknown. I lercareerin America includedrolesin ThishistoryofHawaii'slargesttheatre silt lit and S01.111dfilms and vaudeville as well group fromits beginnings explores the rela- as theatre, but most critics consider her the-tionship of its artistry and administration to atrical performances to be her greatest contri-local government agencies providing substan- bution to the entertainment world. Infact, tialfunds for touring and construction of a Natimqva's entire career was particularly not-new theatre btiilding. able for her revealing portrayals of the women The author wasartisticdirectorofthe inthe dramas of European playwrights, likeTheatrefor threeyeats. Data were secured Risen. Chekhov, Turgenev and Andreyev. She frontinterviews, Theatrefiles.Hawaii State preformed most successfully intheir work be- Archives, Hawaii State Library, and the Uni- cause of her predilection for serious drama,versity of Hawaii. her penchant for rather pathological characters Highly detailed treatment is placed in the . and the undoubted fact that, throughout herrilltural milieu of Hawaii and children's the- career, she retained a significant Russian accent.atreingeneral, with emphasis onartistry, Although these factors made it difficult to findstage directors, and chronic problems. plays which would appeal to the public and The study shows that the Theatre enjoyed suitNazitnova's talents, critics applauded hera unique period (1960-66) of great staff versa- throughout her years in America, accountingtilityand creative originality. Tenacity,sta- her one of the finest dramatic actresses of thisbility,financialsolvency, andsensitivityto . en tury. audience and the community at large are re- vealedasthe Theatre'schief administrative Montagna, Barbara J.1973-74 Stage Interpte-strengths. and scenery and costume design as tations of Pericles. V of Michigan (Speech). itschief artistic ones. The conclusion is that the Theatre is in need of renewed long-range This study resulted from a unique event ingoals and weIl-articulated philosophical guide- thehistory of Shakespearean production. In lines.Recommendationfor future growth is ihe theatre season of 1973-74, Pericles, Princebased on (I) continued expansion of the resi- of Tyre was presented by a major producer indent professional paid staff by increased train- tacitofthethreelargestEnglishspeaking ing and hiring of the most loyal volunteers- 192 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

multi-talentedandinterchangeableintheir Since 1956 Britain has experienced a kind jobsand (2)greater use initsartistryof of dramatic rebirth in the work of the "New Hawaii's non-European .ethnic traditions. TheDramatists." Many of these writers produce study suggests ways for theatres to approachdrama for radio, television and/or the stage. local governments for support and potentialThis study analyzes the relationship between areas of beneficial reciprocation between the-selected contemporary British playwrights and atre for child audiences and theatre for adult the aforementioned three media. An examina- audiences as a means of moving theatre, gen- tion is made of the 'contribution of radio and erally, toward better interpretative quality, great-television to British drama, as well as an an- er originality of expression, community respon-alysis of the work of the three authors chosen siveness, and broader public appeal. for study in terms of its suitability for the media in which it was originally produced Norton,SuzanneFrentz. William Vaughn The differenceswhichexist betweenthe Moody: Conflict and Character in the New drama of different media are those of degree World. I) of Wisconsin (Theatre and Dtama).rather than defining factors. Writers for all and Drama). three media are interested in -a good play," This work is concerned with the nature ofa specificplay may be more suited to one William Vattern Moody's dramatic vision, both media thananother, but itwillrarely be with its roots in the events, ideas, and modes restrictedto one unlessthe writer has de- of expression of his time, and with its partialliberately "limited" it in his writing. realization in the forms of his drama. Itis The radio play is a very personal experience forthelistener, thecontentionofthisessaythatMoody's the televisionlessso,and drama,especiallyitsfunctionofidealistic, the stage play least of all. A major difference romantic and realistic forms and contents, was between 'he three vehiclesisthe agreement to be the basis of the American development"to suspend disbelief" that the audience mem- ofO'Neill,Odets, Greene, Wilder, Saroyan,ber makes when he goes to thetheatre, as Williams, Miller, Albee and others. opposed to seeing or hearing the drama in the Moody's progress as a dramatist, his move-midst of his own very real world. ments from scholarship to poetry and finally Because of their constant demand for new to drama is significant. The materials he treat-material, the radio and television in Britain ed and tecuniques he acquired as a scholarlyallow new dramatists to perfect their creative poet were to serve as the basis of his dramaticskills. Consequently, both the listeners and the form. His experiments in form were to be"live" theatre reap the benefits. of major importance for although his own work would not reach the level of maturity Panowski, James A. A Critical Analysis of the which would render his a major dramatist, his Librettos and Musical Elements of Selected preliminary formulation of new concepts of Musical Failures on the Broadway Stage: scene, character action, thought, language and 1964/65-1968/69.BowlingGreenStateU feeling was to benefit later Amerian dramatists. (Speech). Like Moody, these dramatists would fuse ideal- istic, romantic and realistic perspective in a The purposes of this study were: (1) to test form devoted to the interpretation of Ameri-the assumption that a sound musical requires can life. a sound libretto and (2) to examine existing Willaim Vaughn Moody made two signifi- critical criteria for soundness, particularly those cant contributions to modern American drama:of Lehman Engel, to verify their validity and hisinterpretation of divisions in inner con-possibly to extend them. An additional put- sciousness;andhisalterationof thestage pose was to contribute to the understanding character of women. He was the first American of musicaltheatre form, with particular re- dramatist to treat intrapersonal alienation as gardto OP characteristics and functions of a major factor in human experience. Though the libretto and the musical elements. he treated male characters, he was most sm. The investigation concerned musical-fail- cessful in his interpretation of women. ures" duringthefive-yearperiod,1964/65- 1968/69,"Failure" was defined as including O'Malley, John F. Caryl Churchill, David ger- both financial and critical considerations. There cer, and Tom Stoppard: A Study of Con-were a total of forty financial failures during tempotaryBritishDramatists Who Have thistime,twenty-nine of whichwerealso WtittenforRadio, Television and Stage. criticalfailures.EighteenIibretttosofthis Florida State U (Theatre). group were availablefor analysis while the

194 ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS 193 music and lyrics alone were obtained for fivetermined that large schools were, by far. apt additional musicals. to have strong programs. Each libretto was analyzed on the basis of A summary includes areas of concernfor Engel "s criteria, and original standards devisedthe teaching field and professional associations, by the author. As a result of this study, the suggestionsforfutureresearchand recom- author concluded that thelibretto, andthe mendations about teacher-training and the in- musical elements, did appear to exert a signifi- stitution or improvement of high school the- cant influence on the soundness of the musicals atre programs. underconsideration.Notasinglemusical among those studied was free from a high in- Ryan, Thomas R. The Surrey Theatre Under cidence of negative performance in a number the Management of Thomas Dibdin: 1816- of fourteen areas. 1822. U of Wisconsin (Theatre and Drama). The stud} tended to support the validity of eight criteria of Engel and seemed to confirm Thomas Dibdin's management of the Surrey six other original criteria.It was concludedtheatre presented a challenge to the patent that plot and the musical elements appear totheatres of England. Thisdissertationwill have contributed more to the musical failuresdescribe the major productions of the Surrey than did the clement of character. theatre during Dibdin's management, sketch thecompetitiveatmosphere ofthe London theatrical world, and setthe Surrcy inits Peluso, Joseph L.A Survey of the Status ofbroader historical context. Theatre its United States High Schools. Co- The Introduction describes the state of a lumbia U (Language, Literature, Speech, anddepressed English society after 1815. The pa- Theatre), 1971. tenttheatres shared in this economic slump and tried to invoke their monopolistic rights This study describes prevailing conditions,against the minor theatres, but Dibdin and his practices and attitudes related to theatre edu-fellow managers found ways to circumvent the cation as retrieved from principals and teach- restrictions. ersinarepresentative,stratifiedsample of The first three chapters describe the rise of 15% of United Statcs high schools. Theatre the Surrey theatre to a level of importance re- educators may employ the report to comparesembling a third major theatre. The central localefforts withnate-nalactivity.linplieaexample of popular pieces in Dibdin'sktirly lions arc available to allpersons concerned years at the Surrey was the parody of Don with the improvement of theatre education. Giovanni described in Chapter 1. Chapters Il "Norms"forinstructionalprograms.play and 111 dtaw examples from thesuccessful production, facilities,teacher background andseries of adaptations of the works of Smolleit attitudes of respondents are presentedas aand Scott,especially HumPhry Clinker and profile of theatre in the average school. "Strong The Heart of Midlothian. Chapters IV and V ("AA") schools" identified according to theatreexpand the discussion of competition between programs and teacher background were com-major and minor theatres, and among minor pared with the average school. theatres, a theme interwoven throughout the Among notable findings are: 92% of all in- whole dissertation. stitutions put on plays, but only 37% offer Dibdin's achievements at the Surrey includ- theatre courses; 75% of teacher/directors re- ed; (1) bringing the cot.cerns of ordinary people portpreviousparticipationintheatre, only to the stage; (2) providing an clement of con- out -third have earned more than twelve col- tinuity to the faltering theatrical traditions of legecreditsintheatre(generallyliterature, London; (3) maintaining a quality of produc- history andcriticismas opposedtoacting, tion as high as. or usually higher than, the directing and technical theatre). patent theatres; (4) raising the prealige of the "AA" schools provide an analytical base from minor theatres through a kw highly popular whichtopostulate on conditions which are productions; and (5) insuring instrumental the apt to provide students with superior oppor-survival, and triumph of, the minor theatres tunities for experiencing theatre art. Per -pupilover their patent theatre rivals. expenditure,sizeof student body and geo- graphical setting (urban, suburban, rural) were Sederhohn, Jack P. The Musical Directing Ca- all proven to affect program strength; the hy- reer and Stagecraft Contributions of Ilassard pothesis that per-pupil expenditure is the most Short. Wayne State U (Speech Commuoica- significantfactor was disproved.Itwastic- tion).

195 194 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN. SPEECH COMMUNICATION The Broadway directing and staging careertenured on the ability of these women to cope enHassan! Short spans athirty-threeyear withthe dilemmas that face human beings. periodandincludesfifty-fiveProductions, The women in Henry Fill combine the major mostly musical revue and musical comedy. It goals of power and love explored in the previous i. claimed that he was a master of the revuePla)s; however, their fate is dependent not on form of entertainment, or as one colleague their own actions, but on the complex po- phrasesit:Short was "the most consummate litical forces influencing Henry. unt.ter the musical theatre has ever known." The women in the history plays point to a An impressive list of firsts .are ascribed to him. movement from the simplistic to the complex, II' was said to have introduced the use of the from the active to the acted upon, from the Februtnent light bridge to mustial comedy, the largerthanlifetothe human, and from use of the revolving stage and the eliminationcharisma to character. of the use of footlights. He also pioneered the use of the moveable platform, Artistically, his (will:.includethestagingofthe"Easter Soave, Thomas F. An Analysis oLAudience Re- P.1 rade" scene in As Thous/a:-1s Cheer; develop- sponse of Prison Inmates t» Endgame. Flori- ing the mirror scene, wh.a I. he used in three da State U (Theatre). ailletentfitows;working Out and executing the color scheme in Carmen Jones; and staging The purpose of the study was to measure and mechanical innovations in The Great Waltzshared interpretation between actors and audi- and Lady in the Dark. The study documentsence as an index of the communication of these claims. His work on nine revues, seven meaning of a theatrical- production, and to de- musicalcomediesandoperettas,andone termine the effectsof demographic variables snaight play is featured. upon that communication process. 7'here are chapters covering Mr. Short's Early 'Elie play was Endgame by Samuel Beckett. I be and Acting Career; a Survey of BroadwayPrimary subjects were inmate audiences at the fheaire; A Study of Mr. Short'sDirecting, Texas Department of Corrections. Responses Staging, and Lighting Techniques; a Descrip-of audiences at Sam Houston State University don of the Revues he Staged; and a Descrip 'treed as a standard of comparison. tient of the Musical Comedies and Operettas he The instrument wait a multiple choice ques- Directed. tionnaire, with twenty 7items of specific inter- pretation. of Endgame, four of general atti- Smith, Karen Diane. Women of the Nobility iu tudes about the production, and one measur- Shakespeare's English History Plays, North- ing previout exposure to theatre. Demographics western C (Interpretation). ware sex, nice, marital Status, solitary confine- mem, proportion of sentence remaining, IQ Women of the nobility in Shakespeare's Eng- score,education, and age. Interpretive items lishhistory plays are relatives of male rulers, were scored according to how many of the anti,thus, are pan of thepublic world ofactors and director agreed with the respondent's Power politics. This study looks closely at she choice,Scores were Sector analyzed and re- women as indiv ;dual characters, examines thesultant factors were split at the median and aelationship betweentheir privateroles andentered into bivariatetables with the inde- their public auctions. and studies their develop. pendent variables. momi as atfacet of Shakespeare's growth as a The anost meaningful factors were those de playwright The critical approach etnployal istermined by intelligence and education. The- tharacter analysis based on textual study and atre exposure and objectivity exerted a signifi- illuminated by historical evidence. cant influence in certain cases. Frceworld sub- For Litt women of the first tetralogy, thc de- jects scored higher than inmates but the prison sbe for power is a common denominator. On sample generated atfactor structure which was the whole. the success or failure of each woman's more meaningful In relation to the indepen- quest for power isrelated to her acceptancedentvariables. The conclusionisthatthe inrejection of her subject position. In Kingstudy successfully measured a communication ,john. a transition play, power isstill seen to of denotative meaning, as confirmed by the as- be the major female goal: however, thereis sociation of factor scores with intelligence and no longer a cause and effect relationship be-education but did not operationalize the mea- tween orderedbehavior and success. In thesurement of connotative meaning which may second tetralogy. love becomes the common de-constitute the difference between simple com- nominator for the women, and attentionis munication antiartistic expression.

196. ABSTRACTS OF DOCTORAL. DISSERTATIONS 195

Sprigg, Douglas C.Shakespeare and Eliza. career;itisfollowedin ChapterIIby a bethan Theatrical Perception. U of Michigan similar study of Robert Edmond Jones's de- (Speech Communication and Theatre). velopment. In Chapters III. IV, and V, criteria for analysis of the total production are applied Evidenceispresentedtosuggest thatthe both to forms created by Eugene O'Neill, and Elizabethan audience's awareness of the actorto Robert Edmond Jones's designs for these during performance constituted an importanttexts. The productions considered are Desire condition of Shakespeare's stagecraft. The Eliz- Underthe Elms,Mourning Becomes Electra, abethanstageconditions andthehistoricaland The Iceman Cometh. development of the stage-audience relationship accentuated the audience's perception of stage The essay undertakes to establish a method- behavior functioning in multiple spheres ofology which will allow for the evaluation of reference. Certain dramatic strategies employedthe dramatic equation, a methodology which by Shakespeare evoke and exploit his audience'swill allow for the evaluation of the creative multiple perspectives upon satge behavior: thecontribution of the designer to the form and theatrical metaphor the boy actor in femalecontent of the play. It isthe intent of this roles, the play-wichin-the-play, and the use ofstudytoshowthatthesethreecollabora- onstage observers.. tions of playwright and designer are signifi- Although each specific strategy [unctions dif-cant in the development of production lan- ferently, Shakespeare generally usesthe sim-guage for the American stage. The study con- ilarities between the theatrical action of repre- cludes that Eugene O'Neill created significant sentation and the dramatic action being repre-dramas about American life;that Robert Ed- for sentedtoreinforce the audience's experience mond Jones created meaningful settings of the character's situation in the play. Thethose dramas; and that together they gave ex- artifice of the theatre is used to explore thepression to American life in a way not seen problems of perceiving truth in the guise of before. its many d "ceptive appearances, and the in- adequacy of the theatrical image often is em- Tai, Vih-jian.The Contemporary Chinese phasized to assert the unmatchable reality of TheatreandSovietInfluence,19194960. the original. Boy actors in female roles, espe- Southern Illinois U (Speech). cially when disguised as men, force a.evalua- tion of traditional sex rolesin term, of the There have been many serious studies on manifestrlisparittes between external appear- Chinesetheatre,mostofwhichdealwith ances and internalrealities. The play-within-Peking opera, a traditional form of theatrical the-play and onstage observers provide mul- art. The contemporary Chinese theatre, which tiple perspectives upon stage action; the audi- has closely followedits Western model since ence's awareness of each layer of adopted be-the turn of this century,isalmost a closed havior viewed through the eyes of each on- discipline,drawinglittleinterestfromfew stage observer provides a kaleidoscopic seriesscholars. This isa study which attempts to of perspectives that must be assimilated intoexamine in a wide scope the development o[ the composite image of the actor's roles that this particular kind of Chinese theatre in our is perceived in the theatre as "character." century. The principal aim of this dissertation was to Sweet. thrvey, Eugene O'Neill and Robert Ed. tracethe Impact of Soviet dramatic produc- mond Jones: Text Into Scene. U of Wiscon- tion anti theories upon the new Chinese the- sin (Theatre atul Drama). atre between the 1920's and the 1960's, as re- seal: it in acting, directing, designing, and play- In the modern theatre the mise-en-scene con- writing.SincebothChina andtheSoviet tributes to the meaning of the play. It investsUnion share the same belief that all creative the drama with emotional values and facili-endeavors ought to be subordinated totheir tates translation of the text into concrete form.Parties' doctrines, a further aim of this study This study is concerned with the contribution was to demonstrate the effects a major po- of Robert Edmond Jones to the form of the litical issues and government policies upon lit. American drama. It attempts to establish bothcraturc and art in China. In this context, this a vocabulary for discussion and a context forstudy presents a general picture of the de- evaluation. velopment of the Chinese theatre in the light Three collaborations of Eugene O'Neill and of a broader social spectrum. Robert Edmond Jones are considered in de- The main text of this dissertation deals with tail. Chapter 1is a survey of Eugene o'isleill's the formation of . the early left-wing theatre

197, 196 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION groups, the influence of socialist realism, the Although the spirit of the Bard is retained, Russian plays on the Chinese stage, and the theutilizationofthe Kabukistylecreates Stanislasskys)stertiinChina. The epiloguesome novelinterpretations, For example,in describes developmenrgijice Cultural Revolu- the ''Claudiusat Prayers Scene" of Hamlet, tionof themid-sixties.Itisan up-to-date most spectators at atraditional performance critical evaluation of the impact of social-po- generally believe that Claudius is sincerely re- liticalfactors and Mao's theories on the the- morseful. In order to demonstrate that purely ;mita' art in China. literary interpretations may limit the full im- pact of a scene, the staging design presented Tttrse, Paul Leonard, Jr. Shakespeare: Kabuki- inthis project makes Claudius aware of the st)le.Columbia U (Language,Literatu ;e, factthat Hamlet is watching. He is quick- speech, and Theatre), 197L witted enough to use prayer to save himself from the impending attack. The character be- The often incomprehensible nuances of Shake- comes, then, not remorseful, but resourceful speare's language can cause even the most dedi- and hypocriticalaninterpretationconveyed cated spectator to "turn-off," especially if the not by words, but by the gestural language of actor.. remain in static poses and recite. But lan- the actor. guage in the theatre is visual as well as verbal; The use of Kabuki actingtechniquesre- thus a production style, like the Kabuki, which quires the utmost in mental and physical dis- presentsliteraryelementstheatrically might cipline on the part of the actor. Since Japanese bring out the full value of Shakespeare for an acting and martial art are generically related, academic theatre audience. judoandkarateexercisesareadvoctedto This project attempts to offer model scenes help train college actors not only to meet the from Shakespeare presentedintheexciting challenge of Kabuki-style Shakespeare, but of theatrical mode of the Kabuki. life as well.

198 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS IN THE FIELD OF SPEECH COMMUNICATION: 1974 The information to follow is based on reports submitted by academic de- partments (or in several cases schools) within 176 colleges and universities. Unless otherwise indicated, thesis or dissertation projects were completed during the calendar year 1974. Identification numbers have been assigned to each title in sequence with previous issues of the Bibliographic Annual. An asterisk ap gearing immediately after a dissertation identification number indicates that an abstract of that dissertation is included in the "Abstracts" section of this volume. Academic departments reporting theses and dissertations are identified in parentheses. Thesis and dissertation titleentries are cross-referenced by identification number in appropriate subject area bibliographies. Academic departments sponsoring masters theses and doctoral dissertations in all areas of speech communicationmass communication, rhetoric and com- munication theory, public address, speech sciences, interpretation, theatre, inter- personal and small group interaction, forensics, and instructional develop- ment in these areaswere requested to submit entries. All previously unreported titles submitted were published even though completed in earlier calendar years.

FORENSICS INSTRUCTIONAL DEVELOPMENT Masters Theses Doctoral Dissertations Belch, Ted IV., A Comparison of the Changes Blackwood, Deborha M., Description of Utiliza- in Usage and Understanding of Debate Jar- tion of a Video-Tape Technique and the gon by High School Students A:tending a Communication Patterns of Six Disadvant- Summer Debate Workshop. Wake Forest U aged Preschool Children. Ohio U (School of (Speech Communication and Theatre Arts), InterpersonalCommunication),1974.Ph.D. 1974. M.A. 27816 27821 Cantrell Tames C., A Survey and Analysis ofBrown, George M., Communication Behavior Debate w a Curricular and Co-curricular Ac- and Educational Outcomes in Interpersonal tivityin West Virginia 'Colleges and Uni Communication Courses. Denver U (Speech versities.Marshall U (Speech),1975. M.A. Communication), 1974. Ph. 27822° 27817 Cohan, Sall Lee, The Development and Field Test of a Module Detigned to Instract Stu- Jnodvalkis. AloysittsC., A Study to Discover dent Tqacheis in Aspects of Critical "think- How Debaters Relate Their Arguments to ing and the Teacher Behaviors Which Pro. the Proposition. Northern Illinois U (Speech moteCriticalThinking. TeachersCollege, Comm...,ication), 1974. M.A. 27818. Columbia U (Curriculum & Teaching), 1974.. Willenisscn, Calvin E., An Evaluation of Par- Ed.D. 27823 liamentary Procedure Programs in South Da-Foxx, Flossie, The Problems Inherent in In- kotaFutare Farmer's Chapters. South Da- dividualizing ForeignLanguageClassesin kola Scalp U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 27819 Secondary Schools in New York State. Teach- Zander, Rebccca, A Comparison of Program ers College, Columbia U (Languages, Litera- Satisfaction Between Competitive, National- ture, Speech & Theatre, 1974. Ed.D. 27824. Topic, Tournament Debating and OffTopic, Freedman, Michael L., A Two-Stage Consulting Non-Competitive, and Non-Tournament De. Model for an In-Service Humanistic Educa- bating. U of North Dakota (SPecch), t914. tion Program. Kent State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 27820 Ph.D. 27825*

199 198 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Fro liwein, Maxine, Effects of Differential Teach- INSTRUCTIONAL DEVELOPMENT er Feedback Upon Elementary Pupil Per- loimance on Rote Tasks. Columbia U (Psy- Masters Theses chology), 1974. Ph.D. 27826 Barnhart, Nanette M., Speech in the Middle Fri-man, Joan Elmer, Toward an Individual- School. Mankato StareCollege(Speech & ized Approach to Continuous Learning. U Theatre Arts), 1974. M.S. 27839 of Texas at Austin (Radio - Television- Film), Broline, Nancy Clare Daniel, The Effect of 1970. Ph.D. 27827 Auditory StimulusIntensityVariations on Ciindersen, DennisF., Relationships Between LearningPerformanceasMeasured by a Speech Delivery and Speech Effectiveness: An Pained-Associate Verbal Learning Task. U of EmpiricalStudy.U ofTexasat Austin TexasatAustin(Radio-Television-Film), tSpeech Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 27828* 1971: -M.A. 27840 Ilk:sloop, Maryanne, An Analysis of Off-Task Burns,Rebecca Crawford, Survey of Speech Educationin West Virginia High Schools: Classroom Behavior. Columbia U (Psychol- The Status, ogy), 1974. Ph.D. 27829 Trends, andInnovativePro- grams. Marshall U (Speech), 1972. M.A. 27841 Haskell. John, Refitting the Close Testing and Scoring Procedures for Use with ESL Stu- Deuce,LillianMarie Clara, A Comparative dents. Teachers College, Columbia U (Lan- "Study of the Effects of Computer-Assisted and pages, Literature, Speech P.: Theatre), 1974. Programmed Instruction oti Achievement in AP-UPI Style in Undergraduate Journalism Ed.D. 27830 Classes. U of Florida (Journalism and Com- Ingram, David B. Videotape Self Confrontation municatic ns), 1974. M.A. 27842 in Teaching Communication Skills. State Ti of New York at Buffalo (Speech Communi- Duciteny, Martin, An Evaluative Overview of cation), 1974. Ph.D. 27831* Educational Technology from1970tothe Present. U of Cincinnati (Speech and The- Kerr, Donna. Listening and Speaking: Asym- atre Arts). 1974. M.A. 27843 metries. Columbia U (Philosophy ScSocial Duesler,hlarita, A Survey of Junior College Sciences), 1974. Ph.D. 27832 Speech Programs in Texas. Baylor U (Oral MeElhiney, Julie K., Lower and Middle So- Communication), 1974. M.A. 27844 cioeconomic ClassChildren'sInterpretation Dukes, Marilee, A Study of Behavioral Objec- ofStimulusSentenceswithContradictory tives as They Relate to Speech and Drama MessageCues. Tiof SouthernCalifornia Courses. North Texas State U (Speech Com- (Speech Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 27833 niunciation), 1974. M.S. 27845 Palincuter,CarnalI.,Communicationand Erwin, Sharon K., A .Communication Oriented Learning: A Programmed Unit of Instruction Evaluation of a Telephone Company Service Concerning the Relationships Designed for RepresentativeTrainingProgram. Uof Use in Teacher Training Programs. U of Georgia (Speech Communication), 1973. M.A. Colorado (Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 27834' 27846 Rowe, Wayne David, An Experimental Investi-Higgins, Joyce H., The Teacher of Speech in gationof theEffects of Preferred Sensory Maine-1968: A Survey of Training, The Nfotiality, Mode of Presentation, and Level Relationship of Training to Speech Subjects of Difficulty Upon the Comprehension and Taught. and Preferences Concerning Means Aesthetic Appreciation of Literature. U of of Professional Improvement. U of Maine at Southern California (Speech Communication), Orono (Speech), 1974. M.A. 27847 1974. Ph.D. 27835 Holloway, Kezzia, An Experimental Study of Watkins, Charles E., White Teachers' Evalua- Perceptual-Motor Training in Low Level First tions of Black Children's Speech. U of Texas Grade. West Texas State U (Speech & The- atAustin(SpeechCommunication), 1974. atre), 1974. M.A. 27848 Ph.D. 27836* Maack, Hat old Dennis, A Workshop in the Wilcox. Ethel M Socio-Economic Factors of Use of Social Science Simulations in Second- Counterattitudinal Advocacy, Bowling Green ary School Classrooms: U of Kansas (Speech State U /Speech), 1974, PhD. 28837 Sc Drama), 1973. M.A. Wisner, Jack N., The Effects of Evaluation McClung, Jadie-Anne,TransactionalAnalysis and Self-Esteem Upon Task Performance. intheElementaryClassroom: PAC for Denver U (SpeechCommunication),1974. Children. North Texas State U (Speech Com- Ph.D. 27838' munication), 1974. M.S. 27849

2 00 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 199 Mdlenka, Dorcas, A Design for the Study of INTERPERSONAL AND SMALL GROUP Human Communication as Prepared for a INTERACTION Lower Division College Communications Course. U of Texas at Austin (Television- Doctoral Dissertations Radio-Film). 1073. M.A. 27850 Albino, Judith Elaine Newsom, The Motive to Modell, Mark C., The Relationship between AvoidSuccess and Problems Reported by StudentPerformance onObjectiveExams Male and Female Students Withdrawing from andStu ent Performance on In -Class Ac- theUniversity of Texas at Austin. U of tivities ag Reflected by Assigned Grades in Texasat Austin(Radio-Television-Film). a Bask Speed' Course. Central Michigan U 1973. Ph.D. 27862 (Speech and Dramatic Arts), 1971. M.A. 27851 Anatol, Karl W. E., Au Experimental In%esti- gation into the Effects of Intetviewer Race, Roberts,PaulaR., A Gene.-ative-Tagememic Status, and Subjects' Social Classification on Description of Some English Catenatives as They Occur Within the Transitive Clause. Opinionnaire Responses ofBlackInter- viewees. U of Southern California(Speech U ofDelaware(SpeechCommunication), ( :onnnun:cation),1974. Ph.D. 27863' 1971. M.A. 27852 Beinstein. Judith, Conversations in Semi-Public Schroeder, Elaine E.. A Rationale and Develop- ment of Freedom of Speech Course for the Places:A Study of Reported Communica- tion Between Occupational Specialists and Secondary School. U of Wisconsin-Milwaukee Their Clientele in a Metropolis. U of Penn- tComninnication), 1971. M.A. 27853 sylvania (Annenberg School of Communka- Sigafoos, haleThomas,EightInstructional lions), 1973. Ph.D. 27864 Video Applications in Health Care Insatu- Betty, Samuel A., Some Determinants of Com- Lions. U of Cincinnati (Speech and Theatre munication 'Network Structure and Produc- Arts), 1974. M.A. 27854 tivity: A Study of Clinic Staff' Interaction in Stoltz,Ronald F., A Study of Speech Com- Two Philippine Family Planning Organiza- munication Perceptions and Their Relation- tions.Michigan State U (Communication), shiptoSome OtherFactorsInfluencing 1974. Ph.D. 27865' Learning Among Adult Evening Extension Borzak, Lenore, Some Antecedents and Con- Students Enrolled in the Basic College Course sequences of Group Member Perceptions of inSpeech.PennsylvaniaState U (Speech Reciprocal Influence. Northwestern U (Com- Communication), 1974. M.A. 27855 munication Studies), 1974. Ph.D. 27866 Slump, Nancy Palmer, Pedagogical Techniques Bradley, Patricia H., An Experimental Study of of Selected University Teachers of Oral In- Deviate Responses to Pressure for Uniformity - terpretation. Ohio State U (Communication), in Group Discussions of Policy. Indiana U 197.1. NI.A. 27856 (Speeds), 1974. Ph.D. 27867 Tabayas. Benjamin, "The Newspaper inthe Brown, Delindits R., A Comparative Study of Classroom" as a Case Study in Innovation- the Utility of Three Speech Rating Scales. Adoption. U of Hawaii(Communication), Indiana U (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 27868 1974. M.A. 27857 Clarke. F. Patrick, Interpersonal Communica. Watts, James J., An Analysis of the Relation- lion Variables as Predictors of Material Satis- ships Between Selected Communication Media faciion.Attraction. Denver U (Speech Cont. and Student Achievement in a CAI Environ- munication), 1973. Ph.D. 27869* ment. Pennsylvania State U (Speech Com-Crawford, Harold E., A Descriptive Analysis munication). 1974. M.A. 27858 of the Employee Appraisal Interview in the White. JoanCarol, TheUtilizationofIn- IndustrialOrganization. U ofMinnesota structionaland CommercialTelevisionin (Speech-Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 27870' Selected Classroomsinthe Eugene/Spring- Cresci,Ma:y, The InteractionofTrainers held. Oregon, School Districts: A Case Study. Leadership Style and Members' Level of Dom- I' of Oregon (Speech), 1974. M.A. 27859 inance-SubmissivenessitsSensitivity Groups. Wienkt Mickie J., Legislative Efforts Pertinent Columbia U (Psychology), 1974. Ph.D. 27871 Inill,.Subject Matter of Selected Debate Crouch, Wripte, Dominant Direction of Con- Propositions from 1920 to 1067. South Da- jugate Lateral Eye Movement and Respon- kota State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 27860 siveness 'o Facial and Verbal Cues. Michigan Nandert Catherine Aim, Whatever Happened State U (Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 27872' To ITV-Q? San Diego State U (Radio and Daniels, Wayne Willard, Communication and Television), 1974. M.A. 27861 Conflict: The Roles of Meaning and Discus- 200 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION ion. U of Colorado (Communication), 1974. Hill, Susan E. Kegler, Interaction Synchroniza- Ph.D. 27373 tion, Attitude Similarity, and Attraction. Den- Eckloff, Maurine, The Cognitive Absttactness ver U (Speech Communication), 1974. Ph.D. Level and Interpersonal Perception Ability 27885 of Individual Group Members as it Relates Hodge, Robert Lewis, An Empirical Study of to Group Performance of Factual and Social the Acquisition of Non Verbal Teaching Be- ProblemSolvingTasks. U ofNebraska- haviors by Secondary Teacher Candidates in Lincoln(Speech and Dramatic Art).1974. a TeachingLaboratory. U of Texasat Ph.D. 271374 Austin (Radio-Television-Film),1972. Ph.D. Elliott: Michael R., Effects of Cognitive Sim- 27886 ilarity and Content on Outcomes of Small Hooker, Sharon L., A Study of Power. Author- (ilim Communication. U of Washington ity, Leadership and Communication in a Stu- 'Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 27875 dent Activities Organization. SouthernIlli- Eons, Judith Williams, A Study of Teacher nois U (Speech). 1974. Ph.D. 27887* and Student Perceptions in the Basic Speech Isaacson, Frederick, The Effects of Defensive- Communication Course. Ohio State U (Com- ness and Involvement on the Acceptance of munication). 1974. Ph.D. 27876 Fear Arousing Communications. Denver U Farber, Susan, Sex and Class Differences in the (Speech Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 27888 Development of Intrusive and Incorporative Behaviors. Columbia U (Phychology),1974. Kauffman, Blanche, Influence of Auditory Ver- Ph.D. 27877 susVisualStimulusPresentation. Imaging Finison. Lorenz,Effects of StatusDiff, rnee, Set, and Form of Response -on Paired As- Social Setting and Equity on the Evaluation sociate Learning. Columbia U (Psychology). of Persons Who Criticize Others. Columbia 1974. Ph.D. 27889 (Phychology), 1974. Ph.D. 27878 Kelley, Robert L., An Experimental Study of Fish, Marian, The Effects of Verbal Reinforce- the Influence of Role-Taking Ability on Se- ment, Itrerest. and Perforniance Feedback on lected Communication Behaviors in a Dyadic ask Performance. Columbia U (Psychology), CommunicationSituation.KentState(! 1879. Ph.D. 27879 (Speech). 1974. Ph.D. 27890 Fish. Sandra L.. A Phenomenology of Women.Kidd, VirginiaV., Happily Ever After and SouthernIllinois U (Speech),1974.Ph.D, Other Relationship Styles: Rhetorical Visions 27:4801 of Interpersonal Relations In Popular Jour- Flu-Enz, Mtn A., A Study in Organizational nals,1951-1972. U of Minnesota(Speech- Commuttirntions: The Relationship of Age, Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 27891 Organizational Level, and Functional Assign- Larsen,David, The Predictionof Language ment to Receiver Satisfaction, Interest and Compatibility and an Examination ofIts Pieferred Means of Transmission. U of South- Relationship to Small Group Outcomes. U ern California (Speech Communication), 1974. of Nebraska-Lincoln (Speech and Dramatic Ph.D. 27881* Art), 1974. Ph.D. 27892 Ganisn, Charles J. A Critical Analysis of the Looney, Sara C., The Effects of Ego-Involve- Leadersh:p and CommunicationStylesof ment on Perceptions of Balance in Interper- Elected and Appointed Officials in a Town sonal Communication. Denver U (Speech Com- Government, State U of New York at Buffalo munication). 1974. Ph.D. 27893* (Speech Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 27882 Lumsden, Donald L., An Experimental Study of Geonetta, Sam C.. An Experimental Study of Source-Message Interaction in a Personality theRelationship of Orientation and Con- Impression Task, Indiana U (Speech), 1974. sensus. Cohesiveness, Satisfaction. and Credi- Ph.D. 27894 bility in Leaderless Gro-,i.5 and Groups withLunz, Mary E., The Effect of Overt Enactment Appointed Leaders. Indiana U (Speech), 1974. on CommunicationEffectiveness and Role Ph.D. 27583 Taking Ability. Northwestern U (Interdepart- Gothberg, Helen M., User Satisfaction With a mental Studies), 1974. Ph.D. 27895 Librarian'sImmediateand NonimmediateLynn, Lowell A., Language Emotionality, Source Verbal-Nonverbal Communication: Denver U Credibility and Sex Effects: An Experimental (Speech Communication),' 1974. Ph.D. 27884 Study of Communication Perception. Indiana Heston, puke IC, Unwillingness to Communi- U (Speech). 1974. Ph.D. 27896 cate and Conflict as Predictors of Informa- McDermott, PatrickJ., Adaptation of Social tion-Processing Behaviors. West Virginia U Judgment and Dissonance Theoriestoa (Speech Communication), 1974. Ed.D. Specific Communication Situation: A Multi- L GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 201

l'ariate Analysis.11of Utah (Communica-Radcliffe, "Terrence R., Interaction Patterns in lion), 1973. Ph.D. 27897 Established and Ad Hoc Groups: An Experi- McDermott, Virginia 'A., The Development of mental Comparison. Denver U (Speech Com- aFunctional Message Variable: The Locus munication), 1974. Ph.D. 27910 of Control. Michigan State U (Communica-Reinard, JohnC.,An Experimental Study tion), 1974. Ph.D. 27898 of a Model of Communication-Motivated Be- McDowell, Earl, A Methodological Study of havior: The Effects of Attitudinal Direction, Compound and Coordinate Bilingualism. U Ego-Involvement, and Incentive Communica- of Nebraska-Lincoln (Speech and Dramatic tion on Prediction of Multiple Act Overt Art), 1974 Ph.D. 27899 Behaviors. U of Southern California (Speech McGrath, Diana E., An Investigation of identi- Communication), 1974, Ph.D. 27911 fiablePatterns RelatedtoCommunicative Richardson, Frank D., Contrasting Two Modes Difficulties Within Three Supportive Depart- of Confronting Deceptive Communication Be- mentsina General Community Hospital.'havior. U of Washington(Speech),1974. Pcnngylvania State U (Speech Communica- Ph.D. 27912 tion), 1974. Ph.D. 27900 Ritter, Ellen M., An Experimental Study of McMahan, Eva M., Cognitive Complexity and Encoding Style in Public Speaking and Inter- NonverbalCommunicationinimpression personal Communication Situations. Indiana Formation. U of Illinois (Speech Communica- U (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 27913 tion), 1974. Ph.D. 27901* Mihcvc. Nancy Theresa, The Stability of Con-Rudden, Maria Rita A., A Critical and Em- struct Subsystems in the Political Domain. pirical Analysis of Albert Mehrabian's Three- U of Winks (Speech Communication), 1974. Dimensional Theoretical Framework for Non- Ph.D. 27902 verbalCommunication.PennsylvaniaState Mills, Caryl R., An Investigation of Conditions U (Speech Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 27914 AffectingSelective Retention ofPersuasive Sanders, Gerald H., The Effect of Dyadic In- Communication. Pennsylvania State U (Speech teraction on Persuasion in the United States Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 27903 Rouse of Representatives. U of Minnesota Myers,. Russell, An Investigation of the Cor- (Speech-Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 27915 roborativeness Between Basic Value System, Schwarzrock, ShirleyL.,Perception of Com- Language Choice, and Galvanic Skin Re- munication in the Dental Office. U of Minne- sponse. U of Nebraska - Lincoln (Speech and sota(Speech-Communication),1974.Ph.D. Dramatic Art, 1974. Ph.D. 27904 27916 Norman, Nqrma L., Gesticulation as a The-Shields, Donald C., The Fire Fighters' Dramatis oretical Construct in Speech Communication. Persona; A Study of Private, Projected and Perspective of Denver U (Speech Communication),1974. Public Character from the Ph.D. 27905 Rhetorical Vision. U of Minnesota (Speech- Northouse, Peter G., A Descriptive Study of Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 27917 Intimacy,StatusDifference and Trust asSimcoe, George VI, A Study of the Relation. Predictors of Empathic Ability. Denver U ship Between Stittational Anxiety and Two (Speech Communication), 1974, Ph.D. 27906 Vocal Speech Cues: Disfluency and Rate of Speech. Denver U (Speech Communication), Paskov.Nadia!'Roko. Brainstorming ina Naturalistic Setting: A Comparison of Nom- 1974. Ph.D. 27918' inal and Real Group Performance. U ofSlonaker, Larry Lee, A Study of Personality illniois (Speech Communication), 1974. Ph.D. Characteristics,FreeAssociationResponses 27907 and the Communication Behaviors of Pro- Peterson. Richard L., An Experimental Study fessional Communication Receivers and Send- of the Accuracy of Decoders Predictions of ers in the Interview. Ohio State U (Commun- Encoders' Attitudinal PositionS as a Function ication), 1973. Ph.D. 27919 of the "Language Transparency" of EncodedWarren, Walter K., A Descriptive Study of the Messages. Pennsylvania State U (Speech Com- Discussion Model of the intercultural Com- munication), 1974. Ph.D. 27908 municaticn Workshop: Analysis of Interac- Porter-Gehrie, Cynthia K., The American Adol- tion. U of Minnesota (Speech-Communica- escent: A Communications Study of Peer tion). 1974. Ph.D. 27920 Group StructureandInteraction.North-Webster, Kathie A.; An Experimental Study in western U (Interdepartmental Studies), 1973. the Prediction of Attitude Change. Indiana 27909 U (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 27921

203 202 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL 1N SPEECHCOMMUNICATION INTERPT RSONAL AND SMALL GROUP Donohue, William, A Construct Validation of INTERACTION Nfachlavelliamisrn. Ohio State U (Communi- Masters Theses cation), 1974. M,A. 27934 Hoylc, Timothy K. A Re-Evaluation of a Sum Barris,William, An InvestigationInto Some mer Business Orientation Program for Selec- Effectsor ArousedCognitiveInconsistency led Black Business Majors. U of Cincinnati Upon Drug Attitudc Change Through Com- (Speech and Theater Arts), 1974. M.A. 27935 munication.PennsylvaniaState U (Spceclt Dttgas,CharmagneC., Timc Awareness in Communication), 1974. M. A. 27922 Small, Task-Oriented Groups. U of Minnc- Barclay, Dcboralt J.. The Effccts of Race and sota(Spzecit-Communication), 1974. M.A. PotentialforConflict on Eye Behavior in 27936 Females. U of Nebraska at Omaha (SPcech), Dmilevy. Maclaliiic D'Alesio, The Relationship 1974. M.A. 27923 of FirstLine Supervisor and the Subordinate Balker, Randolph T.. The Interrelationship of asitRclatcsto Communication and Job Touching and Self-Disclosure: A Stndy of Satisfaction. Ohio State U (Communication), Black Students. Florida State U (Speech Com- 1974. M.A. 27937 . munication), 1974. M.A. 27924 Dutton, Jeanne M., A Communication Study Beyer, Janice Marie, A Study into the Effects of Group Norms in Management and Labor ofKnowledgeofPeer GroupEvaluation Groups nu Two Selected Companies in the Upon SeltConcept Change. EasternIllinois State of Georgia. U of Georgia (Speech Com- U (Speech Communication), 1974. M.A. 27925 munication), 1973. M.A. 27938 Ellis, Donald G., Interaction Correlates of Con. Carrel, Susan D.. The Status of Speech Educa- flict itt Small Group Development: A Nfarkov tion in New York State Public Sen Jr High Analysis. U of Utah (Communication), 1974. Schools:1972-73, State U of New York at M.S. 27939 Buffalo (Speech Communication), 1974. M.A. Ervin, Joanne Jocha, Communication of Sett.d- 27926 live Areas in the Martial Dyad. Ohio State Cita lip. Alice Grace. A Descriptive Study of U (Communication), 1974. M.A. 27940 the Group Conversation Method of RachelFitzpatrick. Donna Lee, Non-VerbalInterac- Dat is DuboisCalifornia StateI', Hayward tionisSmall Groups: A Methodological (Speech and Drama), 1974. M.A. 27927 Strategy for Studying Process. Ohio State U Chotzen, YaVonne, Video Verite in the Study (Communication), 1974. M.A. 27941 of a Process: A Methodology for the Porta-Fontes. Norman E., Significant Other Influence pak Viedo Tape Recorder. U of Hawaii on Adolescent Educational Expectations. Mich (Communication), 1974. M.A. 27928 igan State U (Communication), 1974. MA. Cohen, Marshall M., The Role of Language 27942 Misconduct ittInterpersonal Impression For.Gahl, Daniel, A Comparison of the Change in Illa l kin: Some SituationPacanteters.I.'of High Anxiety of Speech Students in Regular Florida (Communication Studies), 1974. M.A. vs. Special Aniticty Sections of Intro Speech 27929 Courses. U of Cincinnati (Speech and Theatre Cisella. Louis Paul. Organizational Communi- Arts). 1974. M.A. 27943 cation and Domain Consensus at Four Re. Goldsmith. Karin J.. A Content Analysis Study gio:::0 Campuses of a Major Nlitlicestcni Uni- of WrittenCommunications AbotttSocial t ersity. Ohio State U (Communication), 1974. Perception: The Effect of Sentiment and In- MA. 27930 teraction Frequency Upon Plural Self- Refer- Daly. John A.. The Effects of Differential Dura- ence and Length of Response. U of Wiscou- tions of Time on Interpersonal Judgments sinMadison(Communication Arts), 1974. Based Upon Vocal Activity. West Virginia M.A., 27944 I.' (Speech Communication), 1974, MA. 27931 Greenlawjohn M., An Experintetital Study Dattowski,JamesA.,EnvironmentalUncer- of Dogmatism and Cooperative Group Be. tainty, Group Communication Structures and havior. San Francisco State U (Speech Com. Stress,Michigan State U (Communication), minncation), 1974. M.A. 2794$ 1974. M.A. 27932 Hall, TWIN, The Reladmiship of Similar vs. Dignon, Nancy Patricia, Organizational Level Dissimilar Valticsto Communication Prob. and Management TraittinginRelation to lems in Intercultural (Ameriam Host Family/ Leader Behavior and Employee Satisfaction. Visiting Foreign Student) Families. California Ohio State U (Communication), 1974. M.A. State U at Los Angeles (Speech Communica' 27933 don and Drama), 1974. M.A. 27946

204 .GRAIWATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 203

II triter.1 titianP The Effete of Spatial Lutz.Carroll. Exploratory Study of Patients' ,t-d Dm.. Factors nit Communication in an. Communication Patterns During Initial Hos- litteisiesstof Utah :Communicationi. MS. vitalization in a Srecific Institution. Michi- l'171 21947 gan State U (Communication), 1074. M.A. II o). I roita..% Description of Martin Bulier's 27961 1 thou Relanamship and Its Implications for '.Iarteney, :wilesI..Jr., Communication Pat- Inietperiotial Communication. San Iirs State terns of the Emergent Leader. U of Cali- 1 SI Wel it( oninotincacion), M Oa 2798 1o/ilia. Santa Barbara (Speech),1974. M.A. pH IV%Het rf The Effect of .%Kreentent/Dis- 27962 a.ztet merit !'rust in beadle (:tonntititica- Ma), GregoryS.,Developmental Aspectsof lion I. of %A-thirst:ton .Siocethi.11t74M.A Encoding and Decoding Facial Expressions. ;7'110 UofMinnesota (SpeechCommunication), oes t11 ;:ti utt Eonsits Ksperimental Study 1974. M.A. 27963 ot the 11,ationship ofI eaderthip Structur- Miller. Michael D., Overcoming Resistance to 4,4 st)le podLad: .ktutognits to the Result Persuasion via Reinforcement and Dual Per- 'tort.Satistat tom of Grotip Menthers. Indiana stia.sise Techniques. West Virginia U (Speech I -speedo. l'171. M.A. 279",1 Communication), 1974. M.A. 27964 h tt.thata, ( intent Perceptions of Social Mittilty. Mary Ellen J., Disclosure and Valida- 'natty-ki041.1ati with EthnicityinHawaii tioninStranger and Friend Dyads. U of Based nn Recorded Speech Samples.I'of Wisconsin-Nfilwankce (Communication), 1974. ilatsatispeech cnnnimicaticint. 1971 M.A M.A. 27965 .7.7052 kttpn. Michael lee. A Communication ChanNewman. Helen M., A Game Simulation of riotIts Esistetice and Its t'sc. Eastern Illinois thy Proces.s of Relationship Formation With- in D)ailic Interaction. Queens College, CUNY Npretl. ( ormittinicatitut),lintM.N. 27953 &minium:cation Arts andSciences),1974. koto ititswil.s. ('arole. Family Dinner A Study M.A. 27966 tospate andInteraction. Owens College: ( 1'V Comm u airs don Arts and Sciences).Oman, Berta, SensationSeeking as a Predictor of Leadership in Leaderless, Task-Oriented 1071 M A. 27954 Groups. C of Hawaii (Speech Communica- Krohn, Franklin /I, Audience ScTinentation.of thin), 1973. M.A. 27967 Black Btismesspeople. State U of New York Puck, Sara E.. Patterns of Communiottion and at BuffalosSpeerhCommunication),1974. the Maintenance of Social Relations. U of .A 27951 kzusernark. Robert. An Experitnental Study of Wisconsin-Madison (Communication Arts), theFur. isofDocumentationandInitial 197-I. M. 27968 k'tiliente Position on Responses to Rodent R. Gene., Discursive and Nondiscursive t'rttten ncisitasise ( orninniticationt State C Language inSmallGroups. San Francisco ipf Nrw York atBuffalo (Speech (:ontmuni- State U (Speech Communication), 1973. Nf.A. 4.1ion), 1'071M.A. 27956 27969 1 afloat LindaR., Possible Relationships Br- Rheclrick, Henrietta Scarborough, The Influ- twrrn Sources ofInformation and ence ofocioEconomic Status and Region Social Taok Accomplishment. Queens College. nitthe Speech Habits of a Selected Group CUNY (communicationArts and Science's), of Freshmen at Johnson C. Smith Univer 1471. M.' 27937 sits. Charlotte. North Carolina. Wake Forest I csthinskv,JeanneC..Communicationand C (Speech Communication and Theatre Arts), CoorientationalAccuracyinDvads.I'of 1974, M.A. 27970 Writ ouch-iliwaukce (Communication), 1974. Richmond. VirginiaL., The Relationship of M 27958 PerceivedCompetence and Homophilyto I ippman. Allen Jay, Inference/Observation: An Opinion Leadership in an Educational En- Espetimental Study Testing the Validity of vironment. West Virginia U (Speech Com- aMethod of Teaching Inference/Observa munication), 1974. M.A. 27971 tion. Wake ForestII(Speech Communica Rill:intl. Lawrence J., An Analysis of the Fre- lion and Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. 27959 quency, Duration and DirectionofInter- Lockwood. Diane Lee. EgoInvolvement: An action Between Coaches and Players of the Alternative Perspective in Sex and Persuasi- Interior Offensive Line of a College Foot- bility Research. U ofNebraska- Lincoln ball Team. Florida State1./(Speech Com- (Speech and Dramatic Art), 1974. Xf.A. 27960 munication), 1974. M.S. 27972

2)5 204 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Robinson. Peter H., Channel Use and Satis- INTERPRETATION faction: A Comparative Study. Northern Mi. nois U (Speech Communication), 1974. M.A. Doctoral Dissertations 27973 Bindert, Kathleen, Ethos as Mask: A Study of Rola. Michael E,, The Relationship Between Character in the Plays of Luigi Pirandello. Advocated and Obtained Attitude Change. Northwestern U (Interpretation), 1974. Ph.D. MichiganState U (Communication),1974, 27985' M.A. 27974 Bozarth-Campbell, AllaRenee, AnInatrna- North- SOHO, Robcrt J., The Warm-Cold Variable in tionalAestheticofInterpretation. First Impressions of Persons: A Replication. western U (Interpretation), 1974. Ph.D. 27986 State U of New York at Buffalo (SpeechDunn, Margaret H., An Exploratory Study of Communication), 1974, M.A. 27975 citeEffectsofaCollegeLevelCreative Drama Course on Creative Thinking, Risk Se land, Patti M., An Organizational Communica- Taking, and Social Group Acceptance. South- lion Study of the Niagara Frontier Chapter em Illinois U (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 27987' of the Amercian Socicty for Training and Development. State U of New York at Buffalo Gacde, Carol J., Feedback in' the Oral Interpre- (Speech Communication), 1974. M.A. 27976 tation Classroom: The Development and Ap- plication of a Communications Model to the Skaggs, Lawrence C., The Effects of Self Per- Structure of the Verbal Feedback of the Cr1. cepcions of Honesty on Attitude Change in tique Session. Southern Illinois U (Speech), theCounterattitudinal Advocacy Persuasion 1974. Ph.D. 27988" Strategy. West Virginia U (Speech Commun- Gura, Timothy J. The Function of the Hero ication), 1974. M.A. 27977 in Shakespeare's Last Tragedies. Northwestern Tauber, Mark Stuart., The Utility of the In- U (Interpretation), 1974. Ph.D. 27989' teraction Behavior Measure in Small Group Isbell, Thomas L., A Critique of Language As- Field Settings.Ilinois State U (Department sumptionsBeneathPrevalentTheoriesof of Information Sciences), 1975. M.S. 27978 Oral Interpretation from the Perspectives of Tobin, D'nae, An Investigation of the Com- Roland Barthes' LiteraryStructuralism. munication Characteristics of Appointed and SouthernIllinois U (Speech),1974.Ph.D. Emergent Leaders as a Function of Group 279906 Climate.Indiana U (Speech),1974.M.A. Reams, William G., An Examination of Ma- 27979 terials and Methods Used in Professional and Tomassoni, Mark E., The Effects of Interper- EducationalReadersTheatreProductions sonal Trust on Communication: A Critical from 1967.68 to 1971-72. Ohio U (School of Review with the Formulation of Untested InterpersonalCommunication),1974.Ph.D. Hypotheses. U of Georgia (Speech Communi- 27991' cation), 1974. 27980 Lawrence, Katie Elizabeth Campbell, Black vs. Bourgeois in the Novels of the Harlem Re- Trujillo, Noel, Listener Perception of Source naissance: A Study of Literary Conflict. U of SincerityandInsincerityinResponseto Illinois (Speech Communication), 1974. Ph.D. Consistent and Incot.sistent Messages. North- 27992° ern Illinois U (Speech Communication), 1974. Lazaro, Patricio B., A Survey of Approaches in M.A. 27981 Philippine Oral Literature Scholarship. North- Walker, Barbara A., Status Anticipated Inter- western U (Interpretation), 1974. Ph.D. 27993 action and Social Facilitations as Determin-Rickert, William E., The Sound, Structure, and ants of Humorous Responses to Embarrass- Meaning of Rhyme: An OralCorrelative ') lent.Michigan State U (Communication), Study in Modern Poetry. U of Michigan 1974. M.A. 27982 (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 27991" Wells, John D., Jr., Intra-Audience FeedbackSmith, Karen D., Women of the Nobility in andAudienceSize.WashingtonStat U Shakespeare's English History Plays. North- (Speech), 1974. M.A. 27983 western U (Interpretation), 1974. Ph.D. 27995° Yamamoto, }lapin, Cultural and EducationalTurpin, Thomas Jerry, The Cheyenne World Differences that Effect Face co Face Com- View as Reflected in the Oral Traditions of munication Between Japanese and Ameri- theCultureHeroes,StveetMedicine and cans. U ofWisconsinSnperior (Communi- Erect Horns. U of Southern California (Speech cating Arts), 1974. M.A. 27984 Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 27996'

2 a 6 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 205 Welton, John Lee, Interpretive Movement: AYork, Pamala Ann. Standardizing the Doll Em- Training Approach for Performers of Liter- phatic Response Scalefor Oral Interpreta ature.SouthernIllinois U (Speech),1973. tion. U of Harsh Carolina at Chapel Hill Ph.D. 27979 (Speech). 1974. M.A. 28009

INTERPRETATION MASS COMMUNICATION Masters Theses Doctoral Dissertations Calk, Judith Ann, A Lecture Recital Illustrat-Dacus, Karen P., The Rhetoric of the Press: ing the Southern Influence on the Poetry of Newspaper Treatment of RichardNixon's Robert Penn Warren. North Texas State U Major Statements of Vietnam, 1969-1970. U (Speech Communication), 1974. M.A. 27998 of Kansas (Speech & Drama), 1974.Ph.D. Caswell, Janice Re, A Comparative Analysis 28010 . 4 of the Dramatic Structures of American and Becker, Carol, Language Strategies in Media Japanese Film. San Diego State U (Radio Content Directed to Urban Black Children: and Television), 1974. M.A. 27999 A Content Analysis of Selected Books, Films De Julio, Matthew John, Jr., Altering the Med- and Television.Case WesternReserve U ium Can . Alter the Message: Interpretations (Speech Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28011 Resulting From Common Typographic Varia- Benson, George E., Ascertainment of Commun- tions. U of Pennsylvania (Annenberg School ity Ne-ds and Problems by Small Market of Communications), 1972. M.A. 28000 Radio Stations. U of Utah (Communication), Dorris, Carol A., A Rhetorical Analysis of the 1978. Ph.D. 28012 Manipulation of Distance in Kurt Vonnegut Brown, Eric F. Nighttime Radio for the No- Jr.'s Breakfast of Champions. Southern Illi- tion: A History of the Clear Channel Pro- nois U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28001 ceeding, 1945.1972. Ohio U (Radio - Television), Elder, James T., An Experimental Study of the 1974. Ph.D. 28013 Effect that Different Presentations Have Up- Brown, Trevor R., The Financing of Public on Audience Response to Aesthetic Distance. Television, 1966-72. Stanford U (Communica- PennsylvaniaState U (Speech Communica- tion), 1974. Ph.D. 28014 tion), 1974. M.A. 28002 Burdman, Robert, The Effects of Four Inter- Kerr,Barbara, An Oral InterpretationPro- mittent information Feedback Schedules on m of Selected Navajo Literature. North Error Rate, Recall and Retention of Video- Texas State U (Speech Communication), 1974, taped Programmed Instructional Materials. U M.S. 28003 of Oregon (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28015 Lewis, Todd Vernon, Traditions of GroupBusby, Linda J., Sex Roles as Presented in Reading in Religious Worship. Ohio State U CommercialNetworkTelevisionPrograms (Communication), 1974. M.A. 28004 Directed Toward Children:Rationale and Love, Reeve. An Investigation of ti c Affective Analysis. U of Michigan (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. Responses of Seventh Grade Students to a 28016 Poem, to its Illustration, and to Their Com- Carr, Kathleen S., Sex Role Orientation As It bined Presentation. U of Texas at Austin Relates to Persuasibility of Females: A Ex- (RadioTelevision-Film), 1971. M.A. 28005 perimenttxt Study. Bowling Green State U Manry, Diorah, An Experimental Study of (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28017* Rating Charts Used in Evaluation of Oral Cioninger, Sally Joan, The Sexually Dimorphic Interpretation. Brigham Young U (Speech Image: An Empirical Analysis of the In- Communication), 1974. M.A. 28006 fluencesof Gender Differences on Photo- Mosley, Glenn Richard, An Historical Study graphic Content. Ohio State U (Communi- ofUnity's "Spoken Word" Tradition and cation), 1974. Ph.D, 28018 CharlesFillmore's MetaphysicalInterpreta- D'Arienzo, Sister Mary Camille, Eric Sevareid tion of Biblical Literature. Wayne State U Analyzes the News. U of Michigan (Speech), (Speech CommunicationfeTheatre),1974. 1974. Ph.D. 28019 M.A. 28008 de Bock, J.Harold, A Field Experiment on Steiner, Linda Leigh, The Use of Poetic Self- In-State EleCtion Poll Reports and the In- Actualization as a Stimulus for Rehabilita- tensity of Prospective Voter Candidate Pref- tion and Reintegration Within the Penal erence and Turnout Motivation in the 1972 System. Southern Illinois U (Speech), 1974. Presidential Election Campaign, Indiana U M.S. 28009 (Mass Communications), 1974. Ph.D, 28020

2ji7 I 206 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Galloway,John J.,SubstructuralRatesof McLaughlin, Mary L., A Study of the National Change, and Adoption arid Knowledge Gaps Catholic Office For Motion Pictures. U of inthe Diffusion of Innovations. Michigan Wisconsin-Madison (Communicadon Arts).. State (Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28021* 1974. Ph.D. 28035* Gillespie, Gilbert A., The Apparent ViabilityMcMahon, Robert Joseph, An Evaluation of ofthePublic Access (Community) Cable the Use of the High Frequency Band in !. Television Idea in Urban North America. U Electromagnetic Spectrum by the Ama ... of Kansas (Speech & Drama). 1974. Ph.D. RadioService. U of SouthernCalifornia 28022 (Speech Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28036° Hammel, WilliamMuller, Jamcs Agee and McMurray. LaDonna L, The Equal Time Law MotionPictures.U ofTexasatAustin and The Free Flow of Communication: A (Radio-Television-Film), 1974. Ph.D. 28023 Critical Study of the Humphrey-McGovern Harkins, William,Plurality of Film Theory Debates. U of Southern California (Speech and Educational Practice. Teachers College, Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28937* Columbia U (Curriculum & Teaching), 1974. McNulty, Thomas M., Network Television Doc- Ed.D. 28024 umentary Treatment of the , Hawkins, Robert P., Children's Acquisition of 1965 to 1969. Indiana U -(Mass Communica- Current Events Information in the Context tions), 1974. Ph.D. 28038 of Family, Peers, Media Use, and Pre-Exist- .Merritt, Bishetta Dionne, A HistoricalCritical ing Attitudes. Stanford U (Communication), Study of a Pressure Group in Broadcasting- 1974. Ph.D. 28025 Black Efforts for Soul in Television. Ohio Hudson, Heather E., Community Communica- State U (Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28039 tion and Development: A Canadian Case Meyer, Anthony J., Generating Unbiased Dif- Study.Stanford U (Communication),1974. fusionofPreventiveHealthInnovations, Ph.D. 28026 StanfordTi(Communication), 1974.Ph.D. Jones, David W., Jr., The Press and the Politics 28040 of Urban Growth: A Study of Cues and Misiewicz, Joseph P,, TV Network News Cover- Constraints thePoliticized in Newsroom. ageof Announced PresidentialCandidates Stanford U (Communication), 1974.Ph.D. During the 1972 State Presidential Primaries. 28027 U of Michigan (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28041* Keck lcy, Paul H., Jr., A Qualitative Analytic Study of the Image of Organized Religion Moore, James P., A Survey Study of Political inPrime Time TelevisionDrama. Ohio and CommunicationBehaviors ofCollege Undergraduate Students as Voters in a Presi- Stare U (Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28028* dential Election. Denver U (Speech Com- Kett !ennuis,Tony,TelevisioninAustralian munication), 1974. Ph.D. 28042 Post-SecondaryEducation: The Next Ten Years, U of Colorado (Communication), 1974. Muth, Thomas Alphonse, StateInterestin Cable Communications. Ohio State U (Com- Plt.D. 28029* Kivatisky Russell J., An Exploratory Descrip- munication), 1973. Ph.D. 28043 tive Study of Organizational Communication Parks, Rita Jean, Mass Media Mythology: The Factors Within the Office of the Register at Western Hero in Film and Television. North- Bowling GreenStateUniversity.Bowling western U (Radio,Television, and Film), Green State U (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28030* 1974. Ph.D. 28045 Mos, Thornton, FCC Regulations Since 1960. Pasqua, Thomas Mn rio, A Readership Model U of Texas at Austin(Radio-Television- of Novs Values. U of Texas at Austin (Radio- Film),1973. Ph.D. 28031 TelevisionFilm), 1973. Plt.D. 28046 Martin, Thomas H., A Proposed Ideology and Polsky,Richard, TheChildren'sTelevision MethodologyfortheCriticalInformation Workshop: 1966.1968. Teachers College, Co- Scientist. Stanford U (Communication), 1974. lumbia t (Early Childhood Education), 1974. Ph.D. 28032 Ed.D. 28047 Marting, Ueda Pollock, An Empirical Study Robinson, Deanna M. Film Analyticity: Varia- of the Images of Males and Females During tions in Viewer Orientation. U of Oregon Prime-Time Television Drama. Ohio State (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28048 U (Communication), 1978. Ph.D. 28033 Romanow, Walter I., The Canadian Content Mason,JohnLenard, TheIdentityCrisis Regulationsin Canadian Broadcasting: An Theme in American FeatureFilms, 1960 Historical and Critical Study. Wayne State U 1969. Ohio State U (Communication), 1978. (Speech Communication and Theatre), 1974. Ph.D. 28084 Ph.D. 28049

208 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 207 Russell, Susan H., Insult, Aggressive Modeling, nomenon. U of Maryland (Speech Communi and Vicarious Reinforcement as Determinants cation), 1974. M.A. 28068 of Adult Aggressive Behavior. Stanford U Ammar,BeverlySaleeme,FactorsAffecting (Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28050 Police-Olannuni:y Relations;Guidelinesof Sahin, Ha luk, Broadcasting Autonomy in Tut'. Development. U of Florida (Journalism and key:1961-1971. Indiana IJ (Mass Communi. Communications), 1974. MAJC. 28064 cations), 197.1. Ph.D. 28051 Saw)er, Thomas Charles, The Mass Communi- Battle, Dasid K., Prevoattional Workshops: A cationRoles of theRepublicanNational Possible SolutiontoMinority involvement Chairman in the 1972 Campaign. Ohio State inBroadcasting. Marquette U (Collegeof U (Communication). 1573. Ph.D. 28052 Speech). 1974. M.A. 28065 Sirikaya, Sirichai, An Exploratory Investigation Bayne, Jerry, A Study of Techniques Used to of Communication Media Variables in Re- Improve Newspaper Credibility. Murray State lation to National Behavior Variables: A Cross- U (Communications), 1974. M.S. 28066 National Study. Ohio State U (Communica- Ben-Eliezer, Yariv, The Approach of the Israeli don). 1974. Ph.D. 28053 and American Press Toward Government and Smead, John P., Five Films by Charles Chap. Its Agencies. Queens College, CONY (Com- lin: His Transition to Sound. U of Michigan munication Arts and Sciences),1974. M.A. (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28054 28067 Sparkes, Vernone M., Municipal Agencies forBennett, Yed;s, E , Film-"The Old Red Mill": the Regulation of Cable Television: A Study Paper-PreservingAmerica'sHeritage:The of Current Developments and Issues. Indiana Filmmaker as Historian. U of Vermont (Com- C. (Mass Communications), 1974. Ph.D. 28055 munication), 1974. M.A. 28068 Sur lin, Stuart H., Reference Group Theory asBirch, Collects J., Two Florida Dailies' Treat a Predictor of Message Source Effects. Michi- meat of Candidates During the Democratic gan State U (Communication), 1974. Ph.D. Senate Primary of 1950: A Content Analysis 28056 of the Tampa Tribune and the St. Peters- Tickton, Stanley D., Broadcast Station License burg Titres. U of Florida (Journalism and Renewals Action and Reaction:1969-1974. Communications), 1974. MAJC. 28069 LI of Michigan (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28057* Bradford,Marjorie, A ContentAnalysisof Trope, Zipora, A Critical Application of Andre Minority Participation in Commercials Shown Bazin's Mise-en-Scene Theory inThe Last During Saturday Television Programming for Laugh, Grand Illusion, and The Magnificent Children. 1' of Cincinnati (Speech and The- Antbersons. U of Michigan (Speech).1974. ater Arts), 1974. M.A. 28070 Ph.D. 28058 BYCCW, MarshallHall 'II,' Policy and Prac- Williams, Wenmouth, Public Radio Audience tices Regarding Public Service Announcements Measurement: An Empirical Study of Var- atSelected Commercial Radio Stations in iousMethodologicalApproaches.Florida Florida: A Series of Case Studies. U of State U (Mass Communication), 1974. Ph.D. FloridaJournalismandCommunications). 28059 1974. MAJC. 28071 Young, Elizabeth, A Philosophical Analysis ofBrown, George Bartlett III, A Descriptive His- Media With Special Attention to Educational tory of the Development of Network Pro- Considerations. Columbia U (Philosophy & grarominK in the United States by the Fed- Social Sciences), 1974. Ph.D. 28060 eral Covernment-1934 Through 1974. U of Maryland (Speech and Dramatic Art), 1974. MASS COMMUNICATION M.A. 28072 Burrows, Edward Lane, Commercial Radio at Masters Theses the University of Florida: WRUFAn His. Adejunmobi, Jonathan A., The Development torical Overview. U of Florida (journalism and Communications), 1974. MAJC. 28073 ofRadioBroadcastinginNigeria,West Africa. North Texas State U (Speech Com-Campbell, 'Marilyn A.. The Fall in Woman in munication), 1974. M.A. 28061 Hollywood Films, 1931-33. U of Wisconsin- Alfaro, Annie Jeannette, Freedom of the Press Madison (Communication Arts),1974. M.A. in Spain Since 1966. U of Florida (Journal- 28074 ism and Communications), 1974. MAJC. 28062 Carlin,- John C.. The FCC Versus "Topless Alvord, W. Gregory, The Effect of Communica Radio". U of Florida (Journalism and Com- don VariablesontheChoiceShiftPhe- munications). 1974. MAJC. 28075

2U9 208 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Carmichael, Cheryl, Inquiry and Mass Media: Dennis,PatriciaA., Toward Increased Tele- A New Course Concept. FloridaState U vision Access to Congress: Proposals and Ac- (Mass Communication), 1974. M.S. 28076 companying Issues. U of Wisconsin-Madison Chabot, Harvey Robert, Photographer's Ethics (Communication Arts), 1974. M.A. 28090 in Ten Photojournalism Situations as Judged Dispenza, Joseph'Ernest, The Causes and Effects by Three Types of Florida Daily Newspaper of the Demise of Live Drama on Television. News Managers. U of Florida (Journalism and U of Texas at Austin (Radio-Television-Film), Communications), 1974. MAJC. 28077 1970. M.A. 28091 Chai-Udom, Kwanruen, Comparative Analysis Douglas, Bruce E., Local Film Production by of News Reporting by VOA and CBS. Ohio PublicTelevisionOperationsANational State U (Communication), 1974. 11.A. 28078 Survey. Michigan State U (Television and Chen, Choa-Lang, A Case Study of Decision Radio), 1974. M.A. 28092 Strategies on Content andUtilizationof Eils, Lee C., III, An Exploration of Some Po- Family Planning Radio Programs in Taiwan. tentialsto TelevisiontoEffect Behavioral U of Hawaii (Communication), 1974. M.A. Learning. U ofHawaii(Communication), 28079 1973. M.A. 28093 Chen, Shih Min, An Analysis of the COment Elder, Eric C., An Approach Toward Under- and Strategy of Family Planning Radio Pro- standing Communication Breakdown Between grams in Taiwan. U of Hawaii (Communi- Campus Police and University Students. U cation), 1974. M.A. 28080 ofFlorida(Journalismand Communica- Cockrell,MandredWayne, AnExploratory tions), 1974. MAJC. 28094 Study in Non-Sequential Simultaneous Tele-Ellermeier, Joel Duane, Work Perceptional Re- vision Presentation. U of Oregon (Speech), lationshipsWithin a CommunicationCli- 1974. M.A. 28081 mate. 1974. U of Maryland (Speech Commun- Cohen, Robert, A Comparison of the Theo- ication), 1974. M.A. 29095 reticalGrounds UnderlyingtheFilmsof Enos, Mary Elizabeth, Aspects of Marginality SergeiEisenstein and the Plays of Zeami in the Characters Portrayed by Dustin Hoff- Weakly°. U of Texas atAustin (Radio- man in The Graduate, Midnight Cowboy, Television-Film), 1974. M.A. 28082 Little Big Man, and Straw Dogs. U of Texas Collins, Lynn, Audience Response to Instant at Austin (Radio-Television-Film), 1974. M.A. Analysisof TelevisedSpeeches.Colorado 28097 State U (Speech and Theatre Arts),1974. Esplin, Fredrick Charles, The Office of Tele- M.A. 280ig communications Policy: The Growing Role Compesi, Ronald James, The Status of Drama of the Executive Branch in Broadcasting. U on Public Television: A Survey of Public of Utah (Communication), 1974. MA. 28098 Television Licensees. U of Oregon (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28084 Estes,LillianLynn,SpeechCommunication within the Modern Business Enterprise. Ten- Coviello, PdwardD.,SexisminChildren's Magazines. Queens College, CUNY (Commun- nessee State U (Communication), 1974. M.S. ication Arts and Sciences), 1974. M.A. 28085 28099 Everhart, William M., Coverage of the Vietnam Cox, James C., Jr., The Right of Public Ac- War by Three American Newsmagazines. U ccssto Commercial Television Stationsin of Utah (Communication), 1974. M.S. 28100 North Carolina. U of NorthCarolina at Greensboro (Drama and Speech), 1974. M.A.Ferdon, Douglas Robert, Jr., James Michener 28086 as Advoca,:y Journalist. U of Florida (Journal- Culpepper, Mary Anne Gillis, Design Trends ism and Communications), 1974. MAJC:'161101 tr, in Editorial Presentation: A Survey of Busi-Ferran, Edmund T., Cleveland Catholic, Edu- ness Communicators. U of Florida (Journal- cation Radio: A Model for an FM Subchan- ism and Communications), 1974. MAJC. 28087 nel Education -Radio Station. Bowling Creen State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28102 Danca,Vince, An Analysis ofCasaBlanca With an Emphasis on Five Scenes. U ofFitzRandoIph, Christine Mulkin, The Action Wisconsin-Madison(CommunicationArts), forChiidren'sTelevision-Broadcast Contro- 1974. M.A. 28088 versy Concerning Children's Television Pro- Dean, William D., A Survey of Student Atti- gramming. Colorado State U (Speec and tudes Toward Closed-CircuitTelevision at Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. 28103 the University of Minnesota. U of Minnesota Gauthier, Sharon, ' Treat- (Speech-Communication), 1974. M.A. 28089 ment of President John F. Kennedy's Public 2i0 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 209

Statements Concerning the Vietnam War. U Hoover, Richard D., A Systems Approach to ofKansas (Speech & Drama),1974.M.A. ARRS Aircrew Ground Training. U of Utah 23104 (Communication), 1974. M.S. 28119 Giles, Dennis Leslie, The End of Cinema: Act Jett, Suzette K., Sex of the Communicator as and Language in the Films of Jean-Luc God- aVariableinContent Comprehensionin ard. U of Texas at Austin (Radio-Television- Three Media. Louisiana State U (Speech), Film), M.A. 28105 1974. M..1. 28120 Gillespie, Sean Michael, Beginning Vision. U of Texas at Atutin (Radio-Television-Film), Kaplan, Henry D., North Texas Now: Produc- 1973. N1.11 28106 tion of a Promotional Film. North Texas Goans, Paul Lewis, A Study of the Film Career State U (Speech Communication), 1974. M.A. of Julien Bryan. 1; of Tennessee (Speech and 28121 Theatre), 1974. M.A. 28107 Kauffman, Sandra, Ann, The Establishment of Gregory, Leroy J., Jr., The Multinational Cor- . An Advertising Agency in Paducah, Kentucky. poration:Pervasive Form ofInternational Murray State U (Communications), 1974 M.S. Communication. U ofFlorida(Journalism 28122 and Communications). 1974. MAJC. 28108 Kahleeli, Wuhideh N., Crisis in East Pakistan: A Series of Four Articles. U of Utah (Com- Hall, Edward P., Jr., A Test of the Decision munocation), 1974. M.A. 28123 State Model of Receiver Behavior Using a Japanese Case Study. U of Hawaii (Com- Kjcllgren, Kent P., Decision Making and Pro- tmication), 1974. M.A. 28109 gram Practices in Adult Educational Broad- Hamer, Vied A., Images of Women Communi- casting: A Comparison Study in Sweden and cated Through American Magazine Advertis- Chicago, Northern Illinois U (Speech Com- munication), 1974. M.A. 28124 ing: 1960-1969. LT of Kansas (Speech & Drama). 1974. M.A 28110 Kobos, Donald J., A Descriptive Analysis Of Hammill, Geoffrey D., The Coming of Self- Local Public Affairs Programming On North Carolina'sCommercial TelevisionStations. Regulatio-tInFilms: 1910-1931.Bowling Green State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28111 Wake Forest U (Speech Communication and Hanrahan, John J., An Exploratory Analysis Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. 28125 of the Relationship Among Selected StationKohler, Deborah Alicia, Television Commer- and Market Variables and the Price of Tele- cials: A Reflection of Society's Needs. U of vision Advertising Time. Indiana U (Tele- New Orleans (Drama & Communications), 1974. M.A. 28126 communications), 1974. M.A. 28112 Harding, Edward Bettors, Jr., The Magical Mys- Lechowick, Bernard, Experiments in Video. U tery Tour and Let's Pretend an Exploration of Texas at Austin (Radio-Television-Film), of How Film and Theatre Communicate. U 1971. M.A. 28127 of Texas at Austin (Radio-Television-Film), Lee, William E.. Knights Without Armor: A 1971. M.A. 28113 Study of Radio Thriller Heroes and Formulas. Haueisen, William D., Viewer Satisfaction and Michigan State U (Television and Radio), Awareness of Change Agents in Television 1974. M.A. 28128 Broadcasting. Ohio State U (Communication), Lellis, George, Movements Toward Realism in 1974. M.A. 28114 the American Cinema During World War Haupt, Judith M., Public Access to Cable Tele- II. U of Texas at Austin (Radio-Television - visionin Pennsylvania: A Survey. Pennsyl- Film). 1973. M.A. 28129 vania State U (Speech Communication), 1974. Lichtenstein, Allen, Anomie and Mass Media M.A. 28115 Use Among the Elderly. U of Florida (Jour- Heitsclimidt, Donnetta, Have Magazinesfor nalism and Communications), 1974. MAJC. the Early Adolescents Changed as a Result 28130 of Television?TiofFlorida(Journalism Light,Geraldine,PersonaLivevs. Persona and Communciations, 1974. MAJC. 28116 Broadcast: The Relationship of Audience In- Heller. John Grant, The Selling of the Consti- volvement to Differences in Media and Con- tution: The Federalist Papers Viewed as an tent. Queens College, CUNY (Communication Advertising Campaign. U of Florida (Jour- Arts and Sciences), 1974: M.A. 28131 nalism and Communications),1974. MAJC, Lometi, Guy E., The Justification of Televised 28117 Violence and Identification with TV Char- Hoip, Karen, Format Public Radio: An Alterna- actersAn Extension and Failure to Repli- tive for FriticationaI Radio. U of Akron (Mass cate. Queens College, CUNY (Communication Media Conununkations, 1974. M.A. 28118 Arts and Sciences). 1974. M.A, 28132

2 I 1 210 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Marin,Gentil,Designing an Introductory Nehilcy,JamesMichael, A Descriptionof Course in Mass Communication Theory For Automobile Advertising Modification During Use in Brazilian University. U of Texas at the Oil Embargo. U of Florida (Journalism Austin(Radio-Television-Film), 1972.M.A. and Communications), 1974. MAN. 28146 28133 Ness, Robert L., Jr., The Process of Creating Martin, Judith, ITV Utilization: A Case Study. Content Using Research: An Audience-Tail- Kent Statt U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28134 ored Motion Picture Film. U of Vermont McIntosh, Dwain, A Survey of Attitudes of (C:otnmunication), 1974. M.A. 28147 Members of the 1914 Kentucky General As- Newton, Lowell, Gubernatorial Attitudes To- sembly Toward a State Open Meeting Law. ward Broadcast Journalism. Michigan State Murray State U (Communications), 1974. M.S. U (Television and Radio), .1974, M.A. 281-18 28135 Newell, Rebecca L. The Future of Two-Way Mengel, Lucia,CitizensFeedback: A Review of the Literature and a- Secondary Data An- Cable Television in Education. U of Akron. alysis. Florida State U (Mass Communication), (Mass Media Communications),1974.M.A. 1974. MS 28136 28149 Nfesvaris, Sorra its -Pa u i Angelo, A milli' don and Nowig, James A., The Effects of Accent and Inferenceinthe Interpretation of Filmed Dialect on Perceived Source Credibility: A Behavior. U ofPennsylvania(Annenberg New Approach. Stephen F. Austin State U School of Communications). 1972. M.A. (Communication), 1974. M.A. 28150 Metcalf, Susan, The Panola Watchman: A Cen O'Brien. Susan Eileen, Filmmaking Workshops turyforthe"OldReliable."StephenF. with Elementary-School Children from Mi- Austin State U (Communication), 1974. M.A. nority Groups and Low-Income Families. U 28137 of Texas at Austin (Radio-Television-Film). Meyrowitz, Joshua, The Relationship of Inter- 1971. M.A. 28151 personal Distances to Television Shot Selec- O'Hara, Thomas Patrick,Readership Aware- tion. Queens College, CUNY (Communication ness of Florida's Newspaper Sports Gatekeep- Arts and Sciences), 1974. M.A. 28138 ers.CI of Florida (Journalism and Communi Miles, Dorothy, Video-Taped Micro-Teaching cations), 1974. MAJC. 28152 for In-Service Teacher Self-Evaluation. Kent Otto,Nanette, Need and Interest Ascertain- State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28139 ment of aTelevision .AudienceinOrder Miller, Brett E.. Local Origination Practices of to Program in the "Public Interest". U of Selected Cable Television Systems inCali- Florida(Journalismand Communications), fornia: A Descriptive Study. California State 1974. MAJC. 28153 I.!,Fresno(Mass Communications:Radio- Television), 1974. M.A. 28140 Patterson, Leslie Ann, The Effects of Learner Input on Comprehension and Attitude toward Modeen, JamesW., TheContributionsof Charles Chaplin to Film Art. Northern Illi- Task. Stephen F. Austin State U (Communi- nois U (Speech Communication), 1974. M.A. cation), 1974. M.A. 28154 28141-- Petrovich, Jon A., A Study of Soviet Union N14m ly,- Diane R., Acquisition of Syntax Via Jamming of the Voice of America. 1.1 of Ala- Television by Two-and-Otte-Half to Three- bama (Broadcast and Film Communication), and-One-Half Year Olds. Michigan State U 1974. M.A. 28155 (Television and Radio), 1974. M.A. 28142 Pimolsinclb, Pronthip, The Effects of the Use Mooradian, Richard S., The Television Prime of Male and Female Radio News Announcers Time Access Rule: The Events and Decisions on the Comprehension and Credibility of Leading to its Adoption by the Federal Com- the News. Eastern New Mexico U (Com- munications Commission. California State U, munication), 1974. M.A. 28156 Fresno (Mass Communications: Radio -Tele- Piscitelli, Michael A., Critical Management De- vision), 1975. M.A. 28143 cisionsin a SuccessfulIndependent UHF Moser, Christopher,CitizenRights and the TelevisionStation: A Case History. U of CableinLouisiana.LouisianaState U Florida(Journalism and Communications), (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28144 1974. MAJC. 28157 Mott, Donald, A Historical and Aesthetic Study Polk. Linda Bell, The Effect of Three Levels of the Anamorphic System in the American of Ambiguity'on Contextual Comprehension. Film. U of New Orleans (Drama & Cornmun Stephen F. Austin U (Communication), 1974. ications), 1974. .M.A. 28145 M.A. 28158 212 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 211 Rabinovitz, SheliaR., Perceptions of ForeignStanton, James Russell, A Study of Public Re- Students as Measured by Short Photographic lationsin the Miami Land Boom of the Essays.LI of Pittsburgh (Speech & Theatre 1920s. U of Florida (Journalism and Com- Arts), 1974. M.S..28159 munications), 1974. MAJC. 28173 Randall, Starr Duane, Change in Attitude To-St.Dizier,ByronJohn,ConfidentialNews ward the Military Services Resulting from Sources and the Florida Newspaper Report- an Orieritation Conducted by the Utah Na- er. U of Florida (Journalism and Communica- tional Guard. U of Utah (Communication), tions), In. MAJC. 28174 1974. M.S. 28160 Tan, Katherine, Using Television for Promo- Retries,Byron, PredictingPerceivedReality tion of Cultural Growth in Multi-Ethnic So- of Television Among Elementary School Chil- ciety: Proposal for New Directions in Singa- dren.MichiganState U (Communication), pore. U of Hawaii (Communication), 1973. 1974. M.A. 28161 M.A. 28175 Richardson, Peter A., The Mike Wallace Pro-Thompson, Lawrence D.. A Preliminary An- ject: An Analysis and Evaluation of the alysisof Cable Television, -ItsImpact on Mike Wallace Broadcast Interview Technique. Michigan with Alternatives for Legiilation, L' of Florida (Journalism and Communica Michigan State U (Television and Radio), lions), 1974. MAJC. 28162 1974. M.A. 28176 Roth, Lane, The Vampire Film: Extiinsic andThomson, Ronald J.. A Study of Five Film Intrinsic Analysis of Three Archetypes. Flor- Theories: Projections of Consciousness. U of idaState U (Mass Communication),1974. TexasatAustin (Radio - Television - Film), M.S. 28163 1974. M.A. 28177 Ryan, Cheryl L., The Effects of the TelevisionThornburg, Linda Rose, The Dialectic of a News Actuality on Perceived News Accuracy. Film Heroine: Au Analysis of the Image Indiana U (Telecommunications), 1974. M.A. of Women in Film, Ohio State U (Communi- 28164 cation), 1974. M.A. 28178 Titterton, ofichael A., A Critical Analysis of Schcibal, WilliamJ., A Communicative An- F.C.C. Decisions Pertaining to Broadcast Ob- alysis of the Role of Television Coverage of scenity,1962.1972. Wayne State U (Speech the1968 Democratic National Convention. Communication andTheatre),1974.M.A. North Texas State U (Speech Communica- 28179 tion). 1974. M.A. 28165 Tucker, Paula Stone, A Study of Sexism and Smerg lia, Jane, A History of the Cros ley Re- Television Commercials. KentState U gional Television Network, 1949-1960. Kent (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28180 State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28166 Smith, George, A Production Rook of the Film, Ubben, Joseph W., Analysis of Ascertainment Ws Noe Me. U of Maryland (Speech and Methods of Selected Medium Market Radio Dramatic Art), 1974. M.A. 28167 Stations. Western Illinois U (Communication Smith, Marvin Edward II, A Prolegomenon to Arts and Sciences), 1974. M.A. 28181 an Aesthetic Theory and Criticism of the Upson,DickinsonMurray. A Study of the MotionPicture. U of TexasatAustin Ideas in Father Coughlin's Radio Addresses, (Radio-Television-Film), 1972. M.A. 28168 1937-1940. Kent State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28182 Snitkey, Richard N., A Content Analysis of the Newscasts of Radio Havana Cuba. U ofVargas, Armando, Television and Programmed Minnesota (Speech-Communication), 1974. M.A. InstructionasComplementary Instruments 28169 for Continuing Education: A Study Related Southward, Ira Michael, Unit Pricing: Its Role to Columbia. U of Texas at Austin (Radio- in Retail Grocery Advertising. U of Florida Television-Film), 1970, M.A. 28183 (Journalism andCommunications), 1974. Vinther, Get ald M., Bariers to Effective Chris- MAJC. 28170 tian Communication. Eastern New Mexico U Soya, Harry W., An Exploratory Analysis of (Communication), 1974. M.A. 28184 Network Television Programming: 1967-1970.Warner, Anne K., Pay Television: A Profile Indiana U (Telecommunications), 1974. inRegulation, Legislationand Operation. MAJC. 28171 Michigan State U (Television and Radio). Spencer, John M., An Intensive History of a 1974. M.A. 28185 Broadcast Station KBGO, Waco, Texas. Mi-Warr, Hollis Jefferson, A Study of the Demo- . chigan State U (Television and Radio), 1974, graphic and Experiential Charcateristics Re- M.A. 28172 quired for Entry into Radio and Television .:,..- 213 212 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

News Work in West Texas. Abilene Christian Coates. Bennie C., The Speech Theory and College (Mass Communication), 1974. M.A. Criticism of James B. Reston. Louisiana State 28186 U (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28198 Weber, Wayne H., Current Television ViewingCole, Terry Wayne, Labor's Radical Alterna- Habits and Viewer Perception of Proposed tive: The Rhetoric of the Industrial Work- Expanded Cable Television Services in Bloom- ers of the World. U of Oregon (Speech), ington-Normal, Illinois. Illinois State U (In- 1974. Ph.D. 28199* formation Sciences), 1975. M.S. 28187 Coleman, William Ebbert, The Role of Prophet Welch, CarolA.Analysisof Accesstothe in the Abolition Rhetoric of The Reverend media. U of WisoansiiMilwattkee (Commun. Theodore Park. ;,1845-1860. Ohio State U (Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28200* ication), 1974. M.A. 28188 Wells, Richard K., A History of "Wide World Cushman, DonaldP., A Comparative Study of Sports" and Its Format Comparison With of President Truman's and President Nixon's Sports lusim zedMagazine. U of Wisconsin- Justifications for Committing Troops to Cont. Madison sCommunication Arts),1974. M.A. bat in Korea and Cambodia. U of Wisconsin- 28189 Madison (Communication Arts). 1974, Ph.D. Whitehead. Marie, A History of TheRusk 28201 Cherokeeaa1847-1973. Stephen F. Austin State Denman, William N., The Black Lung Mote- U (Communication), 1974. M.A. 28190 menu A Study of Contemporary Agitation. Whitman, James Flaxington,'I heRoleof Ohio U (School of Interpersonal Commitoica Broadcasting inthe Information Functions Lion), 1974. Ph.D. 28202 of Selected State and Private Institutions in Droessler, Thomas C., Invention and Style in Florida. U fo Florida (Journalism and Corn- Earl Warren's Legal Argumentation. Bowl- monicatio.u), 1974. MAJC. 28191 ing Green State U (Speech),1974.Ph.D. Whittaker, Susan McDargh, A Study of the 28203 Relative Acceptance, Believability, and Effec- Eilattd,Millard, An Analysis and Evaluation tivenessofMalevs.FemaleProfessional Newscasters. U of Florida (Journalism and of Rhetorical Criticism of Richard Nixon's Speaking on Watergate. Louisiana State U Communications), 1974, MAJC. 28192 (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28204* Wilkof, Jeffrey S. A Descriptive Analysis of the Production of theSixteenMillimeter Faddy, Lawrence Dean, George Wallace: Agi- Motion Picture:THE PROTESTANT RE- tator Rhetorican. A Rhetorical Analysis of FORMATION. Uof Akron, (Mass Media George Corley Wallace's1968Presidential Communications), 1974. M.A. 28193 Campaign. U of Pittsburgh (Speech & Theatre Arts), 1974. Ph.D. 28205 Verby, Byron Lloyd, An Experimental Study Frye, Jerry K., Press Mediation in the Dissemin- of News Bias in the Watergate Hearings. U ation of Vice President Spiro T. Agnew's of Alabama (Broadcast and Film Cornmuni Campaign Speeches of October 19,1969 to cation), WIC M.A. 28194 November 8, 1970. U of Michigan (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28206 PUBLIC ADDRESS Gaw, Beverly Ann, A Sociodramatistic Anal. ysisof RhetoricalStrategics Employed by Doctoral- Dissertations Spokespersons of the Libertarian Movement. Bargen, Robert B.. S. J., An Historical Rhe. Ohio State II (Communication), 1974. Ph.D. toricalAnalysis of theCritical Parliamen- 28207 tary Debates on the Renewal of the Charter Grac lick, Arthur V., United States Senate De- of the British East India Company in 1793 bate on Supreme Court NominationsBe. and1815. V of Nebraska-Lincoln(Speech Preen 1925 and 1970. Wayne State U (Speech and Dramatic Art), 1974. Plt.D. 28195 Communication &Theatre), 1974. Ph.D. Bla lista, Loretta ,f., The Rhetoric of the Equal 28208* Rights Amendment. LI of Kansas (Speech P.: ilamPle, Judy Jones, William Wirt: A Study Drama), :973. Ph.D. 28196 inRhetorical Stance. Ohio State U. (Com- Brooks, Thomas J., A Rhetorical Study of the munication), 1974, Ph.D. 28209 Campaign Speaking of Selected Southern Re- Hess.RichardCharles, The 1970 Senatorial form Governors During the Progressive Era. Campaign inIndiana: A Rhetorical Case IT of Florida (Communication Studiesl, 1974. Study of Political Communication. Ohio State Ph.D. 28197 U (Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 28210

214 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 213

Ho Hada,Bill, John L. Lewis, Spokesman for Riveland, Clara B., An Analysis of the Na- Labor. Southern Illinois U (Speech),1974. tionalFarmers' Organization's Attemptsto Ph.D. 28211' Reduce Rhetorical Distance Between Rural Ilkka. Ricttard J., The Rhetorical Vision of and Urban Cultures. U of Minnesota (Speecl - the American Communist Movement: Origin Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28225 and Debut.1918-1920. U ofMinnesota Robinette. Danny R. The Campaign Speeches (Speech-Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28212° of Albert B. Chandler. Ohio U (School of Kinney, Lois Belton, A Rhetorical Study of Interpersonal Communication),1974.Ph.D. the Practice of Frederick Douglass on the 28226 Issue of Human Rights, 1840-1860. Ohio State Sather, Lawrence A., Biography as Rhetorical 1.' (Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28213 Criticism: An Analysis of John F. Kennedy's Kitchens, James T., An Experimental Study of 1960 Presidential Campaign by Selected Biog- Campaign Issues and Candidates' Personality raphers. Washington State U (Speech), 1974. Tr4its asInfluencing Variables on Voting Ph.D. 28227* Behavior.U ofFlorida(Communication Sayer, James E., Clarence Darrow-Public De. Studies), 1974. Ph.D. 28214 barer: A Rhetorical Analysis. Bowling Green Lewis. Mytatt Elizabeth, Cleage: A Rhetorical State U (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28228' Situ lv of Black Religious Nationalism. OhioScheid, Walter., A Study of the Parliamentary State U (Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 26215 Speeches of Lord Byron. Ohio U (School Mattson, Lynda P., The Rhetoric, Strategy and of Interpersonal Communication), 1974. Ph.D. Style of a Liberationist: Victoria C. Woodhull, 28229' 1r138-1927. Ohio U (School of Interpersonal Spelman. Ceorgia P., The Whig Rhetoric of C:om m unira lion), 1974. Ph.D. 28216 JohnPendletonKennedy, Spokesmanfor Malan, RobertF.,III,CelluloidMorality: Industry. Indiana U (Speech),1974,Ph.D. WillHays'RhetoricinDefenseofthe 28230 Movies. 1922-1930. Indiana U (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28217 Thrash, Artie A., The Rhetoric of Physicians: McCauley, Morris L., Preaching of the Rever- A Field Study of Communication with Col- end Rolviand Hill (17444833), Surrey Chapel, leagues andPatients.LouisianaState U (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28231' London. LouisianaState U (Speech),1974. Ph.D. 2s218.1 Walsh, Barbara H. The Negro and His Educa- Miller.Joseph,RhetoricalAnalysisofthe tion: Persuasive Strategies of Selected Speeches Speaking of Frank 0. Lowden in Quest of at the Conference for Education in the South, the Republican Presidential Nomination. 18984914. Louisiana State U (Speech), 1974. Case Western Reserve U (Speech Communi- Ph.D. 28232' sation). 1974. Ph.D. 28219 Weaver, Bruce J., The French Revolution and Mills. Norbert H., The Speaking of Hubert H. the Polarization of the House of Commons. Humphrey in Favor of the 1964 Civil Rights 17904793: A Case Study in the Rhetoric of Act. Bowling Creen State U (Speech), 1974. Parliamentary Debate. U of Michigan (Speech), Ph.D. 28220* 1974. ph.D. 28233' Nugent, BeatriceL., Woody Hayes: A Case Wharton.CeorgeC., Henry Watterson-A Study in Public Communication. Ohio State Study of Selected Speeches on Reconcilia- I: (Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28221 tioninthe Post- Bellum Period. Louisiana PurneH, Sandra E., Rhetorical Theory. Social State U (Speech). 1974. Ph.D. 28234 Values, and Social Change: An Approach Wilder, Carol. The Rhetoric of Social Move- to Rhetorical Analysis of Social Movements ments: A Critical Perspective. Kent State U with Case Studies of the New Deal and the (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28235' Netv Left. U of Minnesota (Speech- Commun- ication), 1974. Ph.D. 28222* Wolff, Luella M.. A Value Analysis of John EnochPrwcll's Nine Immigration Speeches Reed, Billy W.. Jonathan Mayhew: A Study in from 1968 through1970. Southern Illinois the Rhetoric of Agitation. U of Michigan U (Speech). 1974. Ph.D. 28236 (Speech). 1974. Ph.D. 28223 Ritter, Kurt W. Rhetoric and Ritual in the Voting, Marilyn J., The Conspiracy Theory of AmericanRevolution: The Boston Massa- History as Radical Argument: SDS and The rre Commemorations, 1771-1783. Indiana U John Birch Society. U of Pittsburgh (Speech (Speech).1974. Ph.D. 28224 & Theatre Arts), 1974. Ph.D. 28237

215 214 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION PUBL,IC ADDRESS from The. Philosophy of Rhetoric by George Campbell U of Maine at Orono (Speech), Masters Theses 1974. M.A. 28251 Adams, Barbara, An Identification of Rom Giggleman, India, Kenneth Burke's Concept of sentative Issues of the Equal Rights Amend- Identification as Applied to Selected Speeches ment of 1970 from Three Selected Speeches. of Edmund SixtusMuskic.North Texas Baylor U (Oral Communication), 1974. M.A. State U (Speech Communication), 1974. M.S. 28238 28252 Arcuri, Robert J., A RhetoricalAnalysis ofGritzner, James, :A Surveyof Speeches and Billy Sunday's Role in the Progressive Move- Speaker AttitudesintheFinalstages of ment in American History.Liof Georgia the 1972 Iowa Gubernatorial Campaign. U (Speech Communication), 1974. M.A. 28239 ofNorthern Iowa(Speeches),1974.M.A. Aschettino, Richard F. Fulton John Sheen in 28253 the Good Man Speaking Well. U of KansasHarris, Kitty S., From Peaceful Militancy to (Speech A. Drama), on. M.A. 28240 Revolution: An Analysis of the Rhetorical Aubens, Kenneth E., The Influence of Henry Structure of the Women's Social andPa. Clay Upon Abraham Lincoln Regarding the liticalUnion in GreatBritain;1903-1914, SlaveryIssue.EasternIllinois U (Speech- North Texas State U (Speech Communica- Communication), 1974. M.A. 28241 tion), 1974. M.S. 28254 Bailey, Jennifer, Rhetoric and Social ChangeHart, Albcda, Kathryn Khulman: A Repre- in Cuba, 1952-59. Ohio State U. (Communi- sentative of Symbolic and Ritual Processes cation), 1974. M.A. 28242 inContemporaryReligiousRhetoric.Cal Bass, Jeri, A Burkeian Analysis of the Crimean State U at Los Angeles (Speech Communiut. War Speeches of John Bright. North Texas dun and Drama), 1974. M.A. 2t1255 State U (Speech Communication), 1974. MS. Hilgendorf, Maynard D., A Historical-Rhetor- 28243 ical Analsis of Selections of Martin Luther's Brenmer, Dorothy M., Polarizationin Three Rhetoric.EasternIllinois U (Speech -Corn- ofSpiroT. Agnew's Speeches.California municati, n), 1974. M.A. 28256 State U Long Beach (Speech Communica-Hillard, Albert James, A Study of the Selected tion), 1974, M.A. 28244 Epideicti: Rhetoric Occasioned by the Assas- Brown, Patty Eugene, A History of the Central sinadon of John Fitzgerald Kennedy C, W. States. SpeechAssociation. U ofKansas Post College (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28257 (Speech 3: Drama). 1974. M.A. 28245 Holgerson, Gail Schulte, Nixon's and McGov- Brown, William E., An Analysis of The Sena- ern'sAdaptationto Youthin1972.Cali- torialDebate On theNomination of G. fornia State U, Hayward (Speech and Drama). HarroldCarswellto The Supreme Court. 1974, M.A 2825$ Louisiana Slate U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28246 Irwin, Sandra K., The Rhetoric of Prayer: An Cara. Arthur J., A Burkeian Analysis of Fred- Analyqisof ThreeSpeechesatthe1973 erickDouglass'"Farewell Addresstothe National Prayer Breakfast: LouisianaStale British People" March 30, 1847. U of North U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28259 Carolina at Chapel Hill (Speech), 1974. M.A. Johnson,fahnR., The Campaign Speaking 28247 of Jeff Davis of Arkansas, 1899-1912. Louis- Carbone, Ralph E., A Neo-Aristotelian Anal- iana State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28260 ysisof Five ForeignPolicy Addresses De- Jones. Thomas Frederick, A Rhetorical Study litered by henry Kissinger, Bowling Green of Black Songs:1860-1930. U ofGeorgia State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28248 (Speech Communication), 1973, M.A. 28261 Edwards.PatriciaBowman, TheRhetorical Kaplan, Michael, An Anaylsis of Arguments Strategies and Tactics of the Black Party as from Genus and Circumstance in Abha Eban"s a Social-Change Mot ement: 1966-1973. North AddresstotheUnitedNationsSecurity Fexas Slate 1' (Speech Communication), 1974. Council, June 6,1967. U of South Florida M.S. 282-19 (Speech Communication), 1969. M.A. 28262 Fanning, Sandra, A Study of Changes in Racial Kaufman, Been N. An Annotated Bibliography Attitudes as Revealed in Selected Speeches of on the Work of Arthur N. Kruger. C. W. Leroy Collins, 1955-1965. U of South Florida Post College (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28263 (Speech Communication), 1969. M.A. 289110 Kearns, Sarah S., An Analysis of the Rhetoric Files.WilliamE.. An AnalysisofPatrick of . Ohio Sttae U (Communi- Henry's Speaking Using Criteria Developed cation), 1974. M.A. 28264

216 1

1

GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 215

Logan, AnilHolt, Themes Expressed inthe Schillig, Jacqueline. Arthur N. Kruger's Treat- Rhetoricof Two Women's Rights Move- ment of the Ethics of Persuasion and De- ments. South Dakota State U (Speech), 1974. bate. C. W. Post College (Speech). 1974. M.A. M.A. 28265 28279 Majors,Randall,JosiahStrong:Evangelof Sch liessmanit, Michael R., The Big Stone Lake Progress.Indiana U (Speech),1974.M.A. . Chautauqua and Summer SchoolInstitute. 23266 South Dakota State U (Journalism and Mass Martindale Teresa D., The Manifestation of Communication), 1974. M.S. 28280 CognitiveDissonanceintheRhetoric-of Smolinski,Donna, A Comparison of Three Woodrow Wilson. Ohio U (School of Inter- Methods of Persuasionin a State Senate personal Communication), 1974. M.A. 28267 PoliticalCampaign.NorthernIllinois U McFaden,Claudette, APentadic-Agitational (Speech Communication), 1974. M.A. 28281 Analysis inFrederick Douglass' "Fourth of Susman,Beverly McGowan, The Persuasive July" Speerh and David Walker's A Nicol CharacteristicsoftheSpeakingofBetty in Four Articles, Ohio State U (Communica- Friedan. U of Cincinnati (Speech and The- tion), 1974. M.A. 28268 ater Arts), 1974. M.A. 28282 Petite, Sandra K., Victoria Claflitt Woodhull:Thompson, Marilyn M,. Jefferson Davis: The N'ittorianAdvocateofFreeLove. U of Reluctant Orator (1867-1889). Louisiana State Georgia (Speech Communication), 1974. M.A. V (Speech). 1974. M.A. 28283 2t269 Torraville, Aliene, A Study of Figurative Lan- Pearson. JaniceE., The Persuasive Artof guage in Selected Speeches by Mary Baker Cltutertsof Alexandria. U ofCalifornia, Eddy. U of South Florida (Speech Commun- Santa Batbara (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28270 ication), 1968. M.A. 28284 Prh. tram,TerryL., South Dakota Ctiberna- intialInaugural Addresses 1889-1931. South Van Eynde. Donald F., A Comparison of the Dakota State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 25271 EffectsonPublicOpinionofPersuasive Phillips, Losi E., The Nature of Man and the RhetoricUtilizedinSelectedPresidential Rote of Reason as Reflected in the Rhetoric War Crises Addresses. U of Kansas (Speech o' Patrick Henry and James Madison in the & Drama'! 1973. M.A. 28285 Virginia Ratification Convention of the Fati- IVIteir. Helen K., The Rhetoric of Self De- a] Conitutioo. Pennsylvania State U (Speech fense. 'West Texas State ti (Speech & The- ( :omiltuniatiion), 1974. MA. 28272 atre). 1974. M.A. 28286 Preas, John E., The Choke of a Century: A Wilson, Joy, An Analysis of the Rhetoric of Rhetorical Analysis of the 1972 Illinois Pres- Agitation and Control in the Sierra Club idential Campaign of Senator George Mc- Campaign to Protect Grand Canyon. North Govern. Northeastern Illinois U (Speech & Texas State U (Speech Communication). 1974. Performing Arts). 1974. M.A. 28273 M.A. 28287 Randall. Robert C., The Relationship BetweenWilson. Mary L., The Nature and Significance Press Reaction and Two Political Speeches: ofAbrahamLincoln'sRhetoricalImpact A Tutu Imin Analysis. U of South Florida with People in Macoupin County, Illinois, (Speech Communication), 1971. M.A. 28274 as Shown by an Examination of Available Reynolds, John Frederick, A Rhetorical Anal- Records andReports.EasternIllinois U ysis Of Selected Speeches From The Con- (Speech-Communication). 1974. M.A. 28288 temporary Television Ministry Of Oral Rob- erts.1971-1973. Midwestern U (speech and Urania), 1974. M.A. 28275' RHETORICAL AND COMMUNICATION Riggs. Louvincey Dewitt, The Rhetoric of Con- THEORY gresswoman Shirley Chisholm. U of Georgia Doctoral Dissertations (Speech Communication), 1974. M.A. 28276 Roome, Frank B., ill, Billy James Hargis andAghazarian, Aram Avedis, The Rhetoricof the Christian Crusade: A Study in Message Henry Winter Davis. U of Illinois (Speech Adaptaticn.SouthwestMissouriStateU Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28284 (Speech .4: Theatre), 1974. M.A. 28277 Baker, James Warren, A Study of the His- Satterfield, Ronald L., A Critical Study of the torical Development and Contemporary Use Official Statement of the Truman Adminis- of Arguments in the Birth Control Contro- tration on National Health Insurance. East versy in die Roman Catholic Church. Teach- Tennessee State U (Speech and Drama), 1974. ers College, Columbia U (Languages, Liter- M.A. 28278 ature, Speech & Theatre), 1974. Ed.D. 28285

217 216 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Barnes, Richard E., An Evaluative Study of Upon Iniormation Processing Theory. Michi- the Treatment of Speech Anxiety. U of gan State U (Communication), 1974. Ph.D. Kansas (Speech & Drama), 1973. Ph.D. 28286 28300' Barroso, Carmen, An Analysis of Perception ofCarter, Judy. The Effects of Human Relations Control.Columbia U (Pyschology),1974. Training on WASPS. U of Kansas (Speech & Ph.D. 28287 Drama), 1973. Ph.D. 28301 Beck, Darrell J., Intrapersonal Communication: Carter, Raymond E., Communication in Modern A Quasi-ExperimentalStudy.Washington Medical Education. U of Kansas (Speech & State U (Speech), 19'74. Ph.D. 28288' Drama), 1973. Ph.D. 28302 Betz, Brian R., An Analysis of the PropheticChase, Lawrence J., Statistical Power Analysis CharacteroftheDialecticalRhetoric of in Contemporary Communication Research: Erich Fromm. Northwestern U (Communi- Explication, Application, Assessment. Bowl- cation Studies), 1974. Ph.D. 28289 ing Green State1J(Speech),1974.Ph.D. Bliese, John R.E.,MedievalRhetoric:Its 28303 Study andPraaiceinNorthernEurope Citkowitz, Robert, The Effects of Three Inter- from 1050 to 1250. U of Kansas (Speech & viewTechniquesPara-Phrasing,Modeling Drama), 1973. Ph.D. 28290 and CuesIn Facilitating Self-Respect Affect Bliese,Nancy W., The Effects of Attitude Statements InChronic Schizophrenics. Co- Similarity,CognitiveComplexity, andIn- lumbia U (Psychology), 1974. Ph.D. 28805 structionalSet on Impressions Formed on Coogan, Helen, A Description of the Artistry Strangers. U of Kansas (Speech & Drama), of Robert J. Gannon, S. J., Epideictic Speaker, 1973, Ph.D. 28291 UsingMetaphorical LanguagesoAchieve Boss, George, The Formulation of a Paradigm Pathos as Defined in The Rhetoric of :iris. for Oral Stylisticswith an Applicationto toile. Teachers College, Columbia U (Lan- WiUkie and Roosevelt inthe 1940 Presi- guages, Literature, Speech & Theatre). 1974. dential Election. Ohio U (School of Inter- Ed.D. 28806 personal Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28292' Crawford, johnE.,Strain Toward Stability Bradley, GeorgeL., A CriticalAnalysisof Theory:EffectsofEncounteredEnviron- LyndonJohnson's "Peace"Rhetoric,1963- mental Changes Upon Individuals' Abilities 1969. U of Kansas (Speech & Drama), 1974. toAnticipateChanges Forewarned bya Ph.D. 22293 Written Message. U of Sothern California 13rasse11, Charley Barney, The Rhetorical Stra- (Speech Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28307' tegy of L. Mendel Rivers. U of Utah (Com- munication), 1973. Ph.D. 28294' Davey, William G., Luis Munoz Marin: A Rhe- Bryant, Jennings, Jr., The Mediating Effect of torical Analysis ofPolitical and' Economic the Intervention Potential of Communications Modernization in Puerto Rico. Indiana U on Motivated Aggressiveness. Indiana U (Mass (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28308 Communications), 1974. Ph.D. 28295 Davis,Robert H. The Visualizer-Verbalizer Buice, Lee ft., The Concept of "Presence" in Cognitive Style Among Creative Specialists as Selected Theories of Rhetoric. U of Southern itAffectsCommunicationBehavior. Ohio California(Speed]Communication), 1974. State U , Communication), 1975. Ph,D, 283094 Ph.D. 28296' Dickman, John R., Speaking and Being: A Con- Busch, Niven Terence, The Design of Fiction: tern porary Philosophical Approach. Southern A Theory of Rhetorical Structure inthe Illinois U (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28810' Novel. U of California, Berkeley (Rhetoric),Durham, Kenneth R., An Experimental Study 1974. Ph.D. 28297 of the Vice's of Religiosity, Social Attitudes. and Self-Esteem on the Reception of Homi- Cantor, Jerome,Individual Need Structures and Salient Constructs in Interpersonal Per- leticalFearAppeals.LouisianaStateI' ception.Columbia U (Psychology),1974. (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28311 Ph.D. 28298 Early,CatherineEileen, The Narrative Art Cantor, Joanne R., The Social Learning of of Ciro Alegria. Rensselaer Polytechnic In- Aggression Through Exposure to a Model's stitute (Language,Literature, & Communi- Emotional Expressions Contingent upon His cation), 1972, Ph.D. 28312. Performance of Aggressive Acts. Indiana UEnfield, James R., Martin Buber: A Dialogical (Mass Communications), 1974. Ph.D. 28299 Approach to the Rhetoric of The Self. U Cappella, 'Joseph N., Some Dynamic Mathe- ofKansas (Speech & Drama),1973. Ph.D. matical Models of Dyadic Interaction Based 28313

2.1.8 GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 217 Epstein, Steven L., The Acceptance and Evalu- Disclosures in an Encounter Group. U of ation of Belief Statements as a, Predictor of Kansas (Speech & Drama), 1974. Ph.D. 28327 Changes in Beliefs and Attitudes. U of Illi- Hazen, Michael D., Attribution Theory and nois, (SpeechCommunication), 1974.Ph.D. Persuasion: An Integrated Paradigm. U of 28314 Kansas (Speech & Drama), Ph.D. 28328 Farrell, ThomasB.,Pragmatismand WarHoldridge, William Ernest, Belief Acceptance 1917.18; A Search for John Dewey's Public. and Change: An Investigation of Fishbein's UofWisconsin-Madison(Communication Conceptual Paradigm. U of Illinois '(Speech Arts), 1974, Ph.D. 28315 Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28329 Fiordo, Richard Anthony, A System of Criti-Holford, Moli, Mary M., The Rhetorical De- cismConstructed From The Thought of velopment of Black Nationalism in the 19th Charles Morris and ItsApplication. U of Century: The Development of Racial Con- Ilinois (Speech Communication), 1974. Ph.D. sciousness. Stanford U (Drama), 1972. Ph.D. 28316 28330 Freimuth, Vicki, S. The Effects of Communi- Hunt, Steven B., The Genre of Rational Argu- cation Apprehension on Communication Ef- ment. U of Kansas (Speech & Drama), 1973. fectiveness.FloridaState U (Speech Com- Ph.D. 28:131 munication), 1974. Ph.D. 28317' -Frost, Joyce H., The Implications of Theories Ing, Dean Charles, Proxemics Simulation: A of Bargaining for Rhetorical Criticism. U of Validation Study of Observer Error. U of Texas atAustin(SpeechCommunication), Oregon (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28332 1974. Ph.D. 28318' Jackson, Dale M., Implications of Empathy Re- Fuertsch, David F., Lyndon B. Johnson and searchfotSpeech Communication. Indiana Civil Rights: The Rhetorical Development of U (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28333' aPoliticalRealist. U of Texas at Austin Jensen, Richard J., (Speech Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28319' Rebellion in the United Mine Workers: The Miners for Democracy, Galley, Shirley J., California Land Grant Dis- 1970-1972. Indiana U (Speech),1974. Ph.D. putes. 1832-1872: A Rhetorical Analysis. U of 28334 Southern California (Speech Communication), Johnson,FernL.,Role-Taking Complexity, 1974. Ph.D. 28320' Referential Accuracy, and Selected Language Glenn, Ethel C., Rhetorical Strategies in the Features in the Communication of First and 1972 Democratic Nominating Process. U of Third Grade Children Contrasted on Birth TexasatAustin (SpeechCommunication), Order Positions in the Family. U of Minne- 1974. Ph.D. 28321 sota"ppeech-Communication),1974.Ph.D. Haapanen, Lawrence W., Value Congruence 28335' in Voter Preference. Washington State UJoyce, Richard E., Relationships Between In- (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28322 formation About and Attitudes Toward Other Haelil, Anna L., Communication inthe Or- Nations: A Propositional Inventory. Michi- ganization as aSocio-Technical System. U gan State U (Communication), 1974. Ph.D. of Kansas (Speech & Drama), 1974.Ph.D. 28336' 28323 Kale, David W., An Empirical Analysis of an Halloran, Stephen Michael, A Rhetoric of the informati m Processing Model for Personal Absurd: The Use of Language in the Plays Decision-Makingand ConflictResolution ofSamuelBeckett,RensselaerPolytechnic Through Communication. Pennsylvania State Institute (Language, Literature, & Communi- 1' (Speech Communication). 1974. Ph.D. 28337 cation), 1973. Ph.D. 28324 Harper, PaulD., A RhetoricalAnalysis ofKatula, Richard Allen, William Ernest Hocking: Motive Attribution in the Alternative Press, Theory of Communication and Social Dis- 11 of Kansas (Speech & Drama). 1974. Ph.D. course. LT ofIllinois(Speech Communiat- 28325 tion), 1974. Ph.D. 28338' Harrison, John R., Cognitive Complexity and King, Georgc William, The Rhetoric of Robert theEffectofPerceivedBalance and Ac- Thieme, U of Illinois (Speech Communica- quaintance ontheElicitationofPersonal tion), 1974. Ph.D. 28339' Constructs. U of Kansas (Speech & Drama),Kitchell, Dorothy, The Significance of Posture 1974. Ph.D. 28326 at One Level of Nonverbal Communication. Hayalian, Thomas, The Effectof Trainer's TeachersCollege, Columbia U (Home & Level of Self-Disclosure and Participants Self- Family Life), 1974. Ed.D. 28340

219 218 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Larinter, Michael, Group Compatibility, Lead- Background and Information Availability on ership Style, Task Structure and their Re- the Selection and Evaluation of Coordinating lationship to Group 'Productivity and Mem- Cues in Two Cooperative Situations. U of berSatisfaction. U of Kansas(Speech & Oregon (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28354 Drama), 1973, Ph.D. 28341 Page. Paul A., Critical Requirements for the Long,DavidKnight, A Quasi-Experimental Oral Communication of State Trial Judges. Investigation of Selected Communication U of Kansas (Speech & Drama), 1973. Ph.D. Effects of Machiavellianism.Kent State U 28355 (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28342 Parkin, ErnestJ.,Jr., Ambiguity in Literary Losatto, Wayne A., The Horror Film and the and Communication Theory. Rensselaer Poly- Gothic Narrative Tradition. Rensselaer Poly- technicInstitute(Language,Literature, & technicInstitute(Language.Literature, & Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28356 Communication), 1973, Ph.D. 28343 Patton. John H., The Contemporary American Luinhy,Malcolm E.. Sociolinguistic Code- Pulpit as RhetoricalCriticism. IndianaIf Switching atid Sexual Orientation: A Con- (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28357 tent Analysis of Homoerotic Stories. Southern Pennington, Dorothy L., Temporality Among Illinois U (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 2834° BlackAmericans:ImplicationsforInter- Lynn,ElizabethM., A NationalSurvey. of cultural Communication. If of Kansas (Speech Graduate Courses in Classroom Commuttiem- & Drama), 1974. Ph.D. 28358 tiutt Theory and Skills Available toPrac- Pickett, Terry A.. The Effects of Balance, In- ticing Elementary and Secondary Teachers. volvement, and Cognitive Complexity Upon IndianaI.'(Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28345 Observers CaitsalAttributions andInter- personal Communication. U of Kansas (Speech Martens, Theodore, An Analogical Comparison & Drama), 197.1. Ph.D, 28359 BetweenMartial andRhetoricalTheory. Porter,D. Thomas, A Multivariate Analysis Ohio U (School of Interpersonal Communi- of the Effects of Communication Apprehen- cation), 1974. Ph.D. 28346 sion Upon Language Behavior. Florida State Martin.Robert -F.,CelluloidMorality: Will U (Speech Communication). 1974. Ph.D. Movies, Hays' Rhetoric in Defense of the 28360 1922-1930. Indiana U (Spea it and American Printile, Philip G., An Analysis of the Rhetoric Studies), 1974. Ph.D. 28347 in Selected Representative Speeches of Anna McCattIiff, Mary Lou, Media Usage and Role ElizabethDickinson. Stanford 13 (Drama), Perception in Management: A Correlational 1972. Ph.D. 28361 Analysis. 11 of Kansas (Speech & Drama), Qucary. Louis Bartels, Contracts and Structures 1974. Ph.D. 28348 inMacbeth, Antony andCleopatra,and MeCleciand, Eleanor, A Rating Scale for Safety Corialancts. U of California, Berkeley (Rhet- Communication. Teachers College, Columbia oric), U (Health Education), 1974. 28349 1974. Ph.D. 28362 Mendoza, Nancy W., Arabian Daze and Bedouin Rankin, David, Urban and Rural Syntax: An Knights:Rhetorical Theory to 1492. Wash- AnalysisBased on AmericanFictionfrom ington State U (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 28350 1920-1962. RensselaerPolytechnicInstitute Mills,CarylRae, An Investigationof Con- (Languagr:.Literature.&Communication), ditions Affecting Selective Retention of Per- 1973. Pit D. 28363 sttasiveCommunication. PennsylvaniaState Rasmussen Karen Lee, Implications of Argu- U (Speech Communication), 1974. Ph.D. mentation for Aesthetic Experience: A Trans- actionalPerspective. U of Colorado (Com- 2835I . Slonfils,BarbaraA,. The Developmentof munication), 1974. Ph.D. 28364 Guidelines for the Criticism of African Rhet- Reinsch, Nelson L. Jr., Attitudional Effects of oric:A Case-Studyof Kwame Nkrumah, Brief and Extended Similes and Metaphors. 1957-1960, Indiana U (Speech),1974. Ph.D. U of Kansas (Speech & Drama), 1973. Ph.D. 28332 28365 Richardson, Larry S., Civil Rights in Seattle: Okabe, Roichi, The Rharoic of Distance Re- A Rhetorical Analysis of a Social Movement. dactioninInternational andIntercultural Washington State U (Speech),1974.Ph.D. Communication: A Methodology for Analysis 28366 andItsApplication. Ohio State U (Com- Root, Marilyn Mathias, Kenneth Burke's Con- munication), 1974. Ph.D. 28353 cept of the Criticism of Literature as Rhet- Page, Norman Ray, An Investigation of Tacit oric.13 of Illinois (Speech Communication). Coordination and theEffectof Common 1974. Ph.D. 28367

220' GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 219 Sadler, William J., Communication and Organ-Wiethoff, William E., Popular Rhetorical Strat- ization: An Exploratory Study. U of Wis- egy in the American Catholic Debate over consinMadison (Communication Arts),1974, Vernacular Reform, 1953-1968. U of Michi- Ph.D. 28368 gan (Speech), '1974. Ph.D. 28383 Scott, Mary Dean, The Making of a Man ofWilliamson, L. Keith, An Investigation of Per- Letters. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute (Lan- spectives on a Person's Relationship With guage, Literature, & Communication), 1972. Himself Within DyadicMartialInterper- Ph.D. 28369 sonal CommunicationSystems. Temple U Shillala, Sam, A Study of Various Communica- (Speech), 1975. Ph.D. 18384" tion Settings Which Produce Old Subordia-Winn, Larry James, My Lai: Birth and Death times to Unlawful Superior Orders. U of Kan- of a Rhetorical Symbol. Indiana U (Speech), sas (Speech & Drama), 1974. Ph.D. 28370 1973. Ph.D. 28385 Skjei, Eric W.. Elizabethan Decorum: The Tong and the Hart. U of California at Berkeley (Rhetoric), 1974. Ph.D. 28371' Sloman, CarolL., Sex Variables and Source RHETORICAL AND COMMUNICATION Credibility: AMultivariateInvestigation. THEORY Bowling Green State U (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. Masters Theses 28372' Smith, John K., Upton Sinclair and the Ce-Ald, Glenn, Lying as Communication. Queens lestial Crown: The Rhetoric of the Dead College. CUNY (Communincation Arts and Hand Series. Northwestern U (Communica- Sciences), 1974. M.A. 28386 tion Studies), 1974. Ph.D. 28378' Anderson, Elizabeth C., A Study of the Unique Spillman,BonnieM.,CognitiveDissonance, Rhetoric of the Atetela Tribe of Central Self-Esteem, andtheProcessofSelf-Per- Africa.Bowling GreenState U (Speech). suasion. U of Utah (Communication), 1974. 1974, M.A. 28387 Ph.D. 28374' Armstrong,RichardNormand,Communica- Stroup, Ka laMays, The Effects of Cotes and tion: A Definition Study. Brigham Young U Attribution on Employer Decision Making. (Speech Communication), 1974. M.A. 28388 I' of Kansas (Speech & Drama). 1974. Ph.D.Authenrieth, Rosalind, A Descriptive Study of 28375 Communication and Its Relationship to Stu- Stuart, CharlotteI., Value Systems Reflected dent Achievement andSatisfaction.U of in Selected Court Opinions on Representa- Kansas (Speech & Drama), 1973. M.A. 28389 tive Works of Censored Literature. U ofBailey, Paul J.. Communication in the Congre- AVashington (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28376' gation. U of Kansas (Speech & Drama), 1974. Switzer, DitcidE.,Differences Between Volun- M.A. 28390 teers and Nonvolunteers for CommunicationRalthrop. Virgin W., The Rhetoric of Social Research. U of Illinois, (Speech Communica- Movements: Toward a Perspective for Criti- tion), 1974. Ph.D. 213377" cism. U of Kansas (Speech & Drama), 1974. Vancil, David Lee, Thc Disappearance of 'To Poi M.A. 28391 in English Rhetoric: 1550-1830. V of Illinois-Barham. Thomas J., The Influence of Organi- (Speech Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28378° zational Communication in the United States Van Court, Ann Fisher, The Druidic Tradi- Army Upon the Black American Soldier. U tion in joyce's Ulysses. Rensselaer Pol) technic of Kansas (Speech & Drama),1973.M.A. Institute (Language, Literature, & Commttni- 28392 cation), 1972. Ph.D. 28379 Barkon,Beverly, TheEffectofAwareness Wager, Eliot. Role and Function of a Metro- Groups on Human Relations Skills of Second politan Medical Center as Perceived Within Grade Children. U of Kansas (Speech & its Proximate Environment. U of Colorado Drama), 1974. M.A. 28393 (Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28380' Benton, Marc, An Investigation of Some Possi- 11'anzenreiti. John. Extensional and Intensional ble Correlates of Communication Accuracy Orientations of Rod: ad Roll Song Lyrics. in the Coot-lunation Framework. U of Ken- 1955.1972: A Content Analysis. U of Ne- tucky (Speech Communication), 1974. M.A. bravkaLincoln (Speech and Dramatic Art). 28394 1974, Ph.D. 28381' Bentz, Janet Mills, Do Actions Speak Louder Ware, B. L., Jr., Theories of Rhetorical Criti- than Words? An Inquiry into Incongruent cism as Argument. U of Kansas (Speech & Corrimunications. U ofKansas (Speech& Drama). 1974. Ph.D. 28:1$2 Drama), 1973. M.A. 28395

221 220 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Best. Clod:, T.. The North Carolina SpeakerCoffman, Barbara, Emotions inExperiential Ban Commission Hearing: A Study of Evi- Group Effects of Arousal and Leader Labels. dence. U of North Carolina at Greensboro U of Kansas (Speech & Drama). 1974. M.A. (Drama and Speech), 1974. M.A. 28396 28408 Bluman, Dale L., A Rhetorical Analysis ofCoffman. Stephen, An Exploration of Some the IdeologicalCharacteristicsinthe Dis- Aspects of Individuation and Dehumaniza- course of Ivan Allich. Pennsylvania State U tion. U of Kansas (Speech & Drama), 1973. (Speech Communication), 1974. M.A. 28397 M.A. 284(9 Bosley, Judith A., A Historical Clinical Examin-Colt, Catherine G., Some Effects of Positive, ation of Interpersonal Communication in a Negative, and NonVerbal Reinforcement on Penal Correspondence Project. Central Michi- the Disiluencies of Normal Male Children. gan U (Speech and Dramatic Arts),1974. V of South Florida (Speech Communication), M.A. 28398 1969. M.A. 28410 Cowart, Wayne, The Relation Between Short- Bottonni, JosephE., The Heart Symbol: Its Term Memory and Arnhiguity: A Psycholin- Meanings and Graphic Interpretations. U of guistic Investigation. Queens College, CUNY Cincinnati (Speech and Theatre Arts), 1974. (CommunriationArtsandSciences),1974. M.A. 28399 M.A. 28411 Brown, Candace D.. Cultures inConflict: A Crary, DanielR., Dogmatism, Yielding, and RhetoricalInvestigation of Negotiations of Comprehension. U ofKansas(Speech & the 1868 Treaty of Fort Laramie. Indiana U Drama), 1974. M.A. 28412 (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28400 Currie, Jon E., Communication in the Ancient Brownlee, Don Robert, An Applicationof World: A New Exploration of thePossi- Small Group Methods to Judicial Decision- bilities. Queens College, CUNY (Communi- Making by the Nixon Court. North Texas cation Arts and Sciences), 1974. M.A. 28413 State U (Speech Communication), 1974. M.A. 28401 Dalton, Richard, Effect of Subject and Object Burkho lz,Howard Marc., The Development Meaning on a Connotative Evaluationof of Message Correlates ofAnxiety.Illinois Sentence Verbs. U of Vermont (Communica- tion), 1974. M.A. 28415 .State 1.' (Department of InformationSci- ences), 1975. M.S. 28402 D'Ambrosia, James R., Predicting the Direc- Campbell, Beverly K., An Investigation of the tion of Attitude Change Derived From the CommunicationPatternsof Women with Principle of Congruity: A Field Test. San Multiple Unplanned Pregnancies and Women Jose State U (Speech-Communicatior9, 1974. with a History of SuCcessful Contraceptive M.A. 28416 Usagc. San Francisco State U (Speech Com-Danes, Jeffrey E., BehavioralIntentions and munication), 1974. M.A. 28403 Evaluation as a Function of Various Levels Campbell, Paul M., Study of the Dimensions of Message Repetition In Positive and Nega- of Leadership Style of Army Field Grade tiveEvaluative Settings. San Jose State U Officers. LT of Kansas (Speech & Drama), 1973. (Speech-Communication), 1974. M.A. 28417 M.A. 28404 Davidson, Russell, Mill's Methods of Induction Cantor, JoAnne Rachel, The Information Ques- and Argumentation Theory. Wayne State U tion as Attention-Getting Rhetorical Device: (Speech Communication & Theatre),1974. Implications for Recall, of Orally Presented M.A. 28418 Material With and Without Experimentally Davis,DianaLynn, TheEffectofFlesch ProducedDistraction. U ofPennsylvania "Human; Interest"inInformative Speaking (Annenberg School of Communications), 1971. on Audience Retention and the Character M.A. 28405 Dimension of Speaker Ethos. U of Georgia Carey, John Thomas, Toward a More System- (Speech Communication), 1974. M.A. 28419 atic Examination of the Auditory Code: A Marone, Elissa, Towards Mutual Understand- Micro-Analysis of Four Radio Commercials ing:DifferencesinBlack EnglishA Per- Employing an Adapted Paralinguistic Para- spective on Transracial Communication. U digm. U of Pennsylvania (Annenberg School ofGeorgia(SpeechCommunication),1974. of Commun ica t ions), 1971. M.A. 28406 M.A. 28420 Cody. Dixie Lee, The Influence of Women'sDe Berry, Charles K., Orientation and the Qual- Issues on the 1972 Presidential Campaign. U ity of Consensus Decision in Small Groups. of Kansas (Speech & Drama),1973.M.A. Southwest Missouri State U (Speech & The- 28407 atre), 1974 M.A. 28421 GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 221 Dempsey. Richard, Credibility, Attention, and Theory of Predominant Source of Argument IA a rni ng. WesternIllinois U (Communica- as an IndextoPhilosophy. U of South tion Arts and Sciences), 1974. M.A. 28422 Florida (Speech Communication), 1971. M.A. Dix. Michael B., The Ghost Dance of 1890: A 28436 Rhetoric of Hope. U of Kansas (Speech &Hammer, Mitchell R:, Patterns of Social In. Drama), 1973. M.A. 28423 teraction Among Foreign Students at Ohio Dunitz, Carol, Effects of Varying Source Credi- University. Ohio U (School of Interpersonal bility on Aesthetic Judgement. Wayne State Communication), 1974. M.A. 28437 t' (Speech Communication & Theatre), 1974. Heidlebaugh, Nola J., The Effects of Transi- M.A. 28424 tionsonParagraphComprehensionand Driadosz,GretchenA.,SexDifferences and Unity. Ohio U (School of Interpersonal Com- EvaluationofMessageSources: A Factor munication), 1974. M.A. 28438 Analysis. (J of Wisconsin-Madison (Commun- Hess, John E., The Language of Myth and Its . 'cation Arts), 1974. M.A. 28425 Evenson. Marilyn M., The Effects of Two Mes- Utility in Rhetorical Criticism. U of Wis- sage Conditions on Sex and Attitude Change. consin-Madison (Communication Arts), 1974. Illinois .tate U (Department of Information M.A. 28439 Sciences). 1975. M.A. 28426 Hestand, Ki.nneth D.. The Semantics of Organ- Faulk. Arlene K.. Conference Methods Train- izationalChange. U of Kansas (Speech & ing in American Business and Industry. U of Drama), 1974. M.A. 28440 Kansas (Speech & Drama), 1973. M.A. 28427 Hicks. Randolph D. II, Components of Source Folger, Joseph P.. Language Games and Corn- Credibility: An Analysis of the Remarks of munitiveDevelopment: AnAssessmentof Prosecutors and Defense Attorneys. California vittgenstein's Language Game Concept Based StateU, Fresno(SpeechCommunication), on an Analysis of Children's Prayer. U of 1971. M.A. 28441 leisconsinMadison(Communication Arts), Hillen,C.Deane, The EffectofPractice 1974. M.A. 28428 on the Comprehension of Time Compressed (entie, Gary S., Harry S. Truman: A Study Speech in the Secondary Classroom. Southern of the Rhetoric of Limited Commitment. ti Illinois U at Edwardsville (Speech Commu- ofKansas(Speech & Drama),1973. M.A. nication), 1975. M.A. 28442 28429 Holm, Joan. A Descriptive Study of the Rela- Gilbert. Robert, A Rhetorical Explanation of tionship Between Reflective Thinking Test Nonverbal Communication Encoding and De- Scores and Group Member Evaluations of coding. Cal State U at Los Angeles (Speech ContributionstoGroup Discussion. U of CommunicationandDrama).1974.M.A. South Florida (Speech Communication), 1970. 28430 'M.A. 28+13 Glenn, Wald-. Graham, Sex Designation: A Horacek, Helene A., The "Rear-View Mirror" Historical Study of Feminine Sex Designa- Syndrome in Education. California State U, tors and An Empirical Study of the Effects of Feminine Sex Designation On Perceived Fresno (Speech Communication), 1971. M.A. Source Credibility. U of Tennessee (Speech 28444 and Thezire), 1974. M.A. 28431 Huntley, Jean H Pronunciation of English in Goodnight. Tom, Vietnam and the Rhetoric Two Communities in East Carteret County, car War: A Study in Generic Criticism. U of North Cat olina. U of South Florida (Speech Kansas (Speech & Drama). 1973. M.A. 28432 Communication), 1970. M.A. 28445 Gnscly. Harold E.,International Communica-Jackson, Raymond L., Jr., Dwight D. Eisen- tions: A Study of Modern Propaganda. U bower: His Rhetoric of Military Leadership. ofKansas (Speech & Drama),1974.M.A. U of Kansas (Speech, & Drama), 1973. M.A. 28433 28446 Guilbeati, John J., Rhetorical Antecedents ofJennings, Elizabeth E., Frederick Wiseman: A Nonverbal Communication ResearCh. U of Modern Theory of Documentary Film. U of Tennessee (Speech and Theatre). 1974. M.A. Wisconsin-Milwaukee (Communication), 1974. 28434 28447 Gustafson, CarlS., Thomas F.Eagleton: AJohnson,CharlesLeRoy., A Nen-Structured Study of His 1972 Political Rhetoric. U of RhetoricalAnalysis of thePersuasive Fac- Kansas (Speech & Drama). 1973. M.A. 28435 tors in the Forensic Speaking of Earl Jones. Gutierrez,Cheryl, A RhetoricalAnalysisto California State U, Long Beach (Speech Com- Fxamine the Validity of Richard Weavers munication), 1978. M.A. 28448

223 222 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Johnson, Ralph A., The Influence of the Fel- posure Association Duration. U of Texas at lowship of Reconciliation on Martin Luther Austin1Radio-Television-Film),1970.M.A. King,Jr.Indiana U (Speech),1"4. M.A. 28462 28449 Marcy, Donald Eugene, Analysis of Social Com- Kinder, David S., Irony and Hypocrisy. U of munication Network of Families Within a Wisconsin-Madison (Communication Arts), Mobile Home Community. North Texas State 1974. 28450 U (Speech Communication), 1974. M.S. 28463 Knowles, Bus C., Taste as an Element in the Matsuda, Maryon M. A Critical Analysis of Criticism of Music, .Art, Theatre, and Rhet- David McNeill's Theory of Language Acquisi- oric, 1960-1969. U of South Florida (Speech don. California State 1J, Fresno (Speech Com- Communi-ation), 1969. M.A. 28451 munication). 1973. M.A. 28464 Krasa, Peter G.. The Rhetoric of Camouflage: McKiernan, John G. A Communication Field The Euphemisms of "Propaganda" Utilized Study of Member's Influence on Leadership by the linked States Government From the in an Adolescent Institutional Setting. U of First World War to The Korean War. San Akron (Communication and Rhetoric). 1974. Jose State U (Speech-Communication), 1974. M.A. 28465 M.A. 28452 Meyer, Virginia H.. The Effects of Communi- Krause, Myrtle Joann, Motivational Techniques cator Trustworthiness and Expertise On Atti- in Cosmetic Advertising. Ball State U (Speech), tude Change and Perceived Dynamism of the 1974.- M.A. 28453 Speaker. San Jose State U (Speech-Communi- Krostise, Myrna C..Self- Perceived Behavioral cation), 1974. M.A. 28466 Response of Whites of Situations Communi- Murdock, Johnny. A Factor Analytic Study of cating Black Aggression. U of Kansas (Speech the Construct Validity of the STEP Listening & Drama). 1974. M.A. 28454 Test. California State U. Fresno (Speech Com- Leape, Martha P., An Exploratory Field Study munication), 1973. M.A. 28467 of the Effects of Racial-Activist Training onNewsom, B., A Study of the Relationship of theAttitudes and Behavior of Concerned SpeechAnxiety.SelfConcept andSocial Citizens inthe Community. U ofKansas Alienation. U of Kansas (Speech & Drama). (Speech & Drama), 1973. M.A. 28455 1973. M.A. 28468 Leibowitz,Ivy, The Implications of Russell Nida, Richard A.. Attitude Change, Cognitive Baker'sWritingsforRhetoricalTheory. Complexity and Stimulus Dimensionality: An Queens College, CUNY (Communication Arts Experimental Study. Ohio U (School of In- and Sciences), 1974. M.A. 28456 terpersonal Communication), 1974. M.A. 28969 Lesko,ChalksJ.,A SemanticAnalysisof Orth, Audrey A..Relational Communication SelectedInstances of Misunderstanding Be- and Perceptual Discrepancies In Dyads' With- tweentheUnitedStates andtheSoviet A-History. U of Vermont (Communication), Union. U of Kansas (Speech & Drama), 1973. 1974. M.A. 28470 M.A. 28457 Overstreet, Reginald, A Study of the Historical Leu. James M., The Effects of Prejudicial Pre- Development of the Meanings of the Term Trial Publicity on Perceived Defendent Char- Charisma. Wayne State U (Speech COMM] it- acter and Guilt. U of Nebraska at Omaha ication & Theatre), 1974. M.A. 28471 (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28458 Patterson,JanetL., IthetoricalResponse. to .i.evy, Jeffrey J., The Influence of Cicero on International Crisis: Kennedy's "Arms Quar- the Rhetorical Perspective of Richard Mc- antine of Cuba." Bowling Green State U Keon. Pcansylvania State U (Speech Com- (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28472 munication), 1974. M.A. 28459 Peeks, Barbara Gilbert, Confucius and Aris- Mac Calla, Penelope. A Study of the Principal totle: A Rhetorical Comparison. U of Vir- Communication Precepts of Decision-Makers ginia(SpeechCommunication).1974.M.S. in Selected Key Areas of Aultman Hospital 28473 of Canton, -Ado. U of Akron (Communica- Perkins, Joseph W., Rhetorical Implications of tion and RI. :toric), 1974. M.A. 28460 the Works of H. Marshall McLuhan. U of Mackintosh,P.,rtlyeB., A CriticalIncident Alabama (Rhetoric and Speech Communi- Study of thy er-rnmunication Factors Utilized cation), 1974. M.A. 28474 by Prison t4im-Is. U of Kansas (Speech &Petrich, Carolyn S., The Function of Rhetoric Drama), 1973. 14A. 28461 in Attaining Aristotle's Concept of Eudai- Manahan, Sall) t9,,,yvi Whiteside, Attitudes To- monia. U of Washington(Speech),1974. ward Speech '.amplesas Function of Ex- M.A. 28475

224 GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 223 Pfeiffer. Leona Quadress, Rhetoric, Aural Ara- ology of Communication. U of Northern Iowa besque. U of Virginia(Speech Communi- (Speech). 1974. MA. 28489 cation). 1974. MS. 28476 Sorenson, Ritchie Lee, Valw' and Meaning Powers, John, From Communication to Speech DifferencesforCaucasian andPolynesian Communication:The Accomplishmentsof Groups. Brigham Young U (Speech Commun. Sarah, Viki. and Washoe. Denver 11 (Speech ication), 1974. M.A. 28490 Communication), 1974. MA. 28477 Speitel, Edmond J., The Christian Liturgy: A Riggs, James C., Verbal Reinforcement: Some Vehicle of Interpersonal Conununication. U Observaans in a Microsociety. San Francisco of Kansas (Speech & Drama), 1973. M.A. State 11 (Speech Communication), 1974. M.A. 28491 28478 . Stetter, Chetyl. An Exploratory Study of the Roadhouse Dan J., A Survey of Black and Area Nurse Role. U of Kansas (Speech & White PerceptionsofRaciallyDerogatory Drama), 1973. MA. 28492 Terms. U of Wyoming (Communication andStevenson, Karen. Right Versus Left or Ra- Theatre), 1974. M.A. 28479 tionalVersusIrrational? A- Cognitive Ap- Roadhouse. JeanineJ., An Analysis ofthe proachtothe Analysis of Political Com- Relationship Among Emmert, Libert, tasort, munication. U of Delaware (Speech Commun- .and Sencrstic Differential Measurements of ication), 1974. M.A. 28493 of Attitude. U of Wyoming (CommunicationSwarts, Valerie Renee, Concepts of Evidence and Theatre), 1974. M.A. 28480 in Speech Texts, 1944-1973. Colorado State U (Speech and Theatre Arts),1974. M.A. Rohm, Clarence E., Tapie An Experimental Study of the Meets of Biofeedback Training 28494 Tagliarini,E.Kelley,*An AttitudinalStudy

223 224 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Zimmerman. Miriam, An Analysis of Thomas U of Southern California (Communicative Dis- Mann's Dr. Faustus According to the Critical orders), 1974. Ph.D, 28513° Terminology of Kenneth Burke. San Fran- Cohen, Anna, Oroneuromotor Development in cisco State U (Speech Communication), 1973. Normal Children. Teachers College, Colum- M.A. 28503 bia U (Speech Pathology andAudiology), 1974. EdD. 28514 Cornell, Richard A., The Effect of pound Pres- SPEECH SCIENCES sure Level and Stimulus Envelope Upon the Supra-Threshold TemporalIntegrationof Doctoral Dissertations Acoustic Power. Northwestern U (Communi- Alexander, Patrick T..Effects of Electromyo- cative Disorders), 1974. Ph.D. 28515 graphic Feedback Training on the Severity of Cox, Geraldine S., A Modified Version of the Stuttering. U of Utah (Communication), 1974. Picture Story Language Test: Validity and Ph.D. 28504* Reliability for Assessing Language of Chil- Allen, Doria Ann, The Development of Pred- dren Between Three and Seven Years of Age. ication in Child Language. Teachers College, U of Virginia (Speech Pathology and Audi Columbia U (Languages, Literature, Speech ology), 1574, Ed.D. 28516 & Theatrc), 1974. Ed.D. 28504 Cox, James Roger, A Study of the Relation- Barrager, Diane C., Responses of Infants Aged ship Between Changes in Auditory Phenom- Four and Twelve Weeks to Speech and Non- ena and Estrogen and Progesterone Levels in Speech Stimuli. Stanford U (Hearing & Speech Adult Females With Balanced Hormonal Pro- Sciences), 1974. Ph.D. 28505 files. U of Virginia (Speech Pathology and Baucum, Billy K., A Descriptive Study of a Audiology), 1974. Ph.D. 28517 Crum, Michael A.,Effectsof Reverberation, Sample of Young High-Risk Children. Loui- Noise and Distance Upon Speech Intelligi- siana State U (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28506 bility in Small, Classroom Size Acoustic En- Bolter, Robert C., The Effeit of Acoustic Sim- closures.NorthwesternU (Communicative ilarity and Encodedness of Competing Speech Disorders), 1974, Ph.D. 28518 Signals on Ear Asymetry in Dichotic Listen- Curran, Michael F., The Use of Multiple Sta- ing. U of Michigan (Speech),1974. Ph.D. tistical Re-Analysis Procedures in Stuttering 28507 Research. Bowling Green State U (Speech), Bender, Patricia Ann, Vibrotactile Discrimina- 1974. Ph D. 28519 tion of Hearing Impaired, and Visually Im- Davis, Mai iliaEmily, The OccipitalAlpha paired Individuals. Ohio State U (Communi- Rhythm: An Index to Auditory Evoked Re- cation), 1973. Ph.D. 28508 sponseVariability. U of Virginia(Speech Beykirch, Hugo L., A Comparison of Speech Pathology and Audiology), 1973. Ph.D. 28520 Discrimination Scores by Using PB-50 ListsDukes, Patrkia J., An Exploratory Study of the and the Speech Discrimination Scale With Comparative Effectiveness of Two Language Hearing-Impaired Individuals. Wayne State Intervention Programs in Teaching Normal U (Speech Communication & Theatre), 1974. and Language DeviantPreschool Children. Ph.D. 28509° Kent State U (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28521° Brooks, SandraA., An Investigation ofthe Eldis. Frances E., A Comparison of Auditory Efficacy of Tratisdermal Therapy on Sensori- Adaptation at Threshold and Rate of Decay Neural FIypacusis. Florida State U (Habi Illa- oftheStapedinsReflex. Wayne State U tive Sciences), 1974. Ph.D. 28510 (SpeechLommunication & Theatre),1974. Bruneau, Thomas J., Some Effects of Expan Ph.D. 28522 sion of Silent Patna Is on the Comprehension Fields, Thomas A., The Effects of Elicitation and Retcrtion of Spoken Messages. Pennsyl- Variables on the Language Performance of vania State U (Speech Communication), 1974. Normal and Language Disordered Children. Ph.D. 28511 U of Texas at Austin (Speech Communica- Chapman, Darwin, Language Patterns of Cer- lion), 1974. Ph.D. 28523* tain Primary Level Educable Mentally Re-Floyd, Susan Ann, Differeniial Effects of Con- tarded Children, Case Western Reserve U tingent Positive and Negative Listener Re- (Speech Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28512 sponse on the Percent Syllable Disffuency of Clegg, John Frank, Effect of. Intensity of Pre- PreschoolBoys. U of SouthernCalifornia sentationonPitch-MatchingBehaviorin (Communicative Disorders), 1974. Ph.D. Unilateral Meniere's Disorder and Normals. 285244

226 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 225

Muni, Leonard, Language Performance in Dys. havior of Congenitally Addicted and Non- arthricCerebralPalsiedChildren andits AddictedInfants. Wayne State U (Speech Implications for Language Acquisition. The Communication & Theatre), 1974. Ph.D. 28537 Graduate School and University Center, City McGargiII,RogerM.,Pseudo-AuditoryAir U of New York (Speech and Hearing Sci- Conduction Thresholds inthe Deaf. U of ences), 1974. Ph.D. 285254 NebraskaLincoln (Speech and Dramatic Art), Gans, Donald P., Effects of Crossed Olivococh- 1974. Ph.D. 28538 lear Bundle Stimulation ontheCochlear Mikawa, Terralynn, Monolingual versus Bilin- Summatitig Potential. Northwestern U (Com- gual Children's Performances in Repetition municative Disorders), 1974. Ph.D. 28526 of Base and. Transformational Sentences. U Glaser, RooertG., Hearing Aid Evaluations of Utah (Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28539* Using Spectral Density Classified Word Lists. Mitchell, Jacqueline Walton, Bands of Fre. Kent State U (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28527* quencies Which Are Important in Judging Gnewikow, Danny, Temporal Auditory Sum- Preferred Quality of Speech. Ohio State U mationintheAcousticStapedialReflex. (Communication), 1973. Ph.D. 28540 Vanderbilt U (Hearing and Speech Sciences), Moulton, Robert D., Processing Words by Sign 1974. Ph D. 28528* and/or Semantic Factors by Deaf Subjects. Grant, Joni Linick, Certain Oral Communica- Michigan State U (Audiology and Speech tiveSkillsof Young Children From Two Sciences), 1974. Ph.D. 28541* Ethno-EconomicGroupsinTwo Urban Muller, Eric M., Some New Measures of Su- Communities. OhioState U (Communica- praglottal Air Pressure and Their- Aran,. tion),1974. Ph.D. 28529 latoryInterpretation. U of Florida (Com. Harlan. CarlL.,Incidence and Relationship municaticti Studies), 1974. Ph.D. 28542 of VoiceD:sorders Within DivergentPsy. Mumm, Myrna Neuman, A Comparison of the chotic Population. U of Utah (Communica- Resultsof"Behavior-Modification-versus tion), 1974. Ph.D. 28530* 'Traditional" Approaches in the Treatment Haviland, Richard T. A Comparison of Two of Misarticulations in a Public School Set. Nittliods of Evaluating the Expressive Syn- ting. Ohio State U (Communication), 1973. tactic Behavior of Mildly Mentally Retarded Ph.D. 28543 Children Living in Institutions. State U of Nikam,Shailaja,PerceptionofTime-Com- New YorkatBuffalo (Speech Communica- pressed F.nglish CNC Monosyllables by Non- tion).1974. Ph.D. 28531* Native Speakers. Michigan State U (Audiol- Hilton, Laurence M.. A Radiocephatometric In- ogy and Speech Sciences), 1974. Ph.D. 28544* sestigation of Orofacial Skeletal Morphology Nolan, Michael J., Manifestations of Pathology in a Frontal Lisping Orthodontic Population. in Nonverbal Behavior in Aphasia and Schiz- Northwestern1:(Communicative Disorders), ophrenia. Stanford U (Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28532* Ph.D. liofflung. Audrey Smith, An Analysis of the O'Hare, Nancy K., The Relationship Between Syntactic Structures of Children with Deviant Articulatory DysfunctioninChildren and Articulation. The Graduate School and Uni- Performances on Selected Tests of Auditory %ersit C..nter, City U of New York (Speech Retention. U of Virginia (Speech Pathology and Hearing Sciences), 1974. Ph.D. 28533* and Audiology), 1973. Ph.D. 28545* Kim. Jong Yule, Base Structure and Trans- Peak,Margaret, LoudnessRelationshipsBe- formational Derivations of Complex Sentences tween Speech and Pure Tone Stimuliat in Korea e..Teachers College. Columbia U Suprathreshold Levels. Teachers College, Co- (Languages. Literature. Speech. & Theatre), lumbia 1' (Speech Pathology and Audiology), 1974. Ed.D. 28534 1971. Ph.D. 285.16 Krocs, Patricia Avery. Comparison of the Rd- Peters, Gilmour U. The Relationship Between alive Intelligibility of Four Spanish Speech - Some Measures of Hearing Loss and Self- Audiometric Tests. Ohio State U (Communi- AssessmentofHearingHandicap. Wayne cation), 1973. Ph.D. 28535 State U (Speech Communication and The- Kroll. R. M.. The Influence of Task Presenta- atre), 1974. Pli.D. 28547* tionandInFormation ontheAdaptation Phelps.RichardA.,Attitudesof Classroom EffectinStutterers and Normal Speakers. Teachers,LearningDisabilitiesSpecialists, Bowling Green State I' (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. and School Principals Toward Speech and 28536* . Linguage Therapy inPublic Elementary Liles. Ruth Dent, A Comparative Perceptual Schools. Northwestern U (Communicative Dis. and Acoustic Analysis of Early Crying Be- orders), 1974. Ph.D. 28548

2 2 7 226 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Posner, Judd, Relationships Between Comfort-Schwartz, Daniel M., Critical 'Bandwidth and able Loudness Levels for Speech and Speech DifferentialLoudnessSummationinthe Discrimination in Sensori-neural Hearing Loss. AcousticStapedialReflex.Vanderbilt U Teachers College, Columbia U (Speech Path- (Hearing and Speech Sciences), 1974. PhD. ology and .Audiology), 1974. Ed.D. 28549 28562 l'otoker,David,OralFormDiscrimination,Schwartz, joAnne, Experiments on Suprathres- Clarity of Articulation, and Overall Adequacy hold Loudness Tracking of Continuous and of Speech in Parkinsonism. Teachers College, Interrupted Pure-tone Stimuli. Teachers Col- Columbia U (Speech Pathology and Audiol- lege, Columbia U (Speech Pathology and ogy), 1974 Ed.D. 28550 Audiology), 1974. Ph.D. 28563 Ramer, Andrya L. H., Syntatic Styles and Uni-Seward, James Edwin, A Rhetorical Analysis versal Aspects of Language Emergence. The of Four Songs in the Rhetoric of the United Graduate School and University Center, City States'InvolvementinIndochina,1966.70. U- of New York (Speech and Hearing Sci- Ohio ,State U (Communication). I974. Ph.D. ences), 1974. Ph.D. 28551 28564 Riccillo, Samuel C., Children's Speech and Com- Silvius, Jane R., A Study of the Comparative municative Competence. Denver U (Speech Performance of Learning Disabled and Nor- Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28552* mal Children on Piagetian Tasks of Conser- vation. Northwestern U (Communicative Dis- Richards, Doris, A Comparative Study of the orders), 1974. Ph.D. 28565 IntonationCharacteristicsof Young Adult Smaldino,TosephJ., The Differentiation of Males and Females. Case Western Reserve U Low Fidelity Circuiting By Behavioral Test (Speech Communication), 1974. Ph.D. 28553 Response U of Florida (Speech Pathology), Richardson, Joyce Cordell, The Identification 1974, Ph.D. 28566 by Voice of SpeakersBelongingto TwoSparks, David W., The Relative Roles of Micro- Ethnic Groups. Ohio State U (Communica- structure and EnvelopeinReducing the tion), 1973. Ph.D. 28554 Fusion of Binaural Auditory Signals. North- Rink, Timothy LaVerne, An Exploration of western U (Communicative Disorders), 1974. the Relationship Between aHearing Pro. Ph.D. 28567 tectiveDeviceand 'SpeechDiscrimination Tillis,Cecil Hayman, The Effectof"Inter- Performance for Persons with Sensori'Neural consonantal Distance" Upon theRecall of Hearing Loss. Ohio State U (Communica- PrevocalicConsonants andClusters.Ohio tion), 1973. Ph.D. 28555 State U (Communication), 1973, Ph.D. 28568 Ronson,Irwin,TheRelationshipBetween Tull,Bari ara Mitchell, Analysis of Selected Stuttering and Selected Sentence Types. The Prosodic Features in the Speech of Black and Graduate School and University Center, City White Children. Ohio State U (Communica- V of Nc-v York (Speech and Hearing Sci- tion), 1973. Ph.D. 28569 ences), 1974. Ph.D. 28557 Turbeville, Joseph B., Jr., A Study of Speech DiscriminationAmplification. Vanderbilt U Salem, Philip J., The Development of Higher (Hearing and Speech Sciences), 1974. Ph.D. Mental Processes in the Generation of Mean- 28570 ing. Denver U (Speech Communication), 1974. VanViiet,Louise,PhenernicPerception by Ph.D. 28558* Brain-DamagedIndividuals. Ohio State U Salvatore, A.ithony P., An Investigation of the (Communication), 1974, Ph.D. Effects of Pause Duration on Sentence Com- Waltzman, Susan B., Backward and Forward prehension by Aphasic Subjects. U of Pitts- Masking with Reproducible Noise Bursts. The burgh (Speech & Theatre Arts), 1974. Ph.D. Graduate School and University Center, City 28559 U of New York (Speech and Hearing Sci- SchisseL Richard J.. Discrimination, Auditory ences), 1974. Ph.D. 28571* Processing and Echoic Memory for VCCVWaterhouse, Lynn, Genetic and Sociocultural Disyllables in Children Representing Three Influence on Language Development. U of Levels. of ArticulationProficiency. Pennsyl- Pennsylvania (Annenberg Schoolof Com- vania State U (Special Education), 1974, Ph.D. munications), 1973. Ph.D. 28572 28560* White, Steven C. The Effect of Response Avail- Schow, Ronald L. Hisotircal, OtoIogical, and ability on the Speech Discrimination Scale. AudiologicalFindings inOtosclerosiswith Wayne State U (Speech Communication & DiagnosisbyRadiology.Northwestern U Theatre). 1974. PhD. 28573 (Commun:cative Disorders), 1974. Ph.D. 28561 Wilson, Kent J,. Visual Sequential Recall of 2128 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 227 Associative and Non-Associative Stimuliin Baker, Yvonne, Descriptive Analysis of Articu- UnilaterallyBrain-DamagedandNormal lationPatternsIn A SelectedGroup Of Adults. U of Michigan (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. TrainableBlackMentally RetardedChil- 28574 dren In A Non-Residential Public School Woerl, Sister Mary Louise, Effects of Rhythmi- Setting.. Howard U (Speech), 1973. M.S. 28586 cal Speech Patterns in Prose and Verse ofBaldwin, Jenny K., Speech Rate, Hesitations MisarticulationsofthePhoneme/r/. Ohio and Pauses in Spontaneous College Lectures State U (Communication), 1073. Ph.D. 28575 in the Division of Humanities Within The Departments of English, History, and Philos- ophy. Louisiana State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. SPEECH SCIENS 28587 Bartosh, Ilene A., An Investigationof Peer Masters Theses Reactions to Stuttering Among Adolescents. Adams, Jury, The Speech Error Patterns of U of Texas at Austin (Speech Communica- Children with Normal and Defective Ariteu- tion), 1974. M.A. 28588 lation. U of Texas at Austin (Speech Com- Bean, Denise, Effects of Variation in Prosody munication), 1974. M.A. 28576 onSentenceComprehensionbyAphasic Aitchison, Carole, A Profile of Clinical Super- Adults. U of Pittsburgh (Speech & Theatre visors in College and University Speech and Arts), 1974. M.S. 28589 Hearing Training Programs. U of North Becchetti, Dennis, A Descriptive Study of the Dakota (Speech Pathology and Audiology), ReferralHabits and Attitudes of Speech 1974. M.A. 28577 Clinicians and School Counselors in the State Anc fere& Ashy Ann, The Incidence of Voice of North Dakota. U of North Dakota (Speech Disorders and Related Neuromuscular Ten- Pathology and Audiology), 1968. M.S. 28590 sion in One Hundred Twenty University Stu- Becher,DianeLousie, An Investigationof dents.Texas Christian U (Communication Hearing Aid Dealer Competencies. Kent State Pathology.Speech Communication), 1975. U (Speech), 1974. MA..28591 M.A. 28578 Belford: Barbara Shirley, The Effects of Color Anderson, Ann, An Application of Generative- Upon the Responses of Brain-Damaged Chil- Transformational Model of Linguistic De- dren and Controls to the Peabody Picture scription to a First Grade Basal Reader. U Vocabulary Test. San Diego State U (Speech of Cincinnati(Speech and 'TheaterArts), Pathology and Audiology), 1974. M.A. 28592 1974. M.A. 28579 Benkovitz, Rose L., Vowel Length as aDis- Anderson, Marcia Rosen, Temporal Auditory tinguishing* Feature of Black Speech. U of Integrationin the Normal Ear. Hofstra U Florida (Speech Pathology), 1974. M.A. 28593 (Speech Arts & Sciences), 1974. M.A. 28580 Andrews, Jo Lynn, A Comparison of ThreeBerringer, Carolyn., The Relationship Between Procedures for Obtaining Language Samples Predicted Articulation Proficiency and Syn- fromChildrenDelayedinLanguage De- tactic Development of First Graders.IT of velopment. Ohio State U (Communication), North Dakota (Speech Pathology and Audi- 1974. M A. 28581 ology),1973. M.A. 28594 Armour, Donald B., The Temporal SummationBerry, Frances Sue, An Experimental Study to Function of Short Duration Tones at Mod- Explore the Relationship Between a Dichotic erate Semation Levels. Vanderbilt U (Hear- Listening Task and Language Development. ing and Speech Sciences), 1974. M.S. 28582 San Diego State U (Speech Pathology and Arnold, Susan E., A Study of the Perception Audiologv), 1974. M.A. 28505 ofNasalityinSegmented CVN Syllables. Beseda. Weedy Ann, A Comparison of a Public Western Illinois U (Communication Arts and School and Professional Clinic Facility. Kent Selene's), 1974. M.A. 23583 State II (Speech), 1074. M.A. 28596 Milan, Richard Allan., Children's and Adults'Dingman, judith A., A Comparison of the Perception of Voice Qnality. San Diego State Responses of Normal Children and Children U (Speed, Pathology and Audiology), 1974. with Functional Articulation Disorders to the M.A. 28581 SSW Test. U of North Dakota (Speech Path- Damn, SallyJ.. A Cotriparison of Two Oral ology and Audiology), 1972. M.A. 28507 Stercognosis Testing Strategies with Articula- Bishop, Madge, Toward a Theory of Imitation tory- DefectiveChildren. Michigan State U in Language Acquisition. U of Wisconsin- (Audiology and Speech Sciences), 1974. M.A. StevensPoint(Communicative D i SO rder s) , 28585 1974. M.S. 28598

229 228 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Bitteneourt, Maria da realm F.,Validity of Bright, Josephine L., Agreements in the Space- the Test of Language Disorders on Brazilian By-Space Predictions fo Written Language. Children. U of Utah (Communication), 1974. Ohio State U (Communication), 1974. M.A. M.S. 28599 28612 iljork, Beverly J., A Comparison of the Syntax Brown, Jonathan R.,Classically Conditioning of the Written Language of Deaf and -of the Acoustic Reflex. Kent State U (Speech), hearing Children. 1.1 of North Dakota (Speech 1974. M.A. 2861$ Pathology and Audiology). 1974. MS, 28600 Bruttomesso, Christine, Speech Discrimination Iljork, Randall J., The Effect of Alpha Brain- as a Variant of Signal-to-Noise Ratio in a Wave Control on the Speech of Two Adult GeriatricPopulation. Vanderbilt U (Hear- Stutterers. U of North Dakota (Speech Path- ing and Speech Sciences), 1974. MS. 28614 ,ology anti Audiology }.1974. M.S. 28601 Bunner, Michael M., The Effect of Intensity Blaltauvietz. Larry L., A Comparison of a Nor- Change on Pitch. Vanderbilt U (Hearing and trial Speaking and a Speech Defective Group Speech Sciences), 1974. M.S. 28615 of Third Grade Elementary Students on a Busch, Claudia Jo, Behavioral Characteristics Discrimination Task Involving Lingual Sta. and Conditioning Speech Skills in .Autistic °gnostic Ability. U of North Dakota (Speech Children. U of Wyoming (Speech Pathology- Pathology and Audiology, 1968. M.S. 28602 Audiology). 1974. M.S. 28616 Bland, Sylvia V., Differences in Syllable Dura- Bye.Elaine:D., A Comparsion of Language tionBetween Native Born Black African, Age Scores on the Illinois Test of Psycho- Black American. and White American Chil- linguistic Abilities and theUtah. Test of dren.WesternIllinois U (Communication Language Development. U of North Dakota Arts anti Sciences), 1974. M.A. 28603 (Speech Pathology and Audiology), 1972. M.S. Illickle, Jennifer E., Boone Conducted Speech 28617 Testing. Kent State U (Speech),1974. hf.A. Cady, James, The Reliability Measures Ob- 2860-1 tained with the Master Hearing Aid. Kent Iihnser, Jeao I.ottise. The Effect of Rate Con- State if (Speech). 1974. M.A. 28618 trolledSpeech on the Auditory Receptive Caiazio, Anthony J., An Investigation of the Scoresat Two LanguageAbility Groups, Effect of Noise as a Function of Age in the Kent State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28605 Guinea rig. City College, City U of New Battey. Stephen Joseph, The Relationship Be- York (Speech & Theatre), 1974. M.A. 28619 tween theElectroacoustical Performance of Broadband Noise and Pure Tones in Hear- Camp, DeborahJ., The Effects of Delayed ing Aides. Kent State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. Auditory Feedback on Speech Rates. Western Illinois U (Communication Arts and Sciences), 28606 1974. M.A. 28620 Borkowski,Linda0., The Personality Type of Speech Pathologists and Audiologists as Carlberg. Karen A.. Test, Re-Test Reliability, RevealedbytheM.B.T.I. U ofFlorida and Right Ear Advantage of Dichotically Pre- (Speech Pathology), 1974. M.A. 28607 sented Sreech Stimuli. WesternIllinois U Sciences), 1974. Boyce, Nancy (Mrnak). An Analysis of the Syn- (Communication Arts and tax of Stage V Mentally Retarded and Normal M.A. 28621 Individuals. U of Wisconsin-Eau Claire (Com- Carlson, Karen S., The Role of Echolalia in municative Disorders), 1974. M.S. 28608 Language Development. Vanderbilt U (Hear- Brancienbing. Lawrence E.. The Effect of In- ing and Speech Sciences), 1974. M.A. 28622 crement Size and Sensation Level on ShortCarroll,Jack, A Study ofOnset-Amplitude Increment Sensitivity Index Scores. Western Angie and DurationNon-Stutterersversus Illinois I.1 (Communication Arts and Sciences), Stutterers. U of Cincinnati (Speech and The- 1974. M.A. 28609 ater Arts), 1974. M.A. 28623 Brawley, Rod J Approaching Deafness: A Cassel, Chatlene L., A Comparison of the Per- Diet for Parents. California State U. Fresno formance of Learning Disability Children and (Communicative Disorders), 1974. M.A. 28610 Regular Classroom Children Using the De- Briese, Anne D., Differences in Speech Rate, velopmental Sentence Scoring Procedure. U Hesitations and Pauses in Spontaneous Col- ofCincinnati(Speech and Theatre Arts). legeLecturesinthe Divisionof Natural 1974. M.A. 28624 Sciences Within The Department of Biol- Castille, Brenda F., Differences in Speech Rate, ogy. Louisiana State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. Hesitations and Pauses in Spontaneous Col. 28611 lege Lectures in the Division of Social Se'.

230 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 229 enccs Within the Department of Economics,Dailey, Daniel J., Application of the Spearman- PoliticalScienceandSociology.Louisiana Karber Formula to an Ascending Method of State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28625 DeterminingSpeechReceptionThreshold. Clark, Tana, A Comparative Analysis of Pa- Western lilinnois U (CommunicationArts rental Attitudes of Language Delayed and and Scietues), 1974. M.A. 28637 Normal-Speaking Children., CaliforniaState Dale, Duane A., A Comparison of the Effects C atLos Angeles (Speech Communication of Two Different Time-Out Durations on and Drama). 1974. M.A. 28626 Audible StutteringBehavior. U of North Cochran, Johanna R., An Investigation of the Dakota (Speech Pathology and Audiology), Effectof Hemispheric Side of Lesion on 1974. M.S. 28638 VisualMemoryforLinguistic and Non- Dansereau, Gail M., A Distinctive Feature An- Linguistic Stimuli. Ohio State U (Communi- alysis of the Articulatory Errors Of Language cation), 1974. M.A. 28627 and Articulation Disordered Children. U of Coddington. JaneHill, An Investigation of Maine at Orono (Speech), 1974. MA. 28639 the Cognitive Functioning of Apitsaic Pa-Daum, Walter S. Delayed Auditory Feedback, tients. Ohio State U (Communication). 1974. Masking and its Relationship to Stuttering. M.A. 28628 U of Wyoming (Speech Pathology Audiol- Co Beta,. Ester A., Oral Stereognostie Ability ogy), 1974. MS. 28640 Among Tongue Thrusters with InterdentalDavis, Deborah K., Generalization Patterns As- lisp, Tongue Thrusters Without Interdental sociated with Teaching Early and Late De- Lisp.and NormalChildren.Herbert H. veloping Phonemes. Mankato State College Lehman College, CUNY (Speech & Theatre). (Speech & Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. 28641 1974. M.A. 28629 Davis, Polly W., The Comparison of Morpho- Susan Gail, Effects of Picture Word logical Abilities Among Segregated and In- Language Therapy on Syntactical Growth. tegrated Elementary School Age Indian Chil- San Diego State U (Speech Pathology and dren in North Dakota. U of North Dakota Audiology), 1974. M.A. 28630 (Speech Pathology and Audiology), 1972. M.A. Compton, Cynthia, The Effects of Conventional 28642 and DirectionalMicrophone' Hearing Aids Deresh, Claudia N., A Comparison Study of the on Speech Discrimination Scores. Vanderbilt Effects of Verbal Reinforcement of Correct U (Hear.ng and Speech Sciences), 1974. M.S. Articulation and Verbal Punishment of In- 28631 correctMaculation on ArticulationError Connell. Phil J., A Study to Determine the Rates During Reading. U of North Dakota (SpeechPathologyandAudiology),1972. Effectof Articulatory Behavior Change on Auditory Perceptual Abilities. U of Maine M.A. 28643 De Santis, Jacquelin Eileen, An Analysis of the at Orono (Speech), 1974. M.A. 23632 Electroacoustical Characteristics of the One- Conner, DennisE., The Effects of Intense Piece Vacuum Tube Hearing Aid. Kent State White Noise on the Perception of Loudness U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28644 as Measured by the Short Increment Sensi- Dethlefs,KathleenA.S.,Establishmentof tivity Index. Western Illinois U (Communica- Normative Data for the Revised Full-Range tion Art-t and Sciences), 1974. M.A. 28633 Action-Agent Vocabulary Test. U of Ne- Cornelius,Suzanne, A Comparisonofthe braska- Lincoln (Speech and Dramatic Art), ElicitedI,anguage Inventory withthe De- 1974. M.A. 28645 velopnuntal SyntaxScoring Proceduresin Dicarrado, Connie P., A Comparison of Gest- Assessing Language DisordersinChildren. ural Communication with Aphasics: Pre and U of Texas at Austin (Speech Communica- Post Therapy. Herbert H. Lehman College, lion). 19'4. M.A. 28634 CUNY (Speech & Theatre), 1974. M.A. 28646 Currin,Florence Jocelyn, Communimtion Dick, Pamela E., Analysis of the Factors of Bound Anxiety Among High School Students: Race and Social Class on the Northwestern: Speech Impaired Versus Controls. San Diego Syntax Screening Test. U of Florida (Speech State U (Speech Pathology and Audiology), Pathology), 1974. M.A. 28647 1974. M.A. 28635 Diefendorf, Allan 0., An Investigation of the Curtis,KerryL., An Investigationof Oral ElectroacousticStabilityofHearingAids Stereognostic Ability of the Good and Poor Worn by Young Hearing Impaired Children. Lipreader. U of Maine at Orono (Speech), Vanderbilt U (Hearing and Speech Sciences), 1974. M.A. 28636 1974. M.S. 28648

231 230 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Draper, Dawn Shelley, Varied Modality Presen- U (Audiology and SpeechSciences),1974. tations Versus Single Modality Presentations M.A. 28660 in Normals and Aphasics. San Diego State U Foster, SaraK., A Comparison of Standard (Speech Pathology and Audiology), 1974, M.A. Measures of Verbal, Gestural Tasks, Au U. 28649 tory Comprehension, and Visual Comprehen- Drudge, Mary Kay, The Shaping Behavior in sion with Scores from the Porch Index of Voice Therapy, Kent State U (Speech), 1974. Communicative Ability. Central Michigan U M.A. 28650 (SpeechandDramaticArts),1974.M.A. Driewiecki. lialina, Ranges in Personality Fac- 28661 tors and Sell-Rating of Hearing HandicapFowler, Cynthia G., The Relationship Between as a Remit of Formal Speech Reading Train- SickleCellAnemia andHearingAcuity. ing. U of NebraskaLincoln (Speech and Dra- Louisiana State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28662 matic Art), 1974. M.A. 28651 Friebus, Maxine B., The Relationship Between Dm licit, Tim Myrno, Some Relationships Among Motor Anomalies and Functional Articulation the Most Comfortable Level, the Loudness Defects. U of Utah (Communication), 1974. I)iscotnfort Level, and the Acoustic Reflex. U M.S. 28663 of Cincinnati (Speech and Theater Arts), 1974. Furiga, Eloise J., Predicting Hearing Loss from M.A. 28652 Acoustic Stapedial Reflex Measurements. Cen- Dunn, Jan, The Relationship Between Most tral Michigan U (Speech and Dramatic Arts). C:tanfortable Loudness Level for Pure Tones 1974. M.A. 28664 and the Acoustic Stapedius Reflex. HerbertGaidry, Thayne H., Differences in Speech Rate, H. Lehman College, CUNY (Speech & The- Hesitations and Pauses in Spontaneous Col- atre), 1974. M.A. 28653 lege Lectures in the Division of Physical Sci- Eisenbach, Charles R., Subtle Impairments of ence Within the Departments of Chemistry, Language Secondary to Right Cortical Trau- Geology,& Physics.LouisianaStateU ma. U of Florida (Speech Pathology), 1974. (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28665 ILA. 28654 Elliott, Virginia Hobba, The Identification, Re- Glick,AudreyM., A Comparisonof Two call, and "Sequencing" of Geometric Objects Methods of Recording and Analyzing Student by Aphasic Adults Under Different Modes of Clincian-Client Interaction: Boone and Pres- Sensory Stimulation.Oh..,State U (Com- cott System and the ABC System. U of North municatien), 1974. M.A. Dakota (Speech Pathology and Audiology), Ellison, Mary Sue, A Study of the Effect of Pro. 1974. M.S. 28666 ctittral N'ariables on a ParentChild Interac-Godfrey, Gloria, Effect of SpeechType Back- tion Scale Score. Louisiana State U (Speech), ground on Listener Judgement of Esophageal 1974. M.A. 28655 Speech. Wayne State U (Speech Communica- Ellsworth, Elise, Correlation of Trace Mineral tion & 'Theatre), 1974. M.A. 28667 Levels inthe Hair of Stutterers and Non-Godlewski, Dorothy, A Behavior Modification stutterers. U of Utah (Communication), 1974. Approach to Lipreading, A Case History. U M.S. 28656 ofCincinnati(Speech and TheaterArts), Erdmann, Michele Kahan, A Study of Certain 1974. M.A. 28668 Psychosocial and Speech Parameters in Cleft Goodes, Dennis P., Temporary Threshold Shift Palate Sie.tjects Prior to and Following Pha- Due to the Menstrual Cycle. Western Illinois ryngeal Thip Surgery. U of Pittsburgh (Speech U (Communication Arts and Sciences), 1974. 3: Theater Arts), 1974. M.S. 28657 M.A. 28669 Erickson, Karen M., Effect of Signaling Antici- Gordon, David G., The Application of High pation of Target Sound Production on Artic- Risk Factors Assticiated with Cogenital Hear- ulatiori Carryover. IJ of North Dakota (Speech ing Impairments. U of Utah (Communica- Pathology and Audiology), 1972. M.A. 28658 don), 1974. MS. 28670 Frick, BarbaraIi., An Investigation of theGronhovd, K. Dale, The Performance of Cer- Relationship of Test Scores of Auditory Dis- tain Younger Age Groups in the Minnesota crimination and Expressive/Receptive Lan- Test for the Differential Diagnosis of Aphasia. guage Abilities. Western Illinois U (Com- U of North Dakota (Speech Pathology and munication Arts and Sciences),1974. MA. Audiology), 1968. MS. 28671 28659 Gross, Howard, A Comparison of Acoustic Re- Flaherty, Anne K., Children's Perception of flex Thresholds Elicited by Pure Tones and Temporally Distorted Sentential Approxima- Noise inthe Normal Human Ears. Ohio tions and Normal Sentences. Michigan State State U (Communication), 1974. MA. 28672 232 GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 231 Cudmuncison, Bonnie S., Speech Clinicians as Children. San Diego State U (Speech Path- 'Community Communication, U ofUtah ology and Audiology), 1974. M.A. 28686 (Communication), 1974. M.A. 28673 Widen, Rhoda I., IsThis Good Talking:A Gust, Doris P., A Study of the Relationship of SyntaxScreening TestUsing No Picture Tongue ThrusttoPredictedSpontaneous Stimuli. U of North Dakota (Speech Path- Refinement of Defective S. Production. U of ology and Audiology), 1973. M.A. 28687 North Dakota (Speech Pathology and Audi-Hinojosa, Barbara, A Comparison of Young ology). 1468. M.A. 28674 Stutterers and Young Nonstutterers on the Hannah. KayL.,VisualComprehensionof Revised Illinois Test of Psycholinguistic Abil- AdultAphasics WhenIrrelevantGraphic ities. U of Texas at Austin (Speech Com- Stimuli Are Concealed or Exposed. U of munication), 1974. M.A. 28688 Vermont (Speech Pathology), 1974. M.S. 28675 Hogan, Jeanne G., Analysis of a Middle Class Harris, Richard W.,BinauralRelease from Father's SpeedstoHis Language-Develop- Masking for Signal Detection and Signal Dis- ingChild.HerbertH. LehmanCollege, crimination Tasks. U of Wisconsin Stevens CUNY (Speech Se Theatre), 1974. M.A. 28689 Point (Communicative Disorders), 1974. M.S. 28676 Hogan, Lawrence Nicholas, An Examination Harrison, Melinda A., Speech Pathology and oftheRelativeEffectivenessof Multiple- Audiology by Graduates of The University Simulsaii-ous and Linear-Sequential Imagery of Texas at Austin. U of Texas at Austin in the Presentation of Factual Material. Ohio (5erech Comimication), 1974. M.A. 28677 State U (Communication), 1973. M.A. 28690 Hartmann. Marianna C., Stutteringin Spon-Holzwarth, RonaldH.,Compassion ofthe taneous Speech and Oral Reading: Frequency, Effect of Different Noise Bands on Contra- Loci. Measured Uncertainty, Estimated Im- lateral1ure Tones. U of North Dakota portance. OhioState U (Communication), (Speed) Pathology and Audiology), 1973. N.A. 1974. M.A. 28678 28691 Hauser, Charles R., The Effect of ComplexityHood Linda J., The Effects of Reverberation Differences in English and Spanish Morphol- on Speech Discrimination Scores. Kent State ogy on a Child's Ability to Imitate Selected U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28692 Structures. U of Texas at Austin (Speech Hormel, ShirleyP.,Establishment of Norms Communication), 1974. M.A. 28679 for the Jacobs Test of Syntax Development Havens, Michele Carol Mishkin, Picture and for Ages Five Years Six Months to Six Years Manual Modes of Response of a Speech Dis- Eleven Months. U of Vermont (Speech Path- crimination Test with Institutionalized Men- ology), 1974. M.S. 28693 tally Retarded. San Diego State U (SpeechHorner, Jennifer C., Deductive and Inductive Pathology and Audiology), 1974. M.A. 28680 Learning Strategies in the Acquisition of a Heath, Jean H., Comparisons of Variations of Minature Artificial Language by Normal and the Token Test. U of Maine at Orono Language Disordered Children. U of Florida (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28681 (Speech Pathology), 1974. M.A. 28694 Heitman, Frederick R., A Model Information Huh, Marjorie E The Effects of Controlled Retrieval System for a Speech and Hearing Phonetic EnvironmentsinFacilitatingthe Clinic. 1.' of Florida (Speech Pathology), 1974. Correct Production of Substitute /s/ Phoneme. 28682 Western Illinois U (Communication Arts and lienderson,.Cathy G., A, Study of Certain Vari- Sciences), 1974. M.A. 28695 ablesAffectingPerformancesofPreschoolJackson, Visian, Letter Predicting in Relation Children on aPicture Test of Adjectives. to Transformational Analysis of Sentences. Louisiana State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28683 Ohio State U (Communication), 1974. M.A. Henderson, JoAnne Lynn, Effects of Sentence 28696 Length and Structure on Imitation AbilitiesJarclini, Linda P., Relationship Between Blood of Language-Impaired Children. San Diego SalicylateLevels and HearingAbilityin State C (Speech Pathology and Audiology). PatientswithRhismatoidArthritis. U of 1974.M.A.28684 Pittsburgh(Speecha:Theatre Arts),1974. Hennessey, Ellen M., The Efficacy of Teaching M.S. 28697 Adult Aphasics to AsQuestions. U of Ver-Jeter, Laura Gail, Relationships Between Gen- mont (Speech Pathology), 1974. MS. 28685 eration of Meaning, Association, and Audi- Hightower, Caroline Jean, The Effect of 'Lin- tory Recall. San Diego State U (Speech Path- guisticLinkage on Nonordered Recall of ology and Audiology), 1971. M.A. 28698'i

233 . 232 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Johnson, Barbara, The Effectsof Presumed. Interaction. U ofNorth Dakota(Speech PositiveConsequences onStutteringand Pathology and Audiology), 1973. M.A. 28711 Fluency. U of North Dakota (Speech Path- Lamb, Mary E.,EffectsofDifferent Signal ology and Audiology), 1973. M.S. 28699 LevelsUpontheCardiovascular Response Johnson, May Pat, A Study of Carryover Prac- to Scrawl. U of California, Santa Barbara rices Among School Clinicians in North Da- (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28712 kota. U of North Dakota (Speech PathologyLangholtz, Leo, An Evaluation by Lehman Col- and Audiology), 1972. M.S. 28700 lege Student Teacher Public School Speech Johnson, Richard M., The Effects of Contin- Cliniciansof Their Undergraduate Profes- uous and Partial Reinforcement During Audi- sional Prep Pr*oon. Herbert H. Lehman Col- tory Discrimination Training for the Men- lege, CUNY (Speech & Theatre), 1971. M.A. tally Retarded. U of North Dakota (Speech zoil3 Pathology and Audiology), 1969. M.A. 28701 Layer le,BennieJ.,Early Interventionwith Kelly. Cart :c R., A Correlation Study of Tests ,Developmentally Disabled Children. Louisiana Measuring Semantic Ability and Tests Mea- State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28714 suring Syntactic Ability in Children. U ofLedesma, welly Reyes, The Development of North Dakota (Speech Pathology and Audi- Speech Audiometric Materials inPhilipino. ology), 1P72. M.A. 28702 Kent State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28715 Kent, Marilyn, The Effects of Sound Field Stim- Letien, Walter G., The Reflex Relaxation In- taw; Presentations ou Localization Responses dex (RRI) for Distinguishing Between Nor- of infants Within the Six Through Twenty- mall and Sensorieneural Impaired Hearing. Month Range. U of Notth Dakota (Speech Central Michigan U (Speech and Dramatic Pathology and Audiology), 1970. M.S. 28703 Arts), 1974. M.A. 28716 Kitic,Pamela, A Categorization ofthe Re- Leue, Debra A Comparison of Articulation Dis- sponces of Black English Speaking Children ordered and Articulation Proficient Children to the Northwestern Syntax Screening Tcst. on the Auditory Test for Language Compre- Howard Lt (Speech), 1973. M.S. 28704 hension and the Receptive Portion of the Klomp, jo,Inn S.. Oral Sensory Perception in Northwest Syntax Screening Test. U of Cin- Children with Normal and Delayed Lan- cinnati(Speech andTheater Arts),1974. guage. U of Utah (Communication), 1974. M.A. 2017 M.S. 28705 Lewis, Roberta L., A Follow-up Study of Oral Koller, Jerry J., Identification of Action Words CleftPatientsEvaluatedbytheCentral and Activity Pantomimes by Aphasics. Herb- MichiganUniversity SpeechandHearing ertH. Lehman College, CUNY (Speech & Clinic.Central Michigan U (Speechand Theatre) 1974, M.A. 28706 Dramatic Arts), 1974. M.A. 28718 Koppcimatt, Mark, An Investigation of the Re.Liberman, Robin L., Comparison of Normal lationshio Between Spelling Abiilty and Per- and Mentally Retarded Children in Their formance on Two Auditory Tests Admin- Ability to Recognize Meaningful and Mean- istered with Calibrated Audiometric Equip- ingless Emotionally Toned Sentences. Herbert ment. U of North Dakota (Speech Pathology H. Lehman College, CUNY (Speech & The- and Audiology), 1972. M.S. 28707 atr9, 1974. M.A. 28719 Knipp, Dwight, A TestRetest Re lability Study Lindley,Louise,Individualized Program De- oftheContinuous Tone Masking (CTM) velopment forDysphasicChildreninthe Test. U of North Dakota (Speech Pathology Public &hold Environment. California State and Audiology), 1972. M.A. 28708 U, Fresno (Communicative Disorders),1973. Krometis. Gay, A Descriptive Analysis of the M.A. 28720 Interference of Native Language Habits ofLinik, Frank, Circtim Aural Cushions Versus 17 Greek Speakers When Perceiving and MX-AR 41 Earphones and Public School's Reproducing Sounds of English. "Howard U Audiometry. California State U, Fresno (Com- (Speech), 1974. M.S. 28709 municative Disorders), 1974. M.A. 28721 Krowchenko. Laura, A Study of the Relation-Lister, PaulB., Personality Profiles and Self- ship Between Number of Distinctive-Feature Rated Adjustment of Laryngectomees. Cen- Errors and Judged Speech Defectiveness. U tral Michigan U (Speech and Dtamaric Arts), ofNorthDakota(SpeechPathologyand 1974. M.A. 28722 Audiology), 1973. M.A. 28710 Logan, Jeaa Made, Genectiogy ofChildren Laird,BeverleyA., An Investigationof the Diagnosed as Having VeIoPharyngealInsuf- Length of Observation Necessary to Obtain ficiency. Kent State U (Speech). 1974. M.A. a Representative Sample of Clinician-Client 28723

2g & GRADUATE THESESAND DISSERTATIONS 233

Lusthatts, Charles, A Parent Training Program Menks. Alice H., Visual Perception in Children for Children with Dclaye1 Expressive Lan- with Defective Articulation. U of Utah (Com- guage. Vanderbilt U (Hearing and Speech municatit.n), 1974. M.S. 28736 Sciences), 1974. M.S. 28724 Mercer, Anne L., A Study of Nonverbal Be- MacKenzie, E. Heather, The Effect of Response haviors Used by Student Clinicians. U of Cost on Misarticulation. U of North Dakota North Dakota (Speech Pathology and Audi- (Speech Pathology and Audiology), 1974. M.A. ology), 1974. M.A. 28737 t8725 Miller, Susan Jane Haynes, Judgment of Artic- Mahlon'. Nancy L., A Study to Test the Effec- ulation Defectiveness by Trained and Un- tiveness of a Timeout Mask in Controlling trained Listeners. San Deigo State U ( Speech Pathology and Audiology). 1974. M.A. 28738 NlisarticulationsinReading. U of North Mitchell,ChristineA.P., A Kindergarten Dakota(SpeechPathology and Audiology), 1070. M.S. 28726 Speech Improvement Program. U of Utah (Commtblitation), 1974. M.S. 28739 tfahoney, 'Thomas M., The Speech Discritbina-;Wooers, Janet, Viz., Loudness and Vowel Pro- lionPerformance ofCros Aided Normal longation: Clinical Speech Groups San Diego Hearing Subjects with Stimulated Bilateral %*.ate U (Speech Pathology and Audiology), High Frequency Hearing Impairments. U of 1974. M.A. 28740 North D.'kota (Speech Pathology and Audi- Morris. DorinhyL.,ProfileAnalysis ofthe ology), (P68. M.A. 28727 Illinois Test of Psycho-LinguisticAbilities: Mallnenda, Anthony S. A Study of the Effec- Implications for Speech Pathology and the tiveness of the Monterey Language Program Reading Frocess. Ohio State U (Communi- on Children with Language and Articulatory cation), 1974. M.A. 28741 Deficits. U of Vermont (Speech Pathology), Mullen, Katherine IC., Comparative Use of Pic- 1974. itf.S28728 tures and Objects in Testing Language Com- Manning, NancyL., The Relation Between prehension of Preschool Children. Ohio State Two Levels of Socioeconomic Status, Race. U (Communication), 1974. M.A. 28742 andPerformance on Three Measuresof Nichols, Kim. The Relationship of Auditory Speech Sound Discrimination. Louisiana State DiscriminationtoMaximal and Minimal 1.' (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28729 Distinctive Feature Differences. Western Illi- NIartin, Georgia Anne. The Effects of Group nois U (Comunication Arts and Sciences). Therapy on the Frequency of Nonfluencies 1974. M.A. 28743 of Adult Male Stutterers. San Diego StateNichol], Laura Ann, A Study of the Effect of U (Speech Pathology and Audiology), 1971. Pure-Tone Stimuli on the Threshold of the M.A. 28730 Acoustic Reflex. Ohio State U (Communica- Mastman, Ellen Green, The Effects of a Port- tion), 1974. M.A. 27844 able Acoustical Shield Upon the Speed- Dis- Nies, Cheralyn T., Extraclinic Generalization of criminatihn Performance of Hearing Impair- Programmed Instruction from the Syntactic ed Subjects. State U of New York at Buffalo Structure is Interrogative." U of California, (Speech Communication). 1974. M.A. 28731 Santa Barbara (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28745 Norman, Cherie S. The Accuracy of Loudness Matcsich, Charlene A., An Investigation of the Balance Judgments: A Comparison of the Effects of_ Speech Babble Noise on the Silent Rcading Performance of Normal and Re- ABLB and MLB Tests. U of Wyoming tarded Readers. U of Pittsburgh (Speech & (Speech Pathology-Audiology), 1974. M.S. Theatre Arts), 1974. M.S. 28732 28746 O'Brien, Nancy Lynn, The Loudness Behavior McAllister,Grace,Aspects of Gerontological of Fourth Grade Children. San Diego State Change Usefultothe SpeechPathologist. U (Speech Pathology and Audiology), 1974. TennesseeState U (Communication),1974. M.A. 28747 M.A. 28733 O'Donnell, Michael 11., Temporary Integration McKnight,IonaFaye,ResponsesofAdult of Acoustic Energy with Contra lateral Noise Aphasics to Repeated Trials on Three Similar Stimulationin Normal HearingListeners. Letter-Prtdiction Tasks. Ohio State U (Com- Central Michigan U (Speech and Dramatic municativn), 1974. M.A. 28734 Arts), 1974. M.A. 28748 Meneely, Linda., Hearing Loss and Middle Ear Onstine, Joanne M., A Program for Articula- Disease in a Group of Navajo Indian Chil- tion Instruction Based On Distinctive Fea- dren. U of Pittsburgh (Speech & Theatre tures. U of California, Santa Barbara (Speech), Arts). 1974. M.S. 28735 1974. M.A. 28749

235 234 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Ory, Barbara A., The Use of Delayed AuditoryPowers, RobinC., The Morphology ofthe Feedback to Determine Recovery in Aphasia, Three-Month Human FetalLarnyx.Kent U of Florida (Speech Pathology), 1974. M.A. State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28764 28750 Randolph, Dolores A., A Result of Hearing Osborn, Mucha S., Training Expressive Lan- Screenings in the Columbus Public Schools, guage Chaining Responses with Down's Syn- Columbus, Ohio, 1972-73 School Year. Ohio drome Subjects. U of Utah (Comtnunica State U (Communication), 1974. M.A. 2870 don), 197 t, 28751 Reckell, Batbara B., Language Learning Differ- Partaker. Linda, Perceptual Voice Character- ences of Pro-and Post-Public Mentally Re- istics of the Hearing Impaired. Wichita State tarded Individuals. Michigan State U (Audi- U (Logopedics), 1974. M.A. 28752 ology and Speech Sciences), 1974. M.A. 28766 Patterson, IL Dale, Distinctive Feature Analysis Reideiberger. Anne C., The Relationships Be- of the Vowels in Dysarthric Speech. San Diego tween Receptive Fingerspelling Ability, Per- StateII (Speech Pathology and Audiology), sonality Behaviors and Visual Attention Span. 1974. M.A. 28753 U of Florida (Speech Pathology). 1974. M.A. l'ennino, John A. A Comparison of ASAI and 28767 Esophageal Speech After a Total Laryngec- Retterer. Patricia A., Comparison of the Per. tomy. U of Wyoming (SpeechPathology- formancc of Aphasic Patients on the Token Audiology), 1974. MS. 28754 Test, P-I PB Function Test, and the SSW Perez, Reynaldo (Ron) M., Assessment of Fatig- Test. U "If Florida (Speech Pathology), 1974. ability of the IntraAural Reflex. U of Utah M.A. '28768 (Communication), 1974. M.S. 28755 Robinson, Pane Ellen, The Effects of Cognitive Pernula, Rebecca J. Acupuncture for Sensori- and Psycholinguistically Based Written Lan- neural Hearing Loss: Four Case Studies. U guage Stimulation Program on the Spontan- of Wyoming (SpeechPathology-Audiology), eons Written Language of Two Deaf Chit. 1974, M.S. 28756 dren. Wayne State U (Speech Communica- Peterson, Darrell A., A Comparison Study of tion & Theatre), 1974. M.A. 28769 Traditional Speech Correction and OperantRobinson, 'Thomas W., A Comparison of Vari- Conditioning Procedures as Applied to Speech ous Language and Learning Functionsin Correctiou inPublic Schools. U of North Language Disordered and Learning Disabled Dakota (SpeechPathology and Audiology), Children. U of Florida (SpeechPathology), 1970. M.S. 28757 1974. M.A 28770 Peterson,KathrynAnn,InternalFeedback Rogde, Charlene, Language Theory and the Channels in Voctl Loudness Behaviors. San Syntax. Teaching Program: An Examination Diego State U (Speech Pathology and Audi- of the Theoretical and Practical Implications. ology), 1971. M.A. 28758 U of Wisconsin-Stevens Point (Communica- Phillips, Ann Peters, The Effectiveness of Group, itvc Disorders), 1974. M.S. 28771 Individualand Combined Treatments forRowland, Bonnie Jean, An Investigation of Children with Misarticulations. Ohio State U Intelligibility Based on an Analysis of Fil- (Communication), 1974. M.A. 28759 tered SpeechPassages. Western Illinois U Piccardo, Nancy, An Investigation of Under- (CommunicationArts andSciences),1974. standing and Progress in Articulation Therapy. M.A. 28772 U of Pittsburgh (Speech and Theatre Arts),Rowland, Elizabeth, A Study of Articulatory 1974, M.S. 28760 Disorders and Visual and Auditory Short- Ponce, Ninita Dizon, Relationship of Phono- Term Sequential Memory. U of Utah (Com- logt(al anti Syntactical Components in Lan munication), 1974. M.S. 28778 gouge Handicapped Children. San Diego State Rundles, Janet, A Comparison of Two Methods

13(Speech Pathology and Audiology), 1974. forAdministeringtheAlternateBinaural 31.A. 28761 Loudness Balance Test for Loudness Recruit- l'oppe, Carol Jean, Interactional Analysis of ment. U of North Dakota (Speech Pathology Ihc Patent-Clinician Diagnostic Interview in and Audiology), 1970. M.S. 28774 Speech Pathology. Ohio State U (Communi-Ruth, Roget Allan, A Study of Latency of the cation). 1974. M.A. 28762 Acoustic Reflex as a Function of Intensity l'ottinger, Anne M., Esophageal intelligibility and Frequency oftheElicitingStimulus. Training: Vowels. San Diego State U (Speech Ohio State U (Communication), 1974. M.A. Pathology and Audiology), 1974. M.A. 28763 28775 231 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 235 Rutkowski, Leanne, A Comparison of LanguageScbelius, Linda, The Effect of Age and Inten- Abilities Between Community and Institu- sity on the Normal Hearer's Response to the tional Educable Mental Retardates. State U ShortIncrementSensitivityIndes.U of of New fork at Buffalo (Speech Communica- North Dakota (Speech Pathology and Audi- tion). 1974. M.A. 28776 ology), 1'174. M.S. 28790 Sabel,PaulJ.,Incidence of CommunicativeSeestedt, Liada L, Infant Behavioral Responses Problems in Children Referred to a Mental toAuditory Stimuli.Central Michigan U Health Clink. Central Michigan U (Speech (Speech and Dramatic Arts), 1974. M.A. 28791 and Dramatic Arts), 1974. M.A. 28777 Selander, Jenine, A Study of the Vocational Saslow, KatherineL., TTS, Resulting From Interests of Stutterers. U of North Dakota Two Diikrent Noises of Equal Total Energy. (Speech Pathology and Audiology), 1975. M.S. IT of Ptitsburgh (Speech & Theatre Arts), 28792 1974. MS, 28778 Serra-Raventos, Miguel,StudiesofPhonetic Schlandecker, Cynthia Mae Walker, The Re- Perception by Release From Proactive In- lationshipBetween Auditory Memory and hibition and Choke Reaction Time. Ohio Language Competency in Normal Children. State U tCommunication), 1974. M.A. 28793 San Diego State U (Speech Pathology and Audiology), 1974. M.A. 28779 Setliff, Mrs. Gail T., A Descriptive Study of Schlesinger, Elise, A Comparative Study of the a Kindred Group with a Familiar Type Hear- Syntax Used by Four- Year -Old Black and ing Loss. Vanderbilt U (Hearing and Speech White Children. Vanderbilt U (Hearing and Sciences), 1974. M.A. 28794 Speech Sciences), 1974. M.S. 28780 Sherbel,Stephanie G., The Effectsof Two Schlueter, Sandra S. The Effect of the Men- Methods of Articulation Therapy on A Phon- strual Cycle on Women's Voices. U of Wyo- emic Inventory of Functional Articulatory ming (Speech Pathology-Audiology), 1974, M.S. Defectives Subdivided into Motor and Non- 28781 Motor Groups. U of Texas at Austin (Speech Schmidt. Jocque I., A Comparison of the Re- Communication), 1974. M.A. 28795 sponses of Adults on Two Competing MessageShickich, Mary Ann. An Evaluation ofthe Tasks. U of North Dakota (Speech Pathology Hearing Aid Selection Service at the Uni- and Audiology), 1973. M.S. 28782 versityof Wyoming Speech andHearing Schnell, Cynthia D., An Analysis of Bilingual Clinic. U of Wyoming (Speech Pathology- and Monolingual Children's Responses Dur- Audiology 1974. MS, 28796 ing Administration of the Program Condi-Shilling, Neel Sue, An Investigationof the tioning for Language Test. California State Linguistic Performance of Adult Aphasics on U. Fresno (Communicative Disorders), 1974. an Imitative Task. Kent State U (Speech), MA. 28783 1974. M.A 28797 Schuler, Athiana L., The Comprehension ofSkiltington, Madee W.,, Stimulus Aspects and Time Compressed Speech in Adult Aphasic. Language Assessment of Mentally Retarded U ofCalifornia,SantaBarbara(Speech), Children U of Florida (Speech Pathology), 1974. M.A. 28784 1974. M.A. 28798 Schultz, Thomas G., The Effects of Subliminal Skramstad, Mary C., A Study of the Sociometric Perception on Five Stutterers. U of Wyoming Status awltheArticulationProficiency of (Speech Ihthology-Audiology), 1974. MS. Educable Mentally Retarded Children. U of 28785 Schtimauch, Valerie Ann, The Influenceof North Dakota (Speech Pathology and Audi. ology), 19e8. M.S. 28799 SyntacticComplexityofthePhonological Performanceof Deviant-Speaking Children. Smith, David Lloyd, Comparison of Aided Dis- Kent State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28786 crimination Scores Using a Consonant Dis- Schwartz, Blair Seth, The Effects of Vibrotactile crimination Test and W22 Word Lists. Kent Stimulation on Speech Reading Performance. State U 'Speech), 1974. M.A. 28800 Kent State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28787 Smith, Denise M., A Study of Expressive Verbal Schwartz, Howard D., The Acoustic and Aero- Behavior of Adult Aphasics in Two Stimulus dynamic Characteristics of Compensated Eng- Conditions.Kent State U (Speech),1974. lish Consonants. Michigan State U (Audiology MA. 28801 and Speech Sciences), 1974. M.A. 28788 Smith, Mary Margaret Wilson Smith, A Study Schwarz. Karen P., An Application of Operant of the Relationship Between the Perform- Conditioning With Vocal Nodules. Wichita ance of a Selected Group of Functional Artic- State U (Inopedics), 1974. M.A. 28789 ulation Defective Children on a Test of Oral

237 236 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Stereognosis and a Test of Stimulability for Trutna, Phyllis A., The Effects of Response- Error Phonemes. Marshall U (Speech), 1975. Contingent Verbal and Tangible Reinforce- M.A. 28802 ment on the Speaking Behavior of Children Sorenson, Thomas A., The Effects of a Corn- Who Stutter. U of NebraskaLinwIn (Speech ntrciallv-Produced and Therapist-Developed and Dramatic Art), 1974. M.A. 28815 Language Program for the Retarded. U of Turner, Linda, The Influence of the Distar North Dakota (Speech Pathology and Audi- Language Program on the Verbal Function- ology). 1973. M.A. 28803 ing of Delayed Language Preschoolers. U of Spector. Paula Brown, An Investigation of the North Dakota (Speech Pathology and Audi- Relationship Between Dichotic Listening Per- ology), 1972. M.A. 28816 formance of Stutterers and Their Overt Stut- Turpin, Sarah J., The Effects of a Syntax Pro tering Behaviors. Kent State U (Speech), 1974. gram on the Language of CliiItien with Syn. M.A. 2880-1 tactic Deficits. U of Vermont (Speech Pathol- Starkey, KarenL., The Dichotic Testing of ogy and Audiology), 1974. M.A. 28818 Voting Children: A New Test for the Speech Underdald, Kevin Craig, Training Short-Term andLanguageImpaired.KentState U Memory: Mentally Retarded Children. San (.Speech).1974. M.A. 28805 Diego State U (Speech Pathology and Audi- Stein. Hollis, Language Attitudes of Elemetntary ology), 1971. M.A. 28819 Classroom Teachers In Prince George's County Uyesaka, Linda Sue Langefeld, Aphasic Chil- Maryland Following Court Ordered Desegre- dren's Memories or Self Structures and Ex- gation. Ht.ward U (Speech), 1974. M.S. 28806 ternal Source Sentences. San Diego State 1.." Strom. Pamela K., The Prevalence of Speech (Speech Pathology and Audiology), 1974. M.A. and Hearing Disorders Among Inmates at 28820 the North Dakota State Penitentiary. U of Vannote, Michele M,. The Comparison of Con- North Dakota(SpeechPathology & Auditory), tuitions Pure Tones, 200- Msec, and 500-Msec 1974, M.S. 28807 Pulsed Tones Under Earphones and in Sound Sullivan, Marguerite A., Linguistic Competence Field Conditions. U of North Dakota (Speech of Morphemic and Syntactic Rules in Aphasia. Pathology and Audiology), 1970. MS. 28821 U of NebraskaLincoln (Speech and Dra- Wade, Da ril ynn, Counseling Parents on Normal matic Art), 1974. M.A. 28808 Dysfluency. Vanderbilt U (Hearing and Speech Sunderland, ErnestG.,The Effect Increasing Scienc.:s), 1974. MS. 28822 Stimulus Intensity and Rise Time Has on WaIence,WilliamWendell,Estimationsof the Latency Period of the Acoustic Reflex Vibro-Tactile Sensation Magnitude by Un- in Normal and Sensorineural Subjects. U of trained Subjects, Kent State U (Speech), 1974. Utah (Communication), 1974, M.S, 28809 M.A. 28b23 Suther, Jo A., Listener's Social Perception ofWallace, Mallory, A Comparison of the Effec- theCleftPalateSpeaker. U ofFlorida tiveness of A Programmed-Text and Lectures (Speech Pathology) .1974. U.A. 28810 onSelectedPortions ofthe Anatomy of Swanson, Allen Franklin, An Analysis of the Speech Production.U ofSouth Florida Relationship Between DistinctiveFeature (Speech Communication), 1968. M.A. 28824 Errors and Speech Intelligibility of Children Watts, Barbara K., An Analytic Study of the with ArticulationDisorders. Kent State U Nature, Definition and Selection of "Func- (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28811 tion Words" in the English Language. Penn- Swenson, Thomas D., An Evaluation of the sylvaniaState U (SpeechCommunication), PossibleBiasesAssociated withLoudness 1974. M.A. 28825 Judgments Using the So-Called "Method to %Vetter, Deena L., A Program for Teaching the Eliminate Known Biases." U of Utah (Com- Concept "in" To One Profoundly Deaf Sub- munication), 1974. M.S. 28812 jectUtilizing a Total Communication Ap- Styntola, Annette S., A rolloivup Study of the proach. V of Verm'ont (Speech Pathology), Behavior of Same-sex Twin Pairs on Selected 1974. MS. 28826 Phonologyal,MorphologicalandSyntactic Weston,AudreyD., The Understanding of Measures.- State U of New York at Buffalo Noun-Ver.;Relationsby NormalHearing (Speech Communication), 1974. M.A. 28813 and Acoustically Impaired Children. U of Tracy. Katsn, An Investigation of Responses NebraskaLincoln (Speech and Dramatic Art), Front Speech Clinicians and the Lay Public 1974. M.%. 28827 tothe Concept "Typical Adult Stutterer." White, Edith F., The Effect of Repetition on Bowling Green State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. Aphasic Responses. U of Vermont (Speech 28814 Pathology), 1974. M.A. 28828

238 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 237 Widrig, Catherine Diana, Evaluation of Audi- Caldwell, (.eorgeR., A Quantitative Investi- tory Distriminaiton Tests. San Diego State gation of Audience Response to Theatrical (Speech Pathology and Audiology), 1974. Settings. Dowling Green State U (Speech), M.A. 28629 1974. Ph.D. 28843 Winkler, Mindy J., A. Study of a Sentence Rep- Callahan, John M., A History of the Second etition Test For Measuring Development of Olympic Theatreof Sc. Louis,Missouri, Transformations inChildren3.0-5.0. of 1882-1916. Kent State U (Speech), 1974. rh.D. Vermont (Speech Pathology), 1974. M.S. 28830 28844* Wrasse Kenneth, Sentence Repetition Behavior Chapel, Robert C.. The University of Michigan of 4, 5, and 6 Year Old Children on Sen- Professional Theatre Program, 19614973. V tences Varying hi Complexity of the Auxil- of Michigan (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28845 iary. Wayne State U (Speech Communica-Cole, Allem! H., The Grotesque in Selected tion f Theatre), 1974. M.A. 28831 Representative Playwrights of Twentieth Cen- Yakel, Jane. The Prognostic Variables Affecting turyContinentalWesternEurope. U of Recovery From Aphasia. U of Wyoming Minnesota (Theatre Arts). 1974. Ph.D. 28846 Colley, Thomas, An Historical Study of Stage (Speech Pathology-Audiology), 1974. MS. 28832 Directors and Choreographers Through 1973. Young, Catol Ann Larson. Oral Reading as a Wayne Slate U (Speech Communication & Measure of Linguistic Competency in Chil- Theatre), 1974. Ph.D. 28847 dren, San Diego State U (Speech Patholog Dealt], William E., Jr., A History of Buffalo and And;ology), 1974. M.A. 28833 Bill's Wild West Show, 1883-1913. Southern Illinois C (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28848* De Young, James L., A Study of the Theatrical Criticism of from 1951-63. THEATRE U of Minnesota (Theatre Arts), 1974. Ph.D. Doctoral Dissertations 28849 Dirks, Arthur, Aesthetic Relationship and Att. Abrams, Tevia, Tamasha: People's Theatre of thence Participation, U of Kansas (Theatre Maharashtra State, India. Michigan State U & Drama), 1974. Ph.D. 28850 (Theatres, 1974. Ph.D. 28834 Dodge, Caroline J., Rosamond Gilder and the Akin, Lew S., Ben Greet and His Theatre Com- Theatre. CI of Illinois (Speech Communica- panies in. America: 1902.1932. U of Georgia tion), 1974. Ph.D. 28851* (Drama and Theatre), 1974. Ph.D. 28835 Doyle, Donald P., An Investigation of Elemen- Alexander, Darrel E., A History of the Mum- tary Teacher Education Related to the Prep- mers Theatre. Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, aration of Teachers in the Use of Creative 1949-72.LouisianaState 1.5 (Speech),1974. Drama in Teaching Language Arts. U of Ph.D. 28836 Minnesota (Theatre Arts), 1974. Ph.D, 28852 Bailor, JerryRonald, The LateEighteenth Early, Fred Alan, Paul Green: Folk-Dramatist, Century Theatrical Public of London, Eng- SocialCritic.Michigan State U (Theatre), land, U of Southern California (Communica- 1974. Ph.D. 28853 tion- Drama), 1974. Ph.D. 28837 Edclelman, William Smiley, Landscape on the Bereskin, Maureen, The Design and Evaluation 17th and 18th Century Italian Stage. Stan- of an Introductory Acting Course for Use in ford U (Drama), 1972. Ph.D. 28854 College Acting Classes. Teachers College, Co- Fearn, Marianne, Modern Drama of Africa: lumbia U (Languages, Literature, Speech Sc Form and Content in a Study of Four Play- Theatre), 1974. Ed.D. 28838 wrights.:northwestern U (Theatre), 1974. Bettisworth, Denny L., The Life and Carer' Ph.D. 28855 of Zelda Sears, U of Georgia (Drama and Francisco,VirginiaRoyster.CharlesKean's Theatre), 1974. Ph. D. 28839 Acting Career, 1827-1867, and the Develop- Bibee, JackLoren, The Acting of Richard ment of his Style. Indiana U (Theatre and Mansfield. U of Illinois (Speech Communi- Drama), 1974, Ph.D. 28856 cation), lf!74. into. 28840 Graves,Robert, English TheatricalLighting Black, George W., The ?lays of Percy Mackayc. 1596to1642.Northwestern U (Theatre), U of Georgia (Drama and Theatre), 1971. 1975. Ph.D. 28857 Ph.D. 28841 Green, Ronnie L., The Comic Vision: Patterns Blades, Joseph, A Comparative Study of Ameri- of Imitation and Resurrection. Wayne State can Film Critics,1960-1974. Bowling Green U (Speech Communication & Theatre), 1974. State U (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28842 Ph.D. 28858

239 238 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Grossman, Samuel L., Trends in the Avant. Huerta,JorgeAlfonso,The Evolutionof Garde Theatre of the United States During Chicano Theatre. U ofCalifornia,Santa the 196015. U of Minnesota (Theatre Arts), Barbara (Dramatic Art), 1974. Ph.D. 28874* 1974. Ph.D. 28859 Hunt, Tamara Robin, Tony Sarg: Puppeteer *tufty, CharlesO.,Elliot Norton Dramatic in America, 1915-1942. U of Southern Cali. Critic in -the Tryout System. U of Georgia fornia (Communication-Drama), 1974. Ph.D. (Drama and Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. 28860 28875* Janke, Robert, Terrence McNally: Contempo- Hall, Frederick, The Black Theatre in New rary American Playwright. Columbia U (Phi- York front 1960-69. Teachers College, Colum- losphy & Social Sciences), 1974. Ph.D. 28876 bia,U (Languages,Literature,Speech &Johnsen, H. Lucille, The Plays of Gici Ganzini Theatre), 1974. Ed.D. 28861 Granata at the Children's Theatre of the Hansen,RobertCraig,Nostalgiaandthe Angelicum, U of Minnesota (Theatre Arts), Broadway Musical Theatre in 1971. Florida 1974. Ph.D. 28877° , State Ute(Theatre), 1974. Ph.D. 28862* Johnson, James L., Samuel Beckett: A Rhe- Harris, Warren, The Dramatic and Semantic torical Analysis' of the Absurd Drama. U of Functions of the Physical Staging Require- Kansas (Speech & Drama), 1973. Ph.D. 28878 ments in the Plays of T. S.Eliot. North- Karsten, David P., A Descriptive Study of the western U (Theatre), 1975. Ph.D. 28863 Sprecher Concept as Found in Selected Plays Harop, John Douglas, A Change of Accent: by George Chapman, Cyril Toumeur, add An Inquiry Into The Nature of The 'Rev. John Webster. Michigan State U (Theatre), olution" in British Theatre, 1956 -1968. U of 1973, ph D. 28879 California,SantaBarbara(DramaticArt), Keeler. Chester William, The Abbey Theatre 1969. Ph.D. 28864 and The Brothers Fay: An Examination and Hawley, C. Robert, The Status of Curricular Assessment of The Influence of the The. and Co-Curricular Theatre in Arkansas High atrical Practice of The Irish National The. Schools. Kent State U (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. atre Society and The National Theatre So- 28865° ciety,Limited, Upon The Irish Dramatic Hays, Michael Dean. Theatre and Society. U Movement 1902.1908. U of California, Santa ofMinnesotaTheatre Arts),1974.Ph.D. Barbara (Dramatic Art), 1973. Ph.D. 28880 28866 Lane, Brigitte D.. Theatre for the Unborn: A Henkin,Aunabelle, Dada Performance and Dramatic Analysis of the Plays of Whole the Surrealist Sketch. Columbia U (Subcom- Soyinka.1957.74. U of Kansas (Theatre & mittee on Theatre & Film). 1973. Ph.D. 28867 Drama). 1974. M.A. 28881 Hernandez, Tomas Capatan., The EmergenceLanphier, David N., A History of the Ameri- of Modern Drama in the Philippines (1898- canCollegeTheatreFestival: 1963.1973. 1912)andItsSocial,Political.Cultural, Florida State U (Theatre), 1974. Ph.D. 28882* Dramatic. and Theatrical Background. U ofLeach, Lawrence, The Journey into Existential Hawaii (Drama and Theatre),1975. Ph.D. Pain: 3 Plays. U of Texas at Austin (Drama). 28868 1974. Ph.D. 28217 Hindman, Anne A., The Myth of the WesternLipton. Leonard Joel, A Critical Study of the FrontierinAmerican Dance and Drama: Filmma kingStyleof Milos Forman with 1930-1943. U of Georgia (Drama and The. SpecialEmphasis on His Contributionto atre), 1971. Ph.D. 28869 Film Comedy. U of SouthernCalifornia Hindman. lames T., Happening Theory and (CommunicationCinema), 1974. Ph.D. 28883° Lynaugh, John B., Dion Boucicault and 19th Methodology: Allan Kaprow,C1t,-.1Olden. burg, Ann Halprin: 1959-1967. U of Georgia Century English/AmericanTheatre. U of (Drama and Theatre), 1971. Ph.D. 28870 Wisconsin (Theatre and Drama), 1974. Ph.D. Hirsch, Virginia A., Edith Head: Film Cos- 28884 - Lyttle, ThomasJ.L., An Examinationof tume Designer. U ofKansas (Theatre & Poetic Justice in Three Selected Types of Drama), 1974. Ph.D. 28871 Nineteenth Century Melodrama: The Indian Hite,Harold Rick. The Tragic Theatre of Play, The Temperance Play' and the Civil Alfonso Sastre. Michigan State U (Theatre), War Play. Bowling Green State U (Speech), 1973. Ph.D. 28872 1974. Ph.D. 28885' Hogya, Giles, Predicting Achievement in Cre Mandelbaum. George, Skein of Silk: the Struc- adve Dramatics. Northwestern U (Theatre). ture of Ben Johnson's Major Comedies. Co- 1974. Ph.D. 28873 lumbia LT (English), 1974. Ph.D. 28886 24J GRADUATE THESESANI) DISSERTATIONS 239

McElhaney, John S. The Professional Theatre 1822. U of Wisconsin (Theatre and Drama), in SanFrancisco,1880-1889.StanfordU 1974. Ph D. 28902* (Drama), 1972. Ph.D. 28887 Schueneman Warren W., The Directing Theory alcKerrow, Margaret, A Descriptive Study of and Practice of Elia Kazan. U of Minnesota the Acting of Alta Nazimova. U of Michigan (theatre Arts), 1974. Ph.D. 28908 (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28888* Sederitolm, Jack P., Hassard Short, Broadway's Montagna, Barbara J., 1973-74 Stage Interpre- Master Magician: His Musical Theatre Di- tations of Pericles. U of Michigan (Speech), recting Career and Stagecraft Contributions 1974. Ph D. 28889* from 1912.1952. Wayne State U (Speech Com- Montilla, Robert B., The History of the Lafay- munication & Theatre), 1974. Ph.D. 28904* ette Theatre.1825-29. Indiana U (Theatre Shine. Thcodis Wesley,Jr., The Image of and Drama), 1974. Ph.D. 28890 Black Male Characters PresentedinPlays Miischamp, George M., The Honolulu Theatre in America: 1767-1862. U of California, Santa for Youth, 1955-1973: A Case Study of Gov- Barbara (Dramatic Art), 1974. Ph.D. 28905 emment-Related Theatre in the Primary andStare, Thomas Fulton, An Analysis of Audi- Secondary Schools of Hawaii. U of Minne- ence Response of Prison Inmates to End- sota (Theatre Arts), 1974. Ph.D. 28891* game. Florida State U (Theatre), 1974. Ph.D. Norton, Suzanne Frentz,WilliamVaughn 28906* Moody: Conflict and Character in the NewSnliday, John Chase, The "Joint Star" Tours World. U ofWisconsin-Madison(Theatre of Edwin Booth and Lawrence Barett. U of and Drama), 1974, Ph.D. 28892 Minnesota (Theatre Arts), 1974, Ph.D. 28907 Oliver, Roger W., Humor in the Theatre: The Soller, Larry S.,Critical Reaction to Produc- Dramatic Art of Luigi Pirandello, Stanford tions of Henrik Ibsen's A Doll's House on IT (Drama). 1974. Ph.D. 28893 the New York Stage. U of Georgia (Drama O'NfalIey, JohnF.,CarylChurchill, David and Theatre). 1978. Ph.D. 28908 Mercer, and Tom Stoppatd: A Study of Con- Spaan, Donna J., William Pod and the Work British temporary Dramatists Who Have of the Elizabethan Stage Society. U of Michi- Writtenfor Radio. Television and Stage. gan (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28909 Florida State U (Theatre), 1974. Ph.D. 28894' Sprigg,DouglasC.,Shakespeare andEliza- Cram, Robert E., The Popular Theatre and bethan Theatrical Perception. U of Michi- Broadway. Recommendations for Survival by gan (Speech), 1974. Ph.D. 28910* Walter Kerr. Wayne State U (Speech Com- Starr, Jack D., Jr.,Manifestations of "Sexu- munication & Theatre), 1974. Ph.D. 28895 ality" on the American Stage as Illustrated Panowski, James A.. A Critical Analysis of the by Elected Plays from 1960-1969. U of Minn- Librettos and Musical Elements of Selected esota (Theatre Arts), 1974, Ph.D. 28911 MusicalFailures on the Broadway Stage: Strode, Scott K., Sir Johnston Forbes-Robertson 1964/65-1W/69. Green 13 Bowling Stale (1853. 1937): A Study and Assessment of His (Speech). 1974. Ph.D. 28896* Theatrical Career. Indiana IT (Theatre and Pollack. Rhoad-Gale K., Angelic anti Demonic Drama), 1974. Ph.D. 28912 CostumesintheEnglishMysteryCycles. Suva, Harvey, Eugene O'Neill and Robert Ed. Stanford U (Drama), 1972. Ph.D. 28897 maul Jones: Text Into Scene.LIof Wis- Ponce, Maria, Production and Textual Anal- consin(Theatre and Drama),1'974.Ph.D. ysis of 100 Filipino Plays. Northwestern U 28913' (Theatre.), 1975, Ph.D. 28898 Pufall, Michael E., A History of the Old Log Tai, Yih-jiatt, The Contemporary Chinese The- Theatre in Greenwood, Minnesota, 1940-1970. atre and soviet Influence. 1919-1960. Southern I/ of Minnesota (Theatre Arts), 1979. Ph.D. Illinois I' Speech), 1974. MD, 28914' 28899 Tandberg. Cerilyn G., A Comparison-Contrast Raphael. Bonnie Nanette, A Descriptive Study of Witchcraft and Sorcery in Selected Eng- of the Relationship Between the Demands lish and American Plays from 1601.1624 and of a Spcdilic Characterization and Functional from1945-1970. U of Minnesota (Theatre Voicc Problems in the Male Actor. Michigan Arts), 1974, Ph.D. 28915 State Ti (Theatre), 1973. Ph.D. 28900 Torrents, John E., Booth Tarkington: A Man Ruff, Loren Kurtis, Edward Sheldon: Theatrical of Theatre. Indiana U (Theatre and Drama), Spokesman for the Progressive Era. Indiana 1974. Ph.D. 28910 U (Theatre and Drama), 1974. Ph.D. 28901 Tottchet, Gene R., American Drama and the Ryan, Thomas R., The Surrey Theatre Under Emergence of Social Homophilia 1962-1972 the Management of Thomas Dibdin:1816. e of Florida (Theatre), 1974. Ph.D. 28917 241 240 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Vybiral,Frank,CostumePracticesatthe Barr, Derryl, The Suiors, A Rhymed Farce in Lyceum Under the Management of Henry Two Acts. U of Northern Iowa (Speech), Irving,11784902. U of TexasatAustin 1974. M.A. 28933 (Drama), 1974. Ph.D. 28918 Batchelder, Vernita M., Theatre Theories of Whitmore, Jon Scott, The Dramatic Writings Nikolaj Ohlopkov. U of Georgia (Drama and of William Saroyan. LT of California, Santa Theatre), 1974. M.A. 28934 Barbara (Dramatic Art), 1974. Ph.D. 28919 Baum, Teresa, Master's Thesis Based on My Williams, D. Terry, An Analysis of Represeeita- Production of Misalliance by George Bernard dve Productions of Sr.FrankIL Benson. Shaw. U of California, Santa Barbara (Dra- Indiana U (Theatre and Drama), 1974. Ph.D. matic Art), 1974. M.A. 28935 28920 Baydala, Thomas M., A Study of Philip Barry's Comic Technique inRelationshiptothe Comedy of Manners. Indiana U (Theatre and THEATRE Drama), 1974. M.A. 28936 Bazzoni, Georgiana O'Keefe, Edoardo Sangui- Masters Theses ucti's Starie Nature #I: A Translation and Adams, Andrea J., Arthur Hopkins and Robert Introduction. Hunter College of CUNY (The. Edmond Jones: A Working Relationship. U acre and Cinema), 1974. M.A. 28937 of New Orleans (Drama Sc Communications), Becker, Margaret, A Production and Produc- 1974. M.A. 28921 tion Book of Tennessee Williams' A Street- Alhaneso,Pasquale, The Process. Humboldt car Named Desire. U of Texas at Austin State U (Theatre Arts), 1973. M.A. 28922 (Drama), 1974. MFA, 28938 Aleandri, Eme Ilse Frances, A History of Italian-Beck-Vogt, Janice D., A Comparative Analysis American Theatre in New York City During of Characterizations in A Dell's House and the Nineteenth Century-4871-1906. Hunter lied&Gabler.Indiana U (Theatreand College of CUNY (Theatre and Cinema), Drama), 1974. M.A. 28939 1975. M.A. 28923 Beittel, David It., A production of The Diary Allen, Mark, Comparative Approaches to Tech- of Anne Frank. U of Georgia (Drama and nical Direction. Humboldt State U (Theatre Theatre), 1973. M.F.A., 28940 Arts), 1974. M.A. 28924 Beleeie, Charmine, George R. Kernodle, Man Allen, Rex Eugene, A Production and Pro- of the Theatre. U of Arkansas (Speech and duction Book of Edward Albee's A Delicate Dramatic Art), 1974. M.A. 28941 Balance.Baylor U (OralCommunication), Benjamin, Patricia A., The Growth and De- 1974. M.A. 28925 velopment of the Negro Ensemble Company Altman, Robert C., Jr., Shakespeare's Troilus from 1966974. Tennessee State U (Com- and Cressida: A Contemporary View. Catholic munication), 1974. M.S. 28942 U (Speech and Drama), 1974. M.A. 28926 Berger, Louis C., First Night, A Play in Two Andrews, Tura L. A Production of the Chil- Acts, With an Introduction. Hunter College dren's Play: The Emperor's New Clothes. U of CUNY (Theatre and Cinema), 1975. M.A. of Akron (Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. 28927 28943 Ashman, Howard E., A Projectin Directing Birdsall,Kristine, Entering the Creative and The Snow Queen, a Musical Play for Chil- Pantesy World of Children Through Puppetry dren. Indiana U (Theatre and Drama), 1974. and Creative Dramatics. Humboldt State U (Theatre Arts), 1973. M.A. 28944 M.A. 28928 Astrin, Pamela J., Rodgers and Hammerstein: Black ledge,Barbara Ann, A Directorial Ap- The First Six Nays. Northeastern Illinois U proach to Shakespeare's As You like It. U (Speech Sc Performing Arts), 1974. MA, 28929 of Virginia (Drama), 1974. M.A. 28945 Baker, Edward Lee, A Production and produc- Bourgoin, P. Michael, A Stttdy of the External tion Book of Ron Cowen's Sum mertree. Bay- Factors of Meting as a Method in the Crea- tion of Rolts for Production. U of Maine lor U (OralCommunication),1974.M.A. at Orono (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28946 28930 Balch, Anthony, Master's Production of Marat/Brandstein, Eve, A Production of an Original Sade. U of Mississippi (Speech and Theatre), Script: I Can't Go on Without You Minna 1974. M.F.A. 28931 Mandelbaum. Hunter College of CUNY (The- Banks, Miriam, Bonzo or What Bath Roth- atre and Cinema), 1974. M.A. 28947 rock Rot in the Name of Mann. HumboldtBrantley, Janice Ray, A Project in U.S. Army State U (Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. 28932 Sponsored Entertainment for a Viet Nam

242 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 241 Combat Lone. San Francisco State U (Theatre Caskey, Deborah Grey, The League Of Work- Arts), 1974. M.A. 28948 ers' Theatres AtTd The New Theatre League: Brennan, Georgia L., John Wilkes Booth: An The TransitionalYears,1934-1936. Wake Actor of the Nineteenth Century American Forest U (Speech Communication and The- Theatre. Kent State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. atre Arts), 1974. M.A. 28964 289j9 Gavin, Shari Lynn, Au Evaluative Summary Brines, Osborne A.. II, Analysis Of A Scenic of The Choreographic Process of "Serpen- Design For Jean Glraudoux's The Madwoman tine." U of California, Santa Barbara (Dra- Of Chailki. Wake Forest U (Speech Com. matic An), 1974. M.A. 28965 munication and Theatre Arts),1974. M.A.Chambard, William George, "The Servant of 28950 Two Masters": A Scenic Design Project. San Brown, Erica, Equals in Arden: A Production Francisco State U (Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. of As You Like It. Hurf..:r College of CUNY 28966 (Theatre and Cinema), 1974. M.A. 28951 Chandler, Timothy, An Historical Study of Brown, Leslie, The Use of Transactional An- the Development of the New York Shake- alysis in Directing Henrik Ibsen's A Doll's speareFestival.BowlingGreenState U House. San Diego StateLI(Drama),1974. (Speech), 1974. M.A. 28967 M.A. 28952 Clark, Janis H. A., A Survey and Critical Ap- Browning, Gaily, Reflecting Qualities of Bad praisal of Dramatic Literature Performed in Taste in Theatrical Design. Humboldt State Colorado Public Junior High Schools, 1971- U (Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A, 28953 1972. U of Colorado (Theatre),1974. M.A. Broyles, Lanny M., An Analysis of the De- 8968 velopmentoftheCharacterBenet lickin Clegg, Ellen Mary, Costume Designs for Tom Much Ado About Nothing. California State Sawyer. San Francisco State U (Theatre Arts), 1TLong Beach (Theatre Arts),1974. M.A. 1974. M.A. 28969 28954 Bruce, James E., Edward Gordon Craig andColeman, Samuel F., The Negro Theatre in theMoscow ArtTheatreProductionof New Yolk City(Federal Theatre Project). Hamlet. U of Texas atAustin(Drama), Herbert FI. Lehman College, CUNY (Speech 1974. ALFA 28955 & Theatre), 1974. M.A. 28970 Burns, Joanne utntt, Applied Directing forCollier, Jo Leslie, Robert Porterfield and the Secondary Theatre. U ofGeorgia (Speech Barter Theatre: The First Ten Years. Ohio Communication), I973. M.A. 28956 U (Theatre), 1974, M.A. 28971 Cambell, Daniel Stanch!, A Method Of Anal-Connel, DennisLloyd, Production Notebook yzing The Electronic Requirements For Sound for Our Town by Thornton Wilder. U of Reproduction In High School, Community, Oklahoma (School of Drama), 1974. M.F.A. and Small College Theatres. Wake Forest U 28972 (Theatre Arts). 1974. M.A. 28957 Connor, Michael Donnell, An Analysis and Performance of the Roles of Robert Wash- Campbell, Marcus, "Marigolds": A Process of ington in Bill Harris' Warn the Wicked and C:rowth. Humboldt State U (Theatre Arts), George Pt pper in Noel Coward's The Red 1974. M.A. 28958 Peppers. Indiana U (Theatre and Drama), Campbell, Ruth, The LaureitonProject: An 1974, M.A. 28973 ExperimentinCreative Drama Withthe MentallyRetarded.PennsylvaniaStateU Copeland, Barbara A., "Pas de Quatre": His- (Theatre Arts), 1974. MA. 28959 tory and Restaging, Texas Christian U (The- atre Arts), 1974. M.F.A. 28974 Cappellotti. Darlene, The Fabric of Fantasy. Humboldt State U (Theatre Arts), 1972. M.A.Cox, March Lynn, The Design and Execution 28960 of Costumes for a Production of Anton Chek- Caristo, Caterina, A Translation and Analysis hov's Uncle Vanytt, Indiana U (Theatre and of La Diga. Hunter College of CUNY (The. Drama). 1974. M.A. 28975 acre and Cinema), 1974, M.A. 28961 Coyne, Maureen Laura, The Emergence of the Carson,JohnN., A ProductionofHarold BlackNationalistinthePlays of LeRoi Pinto's Old Times. U of Georgia (Drama Jones. San Francisco State U (Theatre Arts), and Theatre), 1974. M.F.A. 28962 1974. M.A. 28976 Cartmell, Danny Joe, A Production of The Crowley,RobertF. An OriginalThree-Act Killing of Sister George. Colorado State U Comedy: "Big Deal." U of Akron (Theatre (Speech and Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. 28963 Arts), 1973. M.A. 28977

243 242 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Crowley, Suann W. A Study of Black TheatreDurst, Richard Wayne, Set Design, Lighting inthe East Side of Cleveland, Ohio: The Design, and Costume Design for Mourning Emergence and Development in1977. U of Becomes Ilectra. U of Oklahoma (School of Akron (Theatre Arts), 1973. M.A. 28978 Drama), 1474. M.F.A. 28993 Da hell, Michael Alden, Sea Pin-Lighting the Du Shane, D. Michael, Costumes For Elizabeth Subtext. U of Oklahoma (School of Drama), The Queen By Maxwell Anderson.Mitl- 1974. M.F.A. 28979 western U (Speech and Drama), 1974. M.A. Davis, John F., Set and Lighting Design for 28994 Tennessee William's Orpheus Descending. U Eastman, James Earl, An Original Design for ofMississippi(Speech & Theatre),1974. a Lighting System at the J.E. Church Fine M.F.A. 28980 Arts Theatre. San Francisco State U (The- de Great li,Amelia Lweis, Social Protest. and atre Arts), 1974. MA. 28995 Theatrical Innovations in the Plays of Aphra Eckuer, Kathleen1..0 Report of the State De- Behn. San Diego Stateit(Drama),1974. partment Tour to South America from June M.A. 28981 14. 1969 to December 14, 1969. Catholic U Dehm, Gregory L., Lighting Concept, Inven- (Speech and Drama), 1974. M.A. 28996 tion and Design in the Realistic Theatres ofElsner, Judith J., A Production of Tom Stop- Steele Mac Kaye and David Be lasco. Indiana pard's Rosencrantz and Gildenstern Are Dead. U (Theatre and Drama), 1974. M.A. 28982 CaliforniaState U-Long Beach (Theatre deNobriga, Kathie, An Approach To Directing Arts), 1974. M.A. 28997 Shakespeare's Love's Labor's Lost. Wake For.Engelhardt, James F., The First Quarto Hamlet: est U (Speech Communication and Theatre A Production Thesis. Art Institute of Chi- Arts), 1974. M.A 28983 cago (Goodman SchoolofDrama),1971. Derr, Mike. Notes and Reflections On Castle M.F.A. 28998 Bni IdingA Journal of Work and ThoughtsEvans, Edward Phillip., An Edited Transla- on Scene Design, Theatre and Me. Hum- tion of August Wilhelm Ifflands's fiber Meine Ito idtState U (Theatre Arts),1972. M.A. TheatraliccheLaufbahn.IndianaState U 28984 (Speech), 1972. M.A. 28999 Diehl, Richard, Kentucky History as Visualized Eyman, Terry David, The Contrast and The in the Re-enactment of Historical Events in School irr Scandal: A Comparison of Two Outdoor Drama. U of Cincinnati (Speech and Eighteenth Century Plays. North Texas State Theatre Arts), 1974. MA. 28985 U (Drama), 1974. M.A. 29000 Di Fiore, Ralph, The Production of Plays andFarley, RichardK., A Production of John Counter-Plays.HunterCollegeof CUNY Guare's The House of Blue Leaves. U of (Theatre and Cinema), 1974. M.A. 28986 Georgia (Drama and Theatre), 1973. M.F.A. Dillard, Carolyn L., Animal Imagery in Ten- 29001 nesseeWilliams'Plays. U ofMississippi Fenner, Craig, A Production of George Buch- (Speech I. Theatre), 1974. M.A. 28987 ner's Danton's Death. California State U- Dinkel, Paula, Analysis of the Lighting Design Long Beach (Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. 29902 for Christopher Fry's The Lady's Not for Burning. California State U- Fullerton (The-Finsel, Tainara Jeanne V, The History of the Theatre at the University of Arkansas from atre), 1974. M.A. 2898$ Donohue, James R., A Study of Dramatic Tech- 1893 to the Summer of 1973. U of Arkansas niques and Message in Peter Shaffer's Equus. (Speech and Dramatic Art), 1974. M.A. 29003 U of Colorado (Theatre), 1974. M.A. 28989 Fleishman, Linda, Directing Journal. Humboldt Dougherty, D.Scott. A Project in Directing State U ( theatre Arts). 1972. M.A. 29004 Joanna H. Kraus' The Ice Wo ! `adiana UFrancesconi, Michele, The Architect and The (Theatre and Drama), 1974. 24990 EmperorofAssyria:ExistentialDilemas. Dunnage. Dennis A., A Director's Analysis of Humboldt State U (Theatre Arts), 1972. M.A. Historical Background on Which Inherit the 29005 Wind is Based as an Aid to Producing the Francesconi, Robert, Colonel Cotton's Funny Play. 1' of Akron (Theatre Arts), 1978. M.A. l'arm: Creative Dramatics in A Recreational 28991 Environment. Humboldt State U (Theatre Duncan, Rotel! R. An Awakening of Black Arts), 1972. M.A. 29006 Consciousness as Seenin a Production ofFreidkin, Jane Gayle, Applications Of French Douglas Turner Wards Happy Ending and Classical Mime in Two Aspects of the Con- Day of Absence. U of Akron (Theatre Arts), temporary American Theatre. Midwestern U 1973. MA. 28992 (Speech and Drama), 1974. M.A. 29007 244 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 243 Frick, John, A 11..ocking Workbook for the Gohata, Constance, A Production of "A Dragon Beginning Director. U of Montana (Drama), is . .."CaliforniaState U-Long Beach 1974. M.A. 29008 - (Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. 29025 Frisbee, Cornelia H., Facsimile ReconstructionGoldfarb, Aivin, Selected Late Plays of Tennes- of the Men's and Women's Garments for see Williams. Hunter College of CUNY (The- Two Selected Periods. California State U- atre and Cinema), 1974. M.A. 29026 Long Beach (Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. 29009 Fuller, Thomas E., "Creon," An Original Play.Gotch, Dan, Arriving at the Theatre of Poetic U of Georgia (Drama and Theatre), 1973. Expressiveness. Humboldt State U (Theatre Arts), 1972. M.A. 29027 M.F.A. 29010 Graves, Geoffrey, The Immolation. California Caffney, Paul J.,Senecan and Machiavellian StateU-Fullerton(Theatre),1974.M.A. Influence on 's Richard 29028 Ill. Indiana U (Theatre and Drama), 1974.Gray, Rudolf Alfred, The Dean. Hunter Col- M.A. 29011 lege of CUNY (Theatre and Cinema), 1974. Gaines,Rol.ertL., Production of thePlay, M.A. 29029 Plaza Suite, by Neil Simon. Eastern NewGreen, JohnS., A Production of Tennessee Mexico L (Theatre), 1972. M.A. 29012 Williams' Cat on a Hot Tin Roof. California Gallo, Jean. An Analysis of the Development State U-Long Beach (Theatre Arts),1974. of Four Lorcian Characters in Visions of M.A. 29030 Lorca. California State U-Long Beach (The-Gregg, Susan, Production Record and Prompt atre Arts}, 1974. M.A. 29013 Book for the Ambrous Flea.Pennsylvania Cara, Esmeralda, A Production and Produc- State U (Theatre Arts), 1974. M.F.A. 29031 tion Book of Edward Albee's The Ballad of the Sad Cafe. U of Texas at Austin (Drama),Guertin, Anthony F., The Noble Savage: Three Libretti. Mankato State College (Speech & 1974. M.F.A. 29014 Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. 29032 Gates, Sarah Isl., Costume Design for Dance 79. U ofCalifornia, Santa Barbara (DramaticGuthrie, JoBailey, A Production and Pro- Art), 1974.' M.A. 29015 duction Book of Harold Pinter's The Birth- George, David, Creating the Role of Geroge day Party. Baylor U (Oral Communication), Milton in John Steinbeck's Of Mice and Men. 1974. MA. 29033 Indiana 1' (Theatre and Drama), 1974. M.A.Hadley, Jane H., The Necessary Pipe Dream: 29016 A Comparative Study of The Wild Duck, Gerberding, Bette J., The Creative Direction The Lower Depths, and The Iceman Cometh. of Jean Anouilh's Becket. South Dakota State U of Georgia (Drama and Theatre), 1974. U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 29017 M.F.A. 29034 Gerd]. Michael, The Quietus. Humboldt StateRadio& Oliver P., A Record of the Develop- U (Theatre Arts), 1974. MA. 28018 ment and Execution of Settings and Light- Germino, Victoria Setter, Costuming The Ser- ing for a Production of Winterset. California vant of Two Masters: A Design Project. San State U-Long Beach (Theatre Arts), 1974. Francisco State U (Theatre Arts), 1974. M,A. 29035 29019 Hall,James A. The Effects of the Kent State Giese, Sharon, A Production of Peter Nichols' University Theatre Touring Repertory Com- Joe Egg. Bowling Green State U (Speech), pany on the High Schools It Visited from 1974. M.A 29020 1968 through 1972. Kent State U (Speech), Giglio, Mazy Elena, The Terre Haute Grand 1974, M.A. 29036 Opera House1897-1898.Indiana State U Hanners, John, Early Entertainments in Terre (Speech), 1974. M.A. 29021 Haute, Indiana 1810-1865. Indiana State U Gillespie, William, A Survey of the Status of (Speech), 1973. MA. 29037 Theater in Montana High Schools During Harvard,Halbert, A ProductionofIbsen's the1972.73School Year. U of Montana Hedda Gabler. San Francisco State U (The- (Drama), 1974. M.F.A. 29022 Gilweit, Carolyn Wray, Whores We All Know atre Arts), 1974. MA. 29038 andLove.CaliforniaStateU-FullertonHayes, Gordon, Theatre and The Cartoon (Theatre), 1974. M.A. 29023 Brain: An Approach. Humboldt State U Goedert, Catherine M., Dead-Ends and One- (Theatra Arts), 1972. M.A. 29039 Way Street,the Film Woman-A ComingHayes, Margaret F., "Oh Polished Perturba- of Age. Art Institute of Chicago (Goodman tion." Humboldt State U (Theatre Arts). School of Drama), 1974. M.F.A. 29024 1971. M.A. 29040

245 244 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Hayward, Sumner H., A Production of The" ofCincinnati(Speechand TheaterArts), MiracleWorkerEmployingImprovisation, 1974. AI A, 29054 Role Playing, and Experimental Techniques Haute, Sheryl I)., An Analysis of the Develop- Designed to Deepen in the Secondary School ment of the Character Nancy Twinkle in Participants an Understanding of Human Na- Little Ma:), Sunshine. California StateU--- ture and Dramatic Characterization. C of Long Beach (Theatre Arts), 1974..A. 29055 Maine at Orono (Speech), 1974. M.A. 29041 Humphrey, Terry,RutPelstiliskin: A Chil- Head, GeOrge,University Theatre Structures, dren's Theatre Production. A Study of the 1965-72. U of Texas at Austin (Drama), 1974. Formation and Transformation of a Work. Nl.F.A, 29042 Marquette U (College of Speech), 1974. SI.A. HeaschkeLRex, A ProjectReport onthe 29056 Drunkard, or There's a Rhinoceros in MyJackson, Paul, The Blacks, --A Critical Study Gimlet. Humboldt Slate U (Theatre Arts). or an Excursion into The Hall of Mirrors 1971. M.A. 29043 of Jean Genet." U of Cincinnati (Speech and Henderson, Sharon Jean, The Use of Motion Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. 29057 Picture Film asa Theatrical Device ina Jasper. Larry Glenn, The Theatrical Effective- Production of Eugene Ionesco's The Bald ness of The One-Act Plays of Ttanessee Soprano. Ball State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. Williams. U of California, SantaBarbara 29044 (Dramatic Art). 1974. M.A. 29058 Herman, Elaine, Guidelines for the Organiza-Jeppson, Buckley C., The Design and Execu- tion of Production Elements for the Com- tion of the Costumes for Little Mary Stu! - munity TheatreDirector.CaliforniaState shine. California State ULong Beach (The. ULong Beach (Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. atre Arts), 1974. MA, 29059 29045 Johnson, Carolyn G. Hoke, The Onnagata As Herringshaw, Kathleen, The Adaptation and An Example of a Presentational Acting Silk. Design of The Importance of Being Earnest U of Oregon (Speech), 1974. M.S. 29060 for the Marionette Stage. San Francisco StateJohnson, Clinton Thomas, The Design Prob. U {Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. 29016 letns in Mounting a Production of Moliere's Herron, Janet, On Acting the Role of Hedda School forWives. Bowling Green State U Gabler. Pennsylvania State U (Theatre Arts), (Speech), 1974. MA. 29061 H.F.A. 29047 Johnson, Karen, Costuming From Grandma's Highland, Tames E. Projection Directions. Art Trunk, A Toga for a Flea? Humboldt State Instituteof Chicago (Goodman Schoolof U (Theatre Atts), 1972. M.A. 29062 Drama), 1974. 29048 Jones, April E., Images of Myself as an Actress: Hilbrink, lames E.. The Conception. Produc- A Diary. Humboldt State U (Theatre Arts). tion and Broadcasting of A Weekly Chil- 1972. M.A. 29063 dren's Radio Program Series For The FarJones, Charles R., The Town Theatre 1919- Eastern Network, Tokyo. Humboldt State U 19.14. U of Georgia (Drama and Theatre), (Theatre Arts). 1972. M.A. 29049 1973. HA. 29064 Jones, Wynston A.,Intermission and Other Hodgin, Jere L.. A Production of Paul 7.indel's Plays. Humboldt State U (TheatreArts), The Effect of Gamma Rays or. Man in the 1972. M.A. 29065 Moon Marigolds. U of Georgia (Drama andPills. James Murray, The Aesthetic Employ- Theatre), WM M.F.A. 29050 ntent of Projected Images on the Stage. U Holbrook, Royal, Reflections on the Oiganiza- of Virginia (Drama), 1974. M.A. 29066 don of a Theatrical Production Team. Flum- Narnoogian,Phillip,DaltonTrumho: An holdtStale U (Theatre Arts),1971. MA. Examination of the Circumstances Affecting 29051 the Development of The Biggest Thief in Homan, RichardL., Dramatisation of Death Town. Pennsylvania State U (Theatre Arts), as a Metaphysical Experience: A Technique 1974. MA 29067 Derived from the Epic. U of Minnesota (The Katsttlas, Marva M., An Analysis and Perform- atre Arts), 1974. M.A. 29052 ance of the Role of DorineinMoliere's Hither, Robert C., A Design Project of Setting Tart* in the Indiana Theatre Company. and Lights for the Architect and The Em- Indiana U (Theatre and Drama), 1974. NI.A. peror of Assyria. Humboldt State U (The- 29068 atre Arts), 1971. M.A. 29053 Kauffman, Gregdiy, Phssion. Reason and The- Hudson. Greg, The Significance of Joe Orton atre. Humboldt State U (Theatre Arts). 1973. as a Playwright of the Nineteen-Sixties. U M.A. 2:'969

243 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 245

Kennedy, Steven, Fox and Crystal: Design, Meta LeDoux, Judy Bea, Selected Women in Educa- morphosis.andExecution.SanFrancisco tional Theatre: A Biographical Study, of the State 1' (Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. 29070 Careers of -Four Educators. U of Oregon King, Curtis. A Critical Analysis of Lorraine (Speech), 1974. M.S. 29085 Hansberry s A Raisin In the Sun From a Lentz,MaryC., A ProductionofCeleste Black Perspective. Texas Christian U (The- Raspanti's I Never Saw Another Butterfly. atre Arts), 1974. M.A. 29071 U of Georgia (Drama and Theatre),1978. Kiser, Edmond L., The Performance of the M.F.A. 29086 Role of Argan in Kirk Denmak's The Man Lewis, Amelia de Gremli, Social Protest and !rho Will Be Sick, Adapted from Moliere's Theatrical Innovations itt the Plays of Aphra The Imaginery Invalid. U of Akron (Theatre Belem San Diego State U (Drama), 1974. Arts), 1974. M.A. 29072 MA, 29037 Klent, Afar, Imagine: The Performer inthe Leyten, Joan, Moliere's The Miser. A Graduate UndergroundTheatre. TexasChristian U Thesis Production of the Theatre and Cine- (Theatre Arts), 1974. M.F.A. 29073 ma Department. Hunter College of CUNY Kopatich. Linda A., A Survey and Analysis of (Theatre and Cinema), 1974. M.A. 29088 Competitive Dramatics for High School Stu- Libman.David,HerodandtheProphet, dentsinthe Central States. Marquette U Srinnttel. Hunter College of CUNY (Theatre (College of Speech), 1974. ALA, 29074 and Cinema), 1974. M.A. 29089 Kriegel, Harriet, Women in Drama: Societal Lincoln, John H., The Threepenny Opera, A kuittnIcs as Reflected in Dramatic Literature. Design Thesis Project. U of California, Santa Hunter College of CUNY (Theatre and Cine- Barbara (Dramatic Art), 1974. M.A. 29090 ma). 1974. M.A. 29075 Loechle, Joseph, A Study of "The Mask" in Krueger, Gregor E., A Handbook for The De- Escurial and School for Buffoons by Michael velopment of A Drama Therapy Program. de Chelderode. II of Cincinnati (Speech and 1'of California, SantaBarbara (Dramatic Theatre Arts), 1974, M.A. 29091 An), 1974. M.A. 29076 Kevacs, Mariberli, Influences of Design Upon Logan, Eleanor J., Adventures in Acting. Hum- the Art of the Ballet as Evidenced by the boldt State U (Theatre Arts),1972. M.A. F.arlyBallets Russes tleScrgci Diaghilev. U 29092 of New Orleans (Drama & Communications),Lyon, Christine, Shallow Pieces of Partial Souls. 19:4. M.A. 29077 California State UFullerton (Theatre), 1974. NI.A. 29093 La Hood, Steve,Bringing upLittleRuffian, Humboldt State U (Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. Mandel, Howard, An Analysis of Tennessee 29076 Williams' Play Summer and Smoke: A Study F.anclis, Jacques S., An Analysis and Perform- in Balance. Art Institute of Chicago (Good- ance of tlie Role of James Tyrone in Eugene man School of Drama), 1974. M.F.A. 29094 O'Neills Long Day's Journey intoNight. Mantitei, Constance 13. A Journal of a Vivacious Indiana U (Theatre and Drama), 1974. 29079 Virtuoso. Humboldt State U (Theatre Arts), l.aPlante, Mary A., A Production Study of 1972, M.A. 29095 the DesignProblemsofthe Opera.Dr. Marosti, Marilyn, The Collaboration of Arthur Jekyll and Mr. Hyde. Bowling Green State Hopkins and Robert Edmund Jones as Seen U. (Speech), 1974. M.A. 29080 in specific Productions. Pennsylvania State U Large, Barbara C., Political Aspects of Berthold (Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. 29096 Brechts Plays. U of Mississippi (Speech &Marsh, JohnP., Donner a Voir. Humboldt Theatre), 1974, M.A, 29081 State U ;Theatre Arts), 1972. M.A. 29097 Latham. MarciaL. Hayes, The Effectiveness Manz, James D., Patchwork Players: A Story of the, *fide I Creative Dramatics Program TheatrePresentationforChildren. U of in Areas of Body Control, Imagination and Georgia (Drama and Theatre), 1974. M.F.A. Concentration and Verbal Fluency. U of New 29098 Orleans (Drama & Communications),1974. McChesney, Virginia M., The Simple Character M.A, 29082 inthe Works of Langston Hughes. U of Lawhorn, James Carl,Production Bookfor Georgia (Drama and Theatre), 1978. M.F.A. The Hoatecoming. Marshall U (Speech), 1972. 29099 M.A. 29033 McCollum Linda C., Leonid Andreyev's Plays Lawrence, Diana, The Role of Thu Elvsted in and a New Translation of Love One's Neigh- Iledda Gables. Pennsylvania State U (Theatre bor."Humboldt State U (Theatre Arts), 1971. Arts), 1974. M.F.A. 29084 M.A. 29160

247 246 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION McCormick. Elizabeth C., A Study of the Huron Virginia Woolf! U of Mississippi (Speech Playhouse As A Educational Summer The Theatre), 1974. M.A. 29116 atre. Bowling Green State U (Speech), 1974. O'Brien, Sandra Shaw, Jean Gnat's The Bal- M.A. 29101 cony. U of California, Santa Barbara (Dra- McGarry, Susan Lynn. A Prompt Scriptfor matic Art), 1974. M.A. 29117 You're A Good Man, Charlie Brourn-A Mu-Olson, Eric E., Visual Design for Murray Schis- sical Comedy by Clark Gesner. U of Okla- gal's Luv. U of North Carolina at Greensboro homa (School of Drama), 1974. M.F.A. 29102 (Drama and Speech), 1974. M.FA. 29118 McGurk, Gary, A Study of the Psychology of Farce from an Acting Standpoint. U ofOrban, Anne J., The Academy Theatre, 1956- Cincinnati (Speech and Theatre Arts), 1974. 1970. U of Georgia (Drama and Theatre). M.A. 29103 1974. M.F.A. 29119 McMahan, Barbara M., An Historical AnalysisOusley, Robert Wayne, A Historical Survey of of the Theatre at Tsa La-GiNorth Texas the Drama Programs at Baylor University State U (Drama), 1974. M.S. 29104 1941.1963. Baylor U (Oral Communication). Meltzer, Andrea, A Project in Design and Exe- 1974. MA. 29120 cutionofCostumes for a Productionof Pappas, Helen, The Song of the Machine by PierreAugustine Caron de Beaumarchais' Nicholas Papageorgiou. A Translation. Hunt- The Barber of Seville. Indiana U (Theatre er College of CUNY (Theatre and Cinema), and Danna), 1974. M.A. 29105 1974. M.A. 29121 Metcalf, Lally' Everything I've Always Wanted Patterson, Oscar III, The Scenic and Lighting to Know About TheatreProduction, But Design for The Queen and the Rebels. U of Was Afraid to Ask. Humboldt State U (The- Georgia (Drama and Theatre), 1973. M.F.A. atre Arts), 1971. M.A. 29106 29122 Minor, Cranlyit G., A Critcial Examination ofPeed, William E.. A. Production of John Van theThe-ireticalAspects of the Dance of Druten's I Am A Camera. U of Georgia Isadora Duncan. Catholic U (Speech and (Drama and Theatre). 1974. M.P.A. 29123 Drama), 1974. M.A. 29107 Pena.EloyB.,CharadterRelationshipin Monroe, John G., Charles Sidney Gilpin: The Mexican Contemporary Theatre to Mexican Emperor Jones. Hunter College of CUNY Social Classes. North Texas State U (Drama). (Theatre and Cinema), 1975. M.A. 29108 1974. M.A. 29124 Moore, JudithA., A Children'sPlay, from Peters, Robert G., Spencer Tracy: An Examin- ConceptiontoProduction. Kent State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 29109 ation of His Acting Career. Indiana U (The- Moriarty, Eileen Marie, Yeats and Synge: A atre and Drama), 1974. M.A. 29125 Shared Questfor"Terrible Beauty." SanPiankian, Dianne Lynne, The Merchantof Francisco State U (Theatre Arts), 1974. MA. Venice as a Pro-CapitalisticPlay. Herbert 29110 H. Lehman College, CUNY (Speech &I The- Morsel]. Frederick A., The Japanese Puppet atre), 1973. M.A. 29126 Theatre: An Historical Survey-A Study ofPierce, Susan, A Production and Production the Origins of the Nigyolontri. Wayne State Book of William Inge's Dark at the Top of U (Speech Communication Sc Theatre), 1974. the Staris. Baylor U (Oral Communication), M.A. 29111 1974. M.A. 29127 Mosher,RuthNaidia 'Woolf,Directingof Pierson, Wendy W., The Design and Con- Harold Pinter's Old Times. San Francisco structionof Costumes for The Caucasian State U (Theatre Arts), 1974. MA. 29112 Chalk Circle at Kent State University. Kent Murdick, Marcella Kay, Production of the Play, State 1J (Speech), 1974. M.A. 29128 AltertheRain, by John Bowen. EasternPowers, Necia A., A Project in Design and New Mexico U (Theatre), 1973. M.A. 29113 Execution of Costumes for a Pi,:luction of Myers, H. Gregory. A Design for the Conver- Larry Gilbert and Burt Shevelove's A Funny sion of a Dairy Barn for Use As a Summer Thing Happened on the Way to the Forum. Theatre. Kent State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. Indiana U (Theatre and Drama), 1974. M.A. 29114 29129 Neal, Barbara Ann, A Production Book ofPrice, Benjamin .Franklin,History and De- Agatha Christie's The Mousetrap. U of Okla velopment Of The Diamond Bessie Murder homa (School of Drama), 1974. M.F.A. 29115 Trial As Presented Annually At Jefferson. Neblett, Joseph M.. From Stage to Film: A Texas. Midwestern U (Speech and Drama). Study of MikeNichol'sWho's Afraid of 1974. M.A. 29130 248 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 247 Pugh. Daniel W.,Solotoy Petusholt:The TaleSadowski, carry R., "Colismbus, the Admrials" with a Tale as Vagarious as Itself. An Insti- An Original Play. U of Oklahoma (School of tute of Chicago (Goodman School of Drama). Drama), 197'. M.F.A. 29146 1974. M.F.A. 29131 Sanders, Lawrence L., A Production of Sum- Rayne, J. iVilliarn, A Study of Contradiction as ner Arthur Long'sNeverTooLate.,U of a Dramaturgical Principle Through an Anal- Georgia (Drama and Theatre), 1974. M.F.A. ysisof Three Brecht Adaptations:Edward 29147 11, Roundheads and Peakheads,andThe Sanders, Peggy, Tudor Period Court Dress From Caucasian Chalk Circle.U of Maine at Orono 1530-1540 With PracticalApplicationin a Speech), 1974. M.A. 29182 Design Project Using Shakespeare'sTaming Recklies. Karen A., The Construction of Flat- ofthe Shrew.U of Cincinnati (Speech and Pattern Pieces for Women's Period Costumes Theater Arts), 1974. M.A. 29148 Based onthe Dressmaker's Basic Pattern.Scales, Philip E., Season Publicity. U of Cin- Kiln State U (Speech). 1974. M.A. 29133 cinnati(Speech and TheaterArts),1974. Redmon, Charles, The Educator/Designer in a M.A. 29149 Summer Theatre Workshop. Califronia StateScharff, Thomas E., An Historical, Descriptive U-Fullerton (Theatre), 1974. M.A. 29134 Study of the Development of Management Reynolds, Joseph L., The Direction and Pro- TechniquesattheMilwaukeeRepertory duction Bookof The Scent of Rosesby Robert Theatre:19583 -1970. Marquette U (College W. Bowes. Eastern New Mexico U (Theatre), of Speech), 1974. M.A. 29150 1974. M... 29135 Schikler, Elin Jeri, The Proposition and Issues Ittliso lds,TimothyT.,ScenicDesignsfor Argued During the Actors' Equity Strike of GarciaLorca'sYerma.Southwest Missouri 1919. Herbert H. Lehman College, CUNY State U (Speech & Theatre), 1974. M.A. 29136 (Speech h Theatre), 1973: M.A. 29151 Rippcy, Elizabeth Jane, Laser Light, Hologra- phy and Theatre. San FranciscoState USchmidt, Suzanne, The Costume Practice of (Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. 29137 David Be lasco in Selected Modern and His- Risner, Jeffrey K.. The Technical Problems in torical Plays. U of Texas at Austin (Drama), Staging A Production ofThe King and 1. 1974. M.F A. 29152 Bowling Green State I/ (Speech), 1974. M.A.Schottmiller Stephen, A Production and Pro- 29133 duction Book of Frederich Durrenmat'sThe Robins,KathleenM., Costume Design and Physicists.U of Texas at Austin (Drama). Execution for Georges Feydeau'sA Flea in 1974. M.F.A. 29153 Her Ear. Indiana U (Theatre and Drama), Sheffield,Charles,Early Concepts and Sub- 1974. M.A. 29139 sequentLighting Technology. U of Texas Robertson, Everett B., Stage Movement at The at Austin (Drama), 1174. M.F.A. 29154 Globe. U of Montana (Drama). 1974. M.A.Schuster, Diana Irene, "Fragile. Handle with 29140 Care." San Francisco State U (Theatre Arts), Robinson, Hi lde L., The Mask and the Music 1974. M.A. 29155 Nietzsche's The Birthof Tragedy.U ofScott. Cedre, The Development of a National Georgia (Department of Drama and Theatre), Theatrein The Bahamas. U of Georgia )973. M.A. 29141 (Drama and Theatre), 1973. M.F.A. 29156 Rnckower. Andrea Jean, An Analysis and Com- parison of the ProductionOreinted DramaticScott, Lloyd E., Fragments, Puzzles and Valen- Theories of Vsevotod Meyerhold and Berto lt tines. Humboldt State U (Theatre Arts), 1973. Brecht. Herbert H. Lehman College. CUNY M.A. 29157 (Speech & Theatre), 1973. M.A. 29)42 Sewell, George Embry, Problems of Play Selec- Rogers, Bv.ty A., Margaret Woffington at the tion in Community Theatre. U of New Orleans Smock Ailey Theatre, 1751-54. Louisiana State (Drama & Communications), 1974. M.A. 29158 U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 29143 Shallo, Kasen, The Study of the Role of Masha Rudisill, Niki, Anachronism as a Unifying Ele- inThe Three Sisters.Pennsylvania State U ment in the Production ofMarco Millions. (Theatre Arts), 1974. M.F.A. 29159 Art Institute of Chicago (Goodman SchoolShook, C. Robert, A Syllabus for Stage Man- of Dramas, 1974. M.F.A. 29144 agement. Ohio U (Theatre), 1974. M.A. 29160 Sabe lli,Bradley. My Expressions on Theatre.Shott, Gloria R., A Production of Neil Simen's Flumboldt State U (Theatre Arts), 1972. M.A. Plaza Suite. Uof Georgia (Drama and The- 29145 atre), 1973. M.F.A. 29161 249 248 BIBLIOGRAPHIC ANNUAL IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION Shumway, Elizabeth J., Hamlet and Mande Bo's Improvisation. U of Georgia (Drama and Henry A Comparison of the Two Plays Theatre), 1973. M.F.A. 29177 onthe Idea of the Play-WithinThe-Play,Stalsworth, WilliamA.,WilliamInge's Bus Catholic11 (Speech & Drama), 1974. M.A. Stop: A Project in Directing. Texas Chris- 29162 tian U /Theatre Arts), 1974. M.F.A. 29178 Shttpak, Murray, An Analysis, Prompt Script,Steitz, Molly D., A Production Study and Text and Production Record of Tom Eyen's The of Anything Goes as Presented at Catholic White Whore and The Bit Player. Herbert University, April, 1969. Catholic U (Speech H. Lehman College, CUNY (Speech & The- and Drama), 1970. M.F.A. 29179 atre), 1971. M.A. 29163 Stephenson, Robert Rex, The Premier Season Sigel, David, Parakhenty. A Trattslation and of Wysor's Grand Opera House 1892-93. In- Adaptation of the Play Parlchemy by Robert diana State U (Speech), 1972. M.A. 29180 Pinget. Hunter College of CUNY (TheatreStone, Naomi, A Handbook of Beginning Ex- and Cinema), 1974. M.A. 29164 periences in Creative Dramatics for Teachers Silks, Wayne, A History of the Cotten Theatre and Group Leaders. U of Northern Iowa in Cedar Falls From 1910-1918. U of North- (Speech), 1972. M.A. 29181 ern Iowa (Speech), 1973. M.A. 29168 Stone, Thomas J., The COmedy of Gilbert and Sullivan as Revealed Through an Examina- Sister Mendio la, Christine, O.P. A History of tion of Ruddigore. U of Maine at Orono Loew's 1 hea.tre of Akron, Ohio:1929to (Speech), 1974. M.A. 29182 1965. U of Akron (Thearte Arts), 1974 M.A.Strandlien, Daryl Lee, Mind(ing). Humboldt 29166 State U (Theatte Arts), 1971, M.A. 29183 Skeels, Julie Elise, A Directorial Approach to Suarez, Motes, An English Translation, Produc- the Production of Sophocles' Antigone. U of tion and Direction of Armhats Cerentone Virginia (Drama), 1974. M.A. 29167 Pourf un Nob Assessine. U of Cincinnati Sklar, Roherta, Toward a Feminist Theatre: (Speech and Theatte Arts), 1974. M.A. 29184 The Wcmen'sWrit.Hunter Collegeof Sweet, Stuart, Jr., A Design for James L. Rosen- CUNY (Theatre and Cinema), 1975. M.A. berg's The. Death and Life of Sneaky Filch. 29168 I.:of Georgia (Drama and Theatte),1974. Smith, Bruce Marc, Edward Alhee's Nuclear 29185 Family. U of California, Santa Barbara (Dra- matic Art), 1974. M.A. 29169 Taketnori, Hiroko, A Creative Design: Light- Smith, Christine M., Adptation of Elizabethan ing for a Ptoduction of Simon River Anthol- Dress to Period Costume for the Play Mary ogy. Mankato State College (Speech & The- Stuart. Kent State IJ(Speech),1974. M.A. atre Arts), 1974. M.A. 29186 29170 Tang, Angelina Y.F., Modern Theatrein Smith,Dennis.A ProductionNotebookof China. U of New Orleans (Drama & Corn- John Bowen's After The Rain. U of Okla- intinimtions), 1974. M.A. 29187 homa (School of Drama), 1974. M.F.A. 29171 Taylor, Billie Lee, The Costume Designs for !beMusical, Sweet Charily. San Francisco Smythe, Tames McCurdy, "Story Theatre:" A State LT (Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. 29188 Design Ihojecc, San Francisco State U (The- Taylor, Charles Joseph, Heikki Gabler: A Di- atre Arts), 1974. M.A. 29172 rectorial%pproach. U of Vitginia (Drama). Sobel. Shepard M., Three Recent Bibliographi- 1974, M.A. 201S9 cal Adaptations in American Drama. U ofTelseh, Ronald E., A Production of The Ser. Florida (Theatre), 1974. M.A. 29173 Pent: Ceremony for Actor and Audience. iI Sold°, Ravi, The Feminine Favorites of the ofGeorgia(DramaandTheatte),1973. VirginiaCityStage,1865 -1880.California M.F.A. 29190 Statet'- Fullerton(Theatre),1974.MA. 'Tillman, Betty Banks, The History of Dashiki 29174 Project Theatre, 1968-1974. U of New Orleans Sorry, Roger L., Production Book for Charley's (Drama it: Communications), 1974. M.A. 29191 Aunt: With Original Introductory Essay byTimothy. Ellen, Square Candies That Looked theCandidate.Catholic U(Speechand Round. Humboldt State U (Theatre Arts). Drama). 1972. M.F.A. 29175 1972. ILA. 29192 Sorgenfrei, Carol, Medea: A Noh Cycle BasedTretter,LaurenceJoseph, The Directorin on The Greek Myth. U of California, Santa the Worker's Troupes: A Study of the Amer- Barbara (Dramatic Art), 1974. M.A. 29176 icanAgitpropasa Theatre. Herbert H. Spencer. JohnR.,The LittlestAngel: An Lehman College, CUNY (Speech & Theatre), Adapted Children's Theatre Script Through 1973. KA. 29193

2 5 GRADUATE THESES AND DISSERTATIONS 249 Tucker, Jon!) A, Charley's Aunt in SummerWhite, Whitney L, A Project in the Design Repertory. U of North Carolina at Greens- and Execution of the Stage Lighting for a boro (Drama and Speech). 1974. M.F.A. 29194 ProductionoftheLoesser,Swerling and Van Pernis. Jennifer, Scenery and Costume De- Burrows' Musical Guys and Dolls. Indiana U signs for The Serpent: A Ceremony As Pro- (Theatre and Drama), M.A. 29206 duced by the Kent State University Theatre. Wilhelmi. OSB, Richard G. (Rev.)., Historical Kent State U (Speech), 1974. M.A. 29195 Drama: Fiction or Fact? Catholic U (Speech Waddington. Joseph E., The Dance of Death: and Drama), 1974. M.A. 29207 Reflections in the Drama. Pennsylvania State Wilkinsott, Imogene, A Brief History of Chil- U (Theatre Arts), 1974. M.A. 29196 dren's Theatre in the United States. West Wagner, R. Brent, A Project in Directing Jo Texas State U (Speech & Theatre),1974. Swer ling, Abe Burrows, and Frank Looser's M.A. 29208 Guys and Dolls. Indiana U (Theatre andWilliams, Sharon, A Production of Mo here's Drama), 1974. M.A. 29197 The Doctor in Spite of Himself. U of North- Warfford, Jane Carter, A Descriptive Survey ern Iowa (Speech), 1972. M.A. 29209 Of Dramatic Arts Programs In North Caro-Wi Binger, David, "A Man Apart" The Strang- linaSecondarySchools.Wake Forest 1J er A Cinematic Drama. Herbert H. Lehman (Speech Communication and Theatre Arts), College, CUM' (Speech8:Theatre),1975. 1974. M.A. 29198 M.A. 29210 Warnidt, Barbara, The Pieces Costumees ofWilson. Wendy Danforth. The Theatricality of Jean Anouilh. Marshall U (Speech), 1972. Revivalism as Exemplified in the Artistry of M.A. 29199 Billy Sunday and Aimee Semple McPherson. Waters. Janet G., Jerzy Grotowski's 'Poor The- U of Oregon (Speech), 1974. M.A. 29211 atre': Sources and Aims. Catholic U (Speech Wisdo, Stephen J., A Production of Murray and Drama), 1971. M.A. 29200 Schisgal's Jimmy Shine. U of Georgia (Drama Weed, Donald C., Jr-, The Effect of Niet ?shean and Theatre), 1973. M.F.A. 29212 Philosophy on the Drama of Georg Kaiser,Wittwer. Christian L., The Setting and Light- SpecificallythePlat's Known as His Gas ing Design for a Production of John Guare's Trilogy. Ohio U (Theatre). 1974.M.F.A. The House of Blue Leaves. U of Georgia 29201 (Drama and Theatre), 1973. 29213 West, Gweneth, Costumes for the Characters of Wood, Stephen L., An Analysis of the Manor Joseph Jefferson, III. U of Texas at Austin Production Problems of the First Eight Seasons (Drama), 1974. M.F.A. 29202 of the Musical Drama Texas. West Texas Wheat. Annie L.A Marionette Production of State U (Speech & Theatre), 1974. M.A. 29214 PinnocchioforChildren.U ofGeorgia Zimmerman. Richard C., A Design Study for (Drama and Theatre), 1973. M.F.A. 29203 the Scenery andLighting ofthe Drama White, George W., The Scenic Design and Biedermann and The Firebugs by Max Frisch. Technical Production of Brian Friel's Lovers. 1,1. of Georgia (Drama and Theatre). 1974. Bowling Green State U (Speech), 1974. MA. M.F.A. 29215 2204 Zitterbart, Ellen, Lady Macbeths on the Eng- 1i:bite, R. Stuart, A Project in Directing Mi- lish Speaking Stage During the Nineteenth chaelWleler "sAloonehi [dm,.IndianaU Century. U of Texas at Austin(Drama), (Theatre and Drama). 1974. M.A. 29205 1974. M.F.A. 29216

251